As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on September 4, 2019 .

Registration No. 333-232758
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
________________
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
________________
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
________________
Delaware
3843
83-2206728
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

c/o Envista Holdings Corporation
200 S. Kraemer Blvd., Building E
Brea, California 92821
(714) 817-7000
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
________________

James F. O’Reilly
Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Secretary
Danaher Corporation
2200 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 800W
Washington, D.C. 20037-1701
(202) 828-0850
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)
________________
Copies to:
Thomas W. Greenberg
Michael J. Zeidel
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Telephone: (212) 735-3000
Facsimile: (212) 735-2000
Marc D. Jaffe
Gregory P. Rodgers
Benjamin J. Cohen
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Telephone: (212) 906-1200
Facsimile: (212) 751-4864
________________
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
o
Accelerated filer
o
Non-accelerated filer
ý
Smaller reporting company
o
 
 
Emerging growth company
o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐
________________
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class
of Securities to be Registered
Amount to be Registered (1)
Proposed Maximum Offering Price per Share
Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (2)
Amount of Registration Fee (3)
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share
30,783,200
$24.00
$738,796,800
$89,543
(1) 
Includes shares of our common stock which may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
(2) 
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(3) 
The registrant previously paid $12,120 of the registration fee with the initial filing of this registration statement.
________________
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.




ENVISTAPROSPECTUSREDHERRINGV.JPG
Subject to completion. Dated September 4, 2019.
Preliminary Prospectus






ENVISTALOGO4A02.JPG
Envista Holdings Corporation
Common Stock
$        per share
This is the initial public offering of common stock of Envista Holdings Corporation. We are offering 26,768,000 shares of our common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $21.00 and $24.00 per share of common stock. We have been authorized to list our shares of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “NVST.”
After the completion of this offering, Danaher will continue to own a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. See “Management—Controlled Company Exception.”
Investing in our shares of common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
 
 
Per Share
 
Total
 
Initial public offering price
 
$
 
$
Underwriting discount (1)
 
$
 
$
Proceeds, before expenses, to Envista
 
$
 
$
(1) See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.
We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 4,015,200 additional shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                 , 2019 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.
J.P. Morgan
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Morgan Stanley
Baird
Evercore ISI
Jefferies
BofA Merrill Lynch
Credit Suisse
Stifel
William Blair
 
Prospectus dated      , 2019

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page
ii
1
9
11
18
46
47
48
49
51
53
55
60
62
86
88
108
114
145
146
155
160
161
163
165
173
173
173
F-1
Through and including        , 2019 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on our behalf. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale thereof is not permitted. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our shares of common stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may have changed since that date.

i

Table of Contents--------------

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
In connection with the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a series of transactions with Danaher pursuant to which Danaher will transfer the assets and liabilities of its Dental business to us. In exchange, we will, as consideration, issue to Danaher shares of our common stock and pay Danaher all of the net proceeds that we will receive from the sale of our common stock in this offering, including any net proceeds that we will receive as a result of any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and approximately $1.3 billion of proceeds from term debt financing that we will enter into prior to the closing of this offering, as further described in the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” We refer to these transactions, as further described in the section entitled “The Separation and Distribution Transactions—The Separation,” collectively as the “separation.” Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, the information included in this prospectus about Envista assumes the completion of the separation. See “The Separation and Distribution Transactions” for a description of the separation.
Unless the context otherwise requires, (i) references in this prospectus to “Envista,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Envista Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the separation, (ii) references in this prospectus to the “Dental business” or Envista’s historical business and operations refer to the business and operations of Danaher’s Dental segment that will be transferred to Envista in connection with the separation, and (iii) references in this prospectus to “Danaher” and “Parent” refer to Danaher Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.
Market, Industry and Other Data
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market share, is based on information from third-party sources and management estimates. Our management estimates are derived from publicly available information, our knowledge of our industry and assumptions based on such information and knowledge, which we believe to be reasonable. Our management estimates have not been verified by any independent source. In addition, assumptions and estimates of our and our industry’s future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. See “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.”
Trademarks and Trade Names
The name and mark, Envista, and other trademarks, trade names and service marks of Envista appearing in this prospectus are our property or, as applicable, licensed to us, or, as applicable, prior to the completion of this offering, are the property of Danaher. The name and mark, Danaher Corporation, and other trademarks, trade names and service marks of Danaher appearing in this prospectus are the property of Danaher. This prospectus also contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks belonging to other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.


ii

Table of Contents--------------

SUMMARY
This summary highlights information included elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making an investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements,” “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”(“MD&A”) and our combined financial statements and the notes thereto (the “Combined Financial Statements”) before making an investment decision regarding our common stock.
Our Company
Envista is one of the largest global dental products companies with significant market positions in some of the most attractive segments of the dental products industry, including implants, orthodontics and digital imaging technologies. We develop, manufacture and market one of the most comprehensive portfolios of dental consumables, equipment and services to dental professionals covering an estimated 90% of dentists’ clinical needs for diagnosing, treating and preventing dental conditions as well as improving the aesthetics of the human smile. Our executive officer team has extensive dental industry experience and over 50 years of collective service with Danaher. In 2018, we generated total sales of $2,845 million, of which approximately 70% were derived from sales of consumables, services and spare parts.
Our operating companies, Nobel Biocare Systems, Ormco and KaVo Kerr, serve more than 1 million dentists in over 150 countries through one of the largest commercial organizations in the dental products industry and through our dealer partners. Our commercial organization includes over 3,000 employees with deep clinical, product and workflow expertise who interact with customers on a daily basis. We are also a leading global provider of clinical training to enhance patient access to high-quality dental care, reaching over 100,000 dental professionals annually through more than 4,000 training and education events we directly organize.
We generated 23% (or $655 million) of sales from high-growth markets in 2018. Our growing scale in these markets has been driven by strategic investments in underpenetrated markets, such as the Greater China region (mainland China, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Macau and Zhuhai), where we had sales of $213 million in 2018 and currently have a commercial organization of more than 400 employees. We define high-growth markets as developing markets of the world experiencing extended periods of accelerated growth in gross domestic product and infrastructure, which include Eastern Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America and Asia (with the exception of Japan and Australia). We define developed markets as all markets of the world that are not high-growth markets.
We believe that in 2018 our research and development (“R&D”) expenditure of $172 million was one of the highest R&D spends in the dental products industry. Through our increased investments in R&D, we have accelerated multiple new product development initiatives, such as the DTXTM software suite, the N1TM implant system and SparkTM Aligners.
Our Specialty Products & Technologies segment comprised of our Nobel Biocare Systems and Ormco operating companies, develops, manufactures and markets dental implant systems, dental prosthetics and associated treatment software and technologies, as well as orthodontic bracket systems, aligners and lab products. We typically market these products directly to customers through our commercial organization, and approximately 90% of our 2018 sales for this segment were direct sales. In 2018, our Specialty Products & Technologies segment generated $1,370 million of sales.
Our Equipment & Consumables segment, comprised of our KaVo Kerr operating company, develops, manufactures and markets dental equipment and supplies used in dental offices, including digital imaging systems, software and other visualization/magnification systems; handpieces and associated consumables; treatment units and other dental practice equipment; endodontic systems and related consumables; restorative materials and instruments, rotary burs, impression materials, bonding agents and cements and infection prevention products. We sell our Equipment & Consumables segment products primarily through our channel partners, representing approximately 90% of sales in this segment in 2018. In 2018, our Equipment & Consumables segment generated $1,475 million of sales.
Our History and Transformation
As a platform of Danaher Corporation, Envista was built through the acquisition and integration of over 25 leading dental businesses and brands over the course of more than 15 years. We believe our business today has one of the most comprehensive offerings in the dental products industry. Beginning in 2016, we consolidated our operating companies, reduced our manufacturing sites from 44 to 33, consolidated almost 150 sales offices into less than 80, streamlined our R&D organization, and centralized our direct and indirect procurement organizations. These efforts have helped our free cash flow

1

Table of Contents--------------

(referred to in “—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial Data”) to exceed our net earnings in each of the three years ended December 31, 2018.
We organize our operating companies in a way that leverages long histories of brand leadership across their respective product categories. Consolidating our multiple brands helps ensure alignment of our product and commercial strategies, allows us to better meet the needs of a broad set of customers, and facilitates an efficient and effective innovation pipeline. Streamlining our business operations has also allowed us to increase our salesforce and reinvest significant resources in initiatives such as expanding our R&D spend and expanding our presence in high-growth markets, which we believe will help drive long-term market leadership.
Industry Overview
We believe the global dental products industry is an attractive and growing sector within healthcare with estimated total product sales of approximately $23 billion in 2018, which we estimate has grown at an average, annual mid-single digit rate over the last three years. While the U.S. represents a significant portion of the global dental products market, we have also been focused on building significant scale in high-growth markets. Within the global dental products industry, we believe segments such as Imaging, Implants and Orthodontics will grow at a more rapid pace than the overall market.
We believe future growth of the dental products industry will be driven by:
an aging population;
the current underpenetration of dental procedures, especially in high-growth markets;
improving access to complex procedures due to increasing technological innovation;
an increasing demand for cosmetic dentistry; and
growth of Dental Support Organizations (“DSOs”), which are expected to drive increasing penetration of, and access to, dental care globally.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe we have significant competitive strengths, including:
Brand leadership with a long track record and strong brand recognition. We built our business around brands with long histories of innovation and strong brand recognition in the dental products market. The founder of our Nobel Biocare Systems operating company introduced the world’s first dental implant and Nobel Biocare Systems has since become a world leader in the field of innovative implant-based dental restorations. Our Ormco operating company has over 50 years of distinguished history providing orthodontists with high quality, innovative products. Multiple brands within our KaVo Kerr operating company have more than 100 years of history in dental products. We believe the long history and leadership of our well-known brands in the dental products industry enhances our connections with both patients and providers, and supports our strong market position.
Comprehensive portfolio with leadership in key attractive segments. We believe we have one of the most comprehensive offerings in the industry, enabling us to be a vendor of choice. Our broad product offering positions us particularly well to serve the needs of dental support organizations, or DSOs, which have been one of the fastest growing segments of our customer base.
Global commercial reach. Our operating companies serve more than 1 million dentists in over 150 countries through one of the largest customer-facing sales teams in the dental products industry and through our dealer partners. In 2018, we generated 56% of our sales from markets outside of the U.S.
Strong position in high-growth markets, particularly in the Greater China region. We have successfully grown our business in high-growth markets; these markets represented 23% of our total sales in 2018. We have built one of the largest dental products businesses in the Greater China region, with $213 million of sales in 2018. In that region, we currently have approximately 900 employees (including more than 400 sales personnel), three manufacturing operations and a fully localized infrastructure with dedicated R&D, product management, operations, regulatory affairs, sales and marketing, and customer service resources.

2

Table of Contents--------------

Track record of innovation. With $487 million of cumulative R&D investment in the three years ended December 31, 2018, we have supported our significant market positions in the industry with what we believe is one of the highest levels of R&D investment in the dental products industry. Our focus on innovation has yielded many differentiated products over the years, such as our NobelActiveTM dental implants, our DamonTM passive self-ligating orthodontic wires and brackets, and our i-CATTM 3D imaging system.
Danaher Business System. We believe our deep-rooted commitment to DBS helps drive our success and market leadership and differentiates us in the dental products industry. DBS encompasses not only lean tools and processes, but also methods for driving growth, innovation and leadership. Within the DBS framework, we pursue a number of ongoing strategic initiatives relating to customer insight generation, product development and commercialization, efficient sourcing, and improvement in manufacturing and back-office support, all with a focus on continually improving quality, delivery, cost, growth and innovation.
Experienced management team with extensive Danaher and dental industry experience. Our management team includes long-tenured leaders from Danaher with a proven track record of applying DBS to execute on our strategic and operational goals. Our executive officer team has extensive dental industry experience and over 50 years of collective service with Danaher. Under their leadership, we have undertaken a significant transformation to better position our business for organic and inorganic growth and diversify our sales globally.
Our Business Strategy
Our strategy is to maximize shareholder value through several key initiatives:
Build upon our strong portfolio of leading brands and commercial scale. We believe the long history and leadership of our well-known brands in the dental products industry enhances our connections with both patients and providers, and supports our strong global market position. We expect to continue our significant investments in expanding our global commercial reach and footprint especially in our direct businesses. We believe these investments better position us to effectively meet the needs of our customers, particularly the growing DSO segment.
Invest in underpenetrated high-growth markets globally. We have succeeded in the Greater China region by harnessing our existing go-to-market infrastructure, building familiarity with local customer needs and regulations, and establishing dedicated locally-based management resources. We expect to continue to invest in the Greater China region as we believe it will be a strong growth driver for our business in the future. We are also replicating key elements of this approach in other high-growth markets such as Latin America, Asia Pacific, Eastern Europe and Russia.
Continue to drive growth in our implants franchise. The dental implant market enjoys higher margins and faster growth than the overall dental products market. In the U.S., which is our largest geographic market, implant penetration lags significantly behind other Western European markets, such as Germany, Spain and Italy. We believe we have an approximately 20% share of the $5 billion global implants segment and will continue to invest in our global commercial footprint and product innovation to grow our strong position in the underpenetrated dental implant market.
Maintain a strong market leadership position through innovation that our customers value. As we seek to continue to improve our business and drive increased cash flow, we expect to strategically invest in innovation in order to better serve our customers. We will focus our new product introductions on driving growth in attractive core segments, such as our upcoming N1 implant system and our new Spark clear aligners and DTX clinical software ecosystem for KaVo’s imaging solutions.
Drive continuous improvement and margin expansion through DBS. We continue to pursue a number of ongoing strategic initiatives across our operating companies relating to efficient sourcing and improvements in manufacturing and back-office support, all with a focus on continually improving quality, delivery, cost, growth and innovation.
Deploy capital through acquisitions and investments. We see many opportunities for capital deployment in our core businesses, as well as in attractive adjacencies. We intend to drive shareholder value by deploying capital to acquire or invest in other businesses that strategically fit into or extend our product offering into new or attractive adjacent markets.

3

Table of Contents--------------

Risks Associated with the Businesses and the Separation
An investment in our common stock is subject to a number of risks, including risks relating to the separation. The following list of risk factors is not exhaustive. Please read the information in the section entitled “Risk Factors” for a more thorough description of these and other risks.
Risks Related to Our Businesses
Conditions in the global economy, the particular markets we serve and the financial markets may adversely affect our business and financial statements.
Significant developments or uncertainties stemming from the U.S. administration, including changes in U.S. trade policies, tariffs and the reaction of other countries thereto, could have an adverse effect on our business.
Our growth could suffer if the markets into which we sell our products and services decline, do not grow as anticipated or experience cyclicality.
Inventories maintained by our distributors and customers may fluctuate from time to time.
We are dependent upon a limited number of distributors for a significant portion of our sales, and loss of a key distributor could result in a loss of a significant amount of our sales. In addition, adverse changes in our relationships with, or the financial condition, performance, purchasing patterns or inventory levels of, key distributors and other channel partners could adversely affect our financial statements.
We face intense competition and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may experience decreased demand and decreased market share. Even if we compete effectively, we may be required to reduce prices for our products and services.
Our growth depends in part on the timely development and commercialization, and customer acceptance, of new and enhanced products and services based on technological innovation.
Our reputation, ability to do business and financial statements may be impaired by improper conduct by any of our employees, agents or business partners.
Certain of our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and by comparable agencies of other countries, as well as laws regulating fraud and abuse in the health care industry and the privacy and security of health information. Failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our reputation, ability to do business and financial statements.
Certain of our products may be subject to clinical trials, the results of which may be unexpected, or perceived as unfavorable by the market, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Off-label marketing of our products could result in substantial penalties.
Certain modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearances or other marketing authorizations and may require us to recall or cease marketing our products.
The industries that we serve have undergone, and are in the process of undergoing, significant changes in an effort to reduce costs, which could adversely affect our financial statements.
Any inability to consummate acquisitions at our historical rate and at appropriate prices, and to make appropriate investments that support our long-term strategy, could negatively impact our growth rate and stock price.
Our acquisition of businesses, investments, joint ventures and other strategic relationships could negatively impact our financial statements.
The indemnification provisions of acquisition agreements by which we have acquired companies may not fully protect us and as a result we may face unexpected liabilities.
Divestitures or other dispositions could negatively impact our business, and contingent liabilities from businesses that we or our predecessors have sold could adversely affect our financial statements.

4

Table of Contents--------------

A significant disruption in, or breach in security of, our information technology systems or data or violation of data privacy laws could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements.
Our operations, products and services expose us to the risk of environmental, health and safety liabilities, costs and violations that could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements.
Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation; failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our financial statements and our business, including our reputation.
We may be required to recognize impairment charges for our goodwill and other intangible assets.
Foreign currency exchange rates may adversely affect our financial statements.
Changes in our tax rates or exposure to additional income tax liabilities or assessments could affect our profitability. In addition, audits by tax authorities could result in additional tax payments for prior periods.
Changes in tax law relating to multinational corporations could adversely affect our tax position.
We are subject to a variety of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings in the course of our business that could adversely affect our business and financial statements.
If we do not or cannot adequately protect our intellectual property, or if third parties infringe our intellectual property rights, we may suffer competitive injury or expend significant resources enforcing our rights.
Third parties may claim that we are infringing or misappropriating their intellectual property rights and we could suffer significant litigation expenses, losses or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling products or services.
Defects and unanticipated use or inadequate disclosure with respect to our products or services (including software), or allegations thereof, could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements.
The manufacture of many of our products is a highly exacting and complex process, and if we directly or indirectly encounter problems manufacturing products, our reputation, business and financial statements could suffer.
Our financial results are subject to fluctuations in the cost and availability of commodities that we use in our operations.
If we cannot adjust our manufacturing capacity or the purchases required for our manufacturing activities to reflect changes in market conditions and customer demand, our profitability may suffer. In addition, our reliance upon sole or limited sources of supply for certain materials, components and services could cause production interruptions, delays and inefficiencies.
Our restructuring actions could have long-term adverse effects on our business.
Changes in governmental regulations may reduce demand for our products or services or increase our expenses.
Work stoppages, union and works council campaigns and other labor disputes could adversely impact our productivity and results of operations.
International economic, political, legal, compliance and business factors could negatively affect our financial statements.
Significant developments stemming from the United Kingdom’s referendum on membership in the EU could have an adverse effect on us.
If we suffer loss to our facilities, supply chains, distribution systems or information technology systems due to catastrophe or other events, our operations could be seriously harmed.
Our defined benefit pension plans are subject to financial market risks that could adversely affect our financial statements.
Our ability to attract, develop and retain talented executives and other key employees is critical to our success.

5

Table of Contents--------------

Risks Related to the Separation and Our Relationship with Danaher
We have no history of operating as a separate, publicly-traded company, and our historical and pro forma financial information is not necessarily representative of the results that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly-traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.
As a separate, publicly-traded company, we may not enjoy the same benefits that we did as a part of Danaher.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements included in this prospectus are presented for informational purposes only and may not be an indication of our financial condition or results of operations in the future.
Following the separation and this offering, Danaher will continue to control the direction of our business, and the concentrated ownership of our common stock may prevent you and other stockholders from influencing significant decisions.
The distribution of Danaher’s remaining interest in us may not occur.
If Danaher sells a controlling interest in our company to a third party in a private transaction, you may not realize any change-of-control premium on shares of our common stock and we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third party.
The distribution or future sales by Danaher or others of our common stock, or the perception that the distribution or such sales may occur, could depress our common stock price.
We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.
We expect that Danaher and its directors and officers will have limited liability to us or you for breach of fiduciary duty.
Our customers, prospective customers, suppliers or other companies with whom we conduct business may conclude that our financial stability as a separate, publicly-traded company is insufficient to satisfy their requirements for doing or continuing to do business with them.
Potential indemnification liabilities to Danaher pursuant to the separation agreement could materially and adversely affect our businesses, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
In connection with our separation from Danaher, Danaher will indemnify us for certain liabilities. However, there can be no assurance that the indemnity will be sufficient to insure us against the full amount of such liabilities, or that Danaher’s ability to satisfy its indemnification obligation will not be impaired in the future.
If Danaher completes the distribution, and there is later a determination that the separation and/or the distribution is taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes because the facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings underlying the IRS private letter ruling and/or any tax opinion are incorrect or for any other reason, then Danaher and its stockholders could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities, and we could incur significant liabilities.
We may be affected by significant restrictions, including on our ability to engage in certain corporate transactions for a two-year period after the distribution in order to avoid triggering significant tax-related liabilities.
After the separation, certain of our executive officers and directors may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their equity interest in Danaher. Also, certain of Danaher’s current executive officers are expected to become our directors, which may create conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts of interest.
Danaher may compete with us.
We may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of the separation, and the separation may adversely affect our businesses.
We may have received better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms we will receive in our agreements with Danaher.

6

Table of Contents--------------

We or Danaher may fail to perform under various transaction agreements that will be executed as part of the separation or we may fail to have necessary systems and services in place when certain of the transaction agreements expire.
As of the date of this prospectus, we expect to have outstanding indebtedness of approximately $1.3 billion and the ability to incur an additional $250 million of indebtedness under a revolving credit agreement we expect to enter into, and in the future we may incur additional indebtedness. This indebtedness could adversely affect our businesses and our ability to meet our obligations and pay dividends.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.
Risks Related to Our Shares of Common Stock and this Offering
We cannot be certain that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after the separation, and following the separation, the trading price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.
If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.
The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention.
The market price of shares of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.
Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.
We cannot guarantee the payment of dividends on our common stock, or the timing or amount of any such dividends.
Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted in the future.
Certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and of Delaware law, may prevent or delay an acquisition of us, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the state courts in the State of Delaware or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal court for the District of Delaware, as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, employees and stockholders.
The Separation and Post-Separation Relationship with Danaher
Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, we will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Danaher, and all of our outstanding shares of common stock will be owned by Danaher.
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a separation agreement with Danaher, which is referred to in this prospectus as the “separation agreement.” We will also enter into various other agreements to provide a framework for our relationship with Danaher after the separation, including a transition services agreement, an employee matters agreement, a tax matters agreement, an intellectual property matters agreement, a DBS license agreement and a registration rights agreement. These agreements will provide for the allocation between us and Danaher of Danaher’s assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including its investments, property and employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to, at and after the separation and will govern certain relationships between us and Danaher after the separation. For additional information regarding the separation agreement and such other agreements, please refer to sections entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Separation and Our Relationship with Danaher,” “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” and “The Separation and Distribution Transactions—The Separation.”
Debt Financing Transactions
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to (i) enter into a five-year $250 million senior unsecured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks, which we refer to as the “credit facility,” (ii) borrow approximately $1.3 billion pursuant to

7

Table of Contents--------------

a term loan agreement we expect to enter into with a syndicate of banks (consisting of a three-year, $650 million senior unsecured term loan facility and a three-year, €600 million senior unsecured term loan facility), which we refer to as the “term loans,” and collectively with the credit facility, as the “debt financing” and (iii) enter into cross-currency swap derivative contracts on the U.S. dollar-denominated term loan to effectively convert the U.S. dollar-denominated term loan to obligations denominated in euros. As described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds,” the proceeds from such $1.3 billion of borrowings will be paid to Danaher as partial consideration for Danaher’s transfer of the net assets of its Dental business to us. The debt financing will not be available for borrowings until the date on which certain conditions are satisfied, which we expect will be satisfied prior to the completion of this offering. For additional information regarding the debt financing, please refer to the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”
The Distribution
Danaher has informed us that, following this offering, it intends to make a tax-free distribution to its stockholders of all or a portion of its remaining equity interest in us, which may include one or more distributions effected as a dividend to all Danaher stockholders, one or more distributions in exchange for Danaher shares or other securities, or any combination thereof. We refer to any such potential distribution as the “distribution.” Danaher has agreed not to effect the distribution for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. See “Underwriting.”
While, as of the date of this prospectus, Danaher intends to effect the distribution, Danaher has no obligation to pursue or consummate any further dispositions of its ownership interest in us, including through the distribution, by any specified date or at all. If pursued, the distribution may be subject to various conditions, including receipt of any necessary regulatory or other approvals, the existence of satisfactory market conditions and the receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that the separation, together with such distribution, will be tax-free to Danaher and its stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The conditions to the distribution may not be satisfied, Danaher may decide not to consummate the distribution even if the conditions are satisfied or Danaher may decide to waive one or more of these conditions and consummate the distribution even if all of the conditions are not satisfied. The distribution is not being effected pursuant to this prospectus, and the underwriters of this offering are not acting as underwriters for the distribution.
Upon completion of the distribution, we will no longer qualify as a controlled company and will be required to fully implement corporate governance requirements within one year of the distribution.
Corporate Information
We were incorporated in Delaware on August 29, 2018 for the purpose of holding Danaher’s Dental business in connection with the separation and this offering. Prior to the separation, which is expected to occur immediately prior to completion of this offering, we have had no operations. The address of our principal executive offices is 200 S. Kraemer Blvd., Building E, Brea, CA 92821. Our telephone number is (714) 817-7000.
We maintain an Internet website at www.envistaco.com. Our website, and the information contained therein, or connected thereto, is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus. You should not rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our common stock.

8

Table of Contents--------------

THE OFFERING
Common stock offered by us in this offering
26,768,000 shares (30,783,200 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock).
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
154,636,000 shares (158,651,200 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock).
Common stock to be held by Danaher immediately after this offering
127,868,000 shares.
Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock
The underwriters have an option to purchase up to 4,015,200 additional shares of common stock, as described in “Underwriting.”
Voting Rights
Shares of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters presented to our stockholders generally.

Upon the completion of this offering, Danaher will hold approximately 82.7% of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock (or 80.6% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock). As such, Danaher will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or other major corporate transactions. See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Description of Capital Stock.”

Additionally, upon completion of this offering we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. See “Management—Controlled Company Exception.”
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $572.2 million, or approximately $658.0 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock based on an assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to pay to Danaher, as partial consideration for the Dental business Danaher is contributing to us in connection with the separation, all of the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of our common stock in this offering, including any net proceeds we will receive as a result of any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and approximately $1.3 billion of proceeds from term debt financing that we will enter into prior to the closing of this offering, as further described in the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”
Dividend Policy
We have not yet determined the extent to which we will pay any dividends on our common stock. The payment of any dividends in the future, and the timing and amount thereof, is within the discretion of the Board. The Board’s decisions regarding the payment of dividends will depend on many factors, such as our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, debt service obligations, restrictive covenants in our future debt, industry practice, legal requirements and other factors that our Board deems relevant. Our ability to pay dividends will depend on our ongoing ability to generate cash from operations and on our access to the capital markets. We cannot guarantee that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividends if we commence paying dividends. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”
Listing
We have been authorized to list our shares of common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “NVST.”
Risk Factors
See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our shares of common stock.
Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved in aggregate up to 3% of our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain individuals, including our directors, executive officers and employees, to the extent permitted under applicable laws and regulations in the United States and in various countries. For additional information regarding the directed share program, please refer to section entitled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

9

Table of Contents--------------

Unless the context requires otherwise, references to the number and percentage of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering are based on 154,636,000 shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering and assume the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares will not be exercised.
Unless otherwise indicated, the information presented in this prospectus:
gives effect to the transactions described under “The Separation and Distribution Transactions—The Separation;”
gives effect to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will be in effect prior to the completion of this offering;
assumes an initial public offering price of $22.50 per share of our common stock, the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and
excludes 20,656,197 shares of our common stock that will be reserved under our equity incentive plan, including up to 961,778 shares of our common stock authorized to be issued under our equity incentive plan prior to the distribution, from which we expect to grant equity awards relating to up to 210,477 shares of our common stock (assuming an initial public offering price of $22.50 per share of our common stock) in connection with this offering, as further described in the section entitled “Executive and Director Compensation.”


10

Table of Contents--------------

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA 
The following summary financial data reflects the combined assets and results of operations of the Dental segment of Danaher. We derived the summary historical and pro forma combined statement of earnings data for the years ended December 31, 2018, December 31, 2017, and December 31, 2016, and combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, as set forth below, from our audited annual Combined Financial Statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus and from our unaudited combined pro forma financial statements included in the “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements” section of this prospectus. Our underlying financial records were derived from the financial records of Danaher for the periods reflected herein. We derived the summary historical and pro forma combined statement of earnings data for the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018 and the combined balance sheet data as of June 28, 2019 from our unaudited Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited Combined Financial Statements on the same basis as the audited Combined Financial Statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that, in our opinion, are necessary to state fairly the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results may not necessarily reflect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows for future periods or what they would have been had we been a separate, publicly-traded company during the periods presented.
We have historically operated as part of Danaher and not as a separate, publicly-traded company. Our Combined Financial Statements have been derived from Danaher’s historical accounting records and are presented on a carve-out basis. All sales and costs as well as assets and liabilities directly associated with our business activity are included as a component of the Combined Financial Statements. The Combined Financial Statements also include allocations of certain general, administrative, sales and marketing expenses and cost of sales from Danaher’s corporate office and from other Danaher businesses to us and allocations of related assets, liabilities, and Danaher’s investment, as applicable. The allocations have been determined on a reasonable basis; however, the amounts are not necessarily representative of the amounts that would have been reflected in the Combined Financial Statements had we been an entity that operated separately from Danaher during the periods presented.
The summary unaudited pro forma combined financial data presented has been prepared to reflect the separation and this offering. The summary unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial data has been derived from our unaudited pro forma combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of earnings data presented reflects the financial results as if the separation and this offering occurred on January 1, 2018, which was the first day of fiscal 2018. The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet data reflects the financial position as if the separation and this offering occurred on June 28, 2019. The assumptions used and pro forma adjustments derived from such assumptions are based on currently available information.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations or financial condition had the separation and our anticipated post-separation capital structure been completed on the dates assumed. Also, they may not reflect the results of operations or financial condition that would have resulted had we been operating as a separate, publicly-traded company during such periods. In addition, they are not necessarily indicative of our future results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
This summary historical and pro forma combined financial data should be reviewed in combination with “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Combined Financial Statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus ($ and shares in millions, except net earnings as a percent of sales and per share data).

11

Table of Contents--------------

 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
Year Ended December 31
 
Pro Forma
 
Historical
 
Pro Forma
 
Historical
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
 
2018
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary Statement of Earnings Information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
$
1,371.8

 
$
1,371.8

 
$
1,406.0

 
$
2,844.5

 
$
2,844.5

 
$
2,810.9

 
$
2,785.4

Cost of sales
(615.1
)
 
(615.1
)
 
(607.3
)
 
(1,242.7
)
 
(1,242.7
)
 
(1,189.7
)
 
(1,184.3
)
Gross profit
756.7

 
756.7

 
798.7

 
1,601.8

 
1,601.8

 
1,621.2

 
1,601.1

Operating costs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(552.9
)
 
(552.9
)
 
(563.2
)
 
(1,131.4
)
 
(1,131.4
)
 
(1,062.2
)
 
(1,055.5
)
Research and development expenses
(83.0
)
 
(83.0
)
 
(86.1
)
 
(172.0
)
 
(172.0
)
 
(172.4
)
 
(142.8
)
Operating profit
120.8

 
120.8

 
149.4

 
298.4

 
298.4

 
386.6

 
402.8

Nonoperating income (expense), net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other income (expense), net
1.4

 
1.4

 
0.4

 
2.7

 
2.7

 
0.1

 
(1.1
)
Interest expense
(7.6
)
 

 

 
(15.2
)
 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes
114.6

 
122.2

 
149.8

 
285.9

 
301.1

 
386.7

 
401.7

Income taxes
(20.9
)
 
(22.8
)
 
(34.4
)
 
(66.7
)
 
(70.4
)
 
(85.6
)
 
(129.7
)
Net earnings
$
93.7

 
$
99.4

 
$
115.4

 
$
219.2

 
$
230.7

 
$
301.1

 
$
272.0

Net earnings as a percent of sales
7
%
 
7
%
 
8
%
 
8
%
 
8
%
 
11
%
 
10
%
Net earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
0.61

 
 
 
 
 
$
1.42

 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
$
0.61

 
 
 
 
 
$
1.42

 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
154.6

 
 
 
 
 
154.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted
154.6

 
 
 
 
 
154.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary Statement of Cash Flows Information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
 
 
$
112.7

 
$
130.3

 
 
 
$
400.1

 
$
359.1

 
$
417.0

Investing activities
 
 
(41.9
)
 
(30.9
)
 
 
 
(75.5
)
 
(54.9
)
 
(59.4
)
Financing activities
 
 
(70.8
)
 
(99.4
)
 
 
 
(324.6
)
 
(304.2
)
 
(357.6
)
Capital expenditures
 
 
(42.1
)
 
(30.6
)
 
 
 
(72.2
)
 
(48.9
)
 
(49.1
)
Other Data (Non-GAAP):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted Net Earnings (1)
$
127.5

 
$
133.2

 
$
159.8

 
$
332.3

 
$
343.8

 
$
328.8

 
$
342.8

Adjusted EBITDA (1)
193.9

 
193.9

 
228.2

 
490.8

 
490.8

 
533.5

 
563.3

Free Cash Flow (1)
 
 
71.0

 
99.7

 
 
 
327.9

 
310.3

 
368.8


12

Table of Contents--------------

 
As of June 28, 2019
 
As of December 31
 
Pro Forma
 
Historical
 
Historical
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
 
2018
 
2017
Summary Balance Sheet Information:
 
 
 
 
Current assets
$
891.1

 
$
804.2

 
$
786.8

 
$
794.5

Current liabilities
698.3

 
623.9

 
641.0

 
628.2

Property, plant and equipment, net
280.3

 
280.3

 
261.6

 
231.2

Total assets
6,115.4

 
6,009.0

 
5,841.6

 
5,992.8

Total liabilities
2,552.1

 
1,152.7

 
1,015.2

 
998.2

Long-term debt
1,329.5

 

 

 

Total equity
3,563.3

 
4,856.3

 
4,826.4

 
4,994.6


13

Table of Contents--------------

(1) 
Non-GAAP financial measures
Adjusted Net Earnings, Adjusted EBITDA and Free Cash Flow are non-GAAP financial measures that we use to measure the
performance of our business. The tables below reconcile these non-GAAP measures to the nearest financial measure that is in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for the periods presented.
Adjusted Net Earnings
Adjusted Net Earnings is defined as GAAP net earnings adjusted to exclude amortization, accruals for significant legal matters, restructuring costs and asset impairments, a gain related to settlement of liabilities in connection with a noncontrolling interest, the tax effect of all adjustments and discrete tax adjustments and other tax-related adjustments.
The table below is a reconciliation of GAAP net earnings to Adjusted Net Earnings for the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
Year Ended December 31
 
Pro Forma
 
Historical
 
Pro Forma
 
Historical
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
 
2018
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
($ in millions)
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported Net Earnings (GAAP)
$
93.7

 
$
99.4

 
$
115.4

 
$
219.2

 
$
230.7

 
$
301.1

 
$
272.0

Amortization
45.0

 
45.0

 
45.5

 
90.6

 
90.6

 
81.7

 
83.4

Accruals for significant legal matters

 

 

 
36.0

 
36.0

 

 

Restructuring costs and asset impairments (a)
6.9

 
6.9

 
13.2

 
23.7

 
23.7

 
35.8

 
34.4

Settlement of liabilities in connection with noncontrolling interest (b)

 

 

 

 

 
(10.4
)
 

Tax effect of all adjustments reflected above (c)
(12.8
)
 
(12.8
)
 
(14.5
)
 
(35.4
)
 
(35.4
)
 
(44.6
)
 
(44.8
)
Other discrete tax adjustments and tax-related adjustments (d)
(5.3
)
 
(5.3
)
 
0.2

 
(1.8
)
 
(1.8
)
 
(34.8
)
 
(2.2
)
Adjusted Net Earnings (Non-GAAP)
$
127.5

 
$
133.2

 
$
159.8

 
$
332.3

 
$
343.8

 
$
328.8

 
$
342.8

(a) 
Refer to Note 12 to our audited Combined Financial Statements.
(b) 
Refer to Note 4 to our audited Combined Financial Statements.
(c) 
This line item reflects the aggregate tax effect of all nontax adjustments reflected in the preceding line items of the table. We estimate the tax effect of each adjustment item by applying the statutory U.S. tax rate to the pretax amount, unless the nature of the item and/or the tax jurisdiction in which the item has been recorded requires application of a specific tax rate or tax treatment, in which case the tax effect of such item is estimated by applying such specific tax rate or tax treatment.
(d) 
Discrete tax adjustments and other tax-related adjustments include the impact of net discrete tax charges related primarily to changes in estimates associated with prior period uncertain tax positions and audit settlements, net of the release of valuation allowances associated with certain foreign tax credits and tax benefits resulting from a change in law and excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation realized in excess of anticipated levels in the respective period.
For the year ended December 31, 2017, the $34.8 million adjustment represents (1) a tax benefit of $37.4 million related to enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (of which a tax benefit of $73.4 million is related to the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities, net, and a tax charge of $36.0 million is related to the transition tax on deemed repatriation of foreign earnings) and (2) a tax charge of $2.6 million relates to other discrete income tax provisions.

14

Table of Contents--------------

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as GAAP net earnings adjusted to exclude interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, accruals for significant legal matters, restructuring costs and asset impairments and a gain related to settlement of liabilities in connection with a noncontrolling interest.
The table below is a reconciliation of GAAP net earnings to Adjusted EBITDA for the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
Year Ended December 31
 
Pro Forma
 
Historical
 
Pro Forma
 
Historical
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
 
2018
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
($ in millions)
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reported Net Earnings (GAAP)
$
93.7

 
$
99.4

 
$
115.4

 
$
219.2

 
$
230.7

 
$
301.1

 
$
272.0

Interest expense
7.6

 

 

 
15.2

 

 

 

Income taxes
20.9

 
22.8

 
34.4

 
66.7

 
70.4

 
85.6

 
129.7

Depreciation
19.8

 
19.8

 
19.7

 
39.4

 
39.4

 
39.7

 
43.8

Amortization
45.0

 
45.0

 
45.5

 
90.6

 
90.6

 
81.7

 
83.4

EBITDA (Non-GAAP)
187.0

 
187.0

 
215.0

 
431.1

 
431.1

 
508.1

 
528.9

Accruals for significant legal matters

 

 

 
36.0

 
36.0

 

 

Restructuring costs and asset impairments (a)
6.9

 
6.9

 
13.2

 
23.7

 
23.7

 
35.8

 
34.4

Settlement of liabilities in connection with noncontrolling interest (b)

 

 

 

 

 
(10.4
)
 

Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP)
$
193.9

 
$
193.9

 
$
228.2

 
$
490.8

 
$
490.8

 
$
533.5

 
$
563.3

(a) 
Refer to Note 12 to our audited Combined Financial Statements.
(b) 
Refer to Note 4 to our audited Combined Financial Statements.
Free Cash Flow
We define Free Cash Flow as net cash provided by operating activities less payments for additions to property, plant and equipment (“capital expenditures”), plus proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment (“capital disposals”).

15

Table of Contents--------------

The table below is a reconciliation of GAAP net cash provided by operating activities to Free Cash Flow for the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
Year Ended December 31
 
Historical
 
Historical
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
($ in millions)
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities (GAAP)
$
(41.9
)
 
$
(30.9
)
 
$
(75.5
)
 
$
(54.9
)
 
$
(59.4
)
Net cash used in financing activities (GAAP)
(70.8
)
 
(99.4
)
 
(324.6
)
 
(304.2
)
 
(357.6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities (GAAP)
$
112.7

 
$
130.3

 
$
400.1

 
$
359.1

 
$
417.0

Less: payments for additions to property, plant & equipment (capital expenditures) (GAAP)
(42.1
)
 
(30.6
)
 
(72.2
)
 
(48.9
)
 
(49.1
)
Plus: proceeds from sales of property, plant & equipment (capital disposals) (GAAP)
0.4

 

 

 
0.1

 
0.9

Free Cash Flow (Non-GAAP)
$
71.0

 
$
99.7

 
$
327.9

 
$
310.3

 
$
368.8

Statement Regarding Non-GAAP Measures
Each of the non-GAAP measures set forth above, along with core sales (referred to in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”) should be considered in addition to, and not as a replacement for or superior to, the comparable GAAP measure, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Management believes that these measures provide useful information to investors by offering additional ways of viewing our results that, when reconciled to the corresponding GAAP measure, help our investors to:
with respect to Adjusted Net Earnings and Adjusted EBITDA, understand the long-term profitability trends of our business and compare our profitability to prior and future periods and to our peers;
with respect to core sales (referred to in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”), identify underlying growth trends in our business and compare our revenue performance with prior and future periods and to our peers; and
with respect to Free Cash Flow (the “FCF Measure”), understand our ability to generate cash without external financings, strengthen our balance sheet, invest in our business and grow our business through acquisitions and other strategic opportunities (although a limitation of Free Cash Flow is that it does not take into account any debt service requirements or other non-discretionary expenditures, and as a result the entire free cash flow amount is not necessarily available for discretionary expenditures).
Management also uses these non-GAAP measures to measure our operating and financial performance.
The items excluded from the non-GAAP measures set forth above have been excluded for the following reasons:
With respect to Adjusted Net Earnings and Adjusted EBITDA:
We exclude the amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets because the amount and timing of such charges are significantly impacted by the timing, size, number and nature of the acquisitions we consummate. While we have a history of significant acquisition activity we do not acquire businesses on a predictable cycle, and the amount of an acquisition’s purchase price allocated to intangible assets and related amortization term are unique to each acquisition and can vary significantly from acquisition to acquisition. Exclusion of this amortization expense facilitates more consistent comparisons of operating results over time between our newly acquired and long-held businesses, and with both acquisitive and non-acquisitive peer companies. We believe however that it is important for investors to understand that such intangible assets contribute to revenue generation and that intangible asset amortization related to past acquisitions will recur in future periods until such intangible assets have been fully amortized.
We exclude costs incurred pursuant to discrete restructuring plans that are fundamentally different (in terms of the size, strategic nature and planning requirements, as well as the inconsistent frequency, of such plans) from the ongoing productivity improvements that result from application of the Danaher Business System.

16

Table of Contents--------------

Because these restructuring plans are incremental to the core activities that arise in the ordinary course of our business and we believe are not indicative of our ongoing operating costs in a given period, we exclude these costs from the calculation of Adjusted Net Earnings and Adjusted EBITDA to facilitate a more consistent comparison of operating results over time.
With respect to the other items excluded from Adjusted Net Earnings and Adjusted EBITDA, we exclude these items because they are of a nature and/or size that occur with inconsistent frequency, occur for reasons that may be unrelated to the Company’s commercial performance during the period and/or we believe that such items may obscure underlying business trends and make comparisons of long-term performance difficult.
With respect to core sales, (1) we exclude the impact of currency translation because it is not under management’s control, is subject to volatility and can obscure underlying business trends, and (2) we exclude the effect of acquisitions and divested product lines because the timing, size, number and nature of such transactions can vary significantly from period-to-period and between us and our peers, which we believe may obscure underlying business trends and make comparisons of long-term performance difficult.
With respect to the FCF Measure, we exclude payments for additions to property, plant and equipment (net of the proceeds from capital disposals) to demonstrate the amount of operating cash flow for the period that remains after accounting for our capital expenditure requirements.

17

Table of Contents--------------

RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with the information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The risks and uncertainties described below are those that we have identified as material, but are not the only risks and uncertainties facing us. Our business is also subject to general risks and uncertainties that affect many other companies, such as market conditions, economic conditions, geopolitical events, changes in laws, regulations or accounting rules, fluctuations in interest rates, terrorism, wars or conflicts, major health concerns, natural disasters or other disruptions of expected business conditions. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial also may impair our business, including our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Businesses
Conditions in the global economy, the particular markets we serve and the financial markets may adversely affect our business and financial statements.
Our business is sensitive to general economic conditions. Slower global economic growth, actual or anticipated default on sovereign debt, volatility in the currency and credit markets, high levels of unemployment or underemployment, reduced levels of capital expenditures, changes or anticipation of potential changes in government trade, fiscal, tax and monetary policies, changes in capital requirements for financial institutions, government deficit reduction and budget negotiation dynamics, sequestration, austerity measures and other challenges that affect the global economy may adversely affect us and our distributors, customers and suppliers. Our success also depends upon the continued strength of the markets we serve. In many markets, dental reimbursement is largely out of pocket for the consumer and thus utilization rates can vary significantly depending on economic growth. While many of our products are considered necessary by patients regardless of the economic environment, certain products and services that support discretionary dental procedures may be susceptible to changes in economic conditions. The above factors can have the effect of:
reducing demand for our products and services (in this prospectus, references to products and services also includes software), limiting the financing available to our customers and suppliers, increasing order cancellations and resulting in longer sales cycles and slower adoption of new technologies;
increasing the difficulty in collecting accounts receivable and the risk of excess and obsolete inventories;
increasing price competition in our served markets;
supply interruptions, which could disrupt our ability to produce our products;
increasing the risk of impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets, and the risk that we may not be able to fully recover the value of other assets such as real estate and tax assets;
increasing the risk that counterparties to our contractual arrangements will become insolvent or otherwise unable to fulfill their contractual obligations which, in addition to increasing the risks identified above, could result in preference actions against us; and
adversely impacting market sizes.
There can be no assurances that the capital markets will be available to us or that the lenders participating in any credit facilities we may enter into will be able to provide financing in accordance with their contractual obligations. If growth in the global economy or in any of the markets we serve slows for a significant period, if there is significant deterioration in the global economy or such markets or if improvements in the global economy do not benefit the markets we serve, our business and financial statements could be adversely affected.
Significant developments or uncertainties stemming from the U.S. administration, including changes in U.S. trade policies, tariffs and the reaction of other countries thereto, could have an adverse effect on our business.
Changes, potential changes or uncertainties in U.S. social, political, regulatory and economic conditions or laws and policies governing foreign trade, the health care system, manufacturing, and development and investment in the territories and countries where we or our customers operate, stemming from the U.S. administration, could adversely affect our business and financial statements. For example, the U.S. administration has increased tariffs on certain goods imported into the United States, raised the possibility of imposing significant, additional tariff increases and called for substantial changes to trade agreements. In particular, trade tensions between the United States and China have been escalating in recent months. China

18

Table of Contents--------------

accounted for approximately 7% of our sales in 2018. These factors have adversely affected, and in the future could further adversely affect, our operating results and our business.
Our growth could suffer if the markets into which we sell our products and services decline, do not grow as anticipated or experience cyclicality.
Our growth depends in part on the growth of the markets which we serve, and visibility into our markets is limited (particularly for markets into which we sell through distribution). Any decline or lower than expected growth in our served markets could diminish demand for our products and services, which would adversely affect our financial statements. Our quarterly sales and profits depend substantially on the volume and timing of orders received during the fiscal quarter, which are difficult to forecast. Certain of our businesses operate in industries that may also experience periodic, cyclical downturns.
In addition, in certain of our businesses, demand depends on customers’ capital spending budgets as well as government funding policies, and matters of public policy and government budget dynamics as well as product and economic cycles can affect the spending decisions of these entities. Demand for our products and services is also sensitive to changes in customer order patterns, which may be affected by announced price changes, marketing or promotional programs, new product introductions, the timing of industry trade shows and changes in distributor or customer inventory levels due to distributor or customer management thereof or other factors. Any of these factors could adversely affect our growth and results of operations in any given period.
Inventories maintained by our distributors and customers may fluctuate from time to time.
We rely in part on our distributor and customer relationships and predictions of distributor and customer inventory levels in projecting future demand levels and financial results. These inventory levels may fluctuate, and may differ from our predictions, resulting in our projections of future results being different than expected. These changes may be influenced by changing relationships with the distributor and customers, economic conditions and end-user preference for particular products. There can be no assurance that our distributors and customers will maintain levels of inventory in accordance with our predictions or past history, or that the timing of distributors’ or customers’ inventory build or liquidation will be in accordance with our predictions or past history.
We are dependent upon a limited number of distributors for a significant portion of our sales, and loss of a key distributor could result in a loss of a significant amount of our sales. In addition, adverse changes in our relationships with, or the financial condition, performance, purchasing patterns or inventory levels of, key distributors and other channel partners could adversely affect our financial statements.
Historically, a substantial portion of our sales had come from a limited number of distributors, particularly Henry Schein, Inc. (“Henry Schein”), which accounted for approximately 14% of our sales in 2018. It is anticipated that Henry Schein will continue to be the largest contributor to our sales for the foreseeable future. By its terms, our master distribution agreement with Henry Schein, which covers distribution of KaVo Kerr products in the U.S. and Canada, is currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2019, unless the parties mutually agree to extend the agreement. There can be no assurance that Henry Schein or any particular distributor will purchase any particular quantity of products from us or continue to purchase any products at all. If Henry Schein or any other significant distributor significantly reduces the volume of products purchased from us, it would have an adverse effect on our financial statements.
Our key distributors and other channel partners typically have valuable relationships with customers and end-users. Some of these distributors and other partners also sell our competitors’ products or compete with us directly, and if they favor competing products for any reason they may fail to market our products effectively. Adverse changes in our relationships with these distributors and other partners, reduction or discontinuation of their purchases from us or adverse developments in their financial condition, performance or purchasing patterns, could adversely affect our business and financial statements. The levels of inventory maintained by our distributors and other channel partners, and changes in those levels, can also significantly impact our results of operations in any given period. In addition, the consolidation of distributors and customers in certain of our served industries could adversely impact our business and financial statements.
We face intense competition and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may experience decreased demand and decreased market share. Even if we compete effectively, we may be required to reduce prices for our products and services.
Our businesses operate in industries that are intensely competitive and have been subject to increasing consolidation. Because of the range of the products and services we sell and the variety of markets we serve, we encounter a wide variety of competitors. See “Business—Competition.” In order to compete effectively, we must retain longstanding relationships with major customers and continue to grow our business by establishing relationships with new customers, continually developing

19

Table of Contents--------------

new products and services to maintain and expand our brand recognition and leadership position in various product and service categories and penetrating new markets, including high-growth markets. In addition, significant shifts in industry market share have occurred and may in the future occur in connection with product problems, safety alerts and publications about products, reflecting the competitive significance of product quality, product efficacy and quality systems in our industry. Our failure to compete effectively and/or pricing pressures resulting from competition may adversely impact our financial statements, and our expansion into new markets may result in greater-than-expected risks, liabilities and expenses. In addition, we are exposed to the risk that our competitors or our customers may introduce private label, generic, or low-cost products that compete with our products at lower price points. If these competitors’ products capture significant market share or result in a decrease in market prices overall, this could have an adverse effect on our financial statements.
Our growth depends in part on the timely development and commercialization, and customer acceptance, of new and enhanced products and services based on technological innovation.
We generally sell our products and services in an industry that is characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions and changing industry standards. If we do not develop innovative new and enhanced products and services on a timely basis, our offerings will become obsolete over time and our competitive position and financial statements will suffer. Our success will depend on several factors, including our ability to:
correctly identify customer needs and preferences and predict future needs and preferences;
allocate our research and development funding to products and services with higher growth prospects;
anticipate and respond to our competitors’ development of new products and services and technological innovations;
differentiate our offerings from our competitors’ offerings and avoid commoditization;
innovate and develop new technologies and applications, and acquire or obtain rights to third-party technologies that may have valuable applications in our served markets;
obtain adequate intellectual property rights with respect to key technologies before our competitors do;
successfully commercialize new technologies in a timely manner, price them competitively and cost-effectively manufacture and deliver sufficient volumes of new products of appropriate quality on time;
obtain necessary regulatory approvals of appropriate scope (including by demonstrating satisfactory clinical results where required); and
stimulate customer demand for and convince customers to adopt new technologies.
If we fail to accurately predict future customer needs and preferences or fail to produce viable technologies, we may invest heavily in research and development of products and services that do not lead to significant sales, which would adversely affect our profitability.
Even if we successfully innovate and develop new and enhanced products and services, we may incur substantial costs in doing so, and our profitability may suffer. In addition, promising new offerings may fail to reach the market or realize only limited commercial success because of real or perceived efficacy or safety concerns, failure to achieve positive clinical outcomes, uncertainty over third-party reimbursement or entrenched patterns of clinical practice. For additional information on third-party reimbursement of dental products, please refer to the section entitled “Business—Regulatory Matters.”
Our reputation, ability to do business and financial statements may be impaired by improper conduct by any of our employees, agents or business partners.
We cannot provide assurance that our internal controls and compliance systems will always protect us from acts committed by employees, agents or business partners of ours (or of businesses we acquire or partner with) that would violate U.S. and/or non-U.S. laws, including the laws governing payments to government officials, bribery, fraud, kickbacks and false claims, pricing, sales and marketing practices, conflicts of interest, competition, employment practices and workplace behavior, export and import compliance, economic and trade sanctions, money laundering and data privacy. In particular, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, and we operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree. Any such improper actions or allegations of such acts could damage our reputation and subject us to civil or criminal

20

Table of Contents--------------

investigations in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions and related stockholder lawsuits, could lead to substantial civil and criminal, monetary and non-monetary penalties and could cause us to incur significant legal and investigatory fees. In addition, the government may seek to hold us liable for violations committed by companies in which we invest or that we acquire. We also rely on our suppliers to adhere to our supplier standards of conduct, and material violations of such standards of conduct could occur that could have a material effect on our business, reputation and financial statements.
Certain of our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and by comparable agencies of other countries, as well as laws regulating fraud and abuse in the health care industry and the privacy and security of health information. Failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our reputation, ability to do business and financial statements.
Most of our products are medical devices subject to regulation by the FDA, by other federal and state governmental agencies, by comparable agencies of other countries and regions, by certain accrediting bodies and by regulations governing hazardous materials (or the manufacture and sale of products containing any such materials). The FDA and these other regulatory authorities enforce additional regulations regarding the safety of X-ray emitting devices. The global regulatory environment has become increasingly stringent and unpredictable. Several countries that did not have regulatory requirements for medical devices have established such requirements in recent years, and other countries have expanded, or plan to expand, their existing regulations. For example, the EU has adopted the EU Medical Device Regulation (the “EU MDR”) which imposes stricter requirements for the marketing and sale of medical devices, including in the area of clinical evaluation requirements, quality systems and post-market surveillance. Manufacturers of currently approved medical devices will have until May 2020 to meet the requirements of the EU MDR. Failure to meet these requirements could adversely impact our business in the EU and other regions that tie their product registrations to the EU requirements.
To varying degrees, these regulators require us to comply with laws and regulations governing the development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, marketing, distribution and post-marketing surveillance of our products. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain regulatory clearance (such as 510(k) clearance) or approvals for our new products or modifications to (or additional indications or uses of) existing products within our anticipated timeframe or at all, and if we do obtain such clearance or approval it may be time-consuming, costly and subject to restrictions. Our ability to obtain such regulatory clearances or approvals will depend on many factors and the process for obtaining such clearances or approvals could change over time. Even after initial regulatory clearance or approval, we are subject to periodic inspection by these regulatory authorities, and if safety issues arise we may be required to amend conditions for use of a product, such as providing additional warnings on the product’s label or narrowing its approved intended use, which could reduce the product’s market acceptance. Failure to obtain required regulatory clearances or approvals before marketing our products (or before implementing modifications to or promoting additional indications or uses of our products), other violations of these regulations, failure to remediate inspectional observations to the satisfaction of these regulatory authorities and real or perceived efficacy or safety concerns or trends of adverse events with respect to our products (even after obtaining clearance for distribution) can lead to FDA Form 483 Inspectional Observations, warning letters, notices to customers, declining sales, loss of customers, loss of market share, remediation and increased compliance costs, recalls, seizures of adulterated or misbranded products, injunctions, administrative detentions, refusals to permit importations, partial or total shutdown of production facilities or the implementation of operating restrictions, narrowing of permitted uses for a product, suspension or withdrawal of approvals and pre-market notification rescissions. We are also subject to various laws regulating fraud and abuse, pricing and sales and marketing practices in the health care industry and the privacy and security of health information as well as manufacturing and quality standards, including the federal regulations described in the section entitled “Business—Regulatory Matters.” Ensuring that our internal operations and business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that government authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations.
Noncompliance with these standards can result in, among other things, fines, expenses, injunctions, civil penalties, recalls or seizures of products, total or partial suspension of production, refusal of the government to grant 510(k) clearance of devices, withdrawal of marketing approvals, criminal prosecutions and other adverse effects referenced below under “Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation; failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our financial statements and our business, including our reputation.” Further, defending against any such actions can be costly and time-consuming and may require significant personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired.

21

Table of Contents--------------

Certain of our products may be subject to clinical trials, the results of which may be unexpected, or perceived as unfavorable by the market, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
As a part of the regulatory process of obtaining marketing clearance for new products and new indications for existing products, we may conduct and participate in clinical trials. Unexpected or inconsistent clinical data from existing or future clinical trials, or a regulator’s or the market’s perception of this clinical data, may adversely impact our ability to obtain product approvals, our position in, and share of, the markets in which we participate and our business and financial statements.
Off-label marketing of our products could result in substantial penalties.  
The FDA strictly regulates the promotional claims that may be made about approved or cleared products. In particular, any clearances we may receive only permit us to market our products for the uses indicated on the labeling cleared by the FDA. We may request additional label indications for our current products, and the FDA may deny those requests outright, require additional expensive performance or clinical data to support any additional indications or impose limitations on the intended use of any cleared products as a condition of clearance. If the FDA determines that we have marketed our products for off-label use, we could be subject to fines, injunctions or other penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our business activities to constitute promotion of an off-label use, which could result in significant penalties, including, but not limited to, criminal, civil and administrative penalties, substantial monetary penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, and/or the curtailment of our operations. Any of these events could significantly harm our business and results of operations and cause our stock price to decline.
Certain modifications to our products may require new 510(k) clearances or other marketing authorizations and may require us to recall or cease marketing our products.
Once a medical device is permitted to be legally marketed in the U.S. pursuant to a 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer may be required to notify the FDA of certain modifications to the device. Manufacturers determine in the first instance whether a change to a product requires a new premarket submission, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances are necessary. We have made modifications to our products in the past and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA regulations and guidance that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances or other premarket submissions were not required. We may make similar modifications or add additional features in the future that we believe do not require a new 510(k) clearance. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.
The industries that we serve have undergone, and are in the process of undergoing, significant changes in an effort to reduce costs, which could adversely affect our financial statements.
The industries that we serve have undergone, and are in the process of undergoing, significant changes in an effort to reduce costs, including the following:
Governmental and private health care providers and payors around the world are increasingly utilizing managed care for the delivery of health care services, centralizing purchasing, limiting the number of vendors that may participate in purchasing programs, forming group purchasing organizations and integrated health delivery networks and pursuing consolidation to improve their purchasing leverage and using competitive bid processes to procure health care products and services.
Certain of our customers, and the end-users to whom our customers supply products, rely on government funding of and reimbursement for health care products and services and research activities. The U.S. Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “PPACA”), health care austerity measures in other countries and other potential health care reform changes and government austerity measures have reduced and may further reduce the amount of government funding or reimbursement available to customers or end-users of our products and services and/or the volume of medical procedures using our products and services. Other countries, as well as some private payors, also control the price of health care products, directly or indirectly, through reimbursement, payment, pricing or coverage limitations, tying reimbursement to outcomes or (in the case of governmental entities) compulsory licensing. Global economic uncertainty or deterioration can also adversely impact government funding and reimbursement.

22

Table of Contents--------------

The PPACA imposes on medical device manufacturers, such as us, a 2.3% excise tax on U.S. sales of certain medical devices. The excise tax has been suspended until the end of 2019, but we would be subject to the tax beginning in 2020.
These changes as well as other impacts from market demand, government regulations, third-party coverage and reimbursement policies and societal pressures have started changing the way health care is delivered, reimbursed and funded and may cause participants in the health care industry and related industries that we serve to purchase fewer of our products and services, reduce the prices they are willing to pay for our products or services, reduce the amounts of reimbursement and funding available for our products and services from governmental agencies or third-party payors, heighten clinical data requirements, reduce the volume of medical procedures that use our products and services, affect the acceptance rate of new technologies and products and increase our compliance and other costs. In addition, we may be excluded from important market segments or unable to enter into contracts with group purchasing organizations and integrated health networks on terms acceptable to us, and even if we do enter into such contracts they may be on terms that negatively affect our current or future profitability. All of the factors described above could adversely affect our business and financial statements.
Any inability to consummate acquisitions at our historical rate and at appropriate prices, and to make appropriate investments that support our long-term strategy, could negatively impact our growth rate and stock price.
Our ability to grow sales, earnings and cash flow at or above our historic rates depends in part upon our ability to identify and successfully acquire and integrate businesses at appropriate prices and realize anticipated synergies, and to make appropriate investments that support our long-term strategy. We may not be able to consummate acquisitions at rates similar to the past, which could adversely impact our growth rate and our stock price. Promising acquisitions and investments are difficult to identify and complete for a number of reasons, including high valuations, competition among prospective buyers, the availability of affordable funding in the capital markets and the need to satisfy applicable closing conditions and obtain applicable antitrust and other regulatory approvals on acceptable terms. In addition, competition for acquisitions and investment may result in higher purchase prices. Changes in accounting or regulatory requirements or instability in the credit markets could also adversely impact our ability to consummate acquisitions and investments.
Our acquisition of businesses, investments, joint ventures and other strategic relationships could negatively impact our financial statements.
As part of our business strategy we acquire businesses, make investments and enter into joint ventures and other strategic relationships in the ordinary course; please refer to Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for additional details. Acquisitions, investments, joint ventures and strategic relationships involve a number of financial, accounting, managerial, operational, legal, compliance and other risks and challenges, including the following, any of which could adversely affect our business and our financial statements:
Any business, technology, service or product that we acquire or invest in could under-perform relative to our expectations and the price that we paid or not perform in accordance with our anticipated timetable, or we could fail to operate any such business profitably.
We may incur or assume significant debt in connection with our acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or strategic relationships, which could also cause a deterioration of our credit ratings, result in increased borrowing costs and interest expense and diminish our future access to the capital markets.
Acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or strategic relationships could cause our financial results to differ from our own or the investment community’s expectations in any given period, or over the long-term.
Pre-closing and post-closing earnings charges could adversely impact operating results in any given period, and the impact may be substantially different from period to period.
Acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or strategic relationships could create demands on our management, operational resources and financial and internal control systems that we are unable to effectively address.
We could experience difficulty in integrating personnel, operations and financial and other controls and systems and retaining key employees and customers.
We may be unable to achieve cost savings or other synergies anticipated in connection with an acquisition, investment, joint venture or strategic relationship.

23

Table of Contents--------------

We may assume unknown liabilities, known contingent liabilities that become realized, known liabilities that prove greater than anticipated, internal control deficiencies or exposure to regulatory sanctions resulting from the acquired company’s or investee’s activities and the realization of any of these liabilities or deficiencies may increase our expenses, adversely affect our financial position or cause us to fail to meet our public financial reporting obligations.
In connection with acquisitions and joint ventures, we often enter into post-closing financial arrangements such as purchase price adjustments, earn-out obligations and indemnification obligations, which may have unpredictable financial results.
As a result of our acquisitions and investments, we have recorded significant goodwill and other assets on our balance sheet and if we are not able to realize the value of these assets, or if the fair value of our investments declines, we may be required to incur impairment charges.
We may have interests that diverge from those of our joint venture partners or other strategic partners and we may not be able to direct the management and operations of the joint venture or other strategic relationship in the manner we believe is most appropriate, exposing us to additional risk.
Investing in or making loans to early-stage companies often entails a high degree of risk, and we may not achieve the strategic, technological, financial or commercial benefits we anticipate; we may lose our investment or fail to recoup our loan; or our investment may be illiquid for a greater-than-expected period of time.
The indemnification provisions of acquisition agreements by which we have acquired companies may not fully protect us and as a result we may face unexpected liabilities.
Certain of the acquisition agreements by which we have acquired companies require the former owners to indemnify us against certain liabilities related to the operation of the acquired company before we acquired it. In most of these agreements, however, the liability of the former owners is limited and certain former owners may be unable to meet their indemnification responsibilities. We cannot assure you that these indemnification provisions will protect us fully or at all, and as a result we may face unexpected liabilities that adversely affect our financial statements.
Divestitures or other dispositions could negatively impact our business, and contingent liabilities from businesses that we or our predecessors have sold could adversely affect our financial statements.
We continually assess the strategic fit of our existing businesses and may divest, spin-off, split-off or otherwise dispose of businesses that are deemed not to fit with our strategic plan or are not achieving the desired return on investment. These transactions pose risks and challenges that could negatively impact our business and financial statements. For example, when we decide to sell or otherwise dispose of a business or assets, we may be unable to do so on satisfactory terms within our anticipated timeframe or at all, and even after reaching a definitive agreement to sell or dispose a business the sale is typically subject to satisfaction of pre-closing conditions which may not become satisfied. In addition, divestitures or other dispositions may dilute our earnings per share, have other adverse tax, financial and accounting impacts and distract management, and disputes may arise with buyers. In addition, we have retained responsibility for and/or have agreed to indemnify buyers against some known and unknown contingent liabilities related to certain businesses or assets we or our predecessors have sold or disposed. The resolution of these contingencies has not had a material effect on our financial statements but we cannot be certain that this favorable pattern will continue.
A significant disruption in, or breach in security of, our information technology systems or data or violation of data privacy laws could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements.
We rely on information technology systems, some of which are provided and/or managed by third parties, to process, transmit and store electronic information (including sensitive data such as confidential business information and personal data relating to employees, customers, other business partners and patients), and to manage or support a variety of critical business processes and activities (such as receiving and fulfilling orders, billing, collecting and making payments, shipping products, providing services and support to customers and fulfilling contractual obligations). In addition, some of our software products and services incorporate information technology that may house personal data and some products or software we sell to customers may connect to our systems for maintenance or other purposes. These systems, products and services (including those we acquire through business acquisitions) may be damaged, disrupted or shut down due to attacks by computer hackers, computer viruses, ransomware, human error or malfeasance, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication or utility failures, catastrophes or other unforeseen events, and in any such circumstances our system redundancy and other disaster recovery planning may be ineffective or inadequate. Attacks may also target hardware, software and information installed, stored or transmitted in our products after such products have been purchased and

24

Table of Contents--------------

incorporated into third-party products, facilities or infrastructure. Security breaches of our systems, regardless of whether the breach is attributable to a vulnerability in our products or services, or security breaches of third parties’ systems, which we rely upon to process, store, or transmit electronic information, could result in the misappropriation, destruction or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information or personal data belonging to us or to our employees, partners, customers, patients or suppliers. Like most multinational corporations, our information technology systems have been subject to computer viruses, malicious codes, unauthorized access and other cyber-attacks and we expect the sophistication and frequency of such attacks to continue to increase. Unauthorized tampering, adulteration or interference with our products may also adversely affect product functionality and result in loss of data, risk to patient safety and product recalls or field actions. Any of the attacks, breaches or other disruptions or damage described above could interrupt our operations or the operations of our customers and partners, delay production and shipments, result in theft of our and our customers’ intellectual property and trade secrets, damage customer, patient, business partner and employee relationships and our reputation or result in defective products or services, legal claims and proceedings, liability and penalties under privacy laws and increased costs for security and remediation, each of which could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements.
If we are unable to maintain reliable information technology systems and appropriate controls with respect to global data privacy and security requirements and prevent data breaches, we may suffer adverse regulatory consequences, business consequences and litigation. As a global organization, we are subject to data privacy and security laws, regulations, and customer-imposed controls in numerous jurisdictions as a result of having access to and processing confidential, personal and/or sensitive data in the course of our business. For example, in the United States, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) privacy and security rules require certain of our operations to maintain controls to protect the availability and confidentiality of patient health information, individual states regulate data breach and security requirements and multiple governmental bodies assert authority over aspects of the protection of personal privacy. Entities that are found to be in violation of HIPAA as the result of a breach of unsecured patient health information, a complaint about privacy practices or an audit by HHS, may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance. The new EU General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which became effective in May 2018, has imposed significantly stricter requirements in how we collect, transmit, process and retain personal data, including, among other things, a requirement for almost immediate notice of data breaches to supervisory authorities in certain circumstances and prompt notice to data subjects in certain circumstances with significant fines for non-compliance. Failure to comply with the requirements of GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EU member states may result in fines of up to €20,000,000 or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, and other administrative penalties. Several other countries such as China and Russia have passed, and other countries are considering passing, laws that require personal data relating to their citizens to be maintained on local servers and impose additional data transfer restrictions. Lastly, there is a new, broad privacy law in California, the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which comes into effect in January 2020. The CCPA has some of the same features as the GDPR, and has already prompted several other states to follow with similar laws. Government enforcement actions can be costly and interrupt the regular operation of our business, and data breaches or violations of data privacy laws can result in fines, reputational damage and civil lawsuits, any of which may adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements. Also, the manufacturer may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. In addition, compliance with the varying data privacy regulations across the United States and around the world have required significant expenditures and may require additional expenditures, and may require changes in our products or business models that increase competition or reduce sales.
Our operations, products and services expose us to the risk of environmental, health and safety liabilities, costs and violations that could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements.
Our operations, products and services are subject to environmental laws and regulations, which impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the environment, establish standards for the use, generation, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes and impose end-of-life disposal and take-back programs. We must also comply with various health and safety regulations in the United States and abroad in connection with our operations. We cannot assure you that our environmental, health and safety compliance program (or the compliance programs of businesses we acquire) have been or will at all times be effective. Failure to comply with any of these laws could result in civil and criminal, monetary and non-monetary penalties and damage to our reputation. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that our costs of complying with current or future environmental protection and health and safety laws will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our financial statements.

25

Table of Contents--------------

In addition, we may incur costs related to remedial efforts or alleged environmental damage associated with past or current waste disposal practices or other hazardous materials handling practices. We are also from time to time party to personal injury, property damage or other claims brought by private parties alleging injury or damage due to the presence of or exposure to hazardous substances. We may also become subject to additional remedial, compliance or personal injury costs due to future events such as changes in existing laws or regulations, changes in agency direction or enforcement policies, developments in remediation technologies, changes in the conduct of our operations and changes in accounting rules. For additional information regarding these risks, please refer to Note 14 to the audited Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that our liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposures to, hazardous substances will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our reputation and financial statements or that we will not be subject to additional claims for personal injury or remediation in the future based on our past, present or future business activities. However, based on the information we currently have we do not believe that it is reasonably possible that any amounts we may be required to pay in connection with environmental matters in excess of our reserves as of the date of this prospectus will have a material effect on our financial statements.
Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation; failure to comply with those regulations could adversely affect our financial statements and our business, including our reputation.
In addition to the environmental, health, safety, health care, medical device, anticorruption, data privacy and other regulations noted elsewhere in this prospectus, our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. and non-U.S. governmental and self-regulatory entities at the supranational, federal, state, local and other jurisdictional levels, including the following:
we are required to comply with various import laws and export control and economic sanctions laws, which may affect our transactions with certain customers, business partners and other persons and dealings between our employees and between our subsidiaries. In certain circumstances, export control and economic sanctions regulations may prohibit the export of certain products, services and technologies. In other circumstances, we may be required to obtain an export license before exporting the controlled item. Compliance with the various import laws that apply to our businesses can restrict our access to, and increase the cost of obtaining, certain products and at times can interrupt our supply of imported inventory; and
we also have agreements to sell products and services to government entities and are subject to various statutes and regulations that apply to companies doing business with government entities (less than 1% of our 2018 sales were made to the U.S. federal government). The laws governing government contracts differ from the laws governing private contracts. For example, many government contracts contain pricing and other terms and conditions that are not applicable to private contracts. Our agreements with government entities may be subject to termination, reduction or modification at the convenience of the government or in the event of changes in government requirements, reductions in federal spending and other factors, and we may underestimate our costs of performing under the contract. In certain cases, a governmental entity may require us to pay back amounts it has paid to us. Government contracts that have been awarded to us following a bid process could become the subject of a bid protest by a losing bidder, which could result in loss of the contract. We are also subject to investigation and audit for compliance with the requirements governing government contracts.
These are not the only regulations that our businesses must comply with. The regulations we are subject to have tended to become more stringent over time and may be inconsistent across jurisdictions. We, our representatives and the industries in which we operate may at times be under review and/or investigation by regulatory authorities. Compliance with these and other regulations may also affect our returns on investment, require us to incur significant expenses or modify our business model or impair our flexibility in modifying product, marketing, pricing or other strategies for growing our business. Our products and operations are also often subject to the rules of industrial standards bodies such as the International Standards Organization, and failure to comply with these rules could result in withdrawal of certifications needed to sell our products and services and otherwise adversely impact our business and financial statements. Non-compliance with applicable requirements (or any alleged or perceived failure to comply) could result in import detentions, fines, damages, civil and administrative penalties, injunctions, suspensions or losses of regulatory approvals, recall or seizure of products, operating restrictions, refusal of the government to approve product export applications or allow us to enter into supply contracts, disbarment from selling to certain governmental agencies or exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid or similar programs in other countries or jurisdictions, integrity oversight and reporting obligations to resolve allegations of non-compliance, disruption of our business, limitation on our ability to manufacture, import, export and sell products and services, loss of customers, significant legal and investigatory fees, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, reputational harm, contractual damages, diminished profits, curtailment or restricting of business operations, criminal

26

Table of Contents--------------

prosecution and other monetary and non-monetary penalties. For additional information regarding these risks, please refer to the section entitled “Business—Regulatory Matters.”
We may be required to recognize impairment charges for our goodwill and other intangible assets.
As of December 31, 2018, the net carrying value of our goodwill and other intangible assets totaled approximately $4.7 billion. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, we periodically assess these assets to determine if they are impaired. Significant negative industry or economic trends, disruptions to our business, inability to effectively integrate acquired businesses, unexpected significant changes or planned changes in use of our assets, changes in the structure of our business, divestitures, market capitalization declines, or increases in associated discount rates may impair our goodwill and other intangible assets. Any charges relating to such impairments would adversely affect our results of operations in the periods recognized.
Foreign currency exchange rates may adversely affect our financial statements.
Sales and purchases in currencies other than the U.S. dollar expose us to fluctuations in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar and may adversely affect our financial statements. Increased strength of the U.S. dollar increases the effective price of our products sold in U.S. dollars into other countries, which may require us to lower our prices or adversely affect sales to the extent we do not increase local currency prices. Decreased strength of the U.S. dollar could adversely affect the cost of materials, products and services we purchase overseas. Sales and expenses of our non-U.S. businesses are also translated into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes and the strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar could result in unfavorable translation effects. In addition, certain of our businesses may invoice customers in a currency other than the business’ functional currency, and movements in the invoiced currency relative to the functional currency could also result in unfavorable translation effects. We also face exchange rate risk from our investments in subsidiaries owned and operated in foreign countries.
Changes in our tax rates or exposure to additional income tax liabilities or assessments could affect our profitability. In addition, audits by tax authorities could result in additional tax payments for prior periods.
We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and in numerous non-U.S. jurisdictions. On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) was enacted. The TCJA significantly revised the U.S. federal corporate income tax law by, among other things, lowering the corporate income tax rate to 21%, implementing a quasi-territorial tax system, and imposing a one-time tax on unremitted cumulative non-U.S. earnings of foreign subsidiaries (“Transition Tax”). The U.S. Treasury Department and IRS continue to issue regulations with respect to implementing the TCJA and further regulations are expected to be issued.
Due to the potential for changes to tax laws and regulations or changes to the interpretation thereof (including regulations and interpretations pertaining to the TCJA), the ambiguity of tax laws and regulations, the subjectivity of factual interpretations, the complexity of our intercompany arrangements, uncertainties regarding the geographic mix of earnings in any particular period, and other factors, our estimates of effective tax rate and income tax assets and liabilities may be incorrect and our financial statements could be adversely affected; please refer to Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for a discussion of additional factors that may adversely affect our effective tax rate and decrease our profitability in any period. The impact of these factors referenced in the first sentence of this paragraph may be substantially different from period-to-period.
In addition, the amount of income taxes we pay is subject to ongoing audits by U.S. federal, state and local tax authorities and by non-U.S. tax authorities, such as the audits described in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the audited Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus. If audits result in payments or assessments different from our reserves, our future results may include unfavorable adjustments to our tax liabilities and our financial statements could be adversely affected. Any further significant changes to the tax system in the United States or in other jurisdictions (including changes in the taxation of international income as further described below) could adversely affect our financial statements.
Changes in tax law relating to multinational corporations could adversely affect our tax position.
The U.S. Congress, government agencies in non-U.S. jurisdictions where we and our affiliates do business, and the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”) have recently focused on issues related to the taxation of multinational corporations. One example is in the area of “base erosion and profit shifting,” where profits are claimed to be earned for tax purposes in low-tax jurisdictions, or payments are made between affiliates from a jurisdiction with high tax rates to a jurisdiction with lower tax rates. The OECD has released several components of its comprehensive plan to create an agreed set of international rules for addressing base erosion and profit shifting. As a result, the tax laws in the United

27

Table of Contents--------------

States and other countries in which we do business could change on a prospective or retroactive basis, and any such changes could adversely affect our business and financial statements.
We are subject to a variety of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings in the course of our business that could adversely affect our business and financial statements.
We are subject to a variety of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings incidental to our business (or the business operations of previously owned entities), including claims or counterclaims for damages arising out of the use of products or services and claims relating to intellectual property matters, employment matters, tax matters, commercial disputes, breach of contract claims, competition and sales and trading practices, environmental matters, personal injury, insurance coverage and acquisition-related matters, as well as regulatory subpoenas, requests for information, investigations and enforcement. We may also become subject to lawsuits as a result of past or future acquisitions or as a result of liabilities retained from, or representations, warranties or indemnities provided in connection with, businesses divested by us or our predecessors. The types of claims made in lawsuits include claims for compensatory damages, punitive and consequential damages (and in some cases, treble damages) and/or injunctive relief. The defense of these lawsuits may divert our management’s attention, we may incur significant expenses in defending these lawsuits, and we may be required to pay damage awards or settlements or become subject to equitable remedies that could adversely affect our operations and financial statements. Moreover, any insurance or indemnification rights that we may have may be insufficient or unavailable to protect us against such losses. In addition, developments in proceedings in any given period may require us to adjust the loss contingency estimates that we have recorded in our financial statements, record estimates for liabilities or assets previously not susceptible of reasonable estimates or pay cash settlements or judgments. Any of these developments could adversely affect our financial statements in any particular period. We cannot assure you that our liabilities in connection with litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our financial statements and business. However, based on our experience, current information and applicable law, we do not believe that it is reasonably possible that any amounts we may be required to pay in connection with litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings in excess of our reserves as of the date of this prospectus will have a material effect on our financial statements.
If we do not or cannot adequately protect our intellectual property, or if third parties infringe our intellectual property rights, we may suffer competitive injury or expend significant resources enforcing our rights.
Many of the markets we serve are technology-driven, and as a result intellectual property rights play a significant role in product development and differentiation. We own numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property and licenses to intellectual property owned by others, which in aggregate are important to our business. The intellectual property rights that we obtain, however, may not be sufficiently broad or otherwise may not provide us a significant competitive advantage, and patents may not be issued for pending or future patent applications owned by or licensed to us. In addition, the steps that we and our licensors have taken to maintain and protect our intellectual property may not prevent it from being challenged, invalidated, circumvented, designed-around or becoming subject to compulsory licensing, particularly in countries where intellectual property rights are not highly developed or protected. In some circumstances, enforcement may not be available to us because an infringer has a dominant intellectual property position or for other business reasons, or countries may require compulsory licensing of our intellectual property. We also rely on nondisclosure and noncompetition agreements with employees, consultants and other parties to protect, in part, trade secrets and other proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that these agreements will adequately protect our trade secrets and other proprietary rights and will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, that others will not independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information or that third parties will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or other proprietary rights. Our failure to obtain or maintain intellectual property rights that convey competitive advantage, adequately protect our intellectual property or detect or prevent circumvention or unauthorized use of such property and the cost of enforcing our intellectual property rights could adversely impact our business, including our competitive position, and financial statements.
Third parties may claim that we are infringing or misappropriating their intellectual property rights and we could suffer significant litigation expenses, losses or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling products or services.
From time to time, we receive notices from third parties alleging intellectual property infringement or misappropriation of third parties’ intellectual property and cannot be certain that the conduct of our business does not and will not infringe or misappropriate the intellectual property rights of others. Any dispute or litigation regarding intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming to defend due to the complexity of many of our technologies and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation. Our intellectual property portfolio may not be useful in asserting a counterclaim, or negotiating a license, in response to a claim of infringement or misappropriation. In addition, as a result of such claims of infringement or misappropriation, we could lose our rights to critical technology, be unable to license critical technology or sell critical

28

Table of Contents--------------

products and services, be required to pay substantial damages or license fees with respect to the infringed rights, be required to license technology or other intellectual property rights from others, be required to cease marketing, manufacturing or using certain products or be required to redesign, re-engineer or re-brand our products at substantial cost, any of which could adversely impact our business, including our competitive position, and financial statements. Third-party intellectual property rights may also make it more difficult or expensive for us to meet market demand for particular product or design innovations. If we are required to seek licenses under patents or other intellectual property rights of others, we may not be able to acquire these licenses on acceptable terms, if at all. Even if we successfully defend against claims of infringement or misappropriation, we may incur significant costs and diversion of management attention and resources, which could adversely affect our business and financial statements.
Defects and unanticipated use or inadequate disclosure with respect to our products or services (including software), or allegations thereof, could adversely affect our business, reputation and financial statements.
Manufacturing or design defects or “bugs” in, unanticipated use of, safety or quality issues (or the perception of such issues) with respect to, “off label” use of, or inadequate disclosure of risks relating to the use of products and services that we make or sell (including items that we source from third parties) can lead to personal injury, death, property damage, loss of profits or other liability. These events could lead to recalls or safety alerts, result in the removal of a product or service from the market and result in product liability or similar claims being brought against us. Recalls, removals and product liability and similar claims (regardless of their validity or ultimate outcome) can result in significant costs, as well as negative publicity and damage to our reputation that could reduce demand for our products and services. Our business can also be affected by studies of the utilization, safety and efficacy of medical device products and components that are conducted by industry participants, government agencies and others. Any of the above can result in the discontinuation of marketing of such products in one or more countries, and may give rise to claims for damages from persons who believe they have been injured as a result of product issues, including claims by individuals or groups seeking to represent a class.
For a discussion of risks pertaining to the dental amalgam sold by us, see “Business—Medical Device Regulations.”
The manufacture of many of our products is a highly exacting and complex process, and if we directly or indirectly encounter problems manufacturing products, our reputation, business and financial statements could suffer.
The manufacture of many of our products is a highly exacting and complex process, due in part to strict regulatory requirements. Problems may arise during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, including equipment malfunction, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, problems with raw materials, natural disasters and environmental factors, and if not discovered before the product is released to market could result in recalls and product liability exposure. Because of the time required to approve and license certain regulated manufacturing facilities and other stringent regulations of the FDA and similar agencies regarding the manufacture of certain of our products, an alternative manufacturer may not be available on a timely basis to replace such production capacity. Any of these manufacturing problems could result in significant costs, liability and lost sales, loss of market share as well as negative publicity and damage to our reputation that could reduce demand for our products.
Our financial results are subject to fluctuations in the cost and availability of commodities that we use in our operations.
As further discussed in the section entitled “BusinessMaterials,” our manufacturing and other operations employ a wide variety of components, raw materials and other commodities, including metallic-based components, electronic components, chemicals, plastics and other petroleum-based products. Prices for and availability of these components, raw materials and other commodities have fluctuated significantly in the past. Any sustained interruption in the supply of these items could adversely affect our business. In addition, due to the highly competitive nature of the industries that we serve, the cost-containment efforts of our customers and the terms of certain contracts we are party to, if commodity prices rise we may be unable to pass along cost increases through higher prices. If we are unable to fully recover higher commodity costs through price increases or offset these increases through cost reductions, or if there is a time delay between the increase in costs and our ability to recover or offset these costs, our margins and profitability could decline and our financial statements could be adversely affected.

29

Table of Contents--------------

If we cannot adjust our manufacturing capacity or the purchases required for our manufacturing activities to reflect changes in market conditions and customer demand, our profitability may suffer. In addition, our reliance upon sole or limited sources of supply for certain materials, components and services could cause production interruptions, delays and inefficiencies.
We purchase materials, components and equipment from third parties for use in our manufacturing operations, including metallic-based components, electronic components, chemicals, plastics and other petroleum-based products. Our profitability could be adversely impacted if we are unable to adjust our purchases to reflect changes in customer demand and market fluctuations, including those caused by seasonality or cyclicality. During a market upturn, suppliers may extend lead times, limit supplies or increase prices. If we cannot purchase sufficient products at competitive prices and quality and on a timely enough basis to meet increasing demand, we may not be able to satisfy market demand, product shipments may be delayed, our costs may increase or we may breach our contractual commitments and incur liabilities. Conversely, in order to secure supplies for the production of products, we sometimes enter into non-cancelable purchase commitments with vendors, which could impact our ability to adjust our inventory to reflect declining market demands. If demand for our products is less than we expect, we may experience additional excess and obsolete inventories and be forced to incur additional charges and our profitability may suffer.
In addition, some of our businesses purchase certain requirements from sole or limited source suppliers for reasons of quality assurance, regulatory requirements, cost effectiveness, availability or uniqueness of design. If these or other suppliers encounter financial, operating or other difficulties or if our relationship with them changes, we might not be able to quickly establish or qualify replacement sources of supply. The supply chains for our businesses could also be disrupted by supplier capacity constraints, bankruptcy or exiting of the business for other reasons, decreased availability of key raw materials or commodities and external events such as natural disasters, pandemic health issues, war, terrorist actions, governmental actions and legislative or regulatory changes. Any of these factors could result in production interruptions, delays, extended lead times and inefficiencies.
Because we cannot always immediately adapt our production capacity and related cost structures to changing market conditions, our manufacturing capacity may at times exceed or fall short of our production requirements. Any or all of these problems could result in the loss of customers, provide an opportunity for competing products to gain market acceptance and otherwise adversely affect our financial statements.
Our restructuring actions could have long-term adverse effects on our business.
In recent years, we have implemented significant restructuring activities across our businesses to adjust our cost structure, and we may engage in similar restructuring activities in the future. These restructuring activities and our regular ongoing cost reduction activities (including in connection with the integration of acquired businesses) reduce our available talent, assets and other resources and could slow improvements in our products and services, adversely affect our ability to respond to customers, limit our ability to increase production quickly if demand for our products increases and trigger adverse public attention. In addition, delays in implementing planned restructuring activities or other productivity improvements, unexpected costs or failure to meet targeted improvements may diminish the operational or financial benefits we expect to realize from such actions. Moreover, we may not succeed in implementing present or future restructuring activities or cost reduction activities. Realizing the anticipated benefits from these initiatives, if any benefits are achieved at all, may take several years, and we may be unable to achieve our targeted cost efficiencies and gross margin improvements. Additionally, we may have insufficient access to capital to fund investments in these strategic initiatives, or our business strategy may change from time to time, which could delay our ability to implement initiatives that we believe are important to our business. Any of the circumstances described above could adversely impact our business and financial statements.
Changes in governmental regulations may reduce demand for our products or services or increase our expenses.
We compete in markets in which we and our customers must comply with supranational, federal, state, local and other jurisdictional regulations, such as regulations governing health and safety, the environment, food and drugs and privacy. We develop, configure and market our products and services to meet customer needs created by these regulations. These regulations are complex, change frequently, have tended to become more stringent over time and may be inconsistent across jurisdictions. Any significant change in any of these regulations (or in the interpretation or application thereof) could reduce demand for, increase our costs of producing or delay the introduction of new or modified products and services, or could restrict our existing activities, products and services.

30

Table of Contents--------------

Work stoppages, union and works council campaigns and other labor disputes could adversely impact our productivity and results of operations.
Certain of our U.S. and non-U.S. employees are subject to collective labor arrangements. We are subject to potential work stoppages, union and works council campaigns and other labor disputes, any of which could adversely impact our financial statements and business, including our productivity and reputation.
International economic, political, legal, compliance and business factors could negatively affect our financial statements.
In 2018, 56% of our sales were derived from customers outside the U.S. In addition, many of our manufacturing operations, suppliers and employees are located outside the U.S. Since our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to further penetrate markets outside the U.S. and increase the localization of our products and services, we expect to continue to increase our sales and presence outside the U.S., particularly in the high-growth markets. Our international business (and particularly our business in high-growth markets) is subject to risks that are customarily encountered in non-U.S. operations, including:
interruption in the transportation of materials to us and finished goods to our customers;
differences in terms of sale, including payment terms;
local product preferences and product requirements;
changes in a country’s or region’s political or economic conditions, such as the devaluation of particular currencies;
trade protection measures, embargoes and import or export restrictions and requirements;
unexpected changes in laws or regulatory requirements, including changes in tax laws;
capital controls and limitations on ownership and on repatriation of earnings and cash;
the potential for nationalization of enterprises;
changes in medical reimbursement policies and programs;
limitations on legal rights and our ability to enforce such rights;
difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations;
differing labor regulations;
difficulties in implementing restructuring actions on a timely or comprehensive basis;
differing protection of intellectual property; and
greater uncertainty, risk, expense and delay in commercializing products in certain foreign jurisdictions, including with respect to product and other regulatory approvals.
Any of these risks could negatively affect our financial statements, business, growth rate, competitive position, results of operations and financial condition.
For example, we generate more than 5% of our annual sales from China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely influenced by political, economic and social conditions in China generally. Additionally, China’s government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies, and it maintains control over China’s economic growth through setting monetary policy and determining treatment of particular industries or companies. Further, considerable uncertainty exists regarding the long-term effects of the expansionary monetary and fiscal policies adopted by the central banks and financial authorities of some of the world’s leading economies, including the United States and China. Any uncertainty or adverse changes to economic conditions in China or the policies of China’s government or its laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China and could impact our business and operating results, leading to a reduction in demand for our products and adversely affecting our financial statements, business, growth rate, competitive position, results of operations and financial condition.

31

Table of Contents--------------

Significant developments stemming from the United Kingdom’s referendum on membership in the EU could have an adverse effect on us.
In a referendum on June 23, 2016, voters in the United Kingdom (the “UK”) voted for the UK to exit the EU (referred to as Brexit). It is currently unclear how long it will take the UK to negotiate a withdrawal agreement and the terms of its withdrawal and the nature of its future relationship with the EU are still being decided. This referendum has caused and may continue to cause political and economic uncertainty, including significant volatility in global stock markets and currency exchange rate fluctuations. Even if no agreement is reached, the UK’s separation still becomes effective unless all EU members unanimously agree on an extension. Negotiations have commenced to determine the future terms of the UK relationship with the EU, including, among other things, the terms of trade between the UK and the EU. On April 11, 2019, the EU granted the UK an extension to October 31, 2019. The purpose of this extension is to allow for the ratification of the withdrawal agreement by the UK House of Commons. The effects of Brexit will depend on many factors, including any agreements that the UK makes to retain access to EU markets either during a transitional period or more permanently. Brexit could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations as the UK determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. In a “hard Brexit” scenario, there could be increased costs from re-imposition of tariffs on trade between the UK and EU, shipping delays because of the need for customs inspections and procedures, and temporary shortages of certain goods. In addition, trade and investment between the UK, the EU, the United States and other countries will be impacted by the fact that the UK currently operates under the EU’s tax treaties. The UK will need to negotiate its own tax and trade treaties with countries all over the world, which could take years to complete. Depending on the terms of Brexit, we could become subject to tariffs and regulatory restrictions that could increase the costs and time related to doing business in the UK. Additionally, Brexit could result in the UK or the European Union significantly altering its regulations affecting the clearance or approval of our products that are developed or manufactured in the UK. Any new regulations could add time and expense to the conduct of our business, as well as the process by which our products receive regulatory approval in the UK, the EU and elsewhere. Any of these factors could adversely affect customer demand, our relationships with customers and suppliers and our business and financial statements. We have no manufacturing facilities in the UK, and for the year ended December 31, 2018, less than 2% of our sales were derived from customers located in the UK; however, the impact of Brexit could also impact our sales outside the UK.
If we suffer loss to our facilities, supply chains, distribution systems or information technology systems due to catastrophe or other events, our operations could be seriously harmed.
Our facilities, supply chains, distribution systems and information technology systems are subject to catastrophic loss due to fire, flood, earthquake, hurricane, public health crisis, war, terrorism or other natural or man-made disasters. If any of these facilities, supply chains or systems were to experience a catastrophic loss, it could disrupt our operations, delay production and shipments, result in defective products or services, damage customer relationships and our reputation and result in legal exposure and large repair or replacement expenses. The third-party insurance coverage that we maintain will vary from time to time in both type and amount depending on cost, availability and our decisions regarding risk retention, and may be unavailable or insufficient to protect us against such losses.
Our defined benefit pension plans are subject to financial market risks that could adversely affect our financial statements.
The performance of the financial markets and interest rates impact our defined benefit pension plan expenses and funding obligations. Significant changes in market interest rates, decreases in the fair value of plan assets, investment losses on plan assets and changes in discount rates may increase our funding obligations and adversely impact our financial statements. In addition, upward pressure on the cost of providing health care coverage to current employees and retirees may increase our future funding obligations and adversely affect our financial statements.
Our ability to attract, develop and retain talented executives and other key employees is critical to our success.
Our future performance is dependent upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain executives and other key employees. The loss of services of executives and other key employees or the failure to attract, motivate and develop talented new executives or other key employees could prevent us from successfully implementing and executing business strategies, and therefore adversely affect our financial statements. Our success also depends on our ability to attract, develop and retain a talented employee base. Certain employees could leave us given uncertainties relating to the separation, resulting in the inability to operate our business with employees possessing the appropriate expertise, which could have an adverse effect on our performance.

32

Table of Contents--------------

Risks Related to the Separation and Our Relationship with Danaher
We have no history of operating as a separate, publicly-traded company, and our historical and pro forma financial information is not necessarily representative of the results that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly-traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.
The historical information about us in this prospectus refers to our businesses as operated by and integrated with Danaher. Our historical and pro forma financial information included in this prospectus is derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Danaher. Accordingly, the historical and pro forma financial information included in this prospectus does not necessarily reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly-traded company during the periods presented or those that we will achieve in the future primarily as a result of the factors described below:
prior to the separation, our businesses have been operated by Danaher as part of its broader corporate organization, rather than as a separate, publicly-traded company. Danaher or one of its affiliates performed various corporate functions for us such as legal, treasury, accounting, auditing, human resources, corporate affairs and finance. Our historical and pro forma financial results reflect allocations of corporate expenses from Danaher for such functions and are likely to be less than the expenses we would have incurred had we operated as a separate publicly-traded company. Following the separation, our cost related to such functions previously performed by Danaher may therefore increase;
currently, our businesses are integrated with the other businesses of Danaher. Historically, we have shared economies of scope and scale in costs, employees, vendor relationships and customer relationships. Although we will enter into transition agreements with Danaher, these arrangements may not fully capture the benefits that we have enjoyed as a result of being integrated with Danaher and may result in us paying higher charges than in the past for these services. This could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition following the completion of the separation;
generally, our working capital requirements and capital for our general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and capital expenditures, have historically been satisfied as part of the corporate-wide cash management policies of Danaher. Following the completion of the separation, we may need to obtain additional financing from banks, through public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities, strategic relationships or other arrangements;
after the completion of the separation, the cost of capital for our businesses may be higher than Danaher’s cost of capital prior to the separation; and
our historical financial information does not reflect the debt or the associated interest expense that we are expected to incur as part of the separation and distribution (if pursued).
Other significant changes may occur in our cost structure, management, financing and business operations as a result of operating as a company separate from Danaher. For additional information about the past financial performance of our businesses and the basis of presentation of the historical Combined Financial Statements and the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements of our businesses, please refer to the sections entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements,” “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data,” Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the audited Combined Financial Statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As a separate, publicly-traded company, we may not enjoy the same benefits that we did as a part of Danaher.
There is a risk that, by separating from Danaher, we may become more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than we would have been if we were still a part of the current Danaher organizational structure. As part of Danaher, we have been able to enjoy certain benefits from Danaher’s operating diversity, purchasing power and opportunities to pursue integrated strategies with Danaher’s other businesses. As a separate, publicly-traded company, we will not have similar diversity or integration opportunities and may not have similar purchasing power or access to capital markets. Additionally, as part of Danaher, we have been able to leverage the Danaher historical market reputation and performance and brand identity to recruit and retain key personnel to run our business. As a separate, publicly-traded company, we will not have the same historical market reputation and performance or brand identity as Danaher and it may be more difficult for us to recruit or retain such key personnel.

33

Table of Contents--------------

The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements included in this prospectus are presented for informational purposes only and may not be an indication of our financial condition or results of operations in the future.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements included in this prospectus are presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial condition or results of operations would have been had the separation been completed on the date indicated. The assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial information may not prove to be accurate and other factors may affect our financial condition or results of operations. Accordingly, our financial condition and results of operations in the future may not be evident from or consistent with such pro forma financial information.
Following the separation and this offering, Danaher will continue to control the direction of our business, and the concentrated ownership of our common stock may prevent you and other stockholders from influencing significant decisions.
Immediately following the completion of this offering, Danaher will own 82.7% of our outstanding shares of common stock (or 80.6% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock). As long as Danaher beneficially owns a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares, it will generally be able to determine the outcome of all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors. If Danaher does not complete the distribution or otherwise dispose of its shares of our common stock, it could remain our controlling stockholder for an extended period of time or indefinitely. Even if Danaher were to control less than a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares, it may be able to influence the outcome of such corporate actions for so long as it owns a significant portion of our common stock.
Moreover, pursuant to the separation agreement, for so long as Danaher beneficially owns a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares with respect to the election of directors, Danaher is entitled to designate a majority of the directors (including the chairman of the Board) and a majority of the members of any committee of the Board. For so long as Danaher beneficially owns less than a majority but at least 10% of the total voting power of our outstanding shares with respect to the election of directors, Danaher is entitled to designate a number of directors in proportion to the percentage of total voting power beneficially owned by Danaher and has the right to include at least one of its designees on each committee of the Board.
Danaher’s interests may not be the same as, or may conflict with, the interests of our other stockholders. Investors in this offering will not be able to affect the outcome of any stockholder vote while Danaher controls the majority of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, Danaher will be able to control, directly or indirectly and subject to applicable law, all matters affecting us, including:
any determination with respect to our business direction and policies, including the appointment and removal of officers and directors;
any determinations with respect to mergers, business combinations or disposition of assets;
our financing and dividend policy;
compensation and benefit programs and other human resources policy decisions;
termination of, changes to or determinations under our agreements with Danaher relating to the separation;
changes to any other agreements that may adversely affect us;
the payment of dividends on our common stock; and
determinations with respect to our tax returns.
Because Danaher’s interests may differ from ours or from those of our other stockholders, actions that Danaher takes with respect to us, as our controlling stockholder, may not be favorable to us or our other stockholders.
The distribution of Danaher’s remaining interest in us may not occur.
Danaher has no obligation to complete the distribution. Whether Danaher proceeds with the distribution, in whole or in part, is in Danaher’s sole discretion and may be subject to a number of conditions, including the receipt of any necessary regulatory or other approvals, the existence of satisfactory market conditions and the receipt of opinions of counsel to the effect that such distribution would be tax-free to Danaher and its stockholders. Even if Danaher elects to pursue the

34

Table of Contents--------------

distribution, Danaher has the right to abandon or change the structure of the distribution if Danaher determines, in its sole discretion, that the distribution is not in the best interest of Danaher or its stockholders. Furthermore, if the distribution does not occur, and Danaher does not otherwise dispose of its shares of our common stock, the risks relating to Danaher’s control of us and the potential business conflicts of interest between Danaher and us will continue to be relevant to our stockholders. The liquidity of shares of our common stock in the market may be constrained for as long as Danaher continues to hold a significant position in our common stock. A lack of liquidity in our common stock could depress the price of our common stock.
If Danaher sells a controlling interest in our company to a third party in a private transaction, you may not realize any change-of-control premium on shares of our common stock and we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third party.
Following the completion of this offering, Danaher will continue to own a controlling equity interest in our company. Danaher will have the ability, should it choose to do so, to sell some or all of its shares of our common stock in a privately negotiated transaction, which, if sufficient in size, could result in a change of control of our company.
The ability of Danaher to privately sell its shares of our common stock, with no requirement for a concurrent offer to be made to acquire all of the shares of our common stock that will be publicly traded hereafter, could prevent you from realizing any change-of-control premium on your shares of our common stock that may otherwise accrue to Danaher on its private sale of our common stock. Additionally, if Danaher privately sells its controlling interest in our company, we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third party. Such third party may have conflicts of interest with those of other stockholders. In addition, if Danaher sells a controlling interest in our company to a third party, our future indebtedness may be subject to acceleration, Danaher may terminate the transitional arrangements, and our other commercial agreements and relationships could be impacted, all of which may adversely affect our ability to run our business as described herein and may have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
The distribution or future sales by Danaher or others of our common stock, or the perception that the distribution or such sales may occur, could depress our common stock price.
Immediately following the completion of this offering, Danaher will own 82.7% of our outstanding shares of common stock (or 80.6% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock). Subject to the restrictions described in the paragraph below, future sales of these shares in the public market will be subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), for so long as Danaher is deemed to be our affiliate, unless the shares to be sold are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. We are unable to predict with certainty whether or when Danaher will sell a substantial number of shares of our common stock before or following the distribution or in the event the distribution does not occur. The distribution or sale by Danaher of a substantial number of shares after this offering, or a perception that the distribution or such sales could occur, could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock. Upon completion of this offering, except as otherwise described herein, all shares of our common stock that are being offered hereby will be freely tradable without restriction, assuming they are not held by our affiliates.
We, certain of our officers and directors and Danaher have agreed with the underwriters that, without the prior written consent of. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, we and they will not, subject to certain exceptions and extensions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares of our common stock subject to the lock-up.
Immediately following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 registering under the Securities Act the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our incentive plan. If equity securities granted under our incentive plan are sold or it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline substantially. These sales also could impede our ability to raise future capital.

35

Table of Contents--------------

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.
Upon completion of this offering, Danaher will continue to control a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these rules, a listed company of which more than 50% of the total voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:
the requirement that a majority of the Board of Directors consist of independent directors;
the requirement that our Nominating and Governance Committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities or if no such committee exists, that our director nominees be selected or recommended by independent directors constituting a majority of the Board’s independent directors in a vote in which only independent directors participate;
the requirement that our Compensation Committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and
the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of our Nominating and Governance and Compensation Committees.
Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we do not expect that a majority of the directors on our Board will be independent upon completion of this offering. In addition, we do not expect that the Nominating and Governance Committee or the Compensation Committee (or, until required by the applicable requirements of the NYSE, the Audit Committee) will consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.
We expect that Danaher and its directors and officers will have limited liability to us or you for breach of fiduciary duty.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to any contractual provision to the contrary, Danaher and its directors and officers will have no obligation to refrain from engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as we do or doing business with any of our clients or consumers. As such, neither Danaher nor any officer or director of Danaher will be liable to us or to our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of any of these activities.
Our customers, prospective customers, suppliers or other companies with whom we conduct business may conclude that our financial stability as a separate, publicly-traded company is insufficient to satisfy their requirements for doing or continuing to do business with them.
Some of our customers, prospective customers, suppliers or other companies with whom we conduct business may conclude that our financial stability as a separate, publicly-traded company is insufficient to satisfy their requirements for doing or continuing to do business with them, or may require us to provide additional credit support, such as letters of credit or other financial guarantees. Any failure of parties to be satisfied with our financial stability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Potential indemnification liabilities to Danaher pursuant to the separation agreement could materially and adversely affect our businesses, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The separation agreement, among other things, provides for indemnification obligations (for uncapped amounts) designed to make us financially responsible for substantially all liabilities that may exist relating to our business activities, whether incurred prior to or after the separation. If we are required to indemnify Danaher under the circumstances set forth in the separation agreement, we may be subject to substantial liabilities. Please refer to the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Agreements with Danaher—The Separation Agreement—Release of Claims and Indemnification.”

36

Table of Contents--------------

In connection with our separation from Danaher, Danaher will indemnify us for certain liabilities. However, there can be no assurance that the indemnity will be sufficient to insure us against the full amount of such liabilities, or that Danaher’s ability to satisfy its indemnification obligation will not be impaired in the future.
Pursuant to the separation agreement and certain other agreements with Danaher, Danaher will agree to indemnify us for certain liabilities as discussed further in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.” However, third parties could also seek to hold us responsible for any of the liabilities that Danaher has agreed to retain, and there can be no assurance that the indemnity from Danaher will be sufficient to protect us against the full amount of such liabilities, or that Danaher will be able to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations. In addition, Danaher’s insurance will not necessarily be available to us for liabilities associated with occurrences of indemnified liabilities prior to the separation, and in any event Danaher’s insurers may deny coverage to us for liabilities associated with certain occurrences of indemnified liabilities prior to the separation. Moreover, even if we ultimately succeed in recovering from Danaher or such insurance providers any amounts for which we are held liable, we may be temporarily required to bear these losses. Each of these risks could negatively affect our businesses, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
If Danaher completes the distribution, and there is later a determination that the separation and/or the distribution is taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes because the facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings underlying the IRS private letter ruling and/or any tax opinion are incorrect or for any other reason, then Danaher and its stockholders could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities, and we could incur significant liabilities.
Danaher has received a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, substantially to the effect that, among other things, the separation and the distribution will qualify as a transaction that is tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. If pursued, completion by Danaher of the distribution may be conditioned on, among other things, the receipt of opinions of tax counsel, to the effect that, among other things, the distribution will qualify as a transaction that is tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. The ruling relies, and opinions would rely, on certain facts, assumptions, representations and undertakings from Danaher and us regarding the past and future conduct of the companies’ respective businesses and other matters. If any of these facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings are incorrect or not otherwise satisfied, Danaher and its stockholders may not be able to rely on the ruling or the opinions of tax counsel and could be subject to significant tax liabilities. Notwithstanding the private letter ruling and opinions of tax counsel, the IRS could determine on audit that the separation and/or the distribution is taxable if it determines that any of these facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings are not correct or have been violated or if it disagrees with the conclusions in the opinions that are not covered by the private letter ruling, or for other reasons, including as a result of certain significant changes in the stock ownership of Danaher or us after the distribution. If the separation and/or the distribution is determined to be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, Danaher and/or its stockholders could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities, and we could also incur significant liabilities. Under the tax matters agreement between Danaher and us, we will generally be required to indemnify Danaher against taxes incurred by Danaher that arise as a result of a breach of any representation made by us, or as a result of us taking or failing to take, as the case may be, certain actions, including in each case those provided in connection with the private letter ruling from the IRS and opinion of tax counsel, that result in the distribution failing to meet the requirements of a tax-free distribution under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. For a discussion of the tax matters agreement, please refer to the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement.”
We may be affected by significant restrictions, including on our ability to engage in certain corporate transactions for a two-year period after the distribution in order to avoid triggering significant tax-related liabilities.
To preserve the tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes to Danaher of the separation and distribution (if pursued), under the tax matters agreement that we will enter into with Danaher, we will be restricted from taking any action that prevents the separation and distribution (if pursued) from being tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Under the tax matters agreement, for the two-year period following the distribution (if pursued), as described in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Agreements with Danaher—Tax Matters Agreement—Preservation of the Tax-Free Status of Certain Aspects of the Distribution,” we will be subject to specific restrictions on our ability to enter into acquisition, merger, liquidation, sale and stock redemption transactions with respect to our stock. These restrictions may limit our ability to pursue certain strategic transactions or other transactions that we may believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders or that might increase the value of our business. These restrictions will not limit the acquisition of other businesses by us for cash consideration. In addition, under the tax matters agreement, we may be required to indemnify Danaher against any such tax liabilities as a result of the acquisition of our stock or assets, even if we do not participate in or otherwise facilitate the acquisition. Furthermore, we will be subject to specific restrictions on discontinuing the active

37

Table of Contents--------------

conduct of our trade or business, the issuance or sale of stock or other securities (including securities convertible into our stock but excluding certain compensatory arrangements), and sales of assets outside the ordinary course of business. Such restrictions may reduce our strategic and operating flexibility. For more information, please refer to the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Agreements with Danaher—Tax Matters Agreement.”
After the separation, certain of our executive officers and directors may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their equity interest in Danaher. Also, certain of Danaher’s current executive officers are expected to become our directors, which may create conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts of interest.
Because of their current or former positions with Danaher, certain of our executive officers and directors own equity interests in Danaher. Continuing ownership of shares of Danaher common stock and equity awards could create, or appear to create, potential conflicts of interest if we and Danaher face decisions that could have implications for both Danaher and us, after the separation. In addition, certain of Danaher’s current executive officers are expected to become our directors, and this could create, or appear to create, potential conflicts of interest when we and Danaher encounter opportunities or face decisions that could have implications for both companies following the separation or in connection with the allocation of such directors’ time between Danaher and us.
Danaher may compete with us.
Danaher will not be restricted from competing with us. If Danaher in the future decides to engage in the type of business we conduct, it may have a competitive advantage over us, which may cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to be materially adversely affected.
We may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of the separation, and the separation may adversely affect our businesses.
We may not be able to achieve the full strategic and financial benefits expected to result from the separation, or such benefits may be delayed or not occur at all. The separation is expected to provide the following benefits, among others:
the separation will allow investors to separately value Danaher and us based on their distinct investment identities. Our businesses differ from Danaher’s other businesses in several respects, such as the market for products and manufacturing processes. The separation will enable investors to evaluate the merits, performance and future prospects of each company’s respective businesses and to invest in each company separately based on their distinct characteristics;
the separation will allow us and Danaher to more effectively pursue our and Danaher’s distinct operating priorities and strategies and enable management of both companies to focus on unique opportunities for long-term growth and profitability. For example, while our management will be enabled to focus exclusively on our businesses, the management of Danaher will be able to grow its businesses. Our and Danaher’s separate management teams will also be able to focus on executing the companies’ differing strategic plans without diverting attention from the other businesses;
the separation will permit each company to concentrate its financial resources solely on its own operations without having to compete with each other for investment capital. This will provide each company with greater flexibility to invest capital in its businesses in a time and manner appropriate for its distinct strategy and business needs;
the separation will create an independent equity structure that will afford us direct access to the capital markets and facilitate our ability to capitalize on our unique growth opportunities; and
the separation will facilitate incentive compensation arrangements for employees more directly tied to the performance of the relevant company’s businesses, and may enhance employee hiring and retention by, among other things, improving the alignment of management and employee incentives with performance and growth objectives.
We may not achieve these and other anticipated benefits for a variety of reasons, including, among others:
as a current part of Danaher, our businesses benefit from Danaher’s size and purchasing power in procuring certain goods and services. After the separation, as a separate entity, we may be unable to obtain these goods, services and technologies at prices or on terms as favorable as those Danaher obtained prior to the separation. We may also incur costs for certain functions previously performed by Danaher, such as accounting, tax, legal, human resources and other general administrative functions that are higher than the amounts reflected in our historical financial statements, which could cause our profitability to decrease;

38

Table of Contents--------------

the actions required to separate our and Danaher’s respective businesses could disrupt our and Danaher’s operations;
certain costs and liabilities that were otherwise less significant to Danaher as a whole will be more significant for us and Danaher as separate companies, after the separation;
we (and prior to the separation, Danaher) will incur costs in connection with the transition to being a separate, publicly-traded company that may include accounting, tax, legal and other professional services costs, recruiting and relocation costs associated with hiring or reassigning our personnel, costs related to establishing a new brand identity in the marketplace and costs to separate information systems;
we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of the separation for a variety of reasons, including, among others: (i) the separation will require significant amounts of management’s time and effort, which may divert management’s attention from operating and growing our businesses; (ii) following the separation, we may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than if it were still a part of Danaher; and (iii) following the separation, our businesses will be less diversified than Danaher’s businesses prior to the separation; and
to preserve the tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes to Danaher of the separation and distribution, if pursued, under the tax matters agreement that we will enter into with Danaher, we will be restricted from taking any action that prevents such transactions from being tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. These restrictions may limit our ability to pursue certain strategic transactions or engage in other transactions that might increase the value of our businesses.
If we fail to achieve some or all of the benefits expected to result from the separation, or if such benefits are delayed, our businesses, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
We may have received better terms from unaffiliated third parties than the terms we will receive in our agreements with Danaher.
The agreements we will enter into with Danaher in connection with the separation, including the separation agreement, transition services agreement, employee matters agreement, tax matters agreement, intellectual property matters agreement, DBS license agreement and the registration rights agreement were prepared in the context of our separation from Danaher while we were still a wholly-owned subsidiary of Danaher. Accordingly, during the period in which the terms of those agreements were prepared, we did not have a separate or independent Board of Directors or a management team that was separate from or independent of Danaher. As a result, the terms of those agreements may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s-length negotiations between unaffiliated third parties. Arm’s-length negotiations between Danaher and an unaffiliated third party in another form of transaction, such as a buyer in a sale of a business transaction, may have resulted in more favorable terms to the unaffiliated third party. For more information, please refer to the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”
We or Danaher may fail to perform under various transaction agreements that will be executed as part of the separation or we may fail to have necessary systems and services in place when certain of the transaction agreements expire.
The separation agreement and other agreements to be entered into in connection with the separation will determine the allocation of assets and liabilities between the companies following the separation for those respective areas and will include any necessary indemnifications related to liabilities and obligations. The transition services agreement will provide for the performance of certain services by each company for the benefit of the other for a period of time after the separation. We will rely on Danaher after the separation to satisfy its performance and payment obligations under these agreements. If Danaher is unable to satisfy its obligations under these agreements, including its indemnification obligations, we could incur operational difficulties or losses. If we do not have in place our own systems and services, or if we do not have agreements with other providers of these services once certain transaction agreements expire, we may not be able to operate our businesses effectively and our profitability may decline. We are in the process of creating our own, or engaging third parties to provide, systems and services to replace many of the systems and services that Danaher currently provides to us. However, we may not be successful in implementing these systems and services or in transitioning data from Danaher’s systems to us.
In addition, we expect this process to be complex, time-consuming and costly. We are also establishing or expanding our own tax, treasury, internal audit, investor relations, corporate governance and listed company compliance and other corporate functions. We expect to incur one-time costs to replicate, or outsource from other providers, these corporate functions to replace the corporate services that Danaher historically provided us prior to the separation. Any failure or significant

39

Table of Contents--------------

downtime in our own financial, administrative or other support systems or in the Danaher financial, administrative or other support systems during the transitional period during which Danaher provides us with support could negatively impact our results of operations or prevent us from paying our suppliers and employees, executing business combinations and foreign currency transactions or performing administrative or other services on a timely basis, which could negatively affect our results of operations.
In particular, our day-to-day business operations rely on our information technology systems. A significant portion of the communications among our personnel, customers and suppliers take place on our information technology platforms. We expect the transfer of information technology systems from Danaher to us to be complex, time consuming and costly. There is also a risk of data loss in the process of transferring information technology. As a result of our reliance on information technology systems, the cost of such information technology integration and transfer and any such loss of key data could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As of the date of this prospectus, we expect to have outstanding indebtedness of approximately $1.3 billion and the ability to incur an additional $250 million of indebtedness under a revolving credit agreement we expect to enter into, and in the future we may incur additional indebtedness. This indebtedness could adversely affect our businesses and our ability to meet our obligations and pay dividends.
As of the date of this prospectus, we expect to have outstanding indebtedness of approximately $1.3 billion, and have the ability to incur an additional $250 million of indebtedness under a revolving credit agreement that we expect to enter into prior to the closing of this offering. See the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” This debt could have important, adverse consequences to us and our investors, including:
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make interest payments;
making it more difficult to satisfy other obligations;
increasing the risk of a future credit ratings downgrade of our debt, which could increase future debt costs and limit the future availability of debt financing;
increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
reducing the cash flow available to fund capital expenditures and other corporate purposes and to grow our businesses;
limiting our ability to pay dividends;
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our businesses and industries; and
limiting our ability to borrow additional funds as needed or take advantage of business opportunities as they arise, pay cash dividends or repurchase shares of our common stock.
The debt financing will not be available for borrowings until the date on which certain conditions are satisfied, which we expect will be satisfied prior to the completion of this offering. We anticipate that the instruments governing the debt financing will contain restrictive covenants that will limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term interest, including for example EBITDA-based leverage and interest coverage ratios. If we breach any of these restrictions and cannot obtain a waiver from the lenders on favorable terms, subject to applicable cure periods, the outstanding indebtedness (and any other indebtedness with cross-default provisions) could be declared immediately due and payable, which would adversely affect our liquidity and financial statements. In addition, any failure to obtain and maintain credit ratings from independent rating agencies would adversely affect our cost of funds and could adversely affect our liquidity and access to the capital markets. If we add new debt, the risks described above could increase. For additional information regarding the debt financing, please refer to the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”
The risks described above will increase with the amount of indebtedness we incur, and in the future we may incur significant indebtedness in addition to the indebtedness described above. In addition, our actual cash requirements in the future may be greater than expected. Our cash flow from operations may not be sufficient to service our outstanding debt or to repay the outstanding debt as it becomes due, and we may not be able to borrow money, sell assets or otherwise raise funds on acceptable terms, or at all, to service or refinance our debt.

40

Table of Contents--------------

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on or refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to dispose of material assets or operations, alter our dividend policy (if we pay dividends), seek additional debt or equity capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to effect any such alternative measures on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. The instruments that will govern our indebtedness may restrict our ability to dispose of assets and may restrict the use of proceeds from those dispositions. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations when due.
In addition, we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness will depend on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries, including certain international subsidiaries, and their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Our subsidiaries may not have any obligation to pay amounts due on our indebtedness or to make funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make adequate distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal, tax and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. In the event that we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness.
Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all, may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness or pay dividends on our common stock.
Risks Related to Our Shares of Common Stock and this Offering
We cannot be certain that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after the separation, and following the separation, the stock price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.
Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot guarantee that an active trading market will develop or be sustained for our common stock after this offering. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling your shares of our common stock at an attractive price, or at all. Further, certain individuals have the opportunity to purchase in aggregate up to 3% of our shares of common stock offered in this offering at the initial public offering price in a directed share program. To the extent these individuals purchase shares in this offering, fewer shares may be actively traded in the public market because these individuals may be restricted from selling the shares by a 180-day lock-up restriction, which would reduce the liquidity of the market for our common stock. In addition, we cannot predict the prices at which shares of our common stock may trade after this offering.
The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly due to a number of factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including:
our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in our industry;
the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after the separation;
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;
changes in earnings estimated by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;
the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;
changes to the regulatory and legal environment in which we operate;
overall market fluctuations and domestic and worldwide economic conditions; and
other factors described in these “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

41

Table of Contents--------------

Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.
As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, we expect we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). Our independent registered public accounting firm will also be required to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.
The process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time consuming, costly, and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.
The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention.
Currently, we are not directly subject to the reporting and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will be directly subject to such reporting and other obligations under the Exchange Act and the rules of the NYSE. As a separate public company, we are required to, among other things:
prepare and distribute periodic reports, proxy statements and other stockholder communications in compliance with the federal securities laws and rules;
have our own board of directors and committees thereof, which comply with federal securities laws and rules and applicable stock exchange requirements;
maintain an internal audit function;
institute our own financial reporting and disclosure compliance functions;
establish an investor relations function;
establish internal policies, including those relating to trading in our securities and disclosure controls and procedures; and
comply with the rules and regulations implemented by the SEC, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the NYSE.
These reporting and other obligations will place significant demands on our management and our administrative and operational resources, and we expect to face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses relating to these demands that we had not incurred as a segment of Danaher. Certain of these functions will be provided on a transitional basis by Danaher pursuant to a transition services agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.” Our investment in compliance with existing and evolving regulatory requirements will result in increased administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from sales-generating activities to compliance activities, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

42

Table of Contents--------------

The market price of shares of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.
Even if a trading market develops, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our common stock regardless of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly operating results or dividends, if any, to stockholders, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community, announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments, adverse publicity about the industries we participate in or individual scandals, and in response the market price of shares of our common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.
In the past few years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.
Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.
The initial public offering price per share of our common stock will be substantially higher than our pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share of common stock that substantially exceeds the per share book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. Assuming an offering price of $22.50 per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in an amount of $29.63 per share of common stock.
We cannot guarantee the payment of dividends on our common stock, or the timing or amount of any such dividends.
We have not yet determined whether or the extent to which we will pay any dividends on our common stock. The payment of any dividends in the future, and the timing and amount thereof, to our stockholders will fall within the discretion of our Board. The Board’s decisions regarding the payment of dividends will depend on many factors, such as our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, debt service obligations, restrictive covenants in our debt, industry practice, legal requirements and other factors that the Board deems relevant. For more information, please refer to the section entitled “Dividend Policy.” Our ability to pay dividends will depend on our ongoing ability to generate cash from operations and on our access to the capital markets. We cannot guarantee that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividends if we commence paying dividends.
Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted in the future.
In the future, your percentage ownership in us may be diluted because of equity issuances for acquisitions, capital market transactions or otherwise, including equity awards that we will be granting to our directors, officers and employees. In addition, following the distribution (if pursued), our employees will have rights to purchase or receive shares of our common stock as a result of the conversion of their Danaher stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance stock units (“PSUs”) into our stock options and restricted stock units. The conversion of these Danaher awards into our awards is described in further detail in the section entitled “Executive and Director Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—2018 NEO Compensation Decisions—Long-Term Incentive Awards.” As of the date of this prospectus, the exact number of shares of our common stock that will be subject to the converted equity awards is not determinable, and, therefore, it is not possible to determine the extent to which your percentage ownership in us could by diluted as a result of the conversion. It is anticipated that our Compensation Committee will grant additional equity awards to our employees and directors after this offering, from time to time, under our employee benefits plans. These additional awards will have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designation, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and

43

Table of Contents--------------

distributions, as the Board generally may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could dilute the voting power or reduce the value of our common stock. For example, we could grant the holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences that we could assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of the common stock. Please refer to the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock.”
Further, any future issuances of common stock would also be dilutive to the percentage ownership and voting power of
our common stock, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
Certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and of Delaware law, may prevent or delay an acquisition of us, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain, and Delaware law contains, provisions that are intended to deter coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage prospective acquirers to negotiate with the Board rather than to attempt an unsolicited takeover not approved by the Board. These provisions include, among others:
the inability of our stockholders to call a special meeting;
from and after such time as Danaher ceases to beneficially own a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares, the inability of our stockholders to act by written consent;
rules regarding how stockholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at stockholder meetings;
the right of the Board to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval;
the division of the Board into three classes of directors, with each class serving a staggered three-year term, and this classified board provision could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent directors more time consuming and difficult;
a provision that stockholders may only remove directors with cause;
the ability of our directors, and not stockholders, to fill vacancies (including those resulting from an enlargement of the Board) on the Board; and
from and after such time as Danaher ceases to beneficially own a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares, the requirement that the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least two-thirds of our voting stock is required to amend our amended and restated bylaws and certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
In addition, because we have not chosen to be exempt from Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), this provision could also delay or prevent a change of control that you may favor. Section 203 provides that, subject to limited exceptions, persons that acquire, or are affiliated with a person that acquires, more than 15% of the outstanding voting stock of a Delaware corporation (an “interested stockholder”) shall not engage in any business combination with that corporation, including by merger, consolidation or acquisitions of additional shares, for a three-year period following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to such time, the Board of Directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) the voting stock owned by directors who are also officers or held in employee benefit plans in which the employees do not have a confidential right to tender or vote stock held by the plan); or (iii) on or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder. Danaher and its affiliates have been approved as an interested stockholder of ours and therefore are not subject to Section 203. For so long as Danaher beneficially owns a majority of our total voting power, and therefore has the ability to designate a majority of the Board, directors designated by Danaher to serve on the Board would have the ability to pre-approve other parties, including potential transferees of Danaher’s shares of our common stock, so that Section 203 would not apply to such other parties.

44

Table of Contents--------------

We believe these provisions will protect our stockholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with the Board and by providing the Board with more time to assess any acquisition proposal. These provisions are not intended to make us immune from takeovers. However, these provisions will apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that the Board determines is not in the best interests of us and our stockholders. These provisions may also prevent or discourage attempts to remove and replace incumbent directors.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the state courts in the State of Delaware or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal court for the District of Delaware, as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, employees and stockholders.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the state courts in the State of Delaware or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal court for the District of Delaware, will be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders, any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This exclusive forum provision may limit the ability of our stockholders to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholders find favorable for disputes with us or our directors or officers, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, employees and stockholders. Nothing in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws precludes stockholders that assert claims under the applicable securities laws from bringing such claims in state or federal court, subject to applicable law. This provision would not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

45

Table of Contents--------------

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements included in this prospectus are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the United States federal securities laws. All statements other than historical factual information are forward-looking statements, including without limitation statements regarding: future financial performance, tax rates, tax provisions, cash flows, pension and benefit obligations and funding requirements, our liquidity position or other financial measures; our management’s plans and strategies for future operations, including statements relating to anticipated operating performance, cost reductions, restructuring activities, new product and service developments, competitive strengths or market position, acquisitions and the integration thereof, divestitures, spin-offs, split-offs or other distributions, strategic opportunities, securities offerings, stock repurchases, dividends and executive compensation; the effects of the separation or the distribution, if consummated, on our business; growth, declines and other trends in markets we sell into; new or modified laws, regulations and accounting pronouncements; future regulatory approvals and the timing thereof; outstanding claims, legal proceedings, tax audits and assessments and other contingent liabilities; future foreign currency exchange rates and fluctuations in those rates; general economic and capital markets conditions; the anticipated timing of any of the foregoing; assumptions underlying any of the foregoing; and any other statements that address events or developments that we intend or believe will or may occur in the future. Terminology such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “intend,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “project,” “target,” “may,” “possible,” “potential,” “forecast” and “positioned” and similar references to future periods are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements are accompanied by such words. Forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and assessments made by our management in light of their experience and perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors they believe to be appropriate. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to the risks and uncertainties set forth under “Risk Factors.”
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and actual results may differ materially from the results, developments and business decisions contemplated by our forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of the prospectus, document, press release, webcast, call, materials or other communication in which they are made. Except to the extent required by applicable law, neither Danaher nor we assume any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events and developments or otherwise.

46

Table of Contents--------------

USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $ 572.2 million , or approximately $658.0 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock based on an assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We intend to pay to Danaher, as partial consideration for the Dental business Danaher is contributing to us in connection with the separation, all of the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of our common stock in this offering, including any net proceeds we receive as a result of any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and approximately $1.3 billion of proceeds from term debt financing that we will enter into prior to the closing of this offering, as further described in the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” The determination of the amount of our unrestricted cash upon the completion of this offering will be made by Danaher in good faith and will be final and binding on us.
Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $25.4 million , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of one million shares of common stock sold in this offering by us would increase (decrease) our net proceeds by $21.4 million , assuming the initial public offering price of $22.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. However, any such changes will not impact the cash retained by us following our payment to Danaher as described above.
The foregoing represents our current intentions with respect to the use and allocation of the net proceeds of this offering based upon our present plans and business conditions, but, subject to any direction from Danaher or our Board of Directors with respect to such proceeds, our management will have significant flexibility and discretion in applying the net proceeds. The occurrence of unforeseen events or changed business conditions could result in application of the net proceeds of this offering in a manner other than as described in this prospectus.

47

Table of Contents--------------

DIVIDEND POLICY
We have not yet determined the extent to which we will pay any dividends on our common stock. The payment of any dividends in the future, and the timing and amount thereof, is within the discretion of the Board. The Board’s decisions regarding the payment of dividends will depend on many factors, such as our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, debt service obligations, restrictive covenants in our future debt, industry practice, legal requirements and other factors that our Board deems relevant. Our ability to pay dividends will depend on our ongoing ability to generate cash from operations and on our access to the capital markets. We cannot guarantee that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividends if we commence paying dividends. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

48

Table of Contents--------------

CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 28, 2019:
on a historical basis; and
on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the separation and (ii) the sale by us of 26,768,000 shares of common stock in this offering and the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” based on an assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
The information below is not necessarily indicative of what our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization would have been had the separation been completed as of June 28, 2019. In addition, it is not indicative of our future cash and cash equivalents and capitalization. This table should be read in conjunction with “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements,” “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our Combined Financial Statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus (amounts in millions, except per share data).
 
As of June 28, 2019
 
Historical
 
Pro Forma (5)
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
Cash and equivalents (1)
$

 
$
84.4

 
 
 
 
Capitalization:
 
 
 
Debt:
 
 
 
Notes payable (1)
$

 
$
75.1

Credit facility (2)

 

Term Loan (3)

 
1,329.5

Total debt

 
1,404.6

 
 
 
 
Equity:
 
 
 
Common stock ($0.01 par value), 500.0 shares authorized; 154.6 issued; 154.6 outstanding, pro forma

 
1.5

Additional paid-in-capital

 
3,644.3

Retained earnings

 

Net Parent investment (4)
4,938.8

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(85.4
)
 
(85.4
)
Noncontrolling interests
2.9

 
2.9

Total equity
4,856.3

 
3,563.3

Total capitalization
$
4,856.3

 
$
4,967.9

(1) 
In connection with the separation, Parent will transfer to us certain cash balances and amounts due to banks. As of June 28, 2019, these amounts included cash held by us of $84.4 million and amounts due to banks of $75.1 million (reflected as cash and equivalents and notes payable, respectively, in the accompanying capitalization table), or a net cash position of $9.3 million. The ultimate amount of net cash that Parent will transfer to us will depend on the related balances as of the date of separation.
(2) 
At or about the date of pricing of this offering, we expect to enter into a revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of banks providing for a five-year $250 million senior unsecured revolving credit facility.
(3) 
At or about the date of pricing of this offering, we expect to enter into a term loan agreement with a syndicate of banks consisting of a three-year, $650 million senior unsecured term loan facility and a three-year, €600 million senior unsecured term loan facility.
(4) 
Reflects the net Parent investment impact as a result of the anticipated post-separation and post-offering capital structure.
(5) 
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering

49

Table of Contents--------------

by $25.4 million , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of one million shares of common stock sold in this offering by us would increase (decrease) our net proceeds by $21.4 million , assuming the initial public offering price of $22.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. However, any such changes will not impact the cash retained by us following our payment to Danaher as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

50

Table of Contents--------------

DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of common stock and the pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of our common stock after giving effect to the separation and this offering. Net tangible book deficit per share represents:
total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets;
reduced by our total liabilities; and
divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding.
Dilution per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book deficit per share after giving effect to the separation and this offering. As of   June 28, 2019, after giving effect to the separation and this offering, our pro forma net tangible book deficit was approximately $ (1.1) billion , or $(8.63) per share based on 127,868,000 shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering. This represents an immediate dilution of $29.63 per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution per share assuming an initial public offering price per share at the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus:
Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock
 
$
22.50

Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share after giving effect to the separation
$
(8.63
)
 
Decrease in pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of common stock attributable to new investors
$
1.50

 
Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of common stock, after giving effect to the separation and this offering
 
$
(7.13
)
Dilution per share of common stock to new investors in this offering
 
$
29.63

A $1.00 increase/(decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus would not impact our pro forma net tangible book deficit or our pro forma net tangible book deficit per share but it would increase/(decrease) dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $1.00.
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 28, 2019 , after giving effect to this offering, the difference between our existing stockholder and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholder or to be paid by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions:
 
Shares Purchased
 
Total Consideration
 
Average
Price
Per Share
 
Number
 
Percent
 
$ in Millions
 
Percent
 
Existing Stockholder (1)
127,868,000

 
82.7
%
 
$
3,563.3

 
85.5
%
 
$
27.87

New Investors
26,768,000

 
17.3

 
602.3

 
14.5

 
22.50

Total
154,636,000

 
100.0
%
 
$
4,165.6

 
100.0
%
 
$
26.94

(1) 
Total consideration represents the pro forma book value of the net assets being contributed to us by Danaher in connection with the separation.
If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share of our common stock, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $(6.95) per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book deficit per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering would be $29.45 per share.
The above discussion and tables are based on an assumed number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that

51

Table of Contents--------------

additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

52

Table of Contents--------------

SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
Set forth below are selected historical combined financial data of Danaher’s Dental segment for the periods indicated. We derived the combined statement of earnings data for the years ended December 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, and the combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, from our historical audited Combined Financial Statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the combined statement of earnings data for the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018 and the combined balance sheet data as of June 28, 2019 from our unaudited Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the audited combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 from our historical audited Combined Financial Statements, which are not included in this prospectus. We derived the unaudited combined statement of earnings data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and the unaudited combined balance sheet data as of June 29, 2018, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 from the financial records of Danaher which are not included in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited Combined Financial Statements on the same basis as the audited Combined Financial Statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that, in our opinion, are necessary to state fairly the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results may not necessarily reflect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows for future periods or what they would have been had we been a separate, publicly-traded company during the periods presented.
We have historically operated as part of Danaher and not as a separate, publicly-traded company. Our Combined Financial Statements have been derived from Danaher’s historical accounting records and are presented on a carve-out basis. All sales and costs as well as assets and liabilities directly associated with our business activity are included as a component of the Combined Financial Statements. The Combined Financial Statements also include allocations of certain general, administrative, sales and marketing expenses and cost of sales from Danaher’s corporate office and from other Danaher businesses to us and allocations of related assets, liabilities, and Danaher’s investment, as applicable. The allocations have been determined on a reasonable basis; however, the amounts are not necessarily representative of the amounts that would have been reflected in the Combined Financial Statements had we been an entity that operated separately from Danaher during the periods presented. Per share data has not been presented since our business was wholly-owned by Danaher during the periods presented.
This selected historical combined financial data should be reviewed in combination with “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Combined Financial Statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus ($ in millions, except net earnings as a percent of sales). 

53

Table of Contents--------------

 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
Year Ended December 31
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Selected Statement of Earnings Information:
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
Sales
$
1,371.8

 
$
1,406.0

 
$
2,844.5

 
$
2,810.9

 
$
2,785.4

 
$
2,736.3

 
$
2,193.0

Cost of sales
(615.1
)
 
(607.3
)
 
(1,242.7
)
 
(1,189.7
)
 
(1,184.3
)
 
(1,214.4
)
 
(1,079.5
)
Gross profit
756.7

 
798.7

 
1,601.8

 
1,621.2

 
1,601.1

 
1,521.9

 
1,113.5

Operating costs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(552.9
)
 
(563.2
)
 
(1,131.4
)
 
(1,062.2
)
 
(1,055.5
)
 
(1,038.1
)
 
(730.1
)
Research and development expenses
(83.0
)
 
(86.1
)
 
(172.0
)
 
(172.4
)
 
(142.8
)
 
(133.8
)
 
(82.4
)
Operating profit
120.8

 
149.4

 
298.4

 
386.6

 
402.8

 
350.0

 
301.0

Nonoperating income (expense), net
1.4

 
0.4

 
2.7

 
0.1

 
(1.1
)
 
0.5

 
(1.3
)
Earnings before income taxes
122.2

 
149.8

 
301.1

 
386.7

 
401.7

 
350.5

 
299.7

Income taxes
(22.8
)
 
(34.4
)
 
(70.4
)
 
(85.6
)
 
(129.7
)
 
(75.0
)
 
(95.9
)
Net earnings
$
99.4

 
$
115.4

 
$
230.7

 
$
301.1

 
$
272.0

 
$
275.5

 
$
203.8

Net earnings as a percent of sales
7
%
 
8
%
 
8
%
 
11
%
 
10
%
 
10
%
 
9
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of
 
As of December 31
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Selected Balance Sheet Information:
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(unaudited)
 
(unaudited)
Total assets
$
6,009.0

 
$
5,903.5

 
$
5,841.6

 
$
5,992.8

 
$
5,727.3

 
$
5,807.4

 
$
6,141.7

Total liabilities
$
1,152.7

 
$
950.0

 
$
1,015.2

 
$
998.2

 
$
1,050.8

 
$
1,018.6

 
$
1,187.6

Total equity
$
4,856.3

 
$
4,953.5

 
$
4,826.4

 
$
4,994.6

 
$
4,676.5

 
$
4,788.8

 
$
4,954.1


54

Table of Contents--------------

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following unaudited pro forma combined financial statements consist of unaudited pro forma combined statements of earnings for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 and an unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of June 28, 2019. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of earnings for the year ended December 31, 2018 was derived from our historical audited Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of earnings for the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 and the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of June 28, 2019 were derived from our unaudited Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments give effect to the separation, this offering and related transactions, as described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements. The unaudited pro forma combined statements of earnings for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 give effect to the separation and this offering as if they had occurred on January 1, 2018, the first day of fiscal 2018. The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet gives effect to the separation and this offering as if they had occurred on June 28, 2019, our latest balance sheet date. References to the “Company” in this section and in the following unaudited pro forma combined financial statements and our Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus shall mean Danaher’s Dental segment.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements include certain adjustments that are necessary to present fairly our unaudited pro forma combined statement of earnings and unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of and for the periods indicated. The pro forma adjustments give effect to events that are (i) directly attributable to the transactions described below, (ii) factually supportable, and (iii) with respect to the unaudited pro forma combined statements of earnings, expected to have a continuing impact on us. The pro forma adjustments are based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable given the information currently available.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements give effect to the following:
the transfer to us from Danaher and Danaher affiliates pursuant to the separation agreement and related agreements of certain assets and liabilities that were not included in the historical Combined Financial Statements; 
the borrowing of $1.3 billion of term loans and the use of proceeds therefrom;
the indemnification of certain tax liabilities by Danaher as required under the tax matters agreement that provides which company is responsible for tax liabilities prior to the separation;
the impact of selling 26,768,000 shares of our common stock in this offering and distribution of the net proceeds of the offering to Danaher in accordance with the separation agreement; and
the anticipated post-offering capital structure.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements are subject to the assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes.
In connection with the separation, we expect to enter into a transition services agreement with Danaher, pursuant to which Danaher and we will provide to each other certain specified services on a temporary basis, including various information technology, financial and administrative services. The charges for the transition services generally are expected to allow the providing company to fully recover all out-of-pocket costs and expenses it actually incurs in connection with providing the service, plus, in some cases, the allocated indirect costs of providing the services, generally without profit.
No adjustments have been included in the unaudited pro forma combined statements of earnings for additional annual operating costs. Although expenses reported in our Combined Statements of Earnings include allocations of certain Danaher costs (including corporate costs, shared services and other selling, general and administrative costs that benefit us), as a public company, we anticipate incurring additional recurring costs that could be materially different from the allocations of Danaher costs included within the historical Combined Financial Statements. These additional recurring costs are primarily for the following:
additional personnel costs, including salaries, benefits and potential bonuses and/or share-based compensation awards for staff additions to replace support provided by Danaher that is not covered by the transition services agreement; and

55

Table of Contents--------------

corporate governance costs, including board of director compensation and expenses, audit and other professional services fees, annual report and proxy statement costs, SEC filing fees, transfer agent fees, consulting and legal fees and stock exchange listing fees.
Certain factors could impact the nature and amount of these separate public company costs, including the finalization of our staffing and infrastructure needs.
We expect these additional separate public company costs in excess of the costs that have been historically allocated to us to range between approximately $20 million to $30 million per year. We have not adjusted the accompanying unaudited pro forma combined financial statements for any of these estimated costs as they are projected amounts based on estimates and, therefore, are not factually supportable.
Moreover, we expect Danaher or us to incur certain nonrecurring internal costs to implement certain new systems. All such costs incurred prior to the transaction described above were incurred entirely by Danaher and we estimate such costs going forward will not have a material impact on our financial statements.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements have been presented for informational purposes only. The pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of our results of operations or financial condition had the separation and the related transactions been completed on the dates assumed and should not be relied upon as a representation of our future performance or financial position as a separate public company.
The following unaudited pro forma combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with our historical Combined Financial Statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this prospectus.

56

Table of Contents--------------

ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
($ and shares in millions, except per share amount)
 
As of June 28, 2019
 
Historical
 
Pro Forma Adjustments
 
Pro Forma
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and equivalents
$

 
$
84.4

(a)
$
84.4

Trade accounts receivable, net
471.5

 

 
471.5

Inventories:
 
 
 
 
 
Finished goods
172.4

 

 
172.4

Work in process
33.4

 

 
33.4

Raw materials
73.9

 

 
73.9

Total inventories
279.7

 

 
279.7

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
53.0

 
2.5

(c)
55.5

Total current assets
804.2

 
86.9

 
891.1

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $392.0
280.3

 

 
280.3

Other long-term assets
258.0

 
19.5

(c)
277.5

Goodwill
3,321.9

 

 
3,321.9

Other intangible assets, net
1,344.6

 

 
1,344.6

Total assets
$
6,009.0

 
$
106.4

 
$
6,115.4

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Notes payable
$

 
$
75.1

(a)
$
75.1

Trade accounts payable
192.5

 

 
192.5

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
431.4

 
(0.7
)
(b)
430.7

Total current liabilities
623.9

 
74.4

 
698.3

Other long-term liabilities
528.8

 
(4.5
)
(b)
524.3

Long-term debt

 
1,329.5

(d)
1,329.5

Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
 
Net Parent investment
4,938.8

 
(4,938.8
)
(e)(f)

Common stock ($0.01 par value), 500.0 shares authorized; 154.6 issued; 154.6 outstanding

 
1.5

(e)(f)
1.5

Additional paid-in capital

 
3,644.3

(e)(f)
3,644.3

Retained earnings

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(85.4
)
 

 
(85.4
)
Total Envista stockholders’ equity
4,853.4

 
(1,293.0
)
 
3,560.4

Noncontrolling interests
2.9

 

 
2.9

Total stockholders’ equity
4,856.3

 
(1,293.0
)
 
3,563.3

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
6,009.0

 
$
106.4

 
$
6,115.4


See the accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial information.

57

Table of Contents--------------

ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS
($ and shares in millions, except per share amount)
 
Six-Month Period Ended June 28, 2019
 
Historical
 
Pro Forma Adjustments
 
Pro Forma
Sales
$
1,371.8

 
$

 
$
1,371.8

Cost of sales
(615.1
)
 

 
(615.1
)
Gross profit
756.7

 

 
756.7

Operating costs:
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(552.9
)
 

 
(552.9
)
Research and development expenses
(83.0
)
 

 
(83.0
)
Operating profit
120.8

 

 
120.8

Nonoperating income (expense), net:
 
 
 
 
 
Other income (expense), net
1.4

 

 
1.4

Interest expense

 
(7.6
)
(g)
(7.6
)
Earnings before income taxes
122.2

 
(7.6
)
 
114.6

Income taxes
(22.8
)
 
1.9

(h)
(20.9
)
Net earnings
$
99.4

 
$
(5.7
)
 
$
93.7

Net earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
 
 
(i)
$
0.61

Diluted
 
 
 
(i)
$
0.61

Average common stock and common equivalent shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
 
 
(i)
154.6

Diluted
 
 
 
(i)
154.6


See the accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial information.

58

Table of Contents--------------

ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF EARNINGS
($ and shares in millions, except per share amount)
 
Year Ended December 31, 2018
 
Historical
 
Pro Forma Adjustments
 
Pro Forma
Sales
$
2,844.5

 
$

 
$
2,844.5

Cost of sales
(1,242.7
)
 

 
(1,242.7
)
Gross profit
1,601.8

 

 
1,601.8

Operating costs:
 
 
 
 

Selling, general and administrative expenses
(1,131.4
)
 

 
(1,131.4
)
Research and development expenses
(172.0
)
 

 
(172.0
)
Operating profit
298.4

 

 
298.4

Nonoperating income (expense), net:
 
 
 
 
 
Other income (expense), net
2.7

 

 
2.7

Interest expense

 
(15.2
)
(g)
(15.2
)
Earnings before income taxes
301.1

 
(15.2
)
 
285.9

Income taxes
(70.4
)
 
3.7

(h)
(66.7
)
Net earnings
$
230.7

 
$
(11.5
)
 
$
219.2

Net earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
 
 
(i)
$
1.42

Diluted
 
 
 
(i)
$
1.42

Average common stock and common equivalent shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
 
 
(i)
154.6

Diluted
 
 
 
(i)
154.6


See the accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial information.

59

Table of Contents--------------

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For further information regarding the historical Combined Financial Statements, please refer to the audited Combined Financial Statements and the unaudited Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma combined condensed balance sheet as of June 28, 2019 and unaudited pro forma combined statements of earnings for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 include adjustments related to the following:
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet
(a)
Reflects a pro forma adjustment to cash calculated as follows:
Net proceeds from term loans
$
1,329.5

Net proceeds from the offering
572.2

Unremitted cash held by Envista at June 28, 2019
84.4

Less: Distribution of net proceeds from term loans and the offering to Parent
(1,901.7
)
Total pro forma adjustment
$
84.4

In connection with the separation, Parent will transfer to us certain cash balances and amounts due to banks. As of June 28, 2019, these amounts included cash held by us of $84.4 million and amounts due to banks of $75.1 million (reflected as cash and equivalents and notes payable, respectively, in the accompanying unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet), or a net cash position of $9.3 million. The ultimate amount of net cash that Parent will transfer to us will depend on the related balances as of the date of separation.
(b)
Reflects adjustments of approximately $7 million ($5 million, net of tax impact) for certain liabilities related to the Envista deferred compensation plans which represent the value of Parent common stock interests held by Envista participants that will be converted into interests in Envista common stock at the time of the anticipated distribution or other disposition of Danaher’s interest in Envista.
(c)
Reflects indemnification asset of $22 million associated with Parent’s retention of certain net tax liabilities of Envista that are subject to joint and several liability with Parent in accordance with the tax matters agreement.
(d)
Reflects $1.3 billion of estimated proceeds from the term loans expected to be entered into in connection with the separation, net of $2.6 million in estimated financing costs. Proceeds from these anticipated term loans are expected to be used to fund a payment to Parent of approximately $1.3 billion in connection with the separation.
(e)
Represents the reclassification of Parent’s net investment to additional paid-in capital at the time of the separation.
(f)
Represents the adjustment to additional paid-in capital resulting from the separation and related transactions calculated as follows:
 
Additional paid-in capital
Proceeds from the issuance of shares (1)
$
572.2

Distribution of net proceeds from term loans and the offering to Parent (2)
(1,901.7
)
Contribution of assets from Parent (3)
31.3

Reclassification of deferred compensation liabilities to additional paid-in capital
5.2

154,636,000 shares of common stock ($0.01 par value) issued and outstanding
(1.5
)
Reclassification of Parent’s net investment to additional paid-in capital
4,938.8

Total pro forma adjustment
$
3,644.3

(1) 
Reflects the issuance of 26,768,000 shares of our common stock based on an assumed initial public offering price of $22.50 per share. The proceeds are offset by estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses to be paid by us totaling $30.1 million . In addition, there are estimated offering expenses in connection with this offering of $6.8 million being paid by Parent.
(2) 
The total proceeds from the offering and the term loans will be paid to Parent. This represents the adjustment to reflect the distribution of an amount of cash equal to substantially all of the term loan and offering net proceeds Envista received.

60

Table of Contents--------------

(3) 
Reflects the net cash position and tax indemnification asset that will transfer to Envista upon separation.
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Earnings
(g)
Reflects estimated net interest expense of $15.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and $7.6 million for the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 related to the anticipated term loans to be entered into in connection with the offering reflecting an estimated average borrowing cost of approximately 1.1% per annum. The interest expense reflects the impact of cross-currency swap derivative contracts using current swap rates which we expect to enter into on the U.S. dollar-denominated term loan to effectively convert the U.S. dollar-denominated term loans to obligations denominated in euros. An increase of 0.1% in our estimated average borrowing cost of approximately 1.1% per annum would have resulted in an additional pro forma interest expense of approximately $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and $0.7 million for the six-month period ended June 28, 2019.
(h)
Reflects the tax effect of pro forma adjustments using the respective statutory tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the six-month period ended June 28, 2019. This represents our U.S. statutory tax rate during these periods, which differs from our effective tax rate as the adjustments to pro forma earnings before tax will be taxable in the U.S. The pro forma taxes have not been adjusted to reflect any change in our effective tax rate subsequent to the separation.
(i)
We have calculated earnings per share assuming 154,636,000 shares were outstanding for the full period. This represents an aggregate of 127,868,000 shares of common stock held by Parent (which includes the 100 shares held by Parent prior to giving effect to the issuance to Parent of 127,867,900 shares of common stock that will occur prior to the closing of this offering) and an assumed issuance of 26,768,000 shares of common stock in this offering. This calculation does not take into account the dilutive effect that will result from the issuance of Envista stock-based compensation awards in connection with the conversion of outstanding Parent stock-based compensation awards held by Envista employees or the grant of new Envista stock-based compensation awards. The number of dilutive shares of Envista common stock underlying Envista’s stock-based compensation awards issued in connection with the conversion of outstanding Parent stock-based compensation awards will not be determined until the distribution or other disposition of Parent’s interest in Envista after this offering.

61

Table of Contents--------------

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
INTRODUCTION
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations to “Envista” or the “Company” shall mean the businesses comprising Danaher’s Dental segment. Envista Holdings Corporation has engaged in no business activities to date and has no assets or liabilities of any kind, other than those incident to its formation.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is designed to provide a reader of our financial statements with a narrative from the perspective of Company management. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements,” “Selected Historical Combined Financial Data,” our Combined Financial Statements and the section entitled “Business” included in this prospectus. Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is divided into seven sections:
Basis of Presentation
Overview
Results of Operations
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Critical Accounting Estimates
New Accounting Standards
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying Combined Financial Statements present the historical financial position, results of operations, changes in Danaher’s equity and our cash flows in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for the preparation of carved-out combined financial statements.
We have historically operated as part of Danaher and not as a separate, publicly-traded company. The financial statements have been derived from Danaher’s historical accounting records and are presented on a carve-out basis. All sales and costs as well as assets and liabilities directly associated with our business activity are included as a component of the financial statements. The financial statements also include allocations of certain general, administrative, sales and marketing expenses and cost of sales from Danaher’s corporate office and from other Danaher businesses to us and allocations of related assets, liabilities and Danaher’s investment, as applicable. The allocations have been determined on a reasonable basis; however, the amounts are not necessarily representative of the amounts that would have been reflected in the financial statements had we been an entity that operated separately from Danaher during these periods. Further, the historical financial statements may not be reflective of what our results of operations, comprehensive income (loss), historical financial position, equity or cash flows might be in the future as a separate public company. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Agreements with Danaher.” Related-party allocations, including the method for such allocation, are discussed further in Note 17 of the Notes to the audited Combined Financial Statements and Note 11 to the unaudited Combined Financial Statements.

62

Table of Contents--------------

For example, our historical Combined Financial Statements include expense allocations for certain support functions that are provided on a centralized basis within Danaher, such as corporate costs, shared services and other selling, general and administrative costs that benefit the Company, among others. Following this offering, pursuant to agreements with Danaher, we expect that Danaher will continue to provide us with some of the services related to these functions on a transitional basis in exchange for agreed-upon fees, and we expect to incur other costs to replace the services and resources that will not be provided by Danaher. We will also incur additional costs as a separate public company. As a separate public company, our total costs related to such support functions may differ from the costs that were historically allocated to us from Danaher. These additional costs are primarily for the following:
additional personnel costs, including salaries, benefits and potential bonuses and/or share-based compensation awards for staff additions to replace support provided by Danaher that is not covered by the transition services agreement; and
corporate governance costs, including board of director compensation and expenses, audit and other professional services fees, annual report and proxy statement costs, SEC filing fees, transfer agent fees, consulting and legal fees and stock exchange listing fees.
Certain factors could impact the nature and amount of these separate public company costs, including the finalization of our staffing and infrastructure needs.
We expect these additional separate public company costs in excess of the costs that have been historically allocated to us to range between approximately $20 million to $30 million per year. Moreover, we expect Danaher or us to incur certain nonrecurring internal costs to implement certain new systems. All such costs incurred prior to the separation will be incurred entirely by Danaher and we estimate such costs going forward will not have a material impact on our financial statements.
Another example is that the Combined Balance Sheet may not be comparable to the opening balance sheet of the separate company, which we expect will reflect the transfer by Danaher of substantially all of the assets and liabilities of its Dental business to us. For a detailed description of our unaudited pro forma combined financial statements, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.”
As part of Danaher, we are dependent upon Danaher for all of our working capital and financing requirements as Danaher uses a centralized approach to cash management and financing of its operations. Our financial transactions are accounted for through our “net Parent investment” account. Accordingly, none of Danaher’s cash, cash equivalents or debt at the corporate level has been assigned to us in the financial statements.
Our business consists of two segments: Specialty Products & Technologies and Equipment & Consumables. For additional details regarding these businesses, refer to the section titled “Business” included in this prospectus.
OVERVIEW
General
We provide products that are used to diagnose, treat and prevent disease and ailments of the teeth, gums and supporting bone, as well as to improve the aesthetics of the human smile. With leading brand names, innovative technology and significant market positions, we are a leading worldwide provider of a broad range of dental implants, orthodontic appliances, general dental consumables, equipment and services, and are dedicated to driving technological innovations that help dental professionals improve clinical outcomes and enhance productivity. Our research and development, manufacturing, sales, distribution, service and administrative facilities are located in more than 30 countries across North America, Asia, Europe, the Middle East and Latin America.
During 2018, 56% of our sales were derived from customers outside the United States. As a global provider of dental consumables, equipment and services, our operations are affected by worldwide, regional and industry-specific economic and political factors. Given the broad range of dental products, software and services provided and geographies served, management does not use any indices other than general economic trends to predict our overall outlook. Our individual businesses monitor key competitors and customers, including to the extent possible their sales, to gauge relative performance and the outlook for the future.
As a result of our geographic and product line diversity, we face a variety of opportunities and challenges, including rapid technological development in most of our served markets, the expansion and evolution of opportunities in high-growth markets, trends and costs associated with a global labor force, consolidation of our competitors and increasing regulation.

63

Table of Contents--------------

We operate in a highly competitive business environment in most markets, and our long-term growth and profitability will depend in particular on our ability to expand our business in high-growth geographies and high-growth market segments, identify, consummate and integrate appropriate acquisitions, develop innovative and differentiated new products and services, expand and improve the effectiveness of our sales force, continue to reduce costs and improve operating efficiency and quality and effectively address the demands of an increasingly regulated global environment. We are making significant investments to address the rapid pace of technological change in our served markets and to globalize our manufacturing, research and development and customer-facing resources (particularly in high-growth markets and our dental implant business) in order to be responsive to our customers throughout the world and improve the efficiency of our operations.
Key Trends and Conditions Affecting Our Results of Operations
Industry Trends
We operate in the large and growing global dental products industry. We believe growth in the global dental industry will be driven by:
an aging population;
the current underpenetration of dental procedures, especially in high-growth markets;
improving access to complex procedures due to increasing technological innovation;
an increasing demand for cosmetic dentistry; and
growth of Dental Support Organizations (“DSOs”), which are expected to drive increasing penetration of, and access to, dental care globally.
Product Development, New Product Launches and Commercial Investment
A key element of our targeted value creation strategy is to drive growth through portfolio development and product innovation. We increased research and development (“R&D”) spending in our Nobel Biocare business by more than 10% in 2018 compared to 2016 and increased R&D spending in our orthodontic business by more than 25% in 2018 compared to 2016. Our future growth and success depend on both our pipeline of new products and technologies, including new products and technologies that we may obtain through license or acquisition, and the expansion of the use of our existing products and technologies. We believe we are a leader in dental R&D, with a track record of product innovation, business development and commercialization. We believe our $172 million of R&D expenditures in 2018 is one of the largest within the dental industry.
Additionally, investment in our commercial sales organization, particularly within our implant business and in high-growth markets, is critical to our growth strategy. Our sales in high-growth markets grew at a high-single digit compounded annual growth rate from 2015 through 2018 with sales in China growing at a compounded annual growth rate above 10% during this time period.
Foreign Exchange Rates
Significant portions of our sales and costs are exposed to changes in foreign exchange rates. During the year ended December 31, 2018, our products were sold in more than 150 countries and 56% of our sales were denominated in foreign currencies. We seek to manage our foreign exchange risk, in part, through our operations, including managing same-currency sales in relation to same-currency costs and same-currency assets in relation to same-currency liabilities. As our operations use multiple foreign currencies, including the euro, British pound, Brazilian real, Australian dollar, Japanese yen, Canadian dollar and Chinese yuan, changes in those currencies relative to the U.S. dollar will impact our sales, cost of sales and expenses, and consequently, net earnings. Exchange rate fluctuations in high-growth markets may also directly affect our customers’ ability to buy our products in these geographic markets. In the six-month period ended June 28, 2019, our period-over-period sales growth was unfavorably impacted by 3.5% from changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar. In 2018, our year-over-year sales growth benefited by 0.5% from changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar.
General Economic Conditions
In addition to industry-specific factors, we, like other businesses, face challenges related to global economic conditions. Dental costs are largely out-of-pocket for the consumer and thus utilization rates can vary significantly depending on economic growth. While many of our products are considered necessary by patients regardless of the economic environment,

64

Table of Contents--------------

certain products and services that support discretionary dental procedures may be more susceptible to changes in economic conditions.
Manufacturing and Supply
In order to sell our products, we must be able to reliably produce and ship our products in sufficient quantities. Many of our products involve complex manufacturing processes and are produced at one or a limited number of manufacturing sites.
Minor deviations in our manufacturing or logistical processes, unpredictability of a product's regulatory or commercial success or failure, the lead time necessary to construct highly technical and complex manufacturing sites and shifting customer demand increase the potential for capacity imbalances. For a discussion of risks relating to our manufacturing process, refer to “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses.”
Components of Sales and Costs and Expenses
Sales
Our sales are primarily derived from the sale of dental consumables, equipment and services to third-party distributors and end-users. For additional information regarding our products, including descriptions of our products, refer to “Business—Our Business Segments.”
Costs and Expenses and Other
Cost of sales consists primarily of cost of materials, facilities and other infrastructure used to manufacture our products and shipping and handling costs attributable to delivering our products to our customers. Also included in cost of sales are productivity improvement and restructuring expenses related to our manufacturing operations.
Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses consist of, among other things, the costs of selling, marketing, promotion, advertising and administration (including business technology, facilities, legal, finance, human resources, business development and procurement) and amortization expense for intangible assets that have been acquired through business combinations. Also included in SG&A are productivity improvement and restructuring expenses related to our administrative operations.
R&D expenses consist of project costs specific to new product R&D and product lifecycle management, overhead costs associated with R&D operations, regulatory costs, product registrations and investments that support local market clinical trials for approved indications. We manage overall R&D based on our strategic opportunities and do not disaggregate our R&D expenses by the nature of the expense or by product as we do not use or maintain such information in managing our business.
Nonoperating income (expense), net consists of the non-service cost components of net periodic benefit costs (which include interest costs, expected return on plan assets, amortization of prior service cost or credits and actuarial gains and losses).
Business Performance
During the six-month period ended June 28, 2019, our combined sales decreased 2.5% as compared to the comparable period of 2018. While differences exist among our businesses, on an overall basis, demand for our products and services increased during the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 compared to the comparable period of 2018. Due in part to our continued investments in sales growth initiatives and the other business-specific factors discussed below, our core sales grew 1.0% period-over-period (for the definition of “core sales” or “core revenue” refer to “—Results of Operations” below). The impact of foreign currency exchange rates reduced sales in the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 by 3.5% compared to the comparable period of 2018. Geographically, core sales growth in high-growth markets was partially offset by decreasing core sales in developed markets during the six-month period ended June 28, 2019. Core sales in high-growth markets increased at a mid-single digit rate during the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 as compared to the comparable period of 2018, led primarily by continued strength in China. High-growth markets represented approximately 24% of our total sales in the six-month period ended June 28, 2019. Core sales in developed markets decreased during the six-month period ended June 28, 2019, primarily due to declines in Western Europe offset by slight increases in demand in North America. For additional information regarding our sales by geographical region during the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018, refer to Note 2 to the unaudited Combined Financial Statements in this prospectus.
Combined sales for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased 1.0% as compared to 2017. While differences exist among our businesses, on an overall basis, demand for our products and services increased in 2018 as compared to 2017 as demand for specialty products more than offset weaker demand for equipment and traditional consumables resulting in year-over-year

65

Table of Contents--------------

core sales growth of 0.5%. The impact of foreign currency exchange rates increased 2018 sales by approximately 0.5%. Geographically, year-over-year core sales in high-growth markets increased at a high-single digit rate in 2018 as compared to 2017, led by growth in China and Russia, offset by a low-single digit decline in developed markets, primarily North America and Western Europe. High-growth markets represented approximately 23% of our total sales in 2018. For additional information regarding our sales by geographical region during the year ended December 31, 2018, please refer to Notes 3 and 16 to the audited Combined Financial Statements in this prospectus.
We recorded a net decrease to beginning Parent’s equity of $8 million as of January 1, 2018 due to the cumulative impact of adopting Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The impact to beginning Parent’s equity was primarily driven by the deferral of revenue for unfulfilled performance obligations. The adoption of this ASU did not have a significant impact on our Combined Financial Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 and, as a result, comparisons of sales and operating profit performance between periods are not affected by the adoption of this ASU. Refer to Note 3 to the audited Combined Financial Statements in this prospectus.
Acquisitions
Our growth strategy contemplates future acquisitions. Our operations and results can be affected by the rate and extent to which appropriate acquisition opportunities are available, acquired businesses are effectively integrated and anticipated synergies or cost savings are achieved.
There were no material business acquisitions during the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 or the year ended December 31, 2018. In the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we completed two minor acquisitions. We acquired 51% of a business for no net cash consideration in the year-ended December 31, 2017 and one business in the year-ended December 31, 2016 for total consideration of $5 million.
In 2017, we acquired the remaining noncontrolling interest and settled other related liabilities associated with one of our prior business combinations in our Specialty Products & Technologies segment for consideration of $89 million.
Currency Exchange Rates
On a year-over-year basis, currency exchange rates negatively impacted reported sales by approximately 3.5% for the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 compared to the comparable period of 2018, primarily due to the strength of the U.S. dollar against most major currencies in the six-month period ended June 28, 2019. Any future strengthening of the U.S. dollar against major currencies would adversely impact our sales and results of operations for the remainder of the year, and any weakening of the U.S. dollar against major currencies would positively impact our sales and results of operations for the remainder of the year.
Currency translation positively impacted reported sales by approximately 0.5% on a year-over-year basis in 2018 primarily due to the U.S. dollar weakening against other major currencies in the first half of 2018. The U.S. dollar strengthened in the second half of 2018 which partially offset the benefit recorded early in 2018. On a year-over-year basis, currency exchange rates positively impacted 2017 reported sales by approximately 1.0% as the U.S. dollar weakened against the euro, partially offset by the effect of the U.S. dollar strengthening against the Japanese yen and Chinese renminbi.
U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) was enacted, which substantially changed the U.S. tax system, including lowering the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% (beginning in 2018). As a result of the TCJA, we recognized a provisional tax liability of approximately $36 million in 2017 for the transition tax on deemed repatriation of foreign earnings. We also remeasured U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the income tax rates at which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to reverse in the future (generally 21%), resulting in an income tax benefit of approximately $73 million. In 2018, we finalized the provisional amounts recorded in 2017. The net tax effect to adjust the provisional amounts was not material to our financial statements. For further discussion of the TCJA, refer to “—Income Taxes.”
UK’s Referendum Decision to Exit the EU (“Brexit”)
In a referendum on June 23, 2016, voters approved for the UK to exit the EU. It is presently unclear how long it will take to negotiate a withdrawal agreement and the nature of the UK’s relationship with the EU is currently being decided. On April 11, 2019, the EU granted the UK an extension to October 31, 2019. We continue to monitor the status of the negotiations and plan for potential impacts. While we do not manufacture products in the UK and less than 2% of our 2018 sales were derived from customers located in the UK, to mitigate the potential impact of Brexit on the import of goods to the UK, we have

66

Table of Contents--------------

increased our level of inventory within the UK. The ultimate impact of Brexit on our financial results is uncertain. For additional information, refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.
Public Company Expenses
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We will be required to have additional procedures and practices as a separate public company. As a result, we will incur additional personnel and corporate governance costs, including internal audit, investor relations, stock administration and regulatory compliance costs.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our combined statements of earnings should be read along with our Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which reflect the results of operations of the businesses comprising Danaher’s Dental segment to be transferred to us from Danaher. For more information on the combined basis of preparation, see Note 1 to our Combined Financial Statements elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
% Change
 
Year Ended December 31
 
% Change
 
% Change
($ in millions)
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
 
2019/2018
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2018/2017
 
2017/2016
Sales
$
1,371.8

 
$
1,406.0

 
(2.4
)%
 
$
2,844.5

 
$
2,810.9

 
$
2,785.4

 
1.2
 %
 
0.9
 %
Cost of sales
615.1

 
607.3

 
1.3
 %
 
1,242.7

 
1,189.7

 
1,184.3

 
4.5
 %
 
0.5
 %
% of sales
44.8
%
 
43.2
%
 
 
 
43.7
%
 
42.3
%
 
42.5
%
 
 
 
 
Gross profit
756.7

 
798.7

 
(5.3
)%
 
1,601.8

 
1,621.2

 
1,601.1

 
(1.2
)%
 
1.3
 %
% of sales
55.2
%
 
56.8
%
 
 
 
56.3
%
 
57.7
%
 
57.5
%
 
 
 
 
Operating costs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SG&A expenses
552.9

 
563.2

 
(1.8
)%
 
1,131.4

 
1,062.2

 
1,055.5

 
6.5
 %
 
0.6
 %
% of sales
40.3
%
 
40.1
%
 
 
 
39.8
%
 
37.8
%
 
37.9
%
 
 
 
 
R&D expenses
83.0

 
86.1

 
(3.6
)%
 
172.0

 
172.4

 
142.8

 
(0.2
)%
 
20.7
 %
% of sales
6.1
%
 
6.1
%
 
 
 
6.0
%
 
6.1
%
 
5.1
%
 
 
 
 
Operating profit
120.8

 
149.4

 
(19.1
)%
 
298.4

 
386.6

 
402.8

 
(22.8
)%
 
(4.0
)%
% of sales
8.8
%
 
10.6
%
 
 
 
10.5
%
 
13.8
%
 
14.5
%
 
 
 
 
Nonoperating income (expense), net
1.4

 
0.4

 
NM

 
2.7

 
0.1

 
(1.1
)
 
NM

 
NM

Earnings before income taxes
122.2

 
149.8

 
(18.4
)%
 
301.1

 
386.7

 
401.7

 
(22.1
)%
 
(3.7
)%
% of sales
8.9
%
 
10.7
%
 
 
 
10.6
%
 
13.8
%
 
14.4
%
 
 
 
 
Income taxes
22.8

 
34.4

 
(33.7
)%
 
70.4

 
85.6

 
129.7

 
(17.8
)%
 
(34.0
)%
Net earnings
$
99.4

 
$
115.4

 
(13.9
)%
 
$
230.7

 
$
301.1

 
$
272.0

 
(23.4
)%
 
10.7
 %
Non-GAAP Measures
References to the non-GAAP measure of core sales (also referred to as core revenues or sales/revenues from existing businesses) refer to sales calculated according to GAAP, but excluding:
sales from acquired businesses; and
the impact of currency translation.

67

Table of Contents--------------

References to sales or operating profit attributable to acquisitions or acquired businesses refer to sales or operating profit, as applicable, from acquired businesses recorded prior to the first anniversary of the acquisition less the amount of sales and operating profit, as applicable, attributable to divested product lines not considered discontinued operations. The portion of sales attributable to currency translation is calculated as the difference between:
the period-to-period change in sales (excluding sales from acquired businesses); and
the period-to-period change in sales (excluding sales from acquired businesses) after applying current period foreign exchange rates to the prior year period.
For a discussion of the reasons why management believes these non-GAAP measures are useful to investors, the ways in which management uses these measures and other information relating to these measures, please refer to “Statement Regarding Non-GAAP Measures” in the “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial Data” section of this prospectus.
Throughout this discussion, references to sales volume refer to the impact of both price and unit sales and references to productivity improvements generally refer to improved cost efficiencies resulting from the ongoing application of DBS.
Core Sales Growth
 
Six-Month Period Ended June 28, 2019 vs. Comparable 2018 Period
 
2018 vs. 2017
 
2017 vs. 2016
Total sales growth (GAAP)
(2.5
)%
 
1.0
 %
 
1.0
 %
Less the impact of:
 
 
 
 
 
Currency exchange rates
3.5
 %
 
(0.5
)%
 
(1.0
)%
Core sales growth (non-GAAP)
1.0
 %
 
0.5
 %
 
 %
Six-Month Period Ended June 28, 2019 Compared to the Six-Month Period Ended June 29, 2018
Operating profit margins were 8.8% for the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 as compared to 10.6% for the comparable period of 2018. The following factors unfavorably impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons:
Lower overall pricing and incremental year-over-year costs associated with sales and marketing growth investments, net of higher 2019 core sales volumes, lower spending on productivity initiatives in 2019 and cost savings associated with productivity initiatives taken in 2018 - 180 basis points
2018 Compared to 2017
Operating profit margins were 10.5% for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 13.8% in 2017. The following factors impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons:
2018 vs 2017 operating profit margin comparisons were favorably impacted by:
Trade name impairments and the cost of related productivity improvement initiatives in 2017 - 45 basis points
2018 vs 2017 operating profit margin comparisons were unfavorably impacted by:
Lower 2018 core sales of equipment and traditional consumables, incremental year-over-year costs associated with sales and marketing growth investments, lower overall pricing and the effect of year-over-year changes in currency exchange rates, net of incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with the continuing productivity improvement initiatives taken in 2018 and 2017 and higher core sales in specialty consumables - 200 basis points
The 2018 costs and estimated liability related to a legal contingency - 130 basis points
The 2017 gain related to the settlement of liabilities associated with an interest in a prior business combination and the incremental net dilutive effect in 2018 of acquired businesses - 45 basis points

68

Table of Contents--------------

2017 Compared to 2016
Operating profit margins were 13.8% for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to 14.5% in 2016. The following factors impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons:
2017 vs. 2016 operating profit margin comparisons were favorably impacted by:
The 2017 gain related to the settlement of liabilities associated with an interest in a prior business combination net of the incremental net dilutive effect of acquired businesses - 30 basis points
2017 vs. 2016 operating profit margin comparisons were unfavorably impacted by:
Incremental year-over-year trade name impairments and the cost of related productivity improvement initiatives in 2017 - 5 basis points
Incremental year-over-year costs associated with various new product development, sales and marketing growth investments, the effect of year-over-year changes in currency exchange rates and unfavorable product mix due to lower sales of traditional consumables in 2017, net of incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with the continuing productivity improvement initiatives taken in 2017 and 2016 - 95 basis points
Business Segments
Sales by business segment were as follows ($ in millions):
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
For the Year Ended December 31
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Specialty Products & Technologies
$
696.1

 
$
704.3

 
$
1,369.8

 
$
1,310.6

 
$
1,247.0

Equipment & Consumables
675.7

 
701.7

 
1,474.7

 
1,500.3

 
1,538.4

Total
$
1,371.8

 
$
1,406.0

 
$
2,844.5

 
$
2,810.9

 
$
2,785.4

SPECIALTY PRODUCTS & TECHNOLOGIES
Our Specialty Products & Technologies segment develops, manufactures and markets dental implant systems, dental prosthetics and associated treatment software and technologies, as well as orthodontic bracket systems, aligners and lab products.
Specialty Products & Technologies Selected Financial Data  
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
For the Year Ended December 31
($ in millions)
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales
$
696.1

 
$
704.3

 
$
1,369.8

 
$
1,310.6

 
$
1,247.0

Operating profit
120.6

 
135.2

 
241.3

 
246.0

 
226.0

Depreciation
9.2

 
8.7

 
17.9

 
19.4

 
22.1

Amortization
29.0

 
29.8

 
59.0

 
52.4

 
52.8

Operating profit as a % of sales
17.3
%
 
19.2
%
 
17.6
%
 
18.8
%
 
18.1
%
Depreciation as a % of sales
1.3
%
 
1.2
%
 
1.3
%
 
1.5
%
 
1.8
%
Amortization as a % of sales
4.2
%
 
4.2
%
 
4.3
%
 
4.0
%
 
4.2
%

69

Table of Contents--------------

Core Sales Growth
 
Six-Month Period Ended June 28, 2019 vs. Comparable 2018 Period
 
2018 vs. 2017
 
2017 vs. 2016
Total sales growth (GAAP)
(1.0
)%
 
4.5
 %
 
5.0
 %
Less the impact of:
 
 
 
 
 
Currency exchange rates
3.0
 %
 
(1.0
)%
 
(1.0
)%
Core sales growth (non-GAAP)
2.0
 %
 
3.5
 %
 
4.0
 %
Six-Month Period Ended June 28, 2019 Compared to the Six-Month Period Ended June 29, 2018
Price in the segment negatively impacted sales growth by 1.0% on a year-over-year basis in the six-month period ended June 28, 2019, and is reflected as a component of core sales growth.
Core sales growth for the segment was led by high-growth markets, primarily China, and North America, for the six-month period ended June 28, 2019. Core sales growth for implant systems was driven by demand for premium implant systems and equipment partially offset by lower demand for value implant systems. Geographically, demand for implant systems increased primarily in China and North America. Increased demand for orthodontic products during the six-month period was partially due to recent product launches. Core sales for orthodontic products increased in the high-growth markets, led by China, and in North America, during the six-month period.
Operating profit margins decreased 190 basis points during the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 as compared to the comparable period of 2018. The following factors unfavorably impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons:
Unfavorable product mix, lower overall sales price, incremental year-over-year costs associated with various new product development, sales, service and marketing growth investments and the impact of foreign currency exchange rates in the six-month period ended June 28, 2019, net of higher 2019 core sales and incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with continuing productivity improvement initiatives taken in 2018 - 190 basis points
2018 Compared to 2017
Price in the segment negatively impacted sales growth by 0.5% on a year-over-year basis during 2018 as compared to 2017, and is reflected as a component of core sales growth.
Geographically, year-over-year core sales growth in 2018 was led by the high-growth markets, primarily China, and North America. Core sales for implant systems increased, driven by demand in North America and the high-growth markets. Core sales growth for orthodontic products was led by China and Russia partially offset by weaker demand in North America.
Operating profit margins declined 120 basis points during 2018 as compared to 2017. The following factors impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons:
2018 vs 2017 operating profit margin comparisons were favorably impacted by:
Incremental year-over-year costs related to productivity improvement initiatives taken in 2017 - 20 basis points
2018 vs 2017 operating profit margin comparisons were unfavorably impacted by:
Incremental year-over-year costs associated with sales and marketing growth investments, unfavorable product mix and lower overall pricing, partially offset by higher 2018 sales from existing businesses, cost savings associated with productivity improvement initiatives taken in 2018 and 2017 and year-over-year changes in currency exchange rates - 140 basis points
In 2018, we determined that certain trade names in the segment were finite-lived and we began amortizing these trade names as of January 1, 2018. This determination resulted in an increase in amortization expense as a percentage of sales during 2018 as compared to 2017.

70

Table of Contents--------------

2017 Compared to 2016
Price increases in the segment did not have a significant impact on sales growth during 2017 as compared with 2016.
Year-over-year core sales growth in 2017 was driven by increased demand in high-growth markets, primarily China and Russia, and North America. Demand for implant solutions drove core sales growth in 2017 as compared to 2016, as demand increased in North America and in high-growth markets. Core sales growth for orthodontic products was driven by increased demand in China partially offset by weaker demand in North America.
Operating profit margins increased 70 basis points during 2017 as compared to 2016. The following factors impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons:
2017 vs. 2016 operating profit margin comparisons were favorably impacted by:
Higher 2017 sales from existing businesses and incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with the continuing productivity improvement initiatives taken in 2017 and 2016, net of the effect of year-over-year costs associated with various new product development and sales and marketing growth investments and year-over-year changes in foreign currency exchange rates - 160 basis points
2017 vs. 2016 operating profit margin comparisons were unfavorably impacted by:
Incremental year-over-year costs related to productivity improvement initiatives in 2017 - 70 basis points
The incremental net dilutive effect in 2017 of acquired businesses - 20 basis points
EQUIPMENT & CONSUMABLES
Our Equipment & Consumables segment develops, manufactures and markets dental equipment and supplies used in dental offices, including digital imaging systems, software and other visualization/magnification systems; handpieces and associated consumables; treatment units and other dental practice equipment; endodontic systems and related consumables; restorative materials and instruments, rotary burs, impression materials, bonding agents and cements and infection prevention products.
Equipment & Consumables Selected Financial Data  
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
For the Year Ended December 31
($ in millions)
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales
$
675.7

 
$
701.7

 
$
1,474.7

 
$
1,500.3

 
$
1,538.4

Operating profit
17.0

 
26.9

 
120.5

 
152.9

 
201.2

Depreciation
9.9

 
10.4

 
20.3

 
19.3

 
20.1

Amortization
16.0

 
15.7

 
31.6

 
29.3

 
30.6

Operating profit as a % of sales
2.5
%
 
3.8
%
 
8.2
%
 
10.2
%
 
13.1
%
Depreciation as a % of sales
1.5
%
 
1.5
%
 
1.4
%
 
1.3
%
 
1.3
%
Amortization as a % of sales
2.4
%
 
2.2
%
 
2.1
%
 
2.0
%
 
2.0
%
Core Sales Growth
 
Six-Month Period Ended June 28, 2019 vs. Comparable 2018 Period
 
2018 vs. 2017
 
2017 vs. 2016
Total sales growth (GAAP)
(3.5
)%
 
(1.5
)%
 
(2.5
)%
Less the impact of:
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisitions and other
 %
 
(0.5
)%
 
 %
Currency exchange rates
3.5
 %
 
(0.5
)%
 
(1.0
)%
Core sales growth (non-GAAP)
 %
 
(2.5
)%
 
(3.5
)%

71

Table of Contents--------------

Six-Month Period Ended June 28, 2019 Compared to the Six-Month Period Ended June 29, 2018
Price in the segment negatively impacted sales growth by 0.5% on a year-over-year basis in the six-month period ended June 28, 2019, and is reflected as a component of core sales growth.
Core sales for the segment were essentially flat in the six-month period ended June 28, 2019, as demand in the high-growth markets was offset by lower sales in Western Europe and North America. Equipment core sales increased in China and North America led by demand for imaging equipment, and was partially offset by softness in Western Europe. Core sales of traditional consumables declined in the six-month period as increased demand in the high-growth markets was more than offset by softness in North America and Western Europe.
Operating profit margins decreased 130 basis points during the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 as compared to the comparable period of 2018. The following factors unfavorably impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons:
Unfavorable product mix due to lower sales of traditional consumables in 2019 , lower overall sales price, incremental year-over-year costs associated with sales and marketing growth investments and new product development initiatives in 2019 , net of lower productivity improvement and restructuring related charges in 2019 compared to 2018 , cost savings associated with productivity initiatives taken in  2018 , higher 2019 core sales of equipment and the impact of foreign currency exchange rates - 130  basis points
2018 Compared to 2017
Price in the segment negatively impacted sales growth by 0.5% on a year-over-year basis during 2018 as compared with 2017 and is reflected as a component of core sales growth.
Year-over-year core sales declined as lower demand in North America and Western Europe more than offset increased demand in high-growth markets. Core sales of equipment declined in 2018 primarily due to declines in North America due to the realignment of distributors and manufacturers in the dental industry. Demand for traditional consumable product lines in North America and Western Europe declined year-over-year reflecting inventory destocking by several distribution partners. We have begun to see stability in the North America end-markets for equipment and traditional consumables.
Operating profit margins declined 200 basis points during 2018 as compared to 2017. The following factors impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons:
2018 vs 2017 operating profit margin comparisons were favorably impacted by:
Trade name impairments and the cost of related productivity improvement initiatives in 2017 - 65 basis points
2018 vs 2017 operating profit margin comparisons were unfavorably impacted by:
Lower 2018 sales of equipment and traditional consumables, lower overall pricing, incremental year-over-year costs associated with sales and marketing growth investments and the impact of year-over-year changes in foreign currency exchange rates, net of cost savings associated with productivity initiatives taken in 2018 and 2017 - 255 basis points
The incremental net dilutive effect in 2018 of acquired businesses - 10 basis points
2017 Compared to 2016
Price in the segment negatively impacted sales growth by 0.5% on a year-over-year basis during 2017 as compared with 2016 and is reflected as a component of core sales growth.
Geographically, year-over-year core sales declined as lower demand in North America and Western Europe more than offset strong demand in high-growth markets. Equipment core sales were essentially flat during 2017, as increased demand in high-growth markets was offset by declines in the United States and Western Europe, particularly later in the year for North America due to the realignment of dental equipment distributors and manufacturers. Demand for traditional consumable product lines in North America and Western Europe declined year-over-year reflecting inventory destocking by several distribution partners.

72

Table of Contents--------------

Operating profit margins declined 290 basis points during 2017 as compared to 2016. The following factors unfavorably impacted year-over-year operating profit margin comparisons:
Lower 2017 core sales from existing businesses, incremental year-over-year costs associated with various new product development, sales and marketing growth investments, the effect of year-over-year changes in currency exchange rates and unfavorable product mix due to lower sales of traditional consumables in 2017, net of incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with the continuing productivity improvement initiatives taken in 2017 and 2016 - 285 basis points
Trade name impairments and the cost of related productivity improvement initiatives in 2017 - 5 basis points
COST OF SALES AND GROSS PROFIT
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
For the Year Ended December 31
($ in millions)
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales
$
1,371.8

 
$
1,406.0

 
$
2,844.5

 
$
2,810.9

 
$
2,785.4

Cost of sales
(615.1
)
 
(607.3
)
 
(1,242.7
)
 
(1,189.7
)
 
(1,184.3
)
Gross profit
$
756.7

 
$
798.7

 
$
1,601.8

 
$
1,621.2

 
$
1,601.1

Gross profit margin
55.2
%
 
56.8
%
 
56.3
%
 
57.7
%
 
57.5
%
Six-Month Period Ended June 28, 2019 Compared to the Six-Month Period Ended June 29, 2018
The increase in cost of sales during the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 as compared to the comparable period in 2018 was primarily due to higher core sales, partially offset by lower spending on productivity initiatives in 2019 and the impact of foreign currency exchange rates.
The year-over-year decrease in gross profit margins during the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 as compared to the comparable period in 2018 was due primarily to unfavorable product mix and lower overall pricing, partially offset by higher core sales, the impact of foreign currency exchange rates and incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with restructuring activities and continued productivity improvement actions taken in 2018.
2018 Compared to 2017
Cost of sales increased $53.0 million, or 4.5%, during 2018 as compared with 2017 due primarily to the impact of higher sales volumes of specialty products, product mix and the impact of foreign currency exchange rates partially offset by lower sales of equipment and traditional consumables and incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with the restructuring and continued productivity improvement actions taken in 2018 and 2017.
Gross profit margins decreased 140 basis points on a year-over-year basis during 2018 as compared to 2017, due primarily to unfavorable product mix, lower overall pricing and the impact of foreign currency exchanges rates, partially offset by incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with restructuring activities and continued productivity improvement actions taken in 2018 and 2017.
2017 Compared to 2016
Cost of sales increased $5.4 million, or 0.5%, during 2017 as compared with 2016 as increased costs due to higher sales of equipment and specialty products and the impact of foreign currency exchange rates was mostly offset by decreased costs due to lower sales of traditional consumables, a decrease in productivity improvement and restructuring related charges and incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with the continued productivity improvement actions taken in 2017 and 2016.
Gross profit margins increased 20 basis points on a year-over-year basis during 2017 as compared to 2016, due primarily to higher sales of specialty products and the incremental year-over-year cost savings associated with restructuring actions and continued productivity improvements taken in 2017 and 2016, partially offset by unfavorable product mix in 2017 and the impact of foreign currency exchange rates.

73

Table of Contents--------------

OPERATING EXPENSES
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
For the Year Ended December 31
($ in millions)
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales
$
1,371.8

 
$
1,406.0

 
$
2,844.5

 
$
2,810.9

 
$
2,785.4

Selling, general and administrative expenses
552.9

 
563.2

 
1,131.4

 
1,062.2

 
1,055.5

Research and development expenses
83.0

 
86.1

 
172.0

 
172.4

 
142.8

SG&A as a % of sales
40.3
%
 
40.1
%
 
39.8
%
 
37.8
%
 
37.9
%
R&D as a % of sales
6.1
%
 
6.1
%
 
6.0
%
 
6.1
%
 
5.1
%
Six-Month Period Ended June 28, 2019 Compared to the Six-Month Period Ended June 29, 2018
The year-over-year increase in SG&A expenses as a percentage of sales for the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 as compared to the comparable period in 2018 was primarily due to continued investments in sales and marketing growth initiatives in 2019, partially offset by incremental year-over-year savings associated with the restructuring and continued productivity improvement actions taken in 2018.
Year-over-year, R&D expenses (consisting principally of internal and contract engineering personnel costs) remained constant as a percentage of sales for the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 as compared to the comparable period in 2018 due primarily to year-over-year increases in spending in our new product development initiatives within the Equipment & Consumables segment, partially offset by decreases in spending on new product development initiatives within our Specialty Products & Technologies segment and lower sales in 2019.
2018 Compared to 2017
SG&A expenses as a percentage of sales increased 200 basis points on a year-over-year basis for 2018 compared to 2017. The increase was primarily due to continued investments in sales and marketing growth initiatives and a provision for legal matters of $36 million, partially offset by incremental year-over-year savings associated with the restructuring and continued productivity improvement actions taken in 2018 and 2017 and lower costs associated with 2018 restructuring actions compared to 2017 restructuring actions.
R&D expenses as a percentage of sales decreased 10 basis points on a year-over-year basis in 2018 as compared to 2017 primarily as a result of increased sales in 2018. Total R&D spending was essentially flat on a year-over-year basis in 2018 as compared to 2017.
2017 Compared to 2016
SG&A expenses as a percentage of sales decreased 10 basis points on a year-over-year basis for 2017 compared to 2016. The year-over-year decrease reflects year-over-year cost savings associated with 2017 and 2016 restructuring actions and continuing productivity improvement initiatives, partially offset by increased costs associated with restructuring and continuing productivity improvements taken in 2017 and continued investments in sales and marketing growth initiatives.
R&D expenses as a percentage of sales increased 100 basis points on a year-over-year basis in 2017 as compared to 2016 due primarily to increases in spending in the new product development initiatives in both the Specialty Products & Technologies and Equipment & Consumables segments.
NONOPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
As described in Note 10 to the audited Combined Financial Statements, we adopted ASU No. 2017-07, Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost on January 1, 2017. The ASU requires us to disaggregate the service cost component from the other components of net periodic benefit costs and requires us to present the other components of net periodic benefit cost in nonoperating income (expense), net. The ASU requires application on a retrospective basis. The other components of net periodic benefit costs included in nonoperating income (expense), net for the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018 were $1.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The other components of net periodic benefit costs included in nonoperating income (expense), net for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were $2.7 million, $0.1 million, and $(1.1) million, respectively.

74

Table of Contents--------------

INCOME TAXES
General
Income tax expense and deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect management’s assessment of future taxes expected to be paid on items reflected in our Combined Financial Statements. We record the tax effect of discrete items and items that are reported net of their tax effects in the period in which they occur.
Our effective tax rate can be affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with different statutory tax rates (including as a result of business acquisitions and dispositions), changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, accruals related to contingent tax liabilities and period-to-period changes in such accruals, the results of audits and examinations of previously filed tax returns (as discussed below), the expiration of statutes of limitations, the implementation of tax planning strategies, tax rulings, court decisions, settlements with tax authorities and changes in tax laws and regulations, including the TCJA and legislative policy changes that may result from the OECD’s initiative on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting. For a description of the tax treatment of earnings that are planned to be reinvested indefinitely outside the United States, refer to “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.
The amount of income taxes we pay is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which often result in proposed assessments. Management performs a comprehensive review of our global tax positions on a quarterly basis. Based on these reviews, the results of discussions and resolutions of matters with certain tax authorities, tax rulings and court decisions and the expiration of statutes of limitations, reserves for contingent tax liabilities are accrued or adjusted as necessary. For a discussion of risks related to these and other tax matters, refer to “Risk Factors.”
On December 22, 2017, the TCJA was enacted, substantially changing the U.S. tax system and affecting us in a number of ways. Notably, the TCJA:
established a flat corporate income tax rate of 21.0% on U.S. earnings;
imposed a one-time tax on unremitted cumulative non-U.S. earnings of foreign subsidiaries, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “Transition Tax;”
imposed a new minimum tax on certain non-U.S. earnings, irrespective of the territorial system of taxation, and generally allows for the repatriation of future earnings of foreign subsidiaries without incurring additional U.S. taxes by transitioning to a territorial system of taxation;
subjected certain payments made by U.S. companies to related foreign companies to certain minimum taxes (Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax);
eliminated certain prior tax incentives for manufacturing in the United States and created an incentive for U.S. companies to sell, lease or license goods and services abroad by allowing for a reduction in taxes owed on earnings related to such sales;
allowed the cost of investments in certain depreciable assets acquired and placed in service after September 27, 2017 to be immediately expensed; and
reduced deductions with respect to certain compensation paid to specified executive officers.
As U.S. GAAP accounting for income taxes requires the effect of a change in tax laws or rates to be recognized in income from continuing operations for the period that includes the enactment date, we recognized an estimate of the impact of the TCJA in the year ended December 31, 2017 under the separate return method. As a result of the TCJA, we recognized a provisional tax liability of $36 million in 2017 for the Transition Tax. We also remeasured U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the income tax rates at which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to reverse in the future (generally 21%), resulting in an income tax benefit of $73 million in 2017.
Due to the complexities involved in accounting for the enactment of the TCJA, SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB No. 118”) allowed us to record provisional amounts in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2017. Where reasonable estimates could be made, the provisional accounting was based on such estimates. When no reasonable estimate could be made, SAB No. 118 required the accounting to be based on the tax law in effect before the TCJA. We were required to complete our tax accounting for the TCJA when we had obtained, prepared and analyzed the information to complete the income tax accounting but no later than December 22, 2018.

75

Table of Contents--------------

Accordingly, during 2018, we completed our accounting for the tax effects of the enactment of the TCJA based on our interpretation of the new tax regulations and related guidance issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service. The net tax effect to adjust the provisional amount was not material to our financial statements. Due to the complexity and recent issuance of these tax regulations, management’s interpretations of the impact of these rules could be subject to challenge by the taxing authorities.
The TCJA imposes tax on U.S. stockholders for global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. We are required to make an accounting policy election of either: (1) treating taxes due on future amounts included in U.S. taxable income related to GILTI as a current period tax expense when incurred (the “period cost method”); or (2) factoring such amounts into our measurement of our deferred tax expense (the “deferred method”). As of December 31, 2017, we were still analyzing our global income and did not record a GILTI-related deferred tax amount. In 2018, we elected the period cost method for our accounting for GILTI.
Year-Over-Year Changes in the Tax Provision and Effective Tax Rate
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
For the Year Ended December 31
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Effective tax rate
18.7
%
 
23.0
%
 
23.4
%
 
22.1
%
 
32.3
%
Our effective tax rate for each of the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018, and full year 2018, 2017 and 2016 differs from the U.S. federal statutory rates of 21.0% for 2019 and 2018 and 35.0% for 2017 and 2016, due principally to our earnings outside the United States that are indefinitely reinvested and taxed at rates different than the U.S. federal statutory rate. In addition:
The effective tax rate of 18.7% for the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21.0% due principally to the impact of net discrete tax benefits related primarily to the excess tax benefits associated with the exercise of employee stock options and vesting of RSUs, as well as the release of reserves upon the expiration of statutes of limitation. These discrete tax benefits decreased the reported rate by 4.3%. These benefits were partially offset by the impact of earnings outside the United States which generally are taxed at rates higher than the U.S. federal rate.
The effective tax rate of 23.0% for the six-month period ended June 29, 2018 was higher than the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21.0% due principally to the impact of our earnings outside the United States which overall are taxed at rates higher than the U.S. federal rate. The effective tax rate for the six-month period ended June 29, 2018 also includes increases in net reserves from audit settlements, partially offset by excess tax benefits associated with the exercise of employee stock options and vesting of RSUs, as well as the release of reserves upon the expiration of statutes of limitation, which increased the reported rate by 10 basis points.
The effective tax rate of 23.4% in 2018 includes 60 basis points of net discrete tax benefits primarily related to the excess tax benefit associated with the exercise of employee stock options and vesting of RSUs, as well as the release of reserves upon the expiration of statutes of limitation, partially offset by increases in net reserves from audit settlements.
The effective tax rate of 22.1% in 2017 includes 900 basis points of net discrete tax benefits primarily related to the revaluation of net U.S. deferred tax liabilities from 35.0% to 21.0% due to the TCJA as well as the excess tax benefit related to the exercise of employee stock options and vesting of RSUs, partially offset by income tax expense related to the Transition Tax on foreign earnings due to the TCJA as well as a valuation allowance on losses attributable to certain foreign jurisdictions.
The effective tax rate of 32.3% in 2016 includes 60 basis points of net discrete tax benefits primarily from the release of valuation allowances on certain foreign net operating losses, partially offset by reduction of net operating loss benefits due to an audit settlement.
We conduct business globally, and Parent files numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the U.S. federal, state and foreign jurisdictions. The non-U.S. countries in which we have a material presence include Canada, China, Finland, Germany and Switzerland. We believe that a change in the statutory tax rate of any individual foreign country would not have a material effect on our Combined Financial Statements given the geographic dispersion of our taxable income.

76

Table of Contents--------------

Parent and its subsidiaries (including our businesses) are routinely examined by various domestic and international taxing authorities. The IRS has completed substantially all of the examinations of certain of Parent’s federal income tax returns through 2011 and is currently examining certain of Parent’s federal income tax returns for 2012 through 2017. In addition, Parent has subsidiaries (including our businesses) in Germany, India, Japan, Sweden and Switzerland and in states and other local jurisdictions that are currently under audit for years ranging from 2007 through 2017.
As part of Parent, the amount of income taxes we pay is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which often result in proposed assessments. Management performs a comprehensive review of our global tax positions on a quarterly basis. Based on these reviews, the results of discussions and resolutions of matters with certain tax authorities, tax rulings and court decisions and the expiration of statutes of limitations, reserves for contingent tax liabilities are accrued or adjusted as necessary. For a discussion of risks related to these and other tax matters, refer to “Risk Factors.”
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND KEY METRICS
The following table sets forth key metrics from our unaudited quarterly results of operations for each of the quarterly periods for the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2018. These unaudited quarterly results of operations have been prepared on the same basis as our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the quarterly results of operations from which the below information has been derived reflects all adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring accruals) necessary to fairly present our results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.
 
Three-Month Period Ended
($ in millions)
June 28, 2019
 
March 29, 2019
 
December 31, 2018
 
September 28, 2018
 
June 29, 2018
 
March 30, 2018
Envista:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
$
712.1

 
$
659.7

 
$
759.0

 
$
679.5

 
$
733.4

 
$
672.6

Gross profit
393.6

 
363.1

 
422.2

 
380.9

 
423.2

 
375.5

Operating profit
75.9

 
44.9

 
67.6

 
81.4

 
100.8

 
48.6

Gross profit as a % of sales
55.3
%
 
55.0
 %
 
55.6
%
 
56.1
%
 
57.7
%
 
55.8
 %
Operating profit as a % of sales
10.7
%
 
6.8
 %
 
8.9
%
 
12.0
%
 
13.7
%
 
7.2
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Specialty Products & Technologies:
 
 
 
 
Sales
$
347.3

 
$
348.8

 
$
347.2

 
$
318.3

 
$
349.8

 
$
354.5

Operating profit
54.5

 
66.1

 
54.6

 
51.5

 
64.6

 
70.6

Operating profit as a % of sales
15.7
%
 
19.0
 %
 
15.7
%
 
16.2
%
 
18.5
%
 
19.9
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equipment & Consumables:
 
 
 
 
Sales
$
364.8

 
$
310.9

 
$
411.8

 
$
361.2

 
$
383.6

 
$
318.1

Operating profit
29.2

 
(12.2
)
 
56.7

 
36.9

 
42.9

 
(16.0
)
Operating profit as a % of sales
8.0
%
 
(3.9
)%
 
13.8
%
 
10.2
%
 
11.2
%
 
(5.0
)%

77

Table of Contents--------------

Core Sales Growth (1) 
The following table presents a reconciliation of our quarterly total sales growth to core sales growth in total and by segment:
 
Three-Month Period Ended
 
Q2‘19 vs. Q2’18
 
Q1‘19 vs. Q1’18
 
Q4‘18 vs. Q4’17
 
Q3‘18 vs. Q3’17
 
Q2‘18 vs. Q2’17
 
Q1‘18 vs. Q1’17
Envista:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total sales growth (GAAP)
(3.0
)%
 
(2.0
)%
 
%
 
(2.0
)%
 
4.5
 %
 
2.5
 %
Less the impact of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Currency exchange rates
2.5
 %
 
4.5
 %
 
2.5
%
 
1.5
 %
 
(2.5
)%
 
(5.5
)%
Core sales growth (non-GAAP)
(0.5
)%
 
2.5
 %
 
2.5
%
 
(0.5
)%
 
2.0
 %
 
(3.0
)%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Specialty Products & Technologies:
 
 
 
 
Total sales growth (GAAP)
(0.5
)%
 
(1.5
)%
 
%
 
2.5
 %
 
6.5
 %
 
9.5
 %
Less the impact of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Currency exchange rates
2.5
 %
 
4.0
 %
 
2.5
%
 
1.5
 %
 
(2.5
)%
 
(6.0
)%
Core sales growth (non-GAAP)
2.0
 %
 
2.5
 %
 
2.5
%
 
4.0
 %
 
4.0
 %
 
3.5
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equipment & Consumables:
 
 
 
 
Total sales growth (GAAP)
(5.0
)%
 
(2.5
)%
 
%
 
(6.0
)%
 
2.5
 %
 
(4.0
)%
Less the impact of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisitions and other
 %
 
 %
 
%
 
(0.5
)%
 
(0.5
)%
 
 %
Currency exchange rates
3.0
 %
 
5.0
 %
 
2.5
%
 
1.5
 %
 
(1.5
)%
 
(5.0
)%
Core sales growth (non-GAAP)
(2.0
)%
 
2.5
 %
 
2.5
%
 
(5.0
)%
 
0.5
 %
 
(9.0
)%
(1) 
Core sales is a non-GAAP measure. Please refer to “Statement Regarding Non-GAAP Measures” in the “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial Data” section of this prospectus for the definition of core sales and additional information regarding this measure.
Quarterly Trends
Sales and Core Sales Growth
As a result of our geographic diversity, our quarterly sales and the year-over-year sales comparison are significantly impacted by foreign currency exchange rates. Based on historical experience, we generally have more sales in the second half of the calendar year than in the first half of the calendar year, with the first quarter typically having the lowest sales of the year. Based on historical customer buying patterns, we generally have more sales in the fourth quarter than in any other quarter of the year, driven in particular by our customer’s capital spending for products in our Equipment & Consumables segment.
In the first three quarters of 2018, increases in demand in our Specialty Products & Technologies segment was generally offset by a decline in demand in our Equipment & Consumables segment. On a year-over-year basis, demand for products and services in our Specialty Products & Technologies segment has increased in each of the last six quarters. On a year-over-year basis, demand for products and services in our Equipment & Consumables segment generally declined in the first three quarters of 2018 due in part to the realignment of certain distribution relationships in North America and distributor inventory destocking in developed markets. In the three-month periods ended December 31, 2018 and March 29, 2019, we experienced stabilization after the realignment of the distribution relationships and core sales in the Equipment & Consumables segment increased. In the three-month period ended June 28, 2019, core sales in our Equipment & Consumables segment declined as demand in the high-growth markets was more than offset by lower sales of traditional consumables in the developed markets. There are no assurances that these historical quarterly trends will continue in the future.

78

Table of Contents--------------

Operating Profit
As a result of the seasonality in our sales, profitability in our Equipment & Consumables segment also tends to be lower in the first quarter and higher in the second half of the year. In addition to the impact of seasonality and sales volumes, our quarterly operating profit for each of the six quarters presented is impacted by variability each quarter in productivity improvement and restructuring related charges and other items. Our operating profit for the three-month period ended December 31, 2018 of $68 million also includes costs and the estimated liability related to a legal contingency of $36 million. There are no assurances that these historical quarterly trends will continue in the future.
For further commentary of the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2018, please refer to the “Results of Operations” section of this prospectus.
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Six-Month Period Ended June 28, 2019 Compared to the Six-Month Period Ended June 29, 2018
Comprehensive income increased $31 million in the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 as compared to the comparable period of 2018 primarily driven by changes in foreign currency translation adjustments in the periods. During the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018, losses from foreign currency translation adjustments were $7 million and $55 million, respectively, resulting in a decrease in losses from foreign currency translation adjustments of $48 million in the six-month period in 2019 versus the comparable period in 2018. The decrease in losses from foreign currency translation adjustments was partially offset by a $16 million decrease in net earnings in the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 as compared to the comparable period of 2018.
2018 Compared to 2017
Comprehensive income decreased $397 million in 2018 as compared to 2017, primarily due to a loss of $85 million from foreign currency translation adjustments in 2018 as compared to a translation gain of $252 million in 2017 as well as lower net earnings in 2018. We also recorded a gain on pension plan adjustments of $7 million for 2018 compared to a loss of $3 million for 2017.
2017 Compared to 2016
Comprehensive income increased $317 million in 2017 as compared to 2016, primarily due to increased net earnings and an increased gain from foreign currency translation adjustments compared to 2016. We recorded a foreign currency translation gain of $252 million for 2017 compared to a translation loss of $37 million for 2016. We also recorded a loss on pension plan adjustments of $3 million for 2017 compared to a loss of $2 million for 2016.
INFLATION
The effect of inflation on our sales and net earnings was not significant in the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018 or in any of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 or 2016.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We have historically participated in Danaher’s centralized approach to cash management and financing of its operations. Our financial transactions are accounted for through our net Parent investment account. Accordingly, none of Danaher’s cash, cash equivalents or debt at the corporate level has been assigned to us in our Combined Financial Statements. Management assesses our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating and investing activities. We continue to generate substantial cash from operating activities and believe that our operating cash flow and other sources of liquidity will be sufficient following the separation to allow us to manage our capital structure on a short-term and long-term basis and continue investing in existing businesses and consummating strategic acquisitions.

79

Table of Contents--------------

Following is an overview of our cash flows and liquidity:
Overview of Cash Flows and Liquidity
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
Year Ended December 31
($ in millions)
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
112.7

 
$
130.3

 
$
400.1

 
$
359.1

 
$
417.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for acquisitions
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
(5.0
)
Payments for additions to property, plant and equipment
(42.1
)
 
(30.6
)
 
(72.2
)
 
(48.9
)
 
(49.1
)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment
0.4

 

 

 
0.1

 
0.9

All other investing activities
(0.2
)
 
(0.3
)
 
(3.3
)
 
(6.1
)
 
(6.2
)
Net cash used in investing activities
$
(41.9
)
 
$
(30.9
)
 
$
(75.5
)
 
$
(54.9
)
 
$
(59.4
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net transfers (to) from Parent
$
(70.8
)
 
$
(99.4
)
 
$
(324.6
)
 
$
(215.2
)
 
$
(357.6
)
Payment for purchase of noncontrolling interest and related transactions

 

 

 
(89.0
)
 

Net cash used in financing activities
$
(70.8
)
 
$
(99.4
)
 
$
(324.6
)
 
$
(304.2
)
 
$
(357.6
)
Six-Month Period Ended June 28, 2019 Compared to the Six-Month Period Ended June 29, 2018
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $17.6 million during the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 as compared to the comparable period of 2018 as a result of a decrease in net earnings as well as higher levels of cash used for trade accounts receivables and accounts payable on a year-over-year basis, partially offset by lower levels of cash used for inventories and accrued expenses. Net cash used in investing activities increased $11.0 million during the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 as compared to the comparable period of 2018, primarily due to an increase in capital expenditures in 2019. Net cash used in financing activities decreased $28.6 million during the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 as compared to the comparable period of 2018 as we transferred less cash back to Danaher in 2019 as compared to 2018.
2018 Compared to 2017
Net cash provided by operating activities increased $41.0 million during 2018 as compared to 2017. A reduction in net earnings was more than offset by a reduction in cash used for trade accounts receivables, inventories and accounts payable compared with the prior year. The aggregate of prepaid expenses and other assets, deferred taxes and accrued expenses also provided a higher source of cash in 2018 compared to 2017. The timing of various employer related liabilities, customer funding and accrued expenses drove the majority of this change. Net cash used in investing activities increased $20.6 million during 2018 as compared to 2017, due primarily to an increase in capital expenditures during 2018 to increase production capacity in the Specialty Products & Technologies segment. Net cash used in financing activities increased $20.4 million during 2018 as compared to 2017 as we returned more cash to Danaher in 2018 as compared to 2017 partially offset by cash paid for the purchase of a noncontrolling interest in 2017.
2017 Compared to 2016
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $57.9 million during 2017 as compared to 2016. Cash inflows generated from higher net earnings were offset by higher levels of cash used for trade accounts receivables, inventories and accounts payable and lower cash provided by accrued expenses and other liabilities. The change in deferred income taxes reflects the non-cash reduction in U.S. deferred taxes resulting from the enactment of the TCJA. Net cash used in investing activities decreased $4.5 million during 2017 as compared to 2016, due primarily to less cash paid for acquisitions during 2017. Net cash used in financing activities decreased $53.4 million during 2017 as compared to 2016. Cash paid to purchase the remaining noncontrolling interest and settle other related liabilities associated with one of our prior business combinations and cash returned to Danaher constituted the most significant uses of cash in 2017.
Capital Expenditures
Capital expenditures are made primarily for increasing capacity, replacing equipment, supporting new product development and improving information technology systems. Capital expenditures totaled $42.1 million in the six-month period ended

80

Table of Contents--------------

June 28, 2019, $30.6 million in the six-month period ended June 29, 2018, $72.2 million in 2018, $48.9 million in 2017 and $49.1 million in 2016. The increase in capital expenditures in 2019 and 2018 was primarily driven by expenditures to increase production capacity in the Specialty Products & Technologies segment and expenditures related to becoming a standalone company.
Contractual Obligations
The following table sets forth, by period due or year of expected expiration, as applicable, a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018 under (1) operating lease obligations, (2) purchase obligations and (3) other long-term liabilities reflected on our Combined Balance Sheet under GAAP. There were no material changes in our contractual obligations as of June 28, 2019 compared to our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018. The amounts presented in the “Other long-term liabilities” line in the table below include $27 million of noncurrent gross unrecognized tax benefits and related interest (and do not include $4 million of current gross unrecognized tax benefits which are included in the “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” line on the Combined Balance Sheet). However, the timing of the long-term portion of these liabilities is uncertain, and therefore, they have been included in the “More Than 5 Years” column in the table below. Refer to Note 11 to the audited Combined Financial Statements for additional information on unrecognized tax benefits. Certain of our acquisitions also involve the potential payment of contingent consideration. The table below does not reflect any such obligations, as the timing and amounts of any such payments are uncertain. Refer to “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” for a discussion of other contractual obligations that are not reflected in the table below.
($ in millions)
Total
 
Less Than One Year
 
1-3 Years
 
4-5 Years
 
More Than 5 Years
Debt and capital lease obligations
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Operating lease obligations (a)
196.2

 
36.3

 
55.1

 
43.8

 
61.0

Purchase obligations (b)
77.7

 
73.5

 
4.2

 

 

Other long-term liabilities reflected on our balance sheet under GAAP (c)
374.2

 

 
67.4

 
29.8

 
277.0

Total
$
648.1

 
$
109.8

 
$
126.7

 
$
73.6

 
$
338.0

(a) 
As described in Note 13 to the audited Combined Financial Statements, certain leases require us to pay real estate taxes, insurance, maintenance and other operating expenses associated with the leased premises. These future costs are not included in the table above. As discussed in Note 2 to the audited Combined Financial Statements, we adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 842 related to lease accounting on January 1, 2019. Future minimum lease payments in the table above differ from the future lease liability recognized under ASC 842, as the lease liability recognized under ASC 842 discounts the lease payments while the minimum lease payments are not discounted. Additionally, ASC 842 allows a lessee to elect to combine or separate any non-lease components in an arrangement with the lease components for the calculation of the lease liability while the minimum lease payments exclude any non-lease components.
(b) 
Consist of agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on us and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions and the approximate timing of the transaction.
(c) 
Primarily consist of obligations under product service and warranty policies and allowances, performance and operating cost guarantees, estimated environmental remediation costs, self-insurance and litigation claims, pension obligations, deferred tax liabilities and deferred compensation obligations. The timing of cash flows associated with these obligations is based upon management’s estimates over the terms of these arrangements and is largely based upon historical experience.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Guarantees and Related Instruments
The following table sets forth, by period due or year of expected expiration, as applicable, a summary of off-balance sheet commitments of Parent, on our behalf, as of December 31, 2018. After the separation and this offering, such off-balance sheet commitments will become our contractual obligations.
 
Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period
($ in millions)
Total 
 
Less Than One Year
 
1-3 Years
 
4-5 Years
 
More Than 5 Years
Guarantees and related instruments
$
75.7

 
$
66.5

 
$
1.7

 
$
3.2

 
$
4.3


81

Table of Contents--------------

Guarantees consist primarily of outstanding standby letters of credit and bank guarantees. These guarantees have been provided in connection with certain arrangements with vendors, customers, financing counterparties and governmental entities to secure our obligations and/or performance requirements related to specific transactions.
Other Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In the normal course of business, we periodically enter into agreements that require us to indemnify customers, suppliers or other business partners for specific risks, such as claims for injury or property damage arising out of our products or services or claims alleging that our products or services infringe third-party intellectual property. We have not included any such indemnification provisions in the contractual obligations table above. Historically, we have not experienced significant losses on these types of indemnification obligations.
Debt Financing Transactions
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to (i) enter into a five-year, $250 million senior unsecured multi-currency revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks, which we refer to as the “credit facility,” (ii) borrow approximately $1.3 billion pursuant to a term loan agreement we expect to enter into with a syndicate of banks (consisting of a three-year, $650 million senior unsecured term loan facility and a three-year, €600 million senior unsecured term loan facility), which we refer to as the “term loans,” and collectively with the credit facility, as the “debt financing” and (iii) enter into cross-currency swap derivative contracts on the U.S. dollar-denominated term loan to effectively convert the U.S. dollar-denominated term loan to obligations denominated in euros. As described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds,” the proceeds from such $1.3 billion of borrowings will be paid to Danaher as partial consideration for Danaher’s transfer of the net assets of its Dental business to us. The debt financing will not be available for borrowings until the date on which certain conditions are satisfied, which we expect will be satisfied prior to the completion of this offering. We anticipate that the debt financing instruments will contain customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our and/or our subsidiaries ability, subject to certain exceptions, to incur liens or indebtedness, merge, consolidate or sell or otherwise transfer assets, make dividends or distributions, and enter into transactions with our affiliates. We also expect to be required to maintain compliance with a leverage ratio and an interest coverage ratio. We also anticipate that the debt financing instruments will contain customary events of default. For additional information regarding the debt financing, please refer to the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”
Legal Proceedings
Please refer to Note 14 to the audited Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus for information regarding legal proceedings and contingencies, and for a discussion of risks related to legal proceedings and contingencies, please refer to “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses.”
QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices as well as credit risk, each of which could impact our Combined Financial Statements. We generally address our exposure to these risks through our normal operating activities.
Currency Exchange Rate Risk
We face transactional exchange rate risk from transactions with customers in countries outside the United States and from intercompany transactions between affiliates. Transactional exchange rate risk arises from the purchase and sale of goods and services in currencies other than our functional currency or the functional currency of our applicable subsidiary. We also face translational exchange rate risk related to the translation of financial statements of our foreign operations into U.S. dollars, our functional currency. Costs incurred and sales recorded by subsidiaries operating outside of the United States are translated into U.S. dollars using exchange rates effective during the respective period. As a result, we are exposed to movements in the exchange rates of various currencies against the U.S. dollar. In particular, we have more sales in European currencies than we have expenses in those currencies. Therefore, when European currencies strengthen or weaken against the U.S. dollar, operating profits are increased or decreased, respectively. The effect of a change in currency exchange rates on our net investment in international subsidiaries is reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of Parent’s equity.
We have generally accepted the exposure to exchange rate movements without using derivative financial instruments to manage this risk. Both positive and negative movements in currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar will therefore continue to affect the reported amount of sales and net earnings in our Combined Financial Statements. In addition, we have assets and liabilities held in foreign currencies. A 10% depreciation in major currencies relative to the U.S. dollar as of

82

Table of Contents--------------

June 28, 2019 and December 31, 2018 would have reduced Parent’s equity by approximately $206 million and $214 million, respectively.
Credit Risk
We are exposed to potential credit losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to our financial instruments. Financial instruments that potentially subject us to credit risk primarily consist of receivables from customers. For additional information on our credit risk from customers, please refer to the section entitled “Business.”
Our businesses perform credit evaluations of our customers’ financial conditions as appropriate and also obtain collateral or other security when appropriate.
Commodity Price Risk
For a discussion of risks relating to commodity prices, refer to “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses.”
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our Combined Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, sales and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base these estimates and judgments on historical experience, the current economic environment and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates and judgments.
We believe the following accounting estimates are most critical to an understanding of our financial statements. Estimates are considered to be critical if they meet both of the following criteria: (1) the estimate requires assumptions about material matters that are uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and (2) material changes in the estimate are reasonably likely from period-to-period. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting estimates, refer to Note 2 to the audited Combined Financial Statements.
Acquired Intangibles—Our business acquisitions typically result in the recognition of goodwill, in-process R&D and other intangible assets, which affect the amount of future period amortization expense and possible impairment charges that we may incur. Refer to Notes 2, 4 and 7 to the audited Combined Financial Statements for a description of our policies relating to goodwill, acquired intangibles and acquisitions.
In performing our goodwill impairment testing, we estimate the fair value of our reporting units primarily using a market-based approach. In evaluating the estimates derived by the market-based approach, management makes judgments about the relevance and reliability of the multiples by considering factors unique to our reporting units, including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and transactions and marketplace data as well as judgments about the comparability of the market proxies selected. In certain circumstances, we will also estimate fair value utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis (i.e., an income approach) in order to validate the results of the market approach. The discounted cash flow model requires judgmental assumptions about projected sales growth, future operating margins, discount rates and terminal values. There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment.
As of December 31, 2018, we had three reporting units for goodwill impairment testing. Reporting units resulting from recent acquisitions generally present the highest risk of impairment. Management believes the impairment risk associated with these reporting units generally decreases as these businesses are integrated and better positioned for potential future earnings growth. Our annual goodwill impairment analysis in 2018 indicated that in all instances, the fair values of our reporting units exceeded their carrying values and consequently did not result in an impairment charge. The excess of the estimated fair value over carrying value (expressed as a percentage of carrying value for the respective reporting unit) for each of our reporting units as of the annual testing date ranged from approximately 15% to approximately 155%. In order to evaluate the sensitivity of the fair value calculations used in the goodwill impairment test, we applied a hypothetical 10% decrease to the fair values of each reporting unit and compared those hypothetical values to the reporting unit carrying values. Based on this hypothetical 10% decrease, the excess of the estimated fair value over carrying value (expressed as a percentage of carrying value for the respective reporting unit) for each of our reporting units ranged from approximately 5% to approximately 130%.
We review identified intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. We also test intangible assets with indefinite lives at least annually for

83

Table of Contents--------------

impairment. Determining whether an impairment loss occurred requires a comparison of the carrying amount to the sum of undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. These analyses require management to make judgments and estimates about future sales, expenses, market conditions and discount rates related to these assets.
If actual results are not consistent with management’s estimates and assumptions, goodwill and other intangible assets may be overstated and a charge would need to be taken against net earnings which would adversely affect our Combined Financial Statements. Historically, our estimates of goodwill and intangible assets have been materially correct.
Contingent Liabilities—As discussed in Note 14 to the audited Combined Financial Statements, we are, from time to time, subject to a variety of litigation and similar contingent liabilities incidental to our business (or the business operations of previously owned entities). We recognize a liability for any contingency that is known or probable of occurrence and reasonably estimable. These assessments require judgments concerning matters such as litigation developments and outcomes, the anticipated outcome of negotiations, the number of future claims and the cost of both pending and future claims. In addition, because most contingencies are resolved over long periods of time, liabilities may change in the future due to various factors, including those discussed in Note 14 to the audited Combined Financial Statements. If the reserves we established with respect to these contingent liabilities are inadequate, we would be required to incur an expense equal to the amount of the loss incurred in excess of the reserves, which would adversely affect our financial statements.
Revenue Recognition—On January 1, 2018, we adopted ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance. Refer to Note 3 to the audited Combined Financial Statements and Note 2 to the unaudited Combined Financial Statements for additional information on our adoption of this ASU.
We derive revenues from the sale of products and services to customers, which includes end-users and distributors. Revenue is recognized when control over the promised products or services is transferred to the customer in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for those goods or services. In determining if control has transferred, we consider whether certain indicators of the transfer of control are present, such as the transfer of title, present right to payment, significant risks and rewards of ownership and customer acceptance when acceptance is not a formality. To determine the consideration that the customer owes us, we must make judgments regarding the amount of customer allowances and rebates, as well as an estimate for product returns. Refer to Note 2 to the audited Combined Financial Statements for a description of our revenue recognition policies.
If our judgments regarding revenue recognition prove incorrect, our reported revenues in particular periods may be adversely affected. Historically, our estimates of revenue have been materially correct.
Corporate Allocations—We have historically operated as part of Danaher and not as a separate, publicly-traded company. Accordingly, certain shared costs have been allocated to us and are reflected as expenses in the accompanying financial statements. Management considers the allocation methodologies used to be reasonable and appropriate reflections of the related expenses attributable to us for purposes of the carve-out financial statements; however, the expenses reflected in these financial statements may not be indicative of the actual expenses that would have been incurred during the periods presented if we had operated as a separate, publicly-traded entity. In addition, the expenses reflected in the financial statements may not be indicative of expenses that we will incur in the future. Refer to Note 17 to the audited Combined Financial Statements and Note 11 to the unaudited Combined Financial Statements for a description of our corporate allocations and related-party transactions.
Pension Plans—For a description of our pension accounting practices, refer to Note 10 to the audited Combined Financial Statements. Calculations of the amount of pension costs and obligations depend on the assumptions used in the actuarial valuations, including assumptions regarding discount rates, expected return on plan assets, rates of salary increases, health care cost trend rates, mortality rates and other factors. If the assumptions used in calculating pension costs and obligations are incorrect or if the factors underlying the assumptions change (as a result of differences in actual experience, changes in key economic indicators or other factors) our financial statements could be materially affected. A 50 basis point reduction in the discount rates used for the plans for 2018 would have increased the net obligation by $12 million ($9 million on an after-tax basis) from the amounts recorded in the financial statements as of December 31, 2018. A 50 basis point increase in the discount rates used for the plans for 2018 would have decreased the net obligation by $12 million ($9 million on an after-tax basis) from the amounts recorded in the financial statements as of December 31, 2018.
Our plan assets consist of various insurance contracts, equity and debt securities as determined by the administrator of each plan. The estimated long-term rate of return for the plans was determined on a plan-by-plan basis based on the nature of the

84

Table of Contents--------------

plan assets and ranged from 1.80% to 5.80%. If the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets for 2018 was reduced by 50 basis points, pension expense for the plans for 2018 would have increased $0.5 million ($0.4 million on an after-tax basis).
Income Taxes—For a description of our income tax accounting policies, refer to Notes 2 and 11 to the audited Combined Financial Statements. We establish valuation allowances for our deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. This requires management to make judgments and estimates regarding: (1) the timing and amount of the reversal of taxable temporary differences, (2) expected future taxable income, and (3) the impact of tax planning strategies. Future changes to tax rates would also impact the amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities and could have an adverse impact on our financial statements.
We provide for unrecognized tax benefits when, based upon the technical merits, it is “more likely than not” that an uncertain tax position will not be sustained upon examination. Judgment is required in evaluating tax positions and determining income tax provisions. We re-evaluate the technical merits of our tax positions and may recognize an uncertain tax benefit in certain circumstances, including when: (1) a tax audit is completed; (2) applicable tax laws change, including a tax case ruling or legislative guidance; or (3) the applicable statute of limitations expires.
On December 22, 2017, the TCJA was enacted, which substantially changed the U.S. tax system, including lowering the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% (beginning in 2018). While the changes from the TCJA were generally effective beginning in 2018, U.S. GAAP accounting for income taxes requires the effect of a change in tax laws or rates to be recognized in income from continuing operations for the period that includes the enactment date. Due to the complexities involved in accounting for the enactment of the TCJA, SAB No. 118 allowed us to record provisional amounts in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2017. Where reasonable estimates could be made, the provisional accounting was based on such estimates. When no reasonable estimate could be made, SAB No. 118 required the accounting to be based on the tax law in effect before the TCJA. We were required to complete our tax accounting for the TCJA when we had obtained, prepared and analyzed the information to complete the income tax accounting but no later than December 22, 2018. We completed our accounting for the tax effects of the enactment of the TCJA based on our interpretation of the new tax regulations and related guidance. The net tax effect to adjust the prior year provisional amounts was not material to our financial statements. Due to the complexity and recent issuance of these tax regulations, management’s interpretations of the impact of these rules could be subject to challenge by the taxing authorities. Some or all of these judgments are also subject to review by the IRS. If the IRS were to successfully challenge our right to realize some or all of the tax benefit we have recorded, or our interpretation of the law regarding certain items, or if the amount of the Transition Tax or other tax liabilities are understated, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements.
In addition, certain of Danaher’s tax returns are currently under review by tax authorities (refer to “—Results of Operations—Income Taxes” and Note 11 to the audited Combined Financial Statements).
An increase of 1.0% in our 2018 nominal tax rate would have resulted in an additional income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $3 million.
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
For a discussion of the new accounting standards impacting us, refer to Note 2 to the audited Combined Financial Statements.

85

Table of Contents--------------

THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION TRANSACTIONS
The Separation
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a separation agreement with Danaher. The separation agreement will set forth our agreements with Danaher regarding the principal actions to be taken in connection with the separation. It will also set forth other agreements that govern certain aspects of our relationship with Danaher following the separation. The following are the principal steps of the separation:
Transfer of Assets and Liabilities—Pursuant to the separation agreement, Danaher will transfer to us substantially all of the assets and liabilities comprising its Dental business. In exchange for the assets to be transferred to us, we will, as consideration, issue to Danaher newly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of our common stock and pay Danaher all of the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of our common stock in this offering, including any net proceeds we receive as a result of any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and approximately $1.3 billion of proceeds from term debt financing that we will enter into prior to the closing of this offering, as further described in the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”
Transition Services Agreement—We and Danaher will enter into a transition services agreement that will be effective upon the separation and this offering, pursuant to which Danaher and its subsidiaries and we and our subsidiaries will provide to each other various services.
Tax Matters Agreement—We and Danaher will enter into a tax matters agreement that will govern the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to tax liabilities and benefits, tax attributes, the preparation and filing of tax returns, the control of audits and other tax proceedings and other matters regarding taxes.
Employee Matters Agreement—We and Danaher will enter into an employee matters agreement that will govern our and Danaher’s compensation and employee benefit obligations with respect to the employees and other service providers of each company, and generally will allocate liabilities and responsibilities relating to employment matters and employee compensation and benefit plans and programs.
Intellectual Property Matters Agreement—We and Danaher will enter into an intellectual property matters agreement pursuant to which Danaher will grant to us a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up, irrevocable, sublicensable (subject to certain restrictions) license to use certain intellectual property rights retained by Danaher. In addition, we will grant to Danaher a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up, irrevocable, sublicensable (subject to certain restrictions) license to use certain intellectual property rights transferred to us.
DBS License Agreement—We and Danaher will enter into a DBS license agreement pursuant to which Danaher will grant us a perpetual, non-exclusive, worldwide, and non-transferable license to use DBS solely in support of our business. In addition, we and Danaher will each license to each other improvements made by such party to DBS during the first two years of the term period of the DBS license agreement. The term of the DBS license agreement is perpetual, with the license to Envista continuing unless there is an uncured material breach by Envista. Upon a change of control of Envista, Envista's rights to receive services under the DBS license agreement will terminate, but Envista will be permitted to continue to use the DBS license even after it undergoes a change of control.
Registration Rights Agreement—We and Danaher will enter into a registration rights agreement with Danaher pursuant to which we will grant Danaher and its affiliates certain registration rights with respect to our common stock owned by them.
For more information regarding the agreements we and Danaher intend to enter into, or have entered into, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person TransactionsAgreements with Danaher.”
The Distribution
Danaher has informed us that, following this offering, it intends to make a tax-free distribution to its stockholders of all or a portion of its remaining equity interest in us, which may include one or more distributions effected as a dividend to all Danaher stockholders, one or more distributions in exchange for Danaher shares or other securities, or any combination thereof. We refer to any such potential distribution as the “distribution.”
While, as of the date of this prospectus, Danaher intends to effect the distribution, Danaher has no obligation to pursue or consummate any further dispositions of its ownership interest in us, including through the distribution, by any specified date

86

Table of Contents--------------

or at all. If pursued, the distribution may be subject to various conditions, including receipt of any necessary regulatory or other approvals, the existence of satisfactory market conditions and the receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that the separation, together with such distribution, would be tax-free to Danaher and its stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The conditions to the distribution may not be satisfied, Danaher may decide not to consummate the distribution even if the conditions are satisfied or Danaher may decide to waive one or more of these conditions and consummate the distribution even if all of the conditions are not satisfied. The distribution is not being effected pursuant to this prospectus, and the underwriters of this offering are not acting as underwriters for the distribution.

87

Table of Contents--------------

BUSINESS
Our Company
Envista is one of the largest global dental products companies with significant market positions in some of the most attractive segments of the dental products industry, including implants, orthodontics and digital imaging technologies. We develop, manufacture and market one of the most comprehensive portfolios of dental consumables, equipment and services to dental professionals covering an estimated 90% of dentists’ clinical needs for diagnosing, treating and preventing dental conditions as well as improving the aesthetics of the human smile. Our operating companies, Nobel Biocare Systems, Ormco and KaVo Kerr, serve more than 1 million dentists in over 150 countries through one of the largest commercial organizations in the dental products industry and through our dealer partners. Innovation is a core part of our strategy and we believe that in 2018, our research and development expenditure of $172 million was one of the highest R&D spends in the dental products industry. Our business is deeply rooted in the Danaher operating culture, with an executive officer team that has over 50 collective years of service with Danaher leading a team of over 12,000 employees. In 2018, we generated total sales of $2,845 million, of which approximately 70% were derived from sales of consumables, services and spare parts.
As a platform of Danaher Corporation, Envista was built through the acquisition and integration of over 25 leading dental businesses and brands over the course of more than 15 years. Since 2016, we have leveraged the Danaher Business System (“DBS”) to consolidate our operating companies into three operating companies and significantly transformed our business. DBS is a set of growth, lean and leadership-focused tools and processes that differentiates us and underpins our competitive advantage. The application of DBS has reduced costs and business complexity, freeing up resources that we have invested in research and development for new product development focusing on implants, digital imaging and workflow solutions, and aligners as well as growing our direct sales infrastructure, especially in high-growth markets.
We estimate that the global dental products industry generated approximately $23 billion in sales in 2018. It is estimated that implant systems, orthodontics and digital imaging accounted for more than $10 billion of this amount and ranked among the fastest growing segments in the industry. The digitization of dental practices globally is transforming the way dentists diagnose and treat patients, leading to better clinical outcomes. In addition, we believe future growth in the dental industry will be driven by an aging population, the current underpenetration of dental procedures, especially in high-growth markets, improving access to complex procedures due to increasing technological innovation, and an increasing demand for cosmetic dentistry.
We are a leading dental provider in high-growth markets. In 2018, we generated 23% of our sales from high-growth markets, which have grown from $542 million in 2016 to $655 million in 2018. Our growing scale in these markets has been driven by strategic investments in underpenetrated markets, such as the Greater China region, where we had sales of $213 million in 2018 and currently have a commercial organization of more than 400 employees. We are also replicating key elements of our Greater China region strategy in other high-growth markets to benefit from the future growth potential associated with expanding access to dental care in these regions.
Our commercial organization includes over 3,000 employees with deep clinical, product and workflow expertise who interact with customers on a daily basis. We are also a leading global provider of clinical training to enhance patient access to high-quality dental care, reaching over 100,000 dental professionals annually through more than 4,000 training and education events we directly organize. Through our trusted brands, innovative product offerings and comprehensive customer service, we have established strong relationships globally with key constituencies, including DSOs, dental specialists, general dentists, and dental laboratories. We believe the continuing expansion of our global commercial organization will provide us with significant opportunities for future growth as we increase our penetration in various geographic markets.
Envista’s operating companies have a long history of innovation in their respective product categories. We have cumulatively spent $487 million on R&D in the three years ended December 31, 2018. With over 800 R&D employees, we believe we have one of the largest R&D organizations in the dental products industry. We target our R&D efforts to address our customers’ unmet needs and our commercial scale gives us deep insight into all fields of dentistry. Through our increased investments in R&D, we have accelerated multiple new product development initiatives, such as the DTX software suite, the N1 implant system, and Spark Aligners, each of which is discussed in more detail below.

88

Table of Contents--------------

Our business is operated through two segments: Specialty Products & Technologies, which is comprised of our Nobel Biocare Systems and Ormco operating companies, and Equipment & Consumables, which is comprised of our KaVo Kerr operating company.
DENTALPIECHART23B.JPG
Specialty Products & Technologies
Our Specialty Products & Technologies segment develops, manufactures and markets dental implant systems, dental prosthetics and associated treatment software and technologies, as well as orthodontic bracket systems, aligners and lab products. We typically market these products directly to end-users through our commercial organization, and approximately 90% of our 2018 sales for this segment were direct sales. In 2018, our Specialty Products & Technologies segment generated $1,370 million of sales, representing year-over-year core sales growth of 3.5%. In 2018, 44% of segment sales were derived from North America, 25% from Western Europe, 7% from other developed markets, and 24% from high-growth markets. Sales of consumables, services and spare parts comprised approximately 95% of segment sales in 2018. This segment is comprised of two operating companies:
Nobel Biocare Systems: is a world leader in the field of innovative implant-based dental restorations offering over 3,000 products and enabling dentists to deliver single-tooth to full-mouth restorations. Our well-known brands include Nobel BiocareTM, Alpha Bio TecTM, Implant DirectTM, Logon, Nobel ProceraTM and OrascopticTM. Our success is built upon over 60 years of clinical experience with osseointegration, the biological process of human bone adhering to a titanium implant. As the pioneer of implant science grounded in clinical research, we have introduced a number of solutions that have become widely adopted in the premium implant industry. The most recent example of our innovation leadership is our upcoming implant system, N1, which we believe, if authorized for sale, will simplify the implant procedure. Our range of premium implants offered through Nobel Biocare together with our Value Implant businesses (Alpha Bio Tec, Implant Direct and Logon) covers a broad range of price points in the market.
Ormco: is a leading manufacturer and provider of advanced orthodontic technology and services. Our well-known brands include OrmcoTM, InsigniaTM, AOATM and Spark. For over 50 years, Ormco has provided orthodontic professionals with high quality, innovative products backed by educational support to enhance the lives of their patients. Our broad range of products includes brackets and wires, aligners and digital treatment solutions, offering practitioners a comprehensive set of treatment options to optimize patient outcomes. Having historically focused on brackets and wires, Ormco launched its clear aligner system Spark in Australia and New Zealand in 2018 and received a 510(k) clearance for the U.S. market in October 2018.
Equipment & Consumables
Our Equipment & Consumables segment develops, manufactures and markets dental equipment and supplies used in dental offices, including digital imaging systems, software and other visualization/magnification systems; handpieces and associated consumables; treatment units and other dental practice equipment; endodontic systems and related consumables; restorative materials and instruments, rotary burs, impression materials, bonding agents and cements and infection prevention products. In 2018, our Equipment & Consumables segment generated $1,475 million of sales. In 2018, 50% of segment sales were derived from North America, 22% from Western Europe, 6% from other developed markets, and 22% from high-growth markets. We distribute our Equipment & Consumables segment products primarily through our channel partners, representing approximately 90% of sales in this segment in 2018.

89

Table of Contents--------------

This segment is comprised of our KaVo Kerr operating company, which was established in 2016 through the combination of two of our leading dental products businesses, KaVo and Kerr, each with more than a 100-year history of innovation in dental equipment and consumables. Our well-known brands include KaVoTM, DexisTM, i-CAT, GendexTM, NomadTM, Pelton & CraneTM, KerrTM, PentronTM, OptibondTM, HarmonizeTM, SonicfillTM, Sybron EndoTM and CaviWipesTM. We were pioneers in 2D/panoramic and 3D imaging, and have one of the largest installed bases of dental imaging devices in the industry with over 150,000 imaging devices currently utilized in dental practices. End-users of our imaging devices can utilize our new diagnostics and treatment planning software suite DTX to access all clinical patient images in one place, using one software system from image acquisition through treatment delivery. Throughout the diagnostic and treatment process, DTX enables efficient collaboration with treatment partners such as other dentists or laboratories.
Our History and Transformation
Our History
As a platform of Danaher Corporation, Envista was built through the acquisition and integration of over 25 leading dental businesses and brands over the course of more than 15 years. We believe our business today has one of the most comprehensive offerings in the dental products industry. We organize our operating companies in a way that leverages long histories of brand leadership across their respective product categories. We initiated business realignment efforts starting in 2016, which has helped improve alignment of our product and commercial strategies, allows us to better meet the needs of a broad set of customers, and facilitates an efficient and effective innovation pipeline.
The following table summarizes select key acquisitions to date:
DENTALACQUISITIONSA07.JPG

90

Table of Contents--------------

Our Transformation Strategy
Our strategic focus is comprised of three key elements, which are based on the DBS strategic areas of Lean, Growth and Talent.
“Establish a Strong Foundation”: Beginning in 2016, we consolidated our operating companies, reduced our manufacturing sites from 44 to 33, consolidated almost 150 sales offices into less than 80, streamlined our R&D organization, and centralized our direct and indirect procurement organizations. Since 2016, we have realized total cost savings of more than $90 million through improvements in manufacturing processes, procurement initiatives and reduction of business complexity. These savings have helped drive incremental investments in commercial and R&D resources.
“Reinvest for Growth”: Streamlining our business operations has allowed us to increase our commercial organization by more than 10% since 2016, to now over 3,000 employees globally, including an increase of Nobel Biocare Systems’ direct sales force by over 15% in 2018 compared to 2016. To help drive more sustainable and predictable sales growth, we realigned our KaVo Kerr organization to centrally manage our distributor relationships, and we changed our sales incentive compensation program, which is now driven by end customer sales.
“Pursue Long-Term Market Leadership”: Over the last three years, we have invested significant resources in areas we believe will help drive long-term market leadership:
Software: We have more than doubled our population of software engineers from 2015 to 2018 and are now centrally managing the development of digital dentistry and software application solutions across our operating companies. We have developed our new Diagnostic and Treatment Planning Software DTX to meet the growing demands for digital connectivity of dental practices.
Implants: We increased our R&D expenditures in Nobel Biocare Systems by over 10% in 2018 compared to 2016, which accelerated the development of new implant systems and navigated surgery systems. These innovations target increased adoption of implants that we believe can grow our market share.
High-Growth Markets: We are one of the largest dental product providers in the Greater China region with approximately 900 employees, including over 400 commercial employees and fully localized R&D, product management, operations, regulatory affairs, sales and marketing, and customer service resources. We have built a business that generated less than $30 million in sales in 2011 to one that generated $213 million in sales in 2018. We are replicating key elements of our Greater China region strategy in other high-growth regions, such as Latin America, Asia Pacific, Eastern Europe and Russia.

91

Table of Contents--------------

Industry Overview
We believe the global dental products industry is an attractive and growing sector within healthcare with estimated total product sales of approximately $23 billion in 2018, which we estimate has grown at an average, annual mid-single digit rate over the last three years. While the U.S. represents a significant portion of the global dental products market, we have also been focused on building significant scale in high-growth markets. Within the global dental products industry, we believe segments such as Imaging, Implants and Orthodontics will grow at a more rapid pace than the overall market. We believe future growth of the dental products industry will be driven by an aging population, the current underpenetration of dental procedures, especially in high-growth markets, improving access to complex procedures due to increasing technological innovation, an increasing demand for cosmetic dentistry, and growth of DSOs, which are expected to drive increasing penetration and access to care globally. The table below provides a summary of the key characteristics of the product segments for which we develop, manufacture and distribute dental products.
INDUSTRYOVERVIEW627A04.JPG
Source: Management estimates, iData, public reports
(a) 
Represents estimated 2018 industry size in USD billions
(b) 
Represents estimated growth over last three years; “MSD” refers to a mid-single digit annual growth rate; “LSD” refers to a low-single digit annual growth rate.
While both equipment and consumables represent significant expenditures for dental service providers, the sales dynamics for each differ. The sale of equipment depends on both technological advancements and dentists’ willingness to invest in new technologies. On the other hand, consumables are more dependent on patient volume. We believe large multi-category manufacturers that provide broad portfolio of equipment and consumables have more recession-resilient product portfolios and can gain meaningful competitive advantage over their peers as larger customers increasingly seek package deals, and digital dentistry adoption creates links between different products in the dental practitioners’ offices.
While the U.S. represents a significant portion of the global dental products industry, we have also been focused on building significant scale in high-growth markets. Prevalence and penetration of treatments is largely tied to socio-economic factors such as availability and affordability of care. We expect improving economic conditions and increased consumer disposable income in high-growth markets, as well as advancements in technological innovation that reduces complexity, cost and increases efficiency, will help drive penetration of dental care in these under-served markets.
Key Segments Within the Dental Products Industry
Imaging: Imaging (both x-ray and other visualization solutions) is considered the entry-point for many dental diagnostic exams and subsequent treatments. The rapid adoption of digital technologies in the imaging segment have transformed dental practices and have increased access to care as well as the quality of care delivered to patients. We believe enhanced connectivity amongst different types of dental imaging/diagnostic equipment and integration with downstream treatment planning and treatment delivery solutions will further improve dental workflows and lead to better treatment outcomes. We estimate that today, digital x-rays are utilized in 80-90% of U.S. dentist offices, while 10 years ago utilization was less than 50%. 3D Imaging and standalone Intraoral Scanners have also enjoyed rapid adoption in the U.S. and we estimate both product categories have 20-30% penetration rates today, from less than 5% utilization 10 years ago. In high-growth markets, especially the Greater China region, digital penetration has also been rapid. We believe digitalization and connectivity will continue to drive high growth in this segment.

92

Table of Contents--------------

Implants: The implant industry is significant and enjoys higher margins and growth than the overall dental products market. The U.S. and high-growth markets like the Greater China region, represent key growth drivers for this industry. In the U.S., implant penetration far lags other developed markets such as Germany, Spain and Italy. In China, the prevalence of severe tooth loss is higher than in the U.S., while implant penetration is far below the U.S. We expect product innovation and increased affordability to help drive future growth in high-growth markets.
Local Implant Penetration Factors
 
Italy
 
Spain
 
Germany
 
U.S.
 
Japan
 
China
Implant penetration by 10,000 people
 
212
 
201
 
132
 
75
 
37
 
4
Prevalence of severe tooth loss (in millions)
 
3.5
 
3.9
 
8.2
 
21.3
 
14.0
 
35.0
Source: iData, Kassebaum et al. J. Dent. Research 96(4), 2017
Orthodontics: Traditional wires and brackets systems continue to be the preferred choice in complex and young adult cases, due to their better clinical outcomes. In recent years, clear aligners have become an increasingly popular treatment option and are expected to grow at a significantly faster pace than traditional metal wires and brackets. Clear aligners are aesthetically pleasing and clinically proven to be effective in less severe cases, which combined with technological advancements that have significantly increased the number of providers offering orthodontic treatments, have expanded the addressable market for orthodontic procedures. We estimate that clear aligners represented approximately 12% of orthodontic case volume in 2018 but are expected to represent at least 20% of case volume by 2021. Going forward, we believe this product segment will continue to grow at a high pace as aesthetics become increasingly important to patients.
Growth Drivers
We believe that many product offerings in our core business are underpenetrated globally and present a significant opportunity for growth through the continued penetration of our differentiated products. Beyond our core business, there are also a number of adjacent dental products, which we believe provide an opportunity to further grow and expand our product offerings in the future.
We believe continued growth in both the global dental industry and global dental products market will be driven by a variety of factors, including:
An aging population. According to the United Nations, in 2017 there were nearly 1 billion people aged 60 or over in the world, comprising 13% of the global population. By 2050, that number is expected to double to approximately 2 billion people and comprise 22% of the world’s population, largely driven by aging in low and middle-income countries. With the aging of the population, prevalence of dental conditions, including edentulism (full tooth loss), dry mouth, root and coronal caries, and periodontitis, increases. According to the World Health Organization - World Health Survey, generally between 20-30% of people over 60 years are suffering from edentulism. As the global population continues to age, we believe older patients will help drive increased demand for dental products and services.
The current underpenetration of dental procedures, especially in high-growth markets. According to the Global Economy and Development Working Paper 100 of the Brookings Institution, it is estimated that between 2015 and 2030, the middle class population in high-growth markets will grow by approximately 1.5 billion people, from 2.0 billion to 3.5 billion. This major demographic shift is generating a large, new customer base with increased access to dental products and services along with the resources to pay for them. According to the World Health Organization, the number of dentists in China is less than 10 per 100,000 people compared to 60 in the U.S. and 85 in Germany. The expansion of training opportunities for dental professionals in high-growth markets is also leading to increased patient awareness and access to premium dental products and procedures, further facilitating the market’s growth.
Improving access to complex procedures due to increasing technological innovation. The market for digital dental solutions has grown substantially in recent years due to increased demand from dentists and dental professionals for increased efficiency and better product workflows, with rapid adoption of these technologies not only in the U.S. and Europe, but also in high-growth markets. Digital dental solutions enhance the workflow of dentists from diagnostics to treatment. Providing better diagnostics allows dentists to more effectively treat patient needs, often at lower cost. Beyond diagnostics, digital dental solutions are also increasingly being utilized in implant, orthodontic and restorative treatment planning. This simplifies case planning and execution, which is especially relevant for

93

Table of Contents--------------

newer dentists (e.g. DSO associates and dentists in high-growth markets) as technology helps to de-skill complex procedures, and increase outcome predictability.
An increasing demand for cosmetic dentistry. Increased awareness of the importance of oral health maintenance and increasing consumer focus on cosmetic dentistry continues to act as a meaningful growth driver for the global dental industry. Orthodontic procedures are increasingly aesthetically driven as evidenced by the rapid adoption of clear aligners. We believe aesthetically-driven patients seeking an increasing number of tooth replacement procedures and teeth straightening procedures will continue to drive the demand for dental implants and aligners.
Growth of DSOs, which are expected to drive increasing penetration and access to care globally. In the U.S. and globally, increasing demand for dental services has driven the growth of alternative care delivery networks. DSOs in the U.S. are focused on underserved markets such as the mid-west and rural areas where access to general as well as complex dental care is relatively underpenetrated. Globally, growth of private insurance as well as private provider networks provide access to more complex procedures that are not covered under social insurance. We believe the continued growth of these care delivery networks will increase demand for dental products and more complex procedures which require more advanced technologies.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe we have significant competitive strengths, including:
Brand leadership with a long track record and strong brand recognition. We built our business around brands, with long histories of innovation and strong brand recognition in the dental products market. The founder of our Nobel Biocare Systems operating company introduced the world’s first dental implant and Nobel Biocare Systems has since become a world leader in the field of innovative implant-based dental restorations. Our Ormco operating company has over 50 years of distinguished history providing orthodontists with high quality, innovative products. Ormco products have received over 25 industry awards since 2013, for excellence in design and service. Multiple brands within our KaVo Kerr operating company have more than 100 years of history in dental products. We believe the long history and leadership of our well-known brands in the dental products industry enhances our connections with both patients and providers, and supports our strong market position.
Comprehensive portfolio with leadership in key attractive segments. We believe we have one of the most comprehensive offerings in the industry, enabling us to be a vendor of choice for many dental practitioners, dental laboratories, distributors and DSOs. The breadth and depth of our product offerings address an estimated 90% of dentists’ clinical needs from consumables to digital equipment solutions. Our catalog of products covers the spectrum from value-focused products to premium brands, allowing providers to fully address patient needs in different market segments. Within our product portfolio, we believe we are one of the largest manufacturers in implants and orthodontics and have one of the largest installed bases of imaging devices. Our broad product offering positions us particularly well to serve the needs of DSOs, which have been one of the fastest growing segments of our customer base.
Global commercial reach. Our operating companies serve more than 1 million dentists in over 150 countries through one of the largest customer-facing sales teams in the dental products industry and through our dealer partners. In 2018, we generated 56% of our sales from markets outside of the U.S. We have more than 3,000 employees in our global commercial organization, most of whom hold deep clinical expertise and interface with practitioners daily. Our Nobel Biocare Systems and Ormco businesses, which primarily sell direct to dental professionals, employ over 2,000 of these sales employees. In addition, we reach dentists via a network of over 1,000 global distribution partners. We believe our diverse sales channels, global manufacturing and distribution, and local market knowledge help us to better address our customer needs. We are also a leading global provider of clinical training to enhance patient access to high-quality dental care, reaching over 100,000 dental professionals annually through more than 4,000 training and education events we directly organize.
Strong position in high-growth markets, particularly in the Greater China region. We have successfully grown our business in high-growth markets; these markets represented 23% of our total sales in 2018. In particular, we have increased our sales in the Greater China region from less than $30 million in 2011 to $213 million in 2018. We have built one of the largest dental products businesses in the Greater China region, with approximately 900 employees (including more than 400 sales personnel), three manufacturing operations and a fully localized infrastructure with dedicated R&D, product management, operations, regulatory affairs, sales and marketing, and customer service resources. Our China offices and cover all Tier 1/Tier 2 cities (tier designations are based on

94

Table of Contents--------------

population, commercial resources/activity, GDP and various other factors, with Tier 1 cities representing the largest cities). With this structure, we believe that we are well positioned to capture additional share in the growing Chinese dental products industry. Given our success in the Greater China region, we are replicating key elements of this strategy in other high growth regions such as Latin America, Asia Pacific, Eastern Europe and Russia.
Track record of innovation. Our operating companies have a long track record of successful innovation, having pioneered many new dental product categories since their inception. With $487 million of cumulative R&D investment in the three years ended December 31, 2018, we have supported our significant market positions in the industry with what we believe is one of the highest levels of R&D investment in the dental products industry. Our strong commercial infrastructure allows us to obtain insights into unmet needs at the practitioner level and translate them into differentiated products. Our focus on innovation has yielded many differentiated products over the years, such as our NobelActive dental implants, our Damon passive self-ligating orthodontic wires and brackets, and our i-CAT 3D imaging system. We are continuing this legacy of innovation with our upcoming N1 implant system and our new Spark clear aligners and DTX clinical software ecosystem for KaVo’s imaging solutions. Our new product development activities are complemented by externally sourcing technologies through a broad network of partnerships, collaborations, and investments involving third party research institutions, universities and innovative start-up companies.
Danaher Business System. We believe our deep-rooted commitment to DBS helps drive our success and market leadership and differentiates us in the dental products industry. DBS encompasses not only lean tools and processes, but also methods for driving growth, innovation and leadership. Within the DBS framework, we pursue a number of ongoing strategic initiatives relating to customer insight generation, product development and commercialization, efficient sourcing, and improvement in manufacturing and back-office support, all with a focus on continually improving quality, delivery, cost, growth and innovation.
Experienced management team with extensive Danaher and dental industry experience. Our executive officer team has extensive dental industry experience, with over 50 years of collective service with Danaher and a proven track record of applying DBS to execute on our strategic and operational goals. Under their leadership, we have undertaken a significant transformation to better position our business for organic and inorganic growth and diversify our sales globally. We believe our management team will continue to drive growth and profitability in our business in the future.
Our Business Strategy
Our strategy is to maximize shareholder value through several key initiatives:
Build upon our strong portfolio of leading brands and commercial scale. We believe the long history and leadership of our well-known brands in the dental products industry enhances our connections with both patients and providers and supports our strong global market position. We expect to continue our significant investments in expanding our global commercial reach and footprint especially in our direct businesses. We are planning to expand our clinical training and education infrastructure to further increase our brand loyalty, deepen our relationships with dental practitioners and further enhance patient access to high quality dental care. We believe these investments better position us to effectively meet the needs of our customers, particularly the growing DSO segment, which value a comprehensive, end-to-end product offering with the ability to roll out new technologies and procedure-focused trainings at scale.
Invest in underpenetrated high-growth markets globally. 56% of our sales were generated outside the U.S. in 2018, including 23% of our 2018 sales generated in high-growth markets. In 2018, we had $213 million in sales in the Greater China region, representing one of the largest dental products businesses in the region. We expect to continue to invest in the Greater China region as we believe it will be a strong growth driver for our business in the future. We have succeeded in the Greater China region by harnessing our existing go-to-market infrastructure, building familiarity with local customer needs and regulations, and establishing dedicated locally-based management resources. We are replicating key elements of this strategy in other high-growth regions, such as Latin America, Asia Pacific, Eastern Europe, and Russia.
Continue to drive growth in our implants franchise. The dental implant market enjoys higher margins and faster growth than the overall dental products market. In the U.S., which is our largest geographic market, implant penetration lags significantly behind other Western European markets, such as Germany, Spain and Italy. We believe we have an approximately 20% share of the $5 billion global implants segment and will continue to invest in

95

Table of Contents--------------

our global commercial footprint and product innovation to grow our strong position in the underpenetrated dental implant market.
Maintain a strong market leadership position through innovation that our customers value. Envista’s operating companies have a long history of innovation in their respective product categories. As we seek to continue to improve our business and drive increased cash flow, we expect to strategically invest in innovation in order to better serve our customers. We will focus our new product introductions on driving growth in attractive core segments, such as innovative implant systems and clear aligners, and on building differentiation in imaging and digital dentistry.
Drive continuous improvement and margin expansion through DBS. We have been successful in the past in driving continuous improvements and margin expansion through the application of DBS to grow our free cash flow. We continue to pursue a number of ongoing strategic initiatives across our operating companies relating to efficient sourcing and improvements in manufacturing and back-office support, all with a focus on continually improving quality, delivery, cost, growth and innovation.
Deploy capital through acquisitions and investments . We see many opportunities for capital deployment in our core businesses, as well as in attractive adjacencies. We intend to drive shareholder value by deploying capital to acquire or invest in other businesses that strategically fit into or extend our product offering into new or attractive adjacent markets. Based on our experience of acquiring more than 25 businesses over the last 15 years, we believe we can successfully acquire and integrate businesses to further build upon our scale and market leadership.
Our Business Segments
The table below describes the percentage of our total annual sales attributable to each of our segments over each of the three years ended December 31, 2018. For additional information regarding sales, operating profit and identifiable assets by segment, please refer to Note 16 in the audited Combined Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Specialty Products & Technologies
48
%
 
47
%
 
45
%
Equipment & Consumables
52
%
 
53
%
 
55
%
Specialty Products & Technologies
Our Specialty Products & Technologies segment, consisting of our Nobel Biocare Systems and Ormco operating companies, develops, manufactures and markets dental implant systems, dental prosthetics and associated treatment software and technologies, as well as orthodontic bracket systems, aligners and lab products. We have a strong direct relationship with our customers through a sales force of more than 2,000 employees. In 2018, direct sales to end-users represented approximately 90% of segment sales and sales from consumables, services and spare parts comprised approximately 95% of segment sales. We believe strong industry fundamentals and new product introductions in this segment will continue to drive substantial growth for Envista.
Nobel Biocare Systems
Nobel Biocare Systems is a world leader in the field of innovative implant-based dental restoration, offering a comprehensive portfolio of products to treat a wide range of conditions, from a single missing tooth to fully edentulous patients. As the pioneer of implant science grounded in clinical research, we have introduced a number of solutions that have become widely adopted in the premium implant industry. Our comprehensive product offering includes dental implant systems, guided surgery systems, biomaterials, prefabricated and custom-built prosthetics and dental eye loupes, marketed under a variety of brands, including Nobel Biocare, Alpha Bio Tec, Implant Direct, Nobel Procera and Orascoptic. We also offer a comprehensive education program to fully train our broad range of clinical customers, from clinicians performing basic implant procedures to the most advanced practitioners, with the goal of enhancing patient access to high-quality dental care. Customers of Nobel include oral surgeons, prosthodontists and periodontists.

96

Table of Contents--------------

The table below provides a summary description of key products and brands offered by Nobel Biocare Systems products:
NOBELIMAGE7A02.JPG
Nobel has a long history of innovation, which includes both the first documented case of a titanium implant placement in a human and introduction of the concept of living bone adhering to an artificial implant (known as osseointegration). Today, Nobel offers several implant systems, with NobelActive being the Company’s top implant system in terms of sales and number of placements. NobelActive offers high primary stability allowing patients to receive and use prosthetics the same day as the implant is placed. Through our Implant Direct, Alpha Bio Tec and Logon value implant businesses we also offer a variety of implant systems that cover a broad range of price points in the market.
Since being acquired by Danaher in 2014, Nobel has focused on reinvigorating its product offerings and has released over 30 new products. We believe Nobel’s N1 implant system, if authorized for sale, will become the most significant product launch to date for Nobel. Its unique site preparation method was created with the goal to reduce complexity and streamline workflows during implant and restorative procedures. Experience gained from clinical use of this new concept over the last 18 months has suggested that it may be more efficient than currently used drilling protocols, because the N1 treatment protocol uses two drills operating at 50 rotations per minute (“RPMs”) (compared to the typical and currently employed treatment protocol of five-to-six drills at approximately 1,000 RPMs), which we believe, if cleared, will make the treatment simpler for clinicians and creates less bone trauma for patients.  We have submitted part of the N1 product portfolio to the FDA and the FDA has accepted the 510(k) submission for substantive review.  With respect to the remainder of the N1 product portfolio, we are conducting the required performance-related tests and validation and anticipate submitting 510(k) applications for these products prior to the end of 2019.
Nobel also offers the comprehensive software packages ‘DTX Studio Implant,’ which is used for treatment planning of dental implants, and ‘DTX Studio Lab,’ which is used for prosthetics treatment planning. These software packages are now integrated in Envista’s broader DTX software suite, which also will include the new ‘DTX Studio Clinic’ software package to be offered with KaVo imaging devices. With DTX, clinicians can use one software ecosystem from image acquisition and diagnosis to treatment planning, implant surgery, and restoration planning and placement, as well as collaborate with

97

Table of Contents--------------

treatment partners such as other dentists or laboratories on one digital platform. We believe this will enable significant clinical workflow efficiencies and more predictable clinical outcomes.
Ormco
Ormco is a leading manufacturer and provider of advanced orthodontic technology and services designed to move malpositioned teeth and jaws. Ormco products include brackets and wires, clear aligners, digital orthodontic treatments, retainers, and other orthodontic laboratory products, and are marketed under the Ormco, Insignia, AOA and Spark brands. Ormco also offers a comprehensive education system to fully train our clinical customers from basic to the most advanced, with the goal of enhancing patient access to high-quality dental care. Customers of Ormco are primarily orthodontists.
The table below provides a summary description of key products and brands offered by Ormco:
ORMCONEWA03.JPG
Ormco is a leader in passive self-ligating metal brackets, marketed as the Damon System. Passive self-ligation is a method of moving teeth using a fraction of the force levels required by brackets that utilize ligatures. In 2017, Ormco launched its next generation product, DQ2TM, which offers twice the rotational control as the predecessor bracket, allowing for optimal precision, predictability and efficiency. Ormco also offers the Insignia digital orthodontic system as well as a variety of other orthodontic products, including twin brackets, clear brackets, wires and auxiliary components.
In 2018, Ormco commercially launched Spark in Australia and New Zealand. Spark is a clear aligner system designed for mild to complex malocclusion that is made with TruGEN™, the latest generation of aligner material. It is designed to deliver higher sustained force retention for efficiency and a high level of transparency for aesthetics. Spark aligners are also designed with polished, scalloped edges to enhance patient comfort and are stain resistant. Currently, Spark is commercially available only in Australia and New Zealand. Spark has also received FDA 510(k) clearance in the U.S. We believe that Spark will provide growth opportunities for our orthodontic business over the next several years.
Equipment & Consumables
Our Equipment & Consumables segment develops, manufactures and markets dental equipment and supplies used in dental offices, including digital imaging systems, software and other visualization/magnification systems; handpieces and associated consumables; treatment units and other dental practice equipment; endodontic systems and related consumables; restorative materials and instruments, rotary burs, impression materials, bonding agents and cements and infection prevention products. Products in this segment are sold primarily through dental distributors, with approximately 90% of segment sales for the year ended December 31, 2018 made through our channel partners in 2018. Sales from consumables, services and spare parts comprised approximately 50% of segment sales in 2018.
The segment is organized as one operating company, KaVo Kerr, with products broadly categorized as dental equipment under the KaVo umbrella brand and dental consumables under the Kerr umbrella brand.
KaVo
KaVo’s broad offering of dental equipment is used in dental offices, clinics and hospitals. The business was primarily established through Danaher’s acquisition of KaVo and Gendex in 2004 and PaloDExTM Group Oy in 2009, but also includes products from numerous other acquisitions. Our equipment products are marketed under a variety of brands, including Dexis, Gendex, i-CAT, KaVo, and Pelton & Crane.

98

Table of Contents--------------

The table below provides a summary description of key products and brands offered by KaVo:
KAVOUPDATEA02.JPG
KaVo has one of the largest installed bases of dental imaging devices in the industry and we hold a leading position in 3D imaging through the i-CAT and KaVo brands. The i-CAT FLX V17 is the business’ latest 3D CBCT offering and features a wide range of field of views, enabling a clinician to capture high quality images of the full oral-facial complex at high resolution with low radiation. This helps clinicians to more effectively treat orthodontics, complex oral surgery, implantology and airway cases. Beginning in 2017, KaVo launched the OP3DTM family, a scalable modular imaging system, providing clinicians with the flexibility to upgrade to the latest 3D imaging technology as they expand their capabilities and grow their practices. Our Dexis brand is an industry leader in intraoral X-Ray digital sensors, which provide two-dimensional images of the mouth. The newly launched Dexis TitaniumTM is our flagship sensor and captures high quality images with low radiation and has advanced durable materials that make it highly reliable.
The ‘DTX Studio Clinic’ software package will be offered on most KaVo imaging products, allowing dental professionals to store and access a broad variety of clinical patient images (e.g. 2D/3D/IOS/pictures) in one place. In combination with the Nobel Biocare Systems ‘DTX Studio Implant’ and ‘DTX Studio Lab’ software packages, clinicians can use one software ecosystem from image acquisition and diagnosis to treatment planning, implant surgery and restoration planning and placement, as well as collaborate with treatment partners such as other dentists or laboratories on one digital platform. We believe this will enable significant clinical workflow efficiencies and more predictable clinical outcomes.
KaVo is also a leader in the production of dental handpieces, which are used in nearly all disciplines of dentistry. We believe KaVo handpieces are known for high quality and high performance and are available with air-driven or electrical power. Additionally, KaVo has a substantial service and warranty business for instruments and imaging products. Finally, through the KaVo and Pelton & Crane brands, we offer equipment units which consist of dental treatment units and other dental office equipment.
Kerr
Kerr markets a broad offering of general dental consumables that are used in dental offices, clinics and hospitals. The business was primarily established through Danaher’s acquisition of Sybron Dental Specialties in 2006, as well as numerous other acquisitions. Kerr products are marketed under a variety of brands, including Kerr, MetrexTM, Sybron Endo, Total Care and Pentron.

99

Table of Contents--------------

The table below provides a summary description of key products and brands offered by Kerr:
KERRNEWA03.JPG
Kerr’s products have strong brand and product recognition across most consumables categories, including restorative, endodontics, and infection control. We offer several products designed to repair and restore fractured or otherwise damaged teeth. The SonicFill composite bulk fill system replaces conventional time-consuming, multi-stage layering techniques with a single fill system that eliminates a liner or final capping layer. Kerr also offers cements and bonding agents, including the leading OptiBondTM line of products. Kerr Endodontics offers a variety of products used in the endodontic workflow which help clinicians to locate, shape, clean and fill root canals. Kerr also produces curing lights and other consumables including impression materials, burs, amalgams and waxes under several brands. Finally, through our Metrex brand, we have a significant position within infection prevention products, which include the CaviWipes and CaviCideTM product lines.
International Operations
Envista is a global dental company. Our products and services are available worldwide, and our principal markets outside the U.S. are in Europe, Asia, the Middle East and Latin America. In 2018, we generated 48% of our sales in North America, 23% of our sales in Western Europe, 23% of our sales in high-growth markets and 6% of our sales in other developed markets.
We also have operations around the world, and this geographic diversity allows us to draw on the skills of a worldwide workforce, provides greater stability to our operations, allows us to drive economies of scale, provides sales streams that may help offset economic trends that are specific to individual economies and offers us an opportunity to access new markets for products. In addition, we believe that our future growth depends in part on our ability to continue developing products and sales models that successfully target high-growth markets.
The manner in which our products and services are sold outside the U.S. differs by business and by region. Most of our sales in non-U.S. markets are made by our subsidiaries located outside the U.S., though we also sell directly from the U.S. into non-U.S. markets through various representatives and distributors and, in some cases, directly. In countries with low sales volumes, we generally sell through representatives and distributors.
We operate 33 manufacturing facilities, including one in Latin America and four in Asia Pacific. In the Greater China region, we have approximately 900 employees, including over 400 sales personnel, with a full localized infrastructure of R&D, product management, operations, regulatory affairs, sales and marketing, and customer service resources.
Information about the effects of foreign currency fluctuations on our business is set forth in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. For a discussion of risks related to our non-U.S. operations and foreign currency exchange, please refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses.”
Sales and Distribution
Typical customers and end-users of our products include general dentists, dental specialists, orthodontists, dental hygienists, dental laboratories and other oral health professionals, including DSOs, as well as educational, medical and governmental entities and third party distributors. These customers choose dental products based on the factors described under the section entitled “Business—Competition.”

100

Table of Contents--------------

In 2018, we distributed approximately 51% of our products through third-party distributors. Certain highly technical products, such as dental implant systems, orthodontic appliances, dental technology equipment, dental laboratory equipment and consumables, and endodontic instruments and materials are typically sold directly to dental professionals and dental laboratories.
One customer, Henry Schein, accounted for approximately 14%, 15% and 16% of our sales, and approximately 8%, 11% and 16% of our accounts receivable balance in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In the third quarter of 2017, we terminated Henry Schein’s exclusive right to distribute our Dexis and i-CAT imaging equipment and services in the U.S. and Canada. Since that time, we have expanded the distribution of Dexis and i-CAT imaging equipment and services in the U.S. and Canada to certain other distributors. Other than Henry Schein, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of combined sales in 2018, 2017 or 2016. By its terms, our master distribution agreement with Henry Schein, which covers distribution of KaVo Kerr products in the U.S. and Canada, is currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2019, unless the parties mutually agree to extend the agreement.
While a sizable portion of our sales are derived from distributors, most of our marketing and advertising activities are directed towards the end-users of our products (e.g., dentists, hygienists and other oral health professionals, DSOs, laboratories and universities). In addition to our marketing efforts, as noted above, we conduct significant training and education programs globally for these end-users to enhance patient access to high-quality dental care. In these programs, our employees and/or experts in the respective clinical fields demonstrate the proper use of our products. We maintain educational and consulting relationships with key experts who assist us in developing new products, new indicated uses for our products and educational programs for health care providers and consumers. We also maintain educational and consulting relationships with dental associations around the world.
Research and Development
We invest substantially in the development of new products. We conduct research and development activities for the purpose of designing and developing new products and applications that address customer needs and emerging trends, as well as enhancing the functionality, effectiveness, ease of use and reliability of our existing products. Our research and development efforts include internal initiatives as well as collaborations with external parties such as research institutions, dental and medical schools and initiatives that use licensed or acquired technology. We expect to continue investing in research and development at a rate consistent with our past practice, with the goal of maintaining or improving our competitive position, and entering new markets.
We generally conduct research and development activities on a business-by-business basis, primarily in North America, the Middle East, Asia and Europe. We anticipate that we will continue to make significant expenditures for research and development as we seek to provide a continuing flow of innovative products to maintain and improve our competitive position. For a discussion of the risks related to the need to develop and commercialize new products and product enhancements, please refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses.” Customer-sponsored research and development was not significant in 2018, 2017 or 2016.
Intellectual Property
We own numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and licenses to intellectual property owned by others. Although in aggregate our intellectual property is important to our operations, we do not consider any single patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or license to be of material importance to any segment or to the business as a whole. Our products and technologies are protected by more than 2,700 granted patents. From time to time we engage in litigation to protect our intellectual property rights. For a discussion of risks related to our intellectual property, please refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses.” All capitalized brands and product names throughout this document are trademarks owned by, or licensed to, Danaher or the Company, as the case may be.
Employee Relations
As of December 31, 2018, we employed approximately 12,800 persons, of whom approximately 3,500 were employed in the U.S. and approximately 9,300 were employed outside of the U.S. Of our U.S. employees, approximately 100 were hourly-rated, unionized employees. Outside the U.S., we have government-mandated collective bargaining arrangements and union contracts in certain countries, particularly in Europe where certain of our employees are represented by unions and/or works councils. For a discussion of risks related to employee relations, please refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses.”

101

Table of Contents--------------

Materials
Our manufacturing operations employ a wide variety of raw materials, including metallic-based components, electronic components, chemicals, plastics and other petroleum-based products, and prices of oil and gas also affect our costs for freight and utilities. We purchase raw materials from a large number of independent sources around the world. No single supplier is material, although for some components that require particular specifications or qualifications there may be a single supplier or a limited number of suppliers that can readily provide such components. We utilize a number of techniques to address potential disruption in and other risks relating to our supply chain, including in certain cases the use of safety stock, alternative materials and qualification of multiple supply sources. During 2018, we had no raw material shortages that had a material effect on our business. For a further discussion of risks related to the materials and components required for our operations, please refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses.”
Competition
We believe that we are a leader in many of our served markets. Although our businesses generally operate in highly competitive markets, our competitive position cannot be determined accurately in the aggregate or by segment, since none of our competitors offer all of the same product and service lines and serve all of the same markets as we do. Because of the range of the products and services we sell and the variety of markets we serve, we encounter a wide variety of competitors, including well-established regional competitors, competitors who are more specialized than we are in particular markets, as well as larger companies or divisions of larger companies with substantial sales, marketing, research and financial capabilities. We face increased competition in a number of our served markets as a result of the entry of competitors based in low-cost manufacturing locations, and increasing consolidation in particular markets. Key competitive factors vary among our businesses and product and service lines, but include the specific factors noted above with respect to each segment and typically also include price, quality, performance, delivery speed, applications expertise, distribution channel access, service and support, technology and innovation, breadth of product, service and software offerings and brand name recognition. For a discussion of risks related to competition, please refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses.”
Seasonal Nature of Business
Based on historical experience, we generally have more sales in the second half of the calendar year than in the first half of the calendar year, with the first quarter typically having the lowest sales of the year. Based on historical customer buying patterns, we generally have more sales in the fourth quarter than in any other quarter of the year, driven in particular by capital spending in our Equipment & Consumables segment. As a result of this seasonality in sales, profitability in our Equipment & Consumables segment also tends to be higher in the second half of the year. There are no assurances that these historical trends will continue in the future.
Working Capital
We maintain an adequate level of working capital to support our business needs. There are no unusual industry practices or requirements relating to working capital items in either of our reportable segments. In addition, our sales and payment terms are generally similar to those of our competitors.
Backlog
We define backlog as firm orders from customers for products and services where the order will be fulfilled in the next 12 months. Backlog as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $92 million and $103 million, respectively.
A large majority of the unfilled orders as of December 31, 2018 were delivered to customers within three months of such date. Given the relatively short delivery periods and rapid inventory turnover that are characteristic of most of our products and the shortening of product life cycles, we believe that backlog is indicative of short-term sales performance but not necessarily a reliable indicator of medium or long-term sales performance.
Government Contracts
Although the substantial majority of our sales in 2018 was from customers other than governmental entities, we have agreements relating to the sale of products to government entities. As a result, we are subject to various statutes and regulations that apply to companies doing business with governments. For a discussion of risks related to government contracting requirements, please refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses.”

102

Table of Contents--------------

Regulatory Matters
We face extensive government regulation both within and outside the U.S. relating to the development, manufacture, marketing, sale and distribution of our products, software and services. The following sections describe certain significant regulations that we are subject to. These are not the only regulations that our businesses must comply with. For a description of risks related to the regulations that our businesses are subject to, please refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses.”
Medical Device Regulations
Most of our products are classified as medical devices and are subject to restrictions under domestic and foreign laws, rules, regulations, self-regulatory codes, circulars and orders, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”). The FDCA requires these products, when sold in the U.S., to be safe and effective for their intended uses and to comply with the regulations administered by the FDA. The FDA regulates the design, development, research, preclinical and clinical testing, introduction, manufacture, advertising, labeling, packaging, marketing, distribution, import and export and record keeping for such products. Certain medical device products are also regulated by comparable agencies in non-U.S. countries in which they are produced or sold.
Unless an exemption applies, the FDA requires that a manufacturer introducing a new medical device or a new indication for use of an existing medical device obtain either a Section 510(k) premarket notification clearance or a premarket approval (“PMA”) before introducing it into the U.S. market. The type of marketing authorization is generally linked to the classification of the device. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes (Class I, II or III) based on the degree of risk the FDA determines to be associated with a device and the level of regulatory control deemed necessary to ensure the device’s safety and effectiveness.
Our products are either classified as Class I or Class II devices in the U.S. Most of our Class II and certain of our Class I devices are marketed pursuant to 510(k) pre-marketing clearances. The FDA also enforces additional regulations regarding the safety of X-ray emitting devices that we currently market. The process of obtaining a Section 510(k) clearance generally requires the submission of performance data and clinical data, which in some cases can be extensive, to demonstrate that the device is “substantially equivalent” to a device that was on the market before 1976 or to a device that has been found by the FDA to be “substantially equivalent” to such a pre-1976 device. A predecessor device is referred to as “predicate device.” As a result, FDA clearance requirements may extend the development process for a considerable length of time.
Medical devices can be marketed only for the indications for which they are cleared or approved. After a device has received 510(k) clearance for a specific intended use, any change or modification that significantly affects its safety or effectiveness, such as a significant change in the design, materials, method of manufacture or intended use, may require a new 510(k) clearance or PMA approval and payment of an FDA user fee. The determination as to whether or not a modification could significantly affect the device’s safety or effectiveness is initially left to the manufacturer using available FDA guidance; however, the FDA may review this determination to evaluate the regulatory status of the modified product at any time and may require the manufacturer to cease marketing and recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained.
In addition, all dental amalgam filling materials, including those manufactured and sold by the Company, contain mercury. Various groups have alleged that dental amalgam containing mercury is harmful to human health and have actively lobbied state, federal and foreign lawmakers and regulators to pass laws or adopt regulatory changes restricting the use, or requiring a warning against alleged potential risks, of dental amalgams. The FDA, the National Institutes of Health and the U.S. Public Health Service have each indicated that there are no demonstrated direct adverse health effects due to exposure to dental amalgam. In response to concerns raised by certain consumer groups regarding dental amalgam, the FDA formed an advisory committee in 2006 to review peer-reviewed scientific literature on the safety of dental amalgam. In July 2009, the FDA concluded its review of dental amalgam, confirming its use as a safe and effective restorative material for adults and children ages six and above. Also, as a result of this review, the FDA classified amalgam and its component parts, elemental mercury and powder alloy, as a Class II medical device. Previously there was no classification for encapsulated amalgam, and dental mercury (Class I) and alloy (Class II) were classified separately. This regulation placed encapsulated amalgam in the same class of devices as most other restorative materials, including composite and gold fillings, and made amalgam subject to special controls by the FDA. In that respect, the FDA recommended that certain information about dental amalgam be provided, which includes information indicating that dental amalgam releases low levels of mercury vapor, and that studies on people ages six and over as well as FDA estimated exposures of children under six, have not indicated any adverse health risk associated with the use of dental amalgam. After the FDA issued this regulation, several petitions were filed asking the FDA to reconsider its position. Another advisory panel was established by the FDA to consider these petitions.

103

Table of Contents--------------

Hearings of the advisory panel were held in December 2010. The FDA has taken no action indicating a change in its position as of the date of this prospectus.
Additionally, some groups have asserted that the use of dental amalgam should be prohibited because of concerns about environmental impact from the disposition of mercury within dental amalgam, which has resulted in the sale of mercury containing products being banned in Sweden and severely curtailed in Norway. In the U.S., the Environmental Protection Agency proposed in September 2014 certain effluent limitation guidelines and standards under the Clean Water Act to help cut discharges of mercury-containing dental amalgam to the environment. The rule would require affected dentists to use best available technology (amalgam separators) and other best management practices to control mercury discharges to publicly-owned treatment works. Similar regulations exist in Europe and in February 2016, the European Union adopted a ratification package regarding the United Nations Minamata Convention on Mercury, proposing rules restricting the use of dental amalgam to the encapsulated form and requiring the use of separators by dentists. We recommend adherence to the American Dental Association’s Best Management Practices for Amalgam Waste and include this recommendation in its dental amalgam packaging. We also manufacture and sell non-amalgam dental filling materials that do not contain mercury.
Any devices we manufacture and distribute are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA and certain state agencies. These include product listing and establishment registration requirements, which help facilitate FDA inspections and other regulatory actions. As a medical device manufacturer, all of our manufacturing facilities are subject to inspection on a routine basis by the FDA. We are required to adhere to applicable regulations setting forth detailed in the Current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMP”) requirements, as set forth in the Quality Systems Regulation (“QSR”), which require, manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all phases of the design and manufacturing process.
We must also comply with post-market surveillance regulations, including medical device reporting, or MDR, requirements which require that we review and report to the FDA any incident in which our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury. We must also report any incident in which our product has malfunctioned if that malfunction would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur.
Labeling and promotional activities are subject to scrutiny by the FDA and, in certain circumstances, by the Federal Trade Commission. Medical devices approved or cleared by the FDA may not be promoted for unapproved or uncleared uses, otherwise known as “off-label” promotion. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses.
In the European Union, our products are subject to the medical device laws of the various member states, which are currently based on a Directive of the European Commission. However, the EU has adopted the EU Medical Device Regulation (the “EU MDR”) which imposes stricter requirements for the marketing and sale of medical devices, including in the area of clinical evaluation requirements, quality systems and post-market surveillance. Manufacturers of currently approved medical devices will have until May 2020 to meet the requirements of the EU MDR. Complying with the EU MDR will require modifications to our quality management systems, additional resources in certain functions and updates to technical files, among other changes, which we anticipate in aggregate will cost less than $15 million in each of 2019 and 2020.
Other Healthcare Laws
In addition to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act and similar anti-bribery laws, we are also subject to various health care related laws regulating fraud and abuse, research and development, pricing and sales and marketing practices and the privacy and security of health information, including the U.S. federal regulations described below. Many states, foreign countries and supranational bodies have also adopted laws and regulations similar to, and in some cases more stringent than, the U.S. federal regulations discussed above and below.
The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or certain rebate), directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made in whole or in part under a federal health care program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;
HIPAA prohibits knowingly and willfully (1) executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors, or (2) falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care

104

Table of Contents--------------

benefits, items or services. Similar to the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the healthcare fraud statute implemented under HIPAA or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.
The False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program, knowingly makes, uses or causes to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or knowingly makes a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the U.S. federal government. The qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false claim to the federal government, and to share in any monetary recovery. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act.
The federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law prohibits, among other things, the offering or transferring of remuneration to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services.
The Open Payments Act requires manufacturers of medical devices covered under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program with specific exceptions to record payments and other transfers of value to a broad range of healthcare providers (including dentists) and teaching hospitals and to report this data as well as ownership and investments interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members to the Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) for subsequent public disclosure. Similar reporting requirements have also been enacted on the state level, and an increasing number of countries worldwide either have adopted or are considering similar laws requiring transparency of interactions with health care professionals.
Federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers. Analogous U.S. state laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, also may apply to our business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including private insurers. Further, there are state laws that require medical device manufacturers to comply with the voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the U.S. federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws and regulations that require manufacturers to file reports relating to pricing and marketing information, which requires tracking gifts and other remuneration and items of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities; state and local laws requiring the registration of sales representatives; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.
For a discussion of risks related to regulation by the FDA and comparable agencies of other countries, and the other regulatory regimes referenced above, please refer to section entitled “Risk Factors.”
Healthcare Reform
In the U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system. There is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality or expanding access. For example, in the U.S., in March 2010, the PPACA was signed into law, which substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers and significantly affected the healthcare industry. The PPACA imposes on medical device manufacturers a 2.3% excise tax on U.S. sales of certain medical devices. The excise tax has been suspended until the end of 2019, but is expected to be reinstated beginning in 2020. Since its enactment, there have been judicial, Congressional and executive challenges to certain aspects of the PPACA, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the PPACA in the future.
Moreover, there has recently been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted legislation designed, among other things, to bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for medical products. Individual states in the U.S. have also become increasingly active in implementing regulations designed to control product pricing, including

105

Table of Contents--------------

price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures and, in some cases, mechanisms to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.
Coverage and Reimbursement
Dental procedures and products are often paid for out-of-pocket. For products where third-party coverage and reimbursement is available, sales will depend, in part, on the extent to which such product will be covered by third-party payors, such as federal, state and foreign government healthcare programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations, and the level of reimbursement for such product by third-party payors. Decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided are made on a plan-by-plan basis. These third-party payors are increasingly reducing reimbursements for medical products and services and, in international markets, many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific products and therapies. Price ceilings, decreases in third-party reimbursement for any product or a decision by a third-party payor not to cover a product could reduce dentist usage and patient demand for the product.
Data Privacy and Security Laws
Medical device manufacturers may be subject to U.S. federal and state health information privacy, security and data breach notification laws, which may govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal information. State laws may be more stringent, broader in scope or offer greater individual rights with respect to protected health information, or PHI, than HIPAA, and state laws may differ from each other, which may complicate compliance efforts.
The GDPR, enforceable as of May 25, 2018, imposes many requirements for covered businesses (controllers and processors) of personal data, including, for example, higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals and a strengthened individual data rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach notifications, limitations on retention and secondary use of information, increased requirements pertaining to health data and pseudonymised (i.e., key-coded) data and additional obligations when we contract third party processors in connection with the processing of the personal data. The GDPR allows EU member states certain flexibility to make additional laws and regulations concerning the same issues, including, for example, further limiting the processing of genetic, biometric or health data.
Environmental Laws and Regulations
Our operations and properties are subject to laws and regulations relating to environmental protection, including those governing air emissions, water discharges and waste management, and workplace health and safety. In addition, certain of our products are regulated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and comparable state regulatory agencies. For a discussion of the environmental laws and regulations that our operations, products and services are subject to and other environmental contingencies, please refer to Note 14 to the audited Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus as well as the discussion above relating to dental amalgam. For a discussion of risks related to compliance with environmental and health and safety laws and risks related to past or future releases of, or exposures to, hazardous substances, please refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses.”
Export/Import Compliance
We are required to comply with various U.S. export/import control and economic sanctions laws, including the regulations administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control, which implement economic sanctions imposed against designated countries, governments and persons based on U.S. foreign policy and national security considerations, and the import regulatory activities of the U.S. Customs and Border Protection. Other nations’ governments have implemented similar export and import control regulations, which may affect our operations or transactions subject to their jurisdictions. For a discussion of risks related to export/import control and economic sanctions laws, please refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Businesses.”
Properties
Our corporate headquarters are located in Brea, California in a facility that we lease. As of December 31, 2018, our facilities included approximately 42 significant office, research and development, manufacturing and distribution facilities. 17 of these facilities are located in the U.S. in seven states and 25 are located outside the U.S. in 13 other countries, primarily in Europe and to a lesser extent in Asia, the rest of North America, Latin America and the Middle East. These facilities cover approximately 4.7 million square feet, of which approximately 2.8 million square feet are owned and approximately 1.9 million square feet are leased. Particularly outside the U.S., facilities often serve more than one business segment and may be used for multiple purposes, such as administration, sales, manufacturing, warehousing and/or distribution.

106

Table of Contents--------------

We consider our facilities suitable and adequate for the purposes for which they are used and do not anticipate difficulty in renewing existing leases as they expire or in finding alternative facilities. We believe our properties and equipment have been well-maintained. Please refer to Note 13 to the audited Combined Financial Statements included in this prospectus for additional information with respect to our lease commitments.
Legal Proceedings
We are, from time to time, subject to a variety of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings and claims incidental to our business. Please refer to Note 14 to the audited Combined Financial Statements and Note 8 to the unaudited Combined Financial Statements in this prospectus for more information.

107

Table of Contents--------------

MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers
The following table sets forth information, as of May 1, 2019, regarding the individuals whom we expect to serve as our executive officers immediately prior to the completion of this offering, followed by a biography of each executive officer.
Name
Age
Position
Amir Aghdaei
61
President and Chief Executive Officer; Director
Curt W. Bludworth
52
Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer
Patrik Eriksson
51
Senior Vice President
Hans Geiselhöringer
50
Senior Vice President
Jeffrey S. Kappler
40
Senior Vice President
Mischa M. Reis
47
Senior Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development
Howard H. Yu
47
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Mark E. Nance
51
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Amir Aghdaei will serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Mr. Aghdaei has served in multiple leadership roles since joining Danaher in 2008, including as Vice President - Group Executive since 2011 and with responsibility for Danaher’s Dental business since July 2015. Before joining Danaher, Mr. Aghdaei served in a variety of international leadership roles with Hewlett-Packard Company, Agilent Technologies Inc. and Credence Systems Corporation. Mr. Aghdaei brings to us an in-depth knowledge of Danaher’s Dental business and extensive international experience, which is particularly important given our global footprint.
Curt W. Bludworth will serve as our Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Mr. Bludworth has served as Vice President-Human Resources for Danaher’s Dental business since January 2015, after serving as Vice President-Human Resources of Tektronix, then a subsidiary of Danaher, from September 2011 to December 2014.
Patrik Eriksson will serve as our Senior Vice President as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Mr. Eriksson has served in various leadership roles for Danaher’s Dental business since October 2012, including as President of the KaVo and Kerr businesses since January 2018 and President of the Ormco business from January 2014 to December 2017.
Hans Geiselhöringer will serve as our Senior Vice President as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Mr. Geiselhöringer has served in various leadership roles for Danaher’s Dental business since Danaher’s acquisition of Nobel Biocare in 2014, including as President of the Nobel Biocare business since January 2016.
Jeffrey S. Kappler will serve as our Senior Vice President as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Mr. Kappler has served in various leadership roles for Danaher’s Dental business since January 2015, including as President of the Ormco business since October 2018. Since joining Danaher in 2007, Mr. Kappler has held a variety of positions, including as Business Unit Manager of Veeder-Root, then a subsidiary of Danaher, from March 2012 to December 2015.
Mischa M. Reis will serve as our Senior Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Mr. Reis has served as Vice President, Business Development & Strategy of Danaher’s Dental business since October 2012.
Howard H. Yu will serve as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Mr. Yu served as Chief Financial Officer of the Nobel Biocare business from September 2017 to January 2019 and Chief Financial Officer of the Ormco business from September 2014 to September 2017. Since joining Danaher in 2011, Mr. Yu has held a variety of positions, including as Vice President, Financial Planning & Analysis of Beckman Coulter, Inc., a Danaher subsidiary, from January 2012 to September 2014.
Mark E. Nance will serve as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Mr. Nance served as the Chief Legal Officer of INSYS Therapeutics, Inc. from October 2018 to July 2019 and Special Advisor to FIPRA International, Ltd. from July 2017 to July 2019. Prior to joining INSYS Therapeutics, Inc., Mr. Nance served as the Senior Vice President and Global General Counsel of Mylan N.V., General Counsel of GE Healthcare Medical Diagnostics and GE Healthcare Life Sciences and the Vice President, Corporate Development of

108

Table of Contents--------------

Integrated Nano-Technologies, LLC. In addition, Mr. Nance has held various other leadership positions and roles in other companies and in government, including the U.S. Federal Trade Commission.
Directors
The following table sets forth information, as of May 1, 2019, regarding the individuals whom we expect to serve as directors immediately prior to the closing of this offering, followed by a biography of each such individual.
Name
Age
Position
Amir Aghdaei
61
President and Chief Executive Officer; Director
Allison F. Blackwell
54
Director Nominee
Wendy Carruthers
51
Director Nominee
Jonathan O. Clark
58
Director Nominee
William K. Daniel II
54
Director
Daniel J. Houghton
56
Director Nominee
Scott Huennekens
55
Chairman; Director Nominee
Daniel A. Raskas
53
Director
Christine Tsingos
60
Director Nominee
The biography of Amir Aghdaei is set forth under the section entitled “—Executive Officers.”
Allison F. Blackwell has served as Vice President-Human Resources for DH Diagnostics LLC, Danaher’s Diagnostics platform, since October 2018, after serving in a series of senior human resource-related roles since joining Beckman Coulter, Inc. in 2007.  Danaher acquired Beckman Coulter in 2011.  Ms. Blackwell’s broad and extensive experience in human resources leadership roles, and her prior experience working with Beckman Coulter’s Board of Directors and Compensation Committee when it was a public company, give her particular insight into talent acquisition, development, compensation and retention, which represent key strategic imperatives for the Company.
Wendy Carruthers has served as Senior Vice President of Human Resources at Boston Scientific Corporation, a medical device manufacturer, since December 2012 after serving in a series of progressively more responsible human resources roles since joining Boston Scientific in 2004, including as Vice President of Human Resources for Europe, Middle East and Africa from January 2006 to December 2010. A native of the United Kingdom, Ms. Carruthers’ international background and broad experience in the areas of executive compensation and talent management are particularly valuable to the Board as international expansion and talent acquisition, development, compensation and retention are critical strategic objectives for the Company.
Jonathan O. Clark has served in a series of progressively more responsible marketing and general management positions since joining Danaher in 2002, including most recently as Senior Vice President-High Growth Markets since August 2015 and as Senior Vice President- Asia Pacific from January 2014 to August 2015.  Mr. Clark’s international leadership roles and extensive experience living and working abroad in Europe, Asia and the Middle East offer important perspectives in light of our global footprint and strategic plans to grow our business globally.
William K. Daniel II has served as Executive Vice President of Danaher Corporation since 2008 and currently oversees Danaher’s Diagnostics and Dental segments. He also served as Vice President-Group Executive from 2006, when he joined Danaher, until 2008. Prior to joining Danaher, Mr. Daniel served in a variety of general management positions at ArvinMeritor, Inc., a manufacturer of automobile components, including most recently as Senior Vice President. Mr. Daniel’s broad operating experience and in-depth knowledge of Danaher’s Dental business and of DBS are particularly valuable to the Board given the nature of our business portfolio and the critical role of DBS in our strategy.
Daniel J. Houghton has served as a Group CFO within the Danaher organization since September 2015, with finance oversight responsibility for Danaher’s Dental segment from September 2015 to September 2018.  Since joining a subsidiary of Danaher in 1995 after working for a global public accounting firm, he has served in a series of progressively more responsible finance and accounting positions within the Danaher organization.  Mr. Houghton brings to the Company extensive knowledge and experience in the areas of finance and accounting, areas of critical importance to the Company as a large, global public company, as well as extensive knowledge of the dental industry and the Company’s business.
Scott Huennekens served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Verb Surgical, Inc., a medical equipment manufacturer, from August 2015 to January 2019. Prior to this role, Mr. Huennekens served as

109

Table of Contents--------------

President and Chief Executive Officer of Volcano Corporation, a medical device company, from 2002 to February 2015, and as President and Chief Executive Officer of Digirad Corporation, a diagnostic imaging centers company, from 1999 to 2002. Mr. Huennekens is currently a member of the Board of Directors of NuVasive, Inc. and ViewRay, Inc., and within the past five years has served as a director of Reva Medical Inc., EndoChoice Holdings, Volcano Corporation and Bellerophon Therapeutics Inc. Mr. Huennekens brings to the Company an extensive background in the medical device field and significant tenure leading public companies as both Chairman and CEO, which positions him to provide to Envista strategic market insights as well as deep leadership experience.
Daniel A. Raskas has served as Senior Vice President - Corporate Development of Danaher Corporation since 2010 after serving as Vice President - Corporate Development from 2004, when he joined Danaher, until 2010. Prior to joining Danaher, Mr. Raskas was a Managing Director for Thayer Capital Partners, a private equity investment firm. Mr. Raskas’ corporate development and private equity experience give him particular insight into acquisition strategy, which represents a key strategic opportunity for us.
Christine Tsingos served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc., a manufacturer of life science research and clinical diagnostics products, from 2002 to May 2019. Ms. Tsingos is also currently a member of the Board of Directors of each of Nanometrics Incorporated and Varex Imaging Corporation. Ms. Tsingos brings to the Company deep finance and accounting leadership as well as substantial audit committee experience, which are areas of critical importance for the Company as a large, global and complex public company.
Composition of Board
Upon completion of this offering, our Board will consist of nine members.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provided that our Board will be divided into three classes, denominated as class I, class II and class III. Members of each class will hold office for staggered three-year terms. The class I directors, whose terms will expire at the first annual meeting of our stockholders following the completion of this offering, will be Ms. Blackwell and Messrs. Clark and Houghton. The class II directors, whose terms will expire at the second annual meeting of our stockholders following the completion of this offering, will be Mses. Carruthers and Tsingos and Mr. Huennekens. The class III directors, whose terms will expire at the third annual meeting of our stockholders following the completion of this offering, will be Messrs. Aghdaei, Daniel and Raskas.
Controlled Company Exception
We intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exemption under the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. Accordingly, we will not be required to have a majority of “independent directors” on our Board of Directors as defined under the rules of the NYSE; nor will we be required to have a Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee composed entirely of independent directors. The “controlled company” exemption does not modify the independence requirements for the Audit Committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE, which require that our Audit Committee be composed of at least three members, at least one of whom will be independent upon the listing of our common stock, a majority of whom will be independent within 90 days of listing, and each of whom will be independent within one year of listing.
At such time that we cease to be a “controlled company” under the rules of the NYSE, our Board will take all action necessary to comply with NYSE corporate governance rules, including that the Board of Directors consists of a majority of independent directors and establishing certain committees composed entirely of independent directors, subject to a permitted “phase-in” period.
Director Independence
The Board has determined that Mses. Carruthers and Tsingos and Mr. Huennekens are independent directors under the applicable rules of the NYSE. Mr. Huennekens will serve as independent Chairman of the Board.
The Board will assess on a regular basis, and at least annually, the independence of directors and, based on the recommendation of the Nominating and Governance Committee, will make a determination as to which members are independent.

110

Table of Contents--------------

Committees of the Board of Directors
Effective immediately prior to the “when-issued” trading date of shares of common stock on the NYSE, the Board will have a standing Audit Committee, and effective upon the completion of this offering, the Board will have a standing Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee.
Audit Committee. The initial members of the Audit Committee will be Messrs. Houghton and Huennekens and Ms. Tsingos, and Ms. Tsingos will serve as Chair of the Audit Committee. The Board has determined that Messrs. Houghton and Huennekens and Ms. Tsingos are each an “audit committee financial expert” for purposes of the rules of the SEC. In addition, the Board has determined that each of the members of the Audit Committee (other than Mr. Houghton) is independent, as defined by the rules of the NYSE and Section 10A(m)(3) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the NYSE rules require that our audit committee have at least one independent member upon the listing of our common stock, have a majority of independent members within 90 days of the date of this prospectus and be composed entirely of independent members within one year of the date of this prospectus. The Audit Committee will meet at least quarterly and will assist the Board in overseeing:
the quality and integrity of our financial statements;
the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;
the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditors;
the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors;
our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; and
the risks described below under “Board’s Role in Risk Oversight.”
Compensation Committee. The initial members of the Compensation Committee will be Mses. Blackwell, Carruthers and Tsingos and Mr. Raskas, each of whom (other than Ms. Blackwell and Mr. Raskas) is independent, as defined by the rules of the NYSE and Section 10C(a) of the Exchange Act. In addition, we expect that each of the members of the Compensation Committee (other than Ms. Blackwell and Mr. Raskas) will qualify as “non-employee directors” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Ms. Carruthers will serve as Chair of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will discharge the Board’s responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executive officers, including setting goals and objectives for, evaluating the performance of, and approving the compensation paid to, our executive officers. The Compensation Committee will also:
review and discuss with Company management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and recommend to the Board the inclusion of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis in the annual meeting proxy statement;
review and make recommendations to the Board with respect to the adoption, amendment and termination of all executive incentive compensation plans and all equity compensation plans, and exercise all authority of the Board (and all responsibilities assigned by such plans to the Committee) with respect to the oversight and administration of such plans;
review and consider the results of stockholder advisory votes on our executive compensation, and make recommendations to the Board regarding the frequency of such advisory votes;
monitor compliance by directors and executive officers with our stock ownership requirements;
assist the Board in overseeing the risks described below under “Board’s Role in Risk Oversight;”
prepare the report required by the SEC to be included in the annual meeting proxy statement; and
considers factors relating to independence and conflicts of interests in connection with the compensation consultants that provide advice to the Committee.

111

Table of Contents--------------

Nominating and Governance Committee. The initial members will be Ms. Carruthers and Messrs. Daniel and Huennekens, each of whom (other than Mr. Daniel) is independent, as defined by the rules of the NYSE. Mr. Huennekens will serve as Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee will:
assist the Board in identifying individuals qualified to become Board members, and make recommendations to the Board regarding all nominees for Board membership;
make recommendations to the Board regarding the size and composition of the Board and its committees;
make recommendations to the Board regarding matters of corporate governance and oversee the operation of our Corporate Governance Guidelines and Related Person Transactions Policy;
develop and oversee the annual self-assessment process for the Board and its committees;
assist the Board in CEO succession planning;
assist the Board in overseeing the risks described below under “Board’s Role in Risk Oversight;”
review and make recommendations to the Board regarding non-management director compensation; and
oversee the orientation process for newly elected members of the Board and continuing director education.
The Board is expected to adopt a written charter for each of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee. These charters will be posted on our website in connection with the separation.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
During our fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, we were not a separate or independent company and did not have a Compensation Committee or any other committee serving a similar function. Decisions as to the compensation for that fiscal year of those who will serve as our executive officers were made by Danaher, as described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Executive and Director Compensation.”
Corporate Governance
Stockholder Recommendations for Director Nominees
Our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that address the process by which a stockholder may nominate an individual to stand for election to the Board. We expect that the Board will adopt a policy concerning the evaluation of stockholder recommendations of Board candidates by the Nominating and Governance Committee.
Corporate Governance Guidelines
The Board is expected to adopt a set of Corporate Governance Guidelines in connection with the separation to assist it in guiding our governance practices. These practices will be regularly reevaluated by the Nominating and Governance Committee in light of changing circumstances in order to continue serving our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. These guidelines will cover a number of areas, including the role of the Board of Directors, Board composition, director independence, director selection, qualification and election, director compensation, executive sessions, key Board responsibilities, CEO evaluation, succession planning, risk management, Board leadership and operations, conflicts of interest, annual Board assessments, Board committees, director orientation and continuing education, Board agenda, materials, information and presentations, director access to management and independent advisers, and Board communication with stockholders and others. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines will be posted on our website.

112

Table of Contents--------------

Board’s Role in Risk Oversight
Our management will have day-to-day responsibility for assessing and managing our risk exposure and the Board and its committees will oversee those efforts, with particular emphasis on the most significant risks facing us. Each committee will report to the full Board on a regular basis, including as appropriate with respect to the committee’s risk oversight activities.
BOARD/COMMITTEE
PRIMARY AREAS OF RISK OVERSIGHT
Full Board
Risks associated with our strategic plan, acquisition and capital allocation program, capital structure, liquidity, organizational structure and other significant risks, and overall risk assessment and risk management policies.
Audit Committee
Major financial risk exposures, significant legal, compliance, reputational and cyber security risks and overall risk assessment and risk management policies.
Compensation Committee
Risks associated with compensation policies and practices, including incentive compensation.
Nominating and Governance Committee
Risks related to corporate governance, effectiveness of Board and committee oversight and review of director candidates, conflicts of interest and director independence.
Policies on Business Ethics
In connection with the separation, we will adopt a Code of Conduct that requires all its business activities to be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and ethical principles and values. All of our directors, officers and employees will be required to read, understand and abide by the requirements of the Code of Conduct.
These documents will be accessible on our website. Any waiver of the Code of Conduct for directors or executive officers may be made only by the Board or a committee of the Board. We will disclose any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of the Code of Conduct for the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on our website within four business days following the date of the amendment or waiver. In addition, we will disclose any waiver from the Code of Conduct for the other executive officers and for directors on the website.

113

Table of Contents--------------

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Introduction
Immediately prior to this offering, we will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Danaher. For purposes of this prospectus, our executive officers whose compensation is discussed in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis and whom we refer to as our named executive officers, or “NEOs,” are Mr. Aghdaei, President and Chief Executive Officer; Mr. Bludworth, Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer; Mr. Eriksson, Senior Vice President; Mr. Geiselhöringer, Senior Vice President; and Mr. Yu, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Decisions regarding past compensation of our NEOs have been made by their managers, with input from Danaher’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and by Danaher’s Compensation Committee.
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis discusses Danaher’s 2018 compensation programs, objectives and design framework, the process for determining 2018 compensation for our NEOs and how our future compensation programs, objectives and design framework are expected to operate. Our Board of Directors will form its own Compensation Committee and it may choose to change such programs, objectives and framework following the completion of this offering.
Objectives and Framework of Danaher’s Executive Compensation Program
Danaher Practice
With the goal of building long-term value for stockholders, Danaher has developed an executive compensation program designed to:
attract and retain executives with the leadership skills, attributes and experience necessary to succeed in an enterprise with Danaher’s size, diversity and global footprint;
motivate executives to demonstrate exceptional personal performance and perform consistently at or above the levels that Danaher expects, over the long-term and through a range of economic cycles; and
link compensation to the achievement of corporate goals that Danaher believes best correlate with the creation of long-term stockholder value.
To achieve these objectives Danaher’s compensation program combines annual and long-term components, cash and equity, and fixed and variable elements, with a bias toward long-term equity awards tied closely to stockholder returns and subject to significant vesting and/or holding periods. Danaher’s executive compensation program rewards executive officers when they build long-term stockholder value, achieve annual business goals and maintain long-term careers with Danaher.
Danaher’s compensation program is grounded on the principle that each executive must consistently demonstrate exceptional personal performance in order to remain a Danaher executive. Within the framework of this principle and the other objectives discussed above, the Danaher Compensation Committee exercises its judgment in making executive compensation decisions. The factors that generally shape particular executive compensation decisions (none of which are assigned any particular weight by such Committee) are the following:
The relative complexity and importance of the executive’s position within Danaher. To ensure that the most senior executives are held most accountable for long-term operating results and changes in stockholder value, the Danaher Compensation Committee believes that both the amount and “at-risk” nature of compensation should increase with the relative complexity and significance of an executive’s position.
The executive’s record of performance, long-term leadership potential and tenure.
Danaher’s performance. Danaher’s cash incentive compensation varies annually to reflect near-term changes in operating and financial results. Its long-term compensation is closely aligned with long-term stockholder value creation, both by tying the ultimate value of the awards to long-term stockholder returns and because of the length of time executives are required to hold the awards before realizing their value.
Assessment of pay levels and practices in the competitive marketplace. Danaher’s Compensation Committee considers market practice in determining pay levels and compensation design to ensure that Danaher’s costs are sustainable relative to peers and compensation is appropriately positioned to attract and retain talented executives.

114

Table of Contents--------------

Going Forward
Our executive compensation objectives and framework will initially be similar to Danaher’s. Following the completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee will review these objectives and framework to ensure they meet our business needs and strategic objectives.
Role of Independent Compensation Consultant and Management
Danaher Practice
Independent Compensation Consultant Role in Supporting the Compensation Committee
Under the terms of its charter, the Danaher Compensation Committee has the authority to engage the services of outside advisors and experts. The Danaher Compensation Committee has engaged Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. (“FW Cook”) as its independent compensation consultant since 2008. In addition to the director compensation advice provided to Danaher’s Nominating and Governance Committee, FW Cook’s primary responsibilities in 2018 were to:
provide advice and data in connection with the structuring of Danaher’s executive and equity compensation programs and the compensation levels for Danaher’s executive officers compared to their peers;
provide advice and data in connection with the structuring of our executive and equity compensation programs, and the compensation levels for our executive officers compared to their peers;
assess Danaher’s executive compensation program in the context of compensation governance best practices;
update Danaher’s Compensation Committee regarding legislative and regulatory initiatives and other trends in the area of executive compensation;
provide data regarding the share dilution costs attributable to Danaher’s equity compensation program; and
assist in the preparation of Danaher’s executive compensation public disclosures.
Management Role in Supporting the Compensation Committee
Danaher’s Senior Vice President-Human Resources, Vice President-Compensation and Secretary generally attend, and from time-to-time Danaher’s CEO and CFO attend, the Danaher Compensation Committee meetings. In particular, Danaher’s CEO:
provides background regarding the interrelationship between Danaher’s business objectives and executive compensation matters and advises on the alignment of incentive plan performance measures with Danaher’s overall strategy;
participates in the discussions of the Danaher Compensation Committee regarding the performance and compensation of the other Danaher executive officers and provides recommendations to Danaher’s Compensation Committee regarding all significant elements of compensation paid to such officers, their annual, personal performance objectives and his evaluation of their performance (Danaher’s Compensation Committee gives considerable weight to the evaluation and recommendations of Danaher’s CEO with respect to the other Danaher executive officers because of his direct knowledge of each such officer’s performance and contributions); and
provides feedback regarding the companies that he believes Danaher competes with in the marketplace and for executive talent.  
Danaher’s human resources and legal departments also assist the Chair of the Danaher Compensation Committee in scheduling and setting the agendas for the Committee’s meetings, prepare meeting materials and provide the Committee with data relating to executive compensation as requested by the Committee.
Going Forward
We expect that our Compensation Committee will engage an independent compensation consultant following the completion of this offering, and that the roles of such consultant and of our management in connection with the executive compensation process will be similar to Danaher’s approach.

115

Table of Contents--------------

Peer Group Compensation Analysis
Danaher Practice
The Danaher Compensation Committee does not target a specific competitive position versus the market or peer companies in determining the compensation of Danaher’s named executive officers because in light of Danaher’s diverse mix of businesses, strict targeting of a specified compensation posture would not appropriately reflect the unique nature of Danaher’s business portfolio or the degree of difficulty in leading Danaher and key functions. However, the Danaher Compensation Committee believes it is important to clearly understand the relevant market for executive talent to inform its decision-making and ensure that Danaher’s executive compensation program for its named executive officers supports its recruitment and retention needs and is fair and efficient. As a result, the Danaher Compensation Committee has worked with FW Cook to develop a peer group for purposes of assessing competitive compensation practices, and periodically reviews compensation data for the peer group derived from publicly filed proxy statements. The Danaher Compensation Committee selected companies for inclusion in this peer group based on (1) the extent to which they compete with Danaher in one or more lines of business, for executive talent and for investors, and (2) comparability of revenues, market capitalization, net income, total assets and number of employees. Prior to July 2018, Danaher’s peer group consisted of the companies set forth below (effective July 2018, Danaher's Compensation Committee replaced Dover Corp. with Roper Corporation):
3M Company
Dover Corp.
Stryker Corporation
Abbott Laboratories
Ecolab Inc.
Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc.
Baxter International, Inc.
E. I. Du Pont De Nemours and Company
United Technologies Corp.
Becton Dickinson & Co.
Honeywell International Inc.
Zimmer Biomet Holdings
Boston Scientific Corporation
Medtronic Inc.
 
Going Forward
The Danaher Compensation Committee, with recommendations from FW Cook, adopted an Envista peer group to help inform its decision-making with respect to our executive compensation program and ensure that such program supports our recruitment and retention needs and is fair and efficient. The Danaher Compensation Committee selected companies for inclusion in this peer group based on (1) the extent to which they compete with us in one or more lines of business and for executive talent, and (2) comparability of revenues, market capitalization, net income, total assets and number of employees. Our compensation peer group is comprised of the following companies:
Align Technology, Inc.
Hologic, Inc.
PerkinElmer, Inc.
The Cooper Companies, Inc.
ICU Medical, Inc.
ResMed Inc.
DENTSPLY SIRONA Inc.
Integer Holdings Corporation
STERIS plc
Edwards Lifesciences Corporation
Integra LifeSciences Holdings Corporation
Teleflex Incorporated
Henry Schein, Inc.
Mettler-Toledo International Inc.
Varian Medical Systems, Inc.
Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.
Patterson Companies, Inc.
Zimmer Biomet Holdings, Inc.
The table below sets forth for this peer group and Envista information regarding revenue, net income and total assets (based on the most recently reported four quarters for each company as of March 31, 2019), market capitalization (as of March 31, 2019) and employee headcount (based on each company’s most recent fiscal year end as of March 31, 2019), in each case derived from the Standard & Poor’s Capital IQ database.
 
($ in millions)
 
 
Revenue
Market
capitalization
Net income
(before unusual or
infrequently occurring
items and discontinued
operations)
Total
assets
Employees at
End of Last
Fiscal Year
75th percentile
$3,306
$14,830
$392
$6,293
13,850
Median
$2,280
$11,967
$222
$4,678
11,830
25th percentile
$2,450
$7,568
$50
$3,161
7,800
Envista
$2,845
12,700
Envista percentile rank
82%
69%

116

Table of Contents--------------

Following the completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee will review the peer group on a periodic basis and determine whether any changes are appropriate based on its view of the competitive environment in which we operate.
2018 Executive Compensation Program
Danaher Practice
The chart below summarizes key information with respect to each pay element represented in Danaher’s 2018 executive compensation program:
Pay Element
Primary Objectives
Form
Performance Requirement
Long-Term Incentive Compensation (Equity)
•Attract, retain and motivate skilled executives
•Align the interests of management and stockholders by ensuring that realized compensation is:
○in the case of stock options, commensurate with long-term changes in share price;
○in the case of PSUs, tied to (1) long-term changes in share price at all performance levels, and (2) attainment of total shareholder return (TSR)-based performance goals; and
○in the case of RSUs, tied to long-term changes in share price at all performance levels.
Stock options (50%)




PSUs (25%)



RSUs (25%)
5-year, time based vesting schedule

Options only have/increase in value if Danaher stock price increases


3-year relative TSR performance (plus additional 2-year holding period)


5-year, time-based vesting schedule (plus positive net income vesting requirement)
Annual Cash Incentive Compensation
•Motivate executives to achieve near-term operational and financial goals that support Danaher’s long-term business objectives
•Attract, retain and motivate skilled executives
•Allow for meaningful pay differentiation tied to performance of individuals and groups.

Cash
Company Financial Performance (60%)
Adjusted EPS (70%)

Adjusted Free Cash Flow-to-Adjusted Net Income Ratio (20%)

ROIC
(10%)
Personal Payout Percentage (40%)
Fixed Annual Compensation (Salary)
•Provide sufficient fixed compensation to (1) allow a reasonable standard of living relative to peers, and (2) mitigate incentive to pursue inappropriate risk-taking to maximize variable pay
Cash
N/A
Other Compensation
•Make Danaher’s total executive compensation plan competitive
•Improve cost-effectiveness by delivering perceived value that exceeds actual costs
Employee benefit plans;
perquisites; severance
benefits
N/A
Going Forward
The primary elements of our executive compensation program, and mix thereof, will initially be similar to Danaher’s, though the type of full-value awards to be used in the program has not been determined. Following the completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee will review the primary elements of our executive compensation program, and mix thereof, to ensure they meet our business needs and strategic objectives. This will include a review of base salary as well as short-term and long-term incentive programs and other compensation.

117

Table of Contents--------------

2018 NEO Compensation Decisions
Long-Term Incentive Awards
2018 Target Award Values
In February 2018, the Danaher Compensation Committee subjectively determined the target dollar value of equity compensation to be delivered to our NEOs in 2018, taking into account each of the following factors (none of which was assigned a particular weight by the Danaher Compensation Committee):
the relative complexity and importance of the officer’s position;
the officer’s performance record and potential to contribute to future Danaher and Envista performance and assume additional leadership responsibility;
the risk/reward ratio of the award amount compared to the length of the related vesting and holding provisions; and
the amount of equity compensation necessary to provide sufficient retention incentives in light of compensation levels within Danaher’s peer group and the officer’s historical compensation.
2018 Equity Award Mix
With respect to Mr. Aghdaei’s 2018 equity awards, one-half of the award was delivered as stock options, one-quarter as RSUs and one-quarter as PSUs. With respect to the 2018 equity awards of Messrs. Bludworth, Eriksson, Geiselhöringer and Yu, one-half of the award was delivered as stock options and one-half of the award was delivered as RSUs.
The Danaher Compensation Committee believes that the combination of stock options and full-value awards effectively balances the goals of incentivizing and rewarding stockholder value creation while supporting talent retention objectives:
Stock options and PSUs inherently incentivize stockholder value creation, since option holders realize no value unless Danaher’s stock price rises after the option grant date and the value of PSUs is tied directly to Danaher’s relative TSR performance.
Danaher’s stock options and RSUs vest over five years and Danaher’s PSUs are subject to three-year vesting and a further two-year holding period. In aggregate, these periods are longer than typical for Danaher’s peer group, promote stability and encourage officers to take a long-term view of Danaher’s performance.
Danaher’s stock option award program in particular has contributed significantly to Danaher’s strong performance record, which in turn has generally made Danaher stock option awards valuable over the long-term and highly effective in recruiting, motivating and retaining skilled officers.
While RSUs and PSUs offer more modest upside potential than stock options, during periods of stock market declines or modest growth they are more likely to support talent retention objectives.
2018 PSU Performance Criteria
In designing the performance criteria applicable to PSUs, the Danaher Compensation Committee established threshold, target and maximum performance levels and established a payout percentage curve that relates each level of performance to a payout expressed as a percentage of the target PSUs:
PSU Performance Level (Relative TSR Rank Within S&P 500 Index)
 
Payout
Percentage
Below 35th percentile
 
0%
35th percentile
 
50%
55th percentile
 
100%
75th percentile or above
 
200%
The payout percentages for performance between the performance levels indicated above are determined by linear interpolation. Notwithstanding the above, if Danaher’s absolute TSR performance for the period is negative, no more than 100% of the target PSUs will vest (regardless of how strong Danaher’s performance is on a relative basis), and if Danaher’s absolute TSR performance for the period is positive, a minimum of 25% of the target PSUs will vest. The Danaher

118

Table of Contents--------------

Compensation Committee chose the S&P 500 Index as the relative TSR comparator group because the index consists of a broad and stable group of companies that represents investors’ alternative capital investment opportunities, reinforcing the linkage between Danaher’s executive compensation program and the long-term interests of Danaher’s stockholders.
Any PSUs that vest following the three-year performance period are subject to an additional two-year holding period and are paid out in shares of Danaher common stock following the fifth anniversary of the commencement of the performance period. Vesting is contingent on continued employment throughout the three-year performance period and until the Danaher Compensation Committee certifies satisfaction of the performance criteria, except that in the event of death during the performance period the executive receives a prorated portion of the target award based on the percentage of the performance period during which the executive was employed, and in the event of retirement during the performance period the executive receives a prorated portion of the shares actually earned based on Danaher’s performance over the performance period. Any dividends paid on Danaher’s common stock during the performance period are credited to PSU accounts, but are only paid out (in cash) to the extent the underlying PSUs vest based on performance and are not paid until the shares underlying the vested PSUs are issued.
Annual Incentive Awards
Our NEOs participate in Danaher’s incentive compensation program for senior leaders of Danaher operating companies (the “Senior Leader Incentive Program”). Under the Senior Leader Incentive Program performance formula effective for 2018, each of our NEOs was eligible to receive a bonus equal to his target bonus amount multiplied by (i) a factor determined based on the 2018 performance of his business against pre-established targets based on the metrics described below, subject to adjustment in the discretion of Danaher senior management (“Senior Leader Business Metrics”), and (ii) a factor determined by his respective manager based on a subjective review of his performance against his annual personal performance goals and other considerations in the manager’s discretion (the “Personal Performance Factor”):
The 2018 Senior Leader Business Metrics were (i) operating profit, a key contributor to stockholder returns and important barometer of the overall health of the business, (ii) core sales growth, a critical measure of the business’s ability to increase customer demand for services and products over time, and (iii) working capital turnover, an important indicator of how efficiently the business is managing the relationship between money used to fund operations and the sales generated from those operations.
For 2018, the target bonus percentages and personal objectives for each NEO are set forth below:
Named Executive Officer
2018 Target Bonus Percentage
2018 Personal Objectives
Mr. Aghdaei
80%
Mr. Aghdaei’s performance objectives consisted of quantitative goals for his business units related to capital deployment, financial and revenue growth and talent-related metrics; and qualitative goals relating to the strategic plan for his business units.
Mr. Bludworth
45% (January 1 - June 30)
60% (July 1 - December 31)
Mr. Bludworth’s performance objectives consisted of quantitative goals related to compliance initiatives and human resources and talent-related metrics; and qualitative goals relating to human resources engagement.
Mr. Eriksson
55%
Mr. Eriksson’s performance objectives consisted of quantitative goals related to financial and revenue growth and human resources and talent -related metrics; and qualitative goals relating to the strategic plan for his business unit.
Mr. Geiselhöringer
55%
Mr. Geiselhöringer’s performance objectives consisted of quantitative goals related to capital deployment and talent-related metrics; and qualitative goals relating to the strategic plan for his business unit.
Mr. Yu
40% (January 1 - September 30)
50% (October 1 - December 31)
Mr. Yu’s performance objectives consisted of quantitative goals related to audit and risk management, financial and revenue growth and human resources and talent-related metrics; and qualitative goals relating to the strategic plan for his business unit.
In determining the target bonus percentage for each NEO, consideration was given as applicable to the amount of annual cash incentive compensation awarded to the officer in prior years, the relative complexity and importance of the position, the amount of annual cash incentive compensation paid with respect to similar positions at other Danaher businesses and market-based annual cash incentive compensation amounts for such role. Danaher provided Mr. Bludworth with a 2018 annual

119

Table of Contents--------------

bonus opportunity equal to the greater of (i) 60% of his base salary and (ii) the amount that he would receive based on his Personal Performance Factor and the performance level achieved by his business with respect to the Senior Leader Business Metrics. Based on the Personal Performance Factor determined with respect to each NEO and the performance level achieved by his business with respect to the Senior Leader Business Metrics, the NEO’s manager, with the input of Danaher’s CEO, approved the 2018 annual cash incentive compensation award reflected in the 2018 Summary Compensation Table. Please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations” for additional information regarding the core sales measure.
Base Salaries
The 2018 base salaries of our NEOs were determined by their managers, using their prior year’s base salary as the initial basis of consideration and also taking into account personal performance in the prior year and the market value of their roles. Given that base salary is one of the elements in the formula for determining annual cash incentive compensation, consideration was also given to how changes in base salary would impact the annual cash incentive compensation of each of our NEOs.
Other Compensation
Severance Benefits . Danaher has entered into a Proprietary Interest Agreement with each of Messrs. Aghdaei, Bludworth, Eriksson and Yu that sets forth certain post-employment restrictive covenant obligations. In addition, each of Messrs. Aghdaei, Bludworth, Eriksson and Yu participates in Danaher’s Senior Leader Severance Pay Plan, which also provides for severance payments under certain circumstances. Danaher believes that the post-employment restrictive covenant obligations included in the Proprietary Interest Agreement are critical in protecting its proprietary assets, and that the severance payments payable under the above-mentioned plan upon a termination without cause are generally commensurate with the severance rights Danaher’s peers offer executives in comparable roles.
EDIP. Messrs. Aghdaei, Bludworth and Eriksson participate in the Amended and Restated Danaher Corporation & Subsidiaries Executive Deferred Incentive Program, or Danaher EDIP. The Danaher EDIP is a stockholder-approved, non-qualified, unfunded excess contribution (and until December 31, 2018, voluntary deferred compensation) program available to selected members of our management. Danaher uses the Danaher EDIP to tax-effectively contribute amounts to executives’ retirement accounts and give its executives an opportunity to defer taxes on cash compensation and realize tax-deferred, market-based notional investment growth on their deferrals. The amount Danaher contributes annually to the executives’ Danaher EDIP accounts is set at a level that it believes is competitive with comparable plans offered by other companies in Danaher’s industry. Danaher EDIP participants do not fully vest in such amounts contributed by Danaher until they have participated in the program for 15 years or have reached age 55 with at least five years of service with Danaher. Beginning in 2019, the Danaher EDIP no longer provides for voluntary deferrals and instead executive officers and other selected members of Danaher’s management may defer cash compensation under Danaher’s Deferred Compensation Plan.
Benefits and Perquisites. Each of our NEOs is eligible to participate in Danaher employee benefit plans, including group medical, dental, vision, disability, accidental death and dismemberment, life insurance, flexible spending and 401(k) plans, or in the case of Mr. Geiselhöringer, the non-US equivalent. These Danaher plans are generally available to all salaried employees in the applicable jurisdictions and do not discriminate in favor of our NEOs. In addition, certain perquisites were made available to our NEOs (see the footnotes to the “Summary Compensation Table” for additional details). Danaher believes these limited perquisites help make executive compensation competitive, are generally commensurate with the perquisites offered by peers, and are cost-effective in that the perceived value of these items is higher than its actual cost. The Danaher Compensation Committee has adopted a policy prohibiting any tax reimbursement or gross-up provisions in its executive compensation program (except under a policy applicable to management employees generally such as a relocation policy).
Going Forward
Long-Term Incentive Awards
It is expected that Danaher equity awards outstanding at the time of the completion of this offering will remain outstanding in accordance with the terms of such Danaher equity awards. Outstanding Danaher equity awards held by our employees at the time of the distribution (if pursued) generally will be converted entirely into equivalent awards with respect to our common stock at the time of the distribution, with adjustments to preserve the aggregate value of the awards.
Following the completion of this offering, our long-term incentive award program will initially be similar to Danaher’s program, though the type of full-value awards to be used in the program has not been determined. Our Compensation

120

Table of Contents--------------

Committee will review the program with the goal of ensuring it is effective in attracting, retaining and motivating skilled executives and aligning the interests of management and stockholders.
Short-Term Incentive Awards
Following the completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee will develop a short-term incentive plan focused on near-term operational and financial goals that support our long-term business objectives, while also allowing for meaningful pay differentiation tied to performance of individuals and groups.
Base Salary
Our Compensation Committee will set base salary levels for officers taking into account base salary levels for positions with similar roles and scope of responsibilities within our peer group, as well as personal performance.
Other Compensation
Our retirement and severance programs and benefits will generally be similar to those of Danaher immediately prior to completion of this offering. Our Compensation Committee will review these programs and benefits and may make changes to align them with our business needs and strategic priorities. In addition, we anticipate that our Compensation Committee will approve for our NEOs perquisites comparable to those offered by our peers, and will adopt a policy prohibiting any tax reimbursement or gross-up provisions in our executive compensation program (except under a policy applicable to management employees generally such as a relocation policy).
Additional Compensation Matters
Long-Term Incentive Compensation Grant Practices
Danaher Practice
Danaher’s Compensation Committee grants equity awards under Danaher’s 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Executive equity awards are approved at regularly scheduled Danaher Compensation Committee meetings (typically scheduled in advance of the calendar year in which they occur), at the time of an executive hire or promotion or upon identification of a specific retention concern. The grant date of equity awards approved by the Danaher Compensation Committee is either the date of Committee approval or a date subsequent to the approval date as specified by the Committee. The timing of equity awards has not been coordinated with the release of material non-public information. The Danaher Compensation Committee’s general practice is to approve annual equity awards to executives at the Committee’s regularly scheduled meeting in February, when the Committee reviews the performance of the executive officers and typically determines the other components of executive compensation.
The target dollar value attributable to PSUs and RSUs is translated into a target number of PSUs and RSUs, respectively, using a fair market value equal to the average closing price over a twenty trading-day period ending on the grant date, to avoid the potential volatility impact of using a single-day closing price.
The target dollar value attributable to stock options is translated into a number of stock options based on (1) a fair market value equal to the average closing price over a twenty trading-day period, and (2) the other Black-Scholes inputs used for the first grant date of the calendar year (but using the full 10-year term of the option as the assumed life). The exercise price for stock option awards granted under Danaher’s 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan equals the closing price of Danaher’s common stock on the date of grant. Since these valuation methodologies are not the same as the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718 grant date fair value used for accounting purposes, the equity award target dollar values are not the same as the equity award grant date fair values reflected in the Summary Compensation Table.
Going Forward
We anticipate that our long-term incentive compensation grant practices initially will be comparable to those of Danaher. Following the completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee and management will review such practices to ensure they meet our business and strategic needs and the objectives of our executive compensation program.

121

Table of Contents--------------

Risk Considerations
Danaher Practice
Risk-taking is a necessary part of growing a business, and prudent risk management is necessary to deliver long-term, sustainable stockholder value. The Danaher Compensation Committee believes that Danaher’s executive compensation program supports the objectives described above without encouraging inappropriate or excessive risk-taking. In reaching this conclusion, the Danaher Compensation Committee considered in particular the following risk-mitigation attributes of Danaher’s compensation program.
Attribute
Key Risk Mitigating Effect
Emphasis on long-term, equity-based compensation

Five-year vesting requirement for equity awards (or in the case of PSUs, three-year vesting and a further two-year holding period)

Rigorous, no-fault clawback policy that is triggered even in the absence of wrongdoing
Discourages risk-taking that produces short-term results at the expense of building long-term stockholder value

Helps ensure executives realize their compensation over time horizon consistent with achieving long-term stockholder value
Incentive compensation programs feature multiple, different performance measures aligned with business strategy
Mitigates incentive to over-perform with respect to any particular metric at the expense of other metrics
Cap on annual cash incentive compensation plan payments and on number of shares that may be earned under equity awards
Mitigates incentive to over-perform with respect to any particular performance period at the expense of future periods
Stock ownership requirements for all executive officers

No hedging of Danaher securities permitted
Aligns executives’ economic interests with the long-term interests of Danaher’s stockholders
Independent compensation consultant
Helps ensure advice will not be influenced by conflicts of interest
Going forward
We anticipate that our compensation programs and overall design, and therefore the risk and risk mitigation profile of our compensation programs, will initially be similar to those of Danaher. Following the completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee will review the compensation programs and design and may make certain changes to align them with our compensation philosophy and view of our business needs and strategic priorities, taking into account risk and risk mitigation considerations.
Stock Ownership Policies
Danaher Practice
To help align management and stockholder interests and discourage inappropriate or excessive risk-taking, Danaher’s stock ownership policy requires each executive officer to obtain a substantial equity stake in Danaher within five years of his or her appointment to an executive position, as follows:
Chief Executive Officer
5 times base salary
Executive Vice President
3 times base salary
Senior Vice President
2 times base salary

122

Table of Contents--------------

What counts as ownership:
What does not count as ownership:
Shares in which the executive or his or her spouse or child has a direct or indirect interest

Notional shares of Danaher stock in the EDIP

Shares held in a 401(k) plan

Unvested RSUs/PSUs (based on target number of shares until vested and then based on the actual number of vested shares)
Unexercised stock options
Once an executive officer has acquired a number of Danaher shares that satisfies the ownership multiple then applicable to him or her, such number of shares then becomes his or her minimum ownership requirement (even if the officer’s salary increases or the fair market value of such shares subsequently changes) until he or she is promoted to a higher level.
Going Forward
We expect to adopt substantially similar stock ownership requirements following the completion of this offering.
Pledging and Hedging Policy
Danaher Practice
Danaher’s Board has adopted a policy that prohibits any director or executive officer from pledging as security under any obligation any shares of Danaher common stock that he or she directly or indirectly owns and controls (other than shares already pledged as of February 21, 2013), and provides that pledged shares of Danaher common stock do not count toward Danaher’s stock ownership requirements. None of our NEOs have pledged any shares of Danaher common stock. Danaher policy also prohibits Danaher employees (including each of our NEOs) and directors from engaging in any transactions involving a derivative of a Danaher security, including hedging transactions.
Going Forward
Following the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a policy prohibiting (1) any of our directors or executive officers from pledging as security under any obligation any of our shares of common stock that he or she directly or indirectly owns and controls, and (2) any of our directors or employees from engaging in any transactions involving a derivative of our securities, including hedging transactions.
Recoupment Policy
Danaher Practice
To further discourage inappropriate or excessive risk-taking, Danaher’s Compensation Committee has adopted a recoupment (or clawback) policy applicable to Danaher’s executive officers, other individuals who serve on the Danaher Leadership Team (which consists primarily of Danaher corporate officers) and certain other employees (the “covered persons”), including Mr. Aghdaei. Under the policy, in the event of a material restatement of Danaher’s consolidated financial statements (other than any restatement required pursuant to a change in applicable accounting rules), Danaher’s Board may, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent it determines that it is in Danaher’s best interests to do so, in addition to all other remedies available to Danaher require reimbursement or payment to Danaher of:
the portion of any annual incentive compensation payment awarded to any covered person within the three year period prior to the date such material restatement is first publicly disclosed that would not have been awarded had the consolidated financial statements that are the subject of such restatement been correctly stated (except that Danaher’s Board has the right to require reimbursement of the entire amount of any such annual incentive compensation payment from any covered person whose fraud or other intentional misconduct in the Board’s judgment alone or with others caused such restatement); and
all gains from equity awards granted on or after March 15, 2009 realized by any covered person during the twelve-month period immediately following the original filing of the consolidated financial statements that are the subject of such restatement, if the covered person’s fraud or other intentional misconduct in the Board’s judgment alone or with others caused such restatement.

123

Table of Contents--------------

In addition, the stock plans in which Danaher’s executive officers participate contain provisions for recovering awards upon certain circumstances. Under the terms of Danaher’s 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan, if an employee is terminated for gross misconduct, the administrator may terminate up to all of the participant’s unexercised or unvested equity awards. In addition, under the terms of the Danaher EDIP, if termination of an employee’s participation in the plan resulted from the employee’s gross misconduct, the administrator may determine that the employee’s vesting percentage is zero with respect to all balances that were contributed by Danaher.
Going Forward
Following the completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee is expected to adopt similar recoupment policies to ensure that incentive compensation paid as the result of a material restatement of our consolidated financial statements (other than any restatement required pursuant to a change in applicable accounting rules), or as a result of fraud or misconduct as applicable, would be recoverable.
Regulatory Considerations
Danaher Practice
Section 162(m) generally disallows a tax deduction to public corporations for compensation in excess of $1 million paid for any fiscal year to certain executive officers. The exemption from Section 162(m)’s deduction limit for performance-based compensation has been repealed, effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, such that compensation paid to covered executive officers in excess of $1 million will not be deductible unless it qualifies for transition relief applicable to certain arrangements in place as of November 2, 2017.
Danaher reviews the tax impact of executive compensation on Danaher as well as on the executive officers. In addition, Danaher reviews the impact of its compensation programs against other considerations, such as accounting impact, stockholder alignment, market competitiveness, effectiveness and perceived value to employees. Because many different factors influence a well-rounded, comprehensive and effective executive compensation program, some of the compensation provided to Danaher’s executive officers is not deductible under Section 162(m).
Going Forward
We expect that, similar to the approach followed by Danaher’s Compensation Committee, following the completion of this offering our Compensation Committee will review the tax impact of executive compensation on us as well as on our executive officers in addition to taking into account other considerations such as accounting impact, stockholder alignment, market competitiveness, effectiveness and perceived value to employees. Because many different factors influence a well-rounded, comprehensive and effective executive compensation program, we expect that some of the compensation provided to our executive officers will not be deductible under Section 162(m).

124

Table of Contents--------------

2018 Summary Compensation Table
The Summary Compensation Table and notes show all compensation paid to or earned by our NEOs for 2018 under Danaher’s compensation programs and plans. Following the completion of this offering, our NEOs will receive compensation and benefits under our compensation programs and plans.
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION(1)
YEAR
SALARY
($) (2)
BONUS ($)
STOCK AWARDS
($) (3)

OPTION AWARDS
($) (3)
NON-EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN COMPENSATION
($) (2)
ALL OTHER COMPENSATION
($) (4)
TOTAL
($)
Amir Aghdaei,
President and Chief Executive Officer
2018
598,000
3,246,926
2,160,419
403,004
156,001
6,564,350
2017
575,000
778,441
459,545
410,550
440,714
2,664,250
Howard Yu,
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
2018
328,667
217,302
154,829
159,558
845,820
1,706,176
Curt Bludworth,
Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer
2018
425,824
270,267 (5)
398,942
273,625
86,262
1,454,920
Patrik Eriksson,
Senior Vice President
2018
445,000
448,810
307,690
171,423
80,872
1,453,795
Hans Geiselhöringer,
Senior Vice President
2018
772,388
498,678
341,976
379,231
123,888
2,116,161
(1) 
All amounts presented in the Summary Compensation Table, and in the supporting tables that follow, are expressed in U.S. dollars. Certain amounts payable to Mr. Aghdaei in 2017 were paid in euros and to Messrs. Yu and Geiselhöringer in 2018 in Swiss francs. The exchange rate used for the purpose of the Summary Compensation Table, and in supporting tables that follow, was (i) 1.199861, the euro to U.S. dollar Conversion Rate as of December 31, 2017 and (ii) 1.0163, the Swiss franc to U.S. dollar Conversion Rate as of December 31, 2018.
(2) 
The following table sets forth the amount of salary and non-equity incentive compensation with respect to 2018 that Messrs. Aghdaei and Bludworth deferred into the Danaher EDIP:
NAME OF OFFICER
AMOUNT OF SALARY
DEFERRED INTO EDIP ($)
AMOUNT OF NON-EQUITY INCENTIVE
COMPENSATION DEFERRED INTO EDIP ($)
Amir Aghdaei
243,446
Curt Bludworth
42,473

125

Table of Contents--------------

(3) 
The amounts reflected in these columns represent the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718:
With respect to stock options, the grant date fair value under FASB ASC Topic 718 has been calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based on the following assumptions (and assuming no forfeitures):
NAME OF OFFICER
DATE OF GRANT
RISK-FREE INTEREST
RATE
STOCK
PRICE VOLATILITY
RATE
DIVIDEND YIELD
OPTION LIFE
Aghdaei, Yu, Bludworth, Eriksson, Geiselhöringer
February 24, 2018
2.62%
21.36%
0.63%
5.0 years
Aghdaei
July 15, 2018
2.73%
20.70%
0.63%
5.0 years
Yu
November 15, 2018
2.94%
22.37%
0.63%
5.0 years
Aghdaei
February 24, 2017
1.80%
18.05%
0.65%
5.0 years
One quarter of Mr. Aghdaei’s 2018 annual equity award was granted in the form of restricted stock units and one-quarter was granted in the form of performance stock units that vest based on Danaher’s TSR ranking relative to the S&P 500 Index over a three-year performance period (the balance of the annual equity award was granted in stock options). One half of the 2018 annual equity award for each of Messrs. Yu, Bludworth, Eriksson, and Geiselhöringer was granted in the form of restricted stock units (the balance of the annual equity award was granted in stock options). With respect to restricted stock units, the grant date fair value under FASB ASC Topic 718 is calculated based on the number of shares of Danaher common stock underlying the RSU, times the closing price of the Danaher common stock on the date of grant (but discounted to account for the fact that the RSUs do not accrue dividend rights prior to vesting and distribution). With respect to Mr. Aghdaei’s performance stock units, the grant date fair value under FASB ASC Topic 718 has been calculated based on the probable outcome of the applicable performance conditions and a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model modified to reflect an illiquidity discount (as a result of the mandatory two-year post-vesting holding period), using the following significant assumptions (since the performance criteria applicable to the performance stock units is considered a “market condition,” footnote disclosure of the award’s potential maximum value is not required):
 
2018
2017
ASSUMPTION
MONTE CARLO SIMULATION
ILLIQUIDITY DISCOUNT
MONTE CARLO SIMULATION
ILLIQUIDITY DISCOUNT
Danaher’s expected volatility
16.15%
16.26%
16.27%
16.91%
Average volatility of peer group
25.22%
N/A
25.49%
N/A
Risk free interest rate
2.34%
2.24%
1.34%
1.12%
Dividend yield
0%
0.56%
0%
0.58%
(4) 
The following table describes the incremental cost of the elements of compensation included in “All Other Compensation” for 2018:
NAME OF OFFICER
DANAHER 401(K) CONTRIBUTIONS ($)
DANAHER EDIP CONTRIBUTIONS ($)
OTHER ($)
 
TOTAL 2018 ALL OTHER COMPENSATION ($)
Amir Aghdaei
19,356
62,100
74,545
(a) 
156,001
Howard Yu
1,875
843,945
(b) 
845,820
Curt Bludworth
18,193
34,343
33,726
(c) 
86,262
Patrik Eriksson
19,356
41,385
20,131
(d) 
80,872
Hans Geiselhöringer
123,888
(e) 
123,888
(a) 
Includes $25,677 in respect of relocation benefits, a tax equalization payment in respect of the relocation benefits equal to $24,918 plus amounts related to a vehicle allowance, corporate gifts, and a tax equalization payment in respect of the corporate gifts equal to $1,128. Mr. Aghdaei’s 2018 perquisites also included personal use of the Danaher aircraft, but there was no incremental cost to us or to Danaher attributable thereto because such use related to guests of Mr. Aghdaei accompanying him on a flight that was undertaken for business purposes.

126

Table of Contents--------------

(b) 
Includes $608,734 in respect of expatriate benefits, a tax equalization in respect of the expatriate benefits equal to $232,364 plus amounts related to tax planning services and amounts related to corporate gifts and a tax equalization payment in respect of the corporate gifts equal to $710. The expatriate benefits provided to Mr. Yu included: housing allowance, school allowance, family allowance, and moving and related relocation expenses.
(c) 
Includes $19,260 in respect of relocation benefits, a tax equalization payment in respect of the relocation benefits equal to $12,496 plus amounts related to corporate gifts and a tax equalization payment in respect of the corporate gifts equal to $386.
(d) 
Includes $19,260 in respect of a vehicle allowance plus amounts related to corporate gifts and a tax equalization payment in respect of the corporate gifts equal to $538.
(e) 
Includes $121,956 in respect of a housing allowance, plus amounts related to corporate gifts and a tax equalization payment in respect of the corporate gifts equal to $710.
The incremental cost to Danaher of the perquisites described above (except with respect to Mr. Aghdaei's personal use of the Danaher aircraft, as to which there was no incremental cost) is calculated based on Danaher’s out-of-pocket costs.
(5) 
For a description of this bonus payment, please see “2018 NEO Compensation Decisions—Annual Incentive Awards.”

127

Table of Contents--------------

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal 2018
The following table sets forth certain information regarding grants of plan-based awards to each of our NEOs for 2018 under Danaher’s compensation programs and plans.
NAME
 
GRANT DATE
COMMITTEE APPROVAL DATE
ESTIMATED POSSIBLE PAYOUTS UNDER NON-EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS (1)
ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS UNDER EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS (2)
ALL OTHER OPTION AWARDS: NUMBER OF SECURITIES UNDERLYING OPTIONS
(#) (2)
EXERCISE OR BASE PRICE OF OPTION AWARDS
($/Share)
GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE OF STOCK AND OPTION AWARDS
($) (3)
 
 
 
 
THRESHOLD
($)
TARGET
($)
MAXIMUM
($)
THRESHOLD
(#)
TARGET
(#)
MAXIMUM
(#)
 
 
 
Amir Aghdaei
Annual cash incentive compensation (4)
N/A
N/A
325,312
478,400
837,200
Stock options (5) 
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
21,620
99.33
478,234
Stock options (5)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
30,890
99.33
683,287
Stock options (5)
7/15/2018
7/9/2018
45,800
99.20
998,898
Restricted stock units (6)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
3,570
349,075
Restricted stock units (6)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
10,195
996,867
Restricted stock units (6)
7/15/2018
7/9/2018
15,115
1,477,189
Performance stock units (6)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
893
3,570
7,140
423,795
Howard Yu
Annual cash incentive compensation (4)
N/A
N/A
95,908
141,041
246,822
Stock options (8)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
2,860
99.33
63,263
Stock options (8)
11/15/2018
11/2/2018
3,790
101.65
91,566
Restricted stock units (9)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
945
92,402
Restricted stock units (9)
11/15/2018
11/2/2018
1,250
124,900
Curt Bludworth
Annual cash incentive compensation (4)
N/A
N/A
270,267
270,267
472,967
Stock options (8)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
4,640
99.33
102,637
Stock options (8)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
7,730
99.33
170,988
Restricted stock units (9)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
1,530
149,603
Restricted stock units (9)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
2,550
249,339
Patrik Eriksson
Annual cash incentive compensation (4)
N/A
N/A
166,430
244,750
428,313
Stock options (8)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
6,180
99.33
136,702
Stock options (8)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
7,730
99.33
170,988
Restricted stock units (9)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
2,040
199,471
Restricted stock units (9)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
2,550
249,339
Hans Geiselhöringer
Annual cash incentive compensation (4)
N/A
N/A
288,873
424,813
743,423
Stock options (8)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
7,730
99.33
170,988
Stock options (8)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
7,730
99.33
170,988
Restricted stock units (9)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
2,550
249,339
Restricted stock units (9)
2/24/2018
2/20/2018
2,550
249,339
(1) 
These columns relate to 2018 cash award opportunities under Danaher’s Senior Leader Incentive Plan.
(2) 
These columns relate to awards granted under the Danaher 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the terms of which apply to all of the equity awards described in this table.
(3) 
Reflects the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For the assumptions used in determining the grant date fair value under FASB ASC Topic 718, please see Footnote 2 to the Summary Compensation Table.
(4) 
Annual cash incentive compensation awards to our NEOs were not required to be approved by Danaher’s Compensation Committee.
(5) 
For a description of the vesting terms of the award, please see Footnote 3 to the Outstanding Equity Awards at 2018 Fiscal Year-End Table.

128

Table of Contents--------------

(6) 
For a description of the vesting terms of the award, please see Footnote 4 to the Outstanding Equity Awards at 2018 Fiscal Year-End Table.
(7) 
For a description of the vesting terms of the award, please see Footnote 5 to the Outstanding Equity Awards at 2018 Fiscal Year-End Table.
(8) 
For a description of the vesting terms of the award, please see Footnote 6 to the Outstanding Equity Awards at 2018 Fiscal Year-End Table.
(9) 
For a description of the vesting terms of the award, please see Footnote 7 to the Outstanding Equity Awards at 2018 Fiscal Year-End Table.
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2018 Fiscal Year-End
The following table summarizes the number of securities underlying outstanding equity awards for each of our NEOs as of December 31, 2018.
 
 
Option Awards
Stock Awards
NAME
GRANT DATE
NUMBER OF SECURITIES UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED OPTIONS (#) EXERCISABLE
NUMBER OF SECURITIES UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED OPTIONS (#) UNEXERCISABLE
(1)
OPTION EXERCISE PRICE
($)
OPTION EXPIRATION DATE
NUMBER OF SHARES OR UNITS OF STOCK THAT HAVE NOT VESTED
(#) (1)
MARKET VALUE OF SHARES OR UNITS OF STOCK THAT HAVE NOT VESTED
($) (2)
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS: NUMBER OF UNEARNED SHARES, UNITS OR OTHER RIGHTS THAT HAVE NOT VESTED
(#) (1)
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS: MARKET OR PAYOUT VALUE OF UNEARNED SHARES, UNITS OR OTHER RIGHTS THAT HAVE NOT VESTED
 ($) (2)
Amir Aghdaei
7/15/2018
45,800 (3)
$99.20
7/15/2028
2/24/2018
21,620 (3)
$99.33
2/24/2028
2/24/2018
30,890 (3)
$99.33
2/24/2028
2/24/2017
29,860 (3)
$86.08
2/24/2027
11/15/2016
38,510 (3)
$79.63
11/15/2026
2/24/2016
29,222 (3)
$65.95
2/24/2026
2/24/2015
7,034
14,069 (3)
$65.83
2/24/2025
5/15/2014
7,474
3,739 (3)
$56.70
5/15/2024
2/24/2014
6,249
6,251 (3)
$57.90
2/24/2024
7/15/2018
15,115 (4)
$1,558,659
2/24/2018
7,140 (5)
$739,704
2/24/2017
8,360 (5)
$870,945
2/24/2018
3,570 (4)
$368,138
2/24/2018
10,195 (4)
$1,051,308
2/24/2017
4,180 (4)
$431,042
11/15/2016
12,710 (4)
$1,310,655
2/24/2016
9,647 (4)
$994,799
7/15/2015
6,648 (4)
$685,542
2/24/2015
4,647 (4)
$479,199
5/15/2014
1,497 (4)
$154,371
2/24/2014
2,498 (4)
$257,594
Howard Yu
11/15/2018
3,790 (6)
$101.65
11/15/2028
2/24/2018
2,860 (6)
$99.33
2/24/2028
2/24/2017
640
2,560 (6)
$86.08
2/24/2027
2/24/2016
1,406
2,111 (6)
$65.95
2/24/2026
11/15/2015
1,872
1,248 (6)
$70.75
11/15/2025
2/24/2015
2,046
1,365 (6)
$65.83
2/24/2025
7/15/2014
2,388
600 (6)
$59.17
7/15/2024
7/30/2013
3,768
$50.80
7/30/2023
7/25/2012
1,745
$38.64
7/25/2022
11/15/2018
1,250 (7)
$128,900
2/24/2018
945 (7)
$97,448
2/24/2017
720 (7)
$74,246
2/24/2016
694 (7)
$71,565
11/15/2015
411 (7)
$42,382
2/24/2015
449 (7)
$46,301
7/15/2014
237 (7)
$24,439
 
 

129

Table of Contents--------------

Curt Bludworth
2/24/2018
4,640 (6)
$99.33
2/24/2028
2/24/2018
7,730 (6)
$99.33
2/24/2028
2/24/2017
1,280
5,120 (6)
$86.08
2/24/2027
2/24/2016
1,404
4,213 (6)
$65.95
2/24/2026
2/24/2015
1,290
2,582 (6)
$65.83
2/24/2025
2/24/2015
470
943 (6)
$65.83
2/24/2025
2/24/2014
1,102
1,106 (6)
$57.90
2/24/2024
2/21/2013
1,271
$46.13
2/21/2023
2/24/2018
2,550 (7)
$262,956
2/24/2018
1,530 (7)
$157,774
2/24/2017
1,436 (7)
$148,080
2/24/2016
1,389 (7)
$143,234
2/24/2015
851 (7)
$87,755
2/24/2015
310 (7)
$31,967
2/24/2014
441 (7)
$45,476
Patrik Eriksson
2/24/2018
6,180 (6)
$99.33
2/24/2028
2/24/2018
7,730 (6)
$99.33
2/24/2028
2/24/2017
1,280
5,120 (6)
$86.08
2/24/2027
2/24/2016
2,808
4,213 (6)
$65.95
2/24/2026
2/24/2015
2,814
1,880 (6)
$65.83
2/24/2025
2/24/2014
888
222 (6)
$57.90
2/24/2024
2/24/2014
3,532
884 (6)
$57.90
2/24/2024
7/30/2013
4,985
$50.80
7/30/2023
11/1/2012
14,942
$39.56
11/1/2022
2/24/2018
2,550 (7)
$262,956
2/24/2018
2,040 (7)
$210,365
2/24/2017
1,436 (7)
$148,080
2/24/2016
1,389 (7)
$143,234
2/24/2015
621 (7)
$64,038
2/24/2014
87 (7)
$8,971
2/24/2014
351 (7)
$36,195
Hans Geiselhöringer
2/24/2018
7,730 (6)
99.33
2/24/2028
2/24/2018
7,730 (6)
99.33
2/24/2028
2/24/2017
2,134
8,536 (6)
86.08
2/24/2027
11/15/2016
2,890 (6)
79.63
11/15/2026
2/24/2016
3,744
5,617 (6)
65.95
2/24/2026
2/24/2016
2,336
3,508 (6)
65.95
2/24/2026
2/24/2015
3,517
65.83
2/24/2025
2/24/2015
4,926
3,285 (6)
65.83
2/24/2025
2/24/2018
2,550 (7)
$262,956
2/24/2018
2,550 (7)
$262,956
2/24/2017
2,392 (7)
$246,663
11/15/2016
955 (7)
$98,480
2/24/2016
1,852 (7)
$190,978
2/24/2016
1,157 (7)
$119,310
2/24/2015
1,082 (7)
$111,576
(1) 
With respect to the unexercisable options and unvested PSUs and RSUs reflected in the table above, the footnotes below describe the vesting terms applicable to the entire award of which such options, PSUs or RSUs are a part.
(2) 
Market value is calculated based on the closing price of Danaher’s common stock on December 31, 2018 as reported on the NYSE ($103.12 per share), times the number of shares.
(3) 
The option award was granted subject to time-based vesting conditions such that one-third of the award became or becomes exercisable on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date.
(4) 
The RSU award was granted subject to time-based vesting conditions such that one-third of the award vests on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date, and the achievement of performance-based vesting conditions. Other than with respect to the RSU award granted to Mr. Aghdaei on July 15, 2018, Danaher’s Compensation Committee has certified that the performance criteria applicable to this award have been satisfied. Each time-based vesting tranche of the RSUs granted to Mr. Aghdaei on July 15, 2018 are subject to Danaher’s achievement of four consecutive quarters

130

Table of Contents--------------

of positive net income, during the period commencing at the beginning of the quarter in which such grant was made and ending on or before the date on which the time-based vesting with respect to such tranche is scheduled to be satisfied.
(5) 
The number of shares of Danaher common stock that vest pursuant to the PSU award is based on Danaher’s TSR ranking relative to the S&P 500 Index over a three-year performance period. Payout at 100% of the target level requires that Danaher achieve above-median performance and rank at the 55th percentile of the S&P 500 Index, while the PSUs pay out at 200% for performance that equals or exceeds the 75th percentile, 50% for performance at the 35th percentile and zero percent for performance below the 35th percentile. The payout percentages for performance between the performance levels are determined by linear interpolation. Notwithstanding the above, if Danaher’s absolute TSR performance for the period is negative a maximum of 100% of the target PSUs will vest (regardless of how strong Danaher’s performance is on a relative basis), and if Danaher’s absolute TSR performance for the period is positive a minimum of 25% of the target PSUs will vest. Any PSUs that vest following the three-year performance period are subject to an additional two-year holding period and are paid out in shares of Danaher’s common stock following the fifth anniversary of the commencement of the performance period. In the case of the PSUs granted in 2017 and 2018, the number of PSU shares and payout value reported in the table reflect maximum-level performance.
(6) 
The option award was granted subject to time-based vesting conditions such that one-fifth of the award became or becomes exercisable on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date.
(7) 
The RSU award was granted subject to time-based vesting conditions such that one-fifth of the award vests on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date.
Option Exercises and Stock Vested During Fiscal 2018
The following table summarizes stock option exercises and the vesting of RSU awards with respect to each of our NEOs in 2018.
NAME
OPTION AWARDS
STOCK AWARDS
NUMBER OF SHARES ACQUIRED ON EXERCISE (#)
VALUE REALIZED
ON EXERCISE ($) (1)
NUMBER OF SHARES ACQUIRED ON VESTING (#)
VALUE REALIZED
ON VESTING ($)
Amir Aghdaei
13,542
723,655
12,558
1,242,543
Howard Yu
1,385
138,768
Curt Bludworth
2,354
232,819
Patrik Eriksson
1,972
197,064
Hans Geiselhöringer
2,728
270,972
(1) 
Calculated by multiplying the number of shares acquired times the difference between the exercise price and the market price of Danaher common stock at the time of exercise.
(2) 
Calculated by multiplying the number of shares acquired times the closing price of Danaher’s common stock as reported on the NYSE on the vesting date (or on the last trading day prior to the vesting date if the vesting date was not a trading day).
2018 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
The table below sets forth information regarding the participation of Messrs. Aghdaei, Bludworth, and Eriksson in the Danaher EDIP. Messrs. Geiselhöringer and Yu do not participate in the Danaher EDIP. There were no withdrawals by or distributions to Messrs. Aghdaei, Bludworth or Eriksson from the Danaher EDIP in 2018.
NAME
PLAN NAME
EXECUTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS IN LAST FY ($) (1)
REGISTRANT CONTRIBUTIONS IN LAST FY ($) (2)
AGGREGATE EARNINGS IN LAST FY ($) (3)
AGGREGATE BALANCE AT LAST FYE ($)
Amir Aghdaei
Danaher EDIP
592,414
62,100
(58,906)
3,905,059
Curt Bludworth
Danaher EDIP
42,473
34,343
45,246
547,632
Patrik Eriksson
Danaher EDIP
41,385
20,368
1,313,677
(1) 
Consists of contributions to the Danaher EDIP of the following amounts and, in respect of 2018 salary deferrals, are reported in the 2018 Summary Compensation Table:

131

Table of Contents--------------

NAME
2018 SALARY ($)
NON-EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN COMPENSATION EARNED
WITH RESPECT TO 2017 BUT DEFERRED IN 2018 ($)
Amir Aghdaei
243,446
348,968
Curt Bludworth
42,473
(2) 
The amounts set forth in this column are included as 2018 compensation under the “All Other Compensation” column in the 2018 Summary Compensation Table.
(3) 
None of the amounts set forth in this column are included as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table. For a description of the Danaher EDIP earnings rates, please see “Danaher Employee Benefit Plans—Danaher Supplemental Retirement Program.” The table below shows each earnings option that was available under the Danaher EDIP as of December 31, 2018 and the rate of return for each such option for the calendar year ended December 31, 2018 (the rate of return is net of investment management fees, fund expenses and administrative charges, as applicable):
EDIP INVESTMENT OPTION
RATE OF RETURN
FROM JANUARY 1, 2018 THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2018 (%)
EDIP INVESTMENT OPTION
RATE OF RETURN
FROM JANUARY 1, 2018 THROUGH
DECEMBER 31, 2018 (%)
Fidelity Institutional Money Market Fund
1.76
Fidelity® Low-Priced Stock Commingled Pool
-10.82
BlackRock LifePath® Index 2020 Fund
-5.70
T. Rowe Price Large Cap Core Growth Separate Account
2.74
BlackRock LifePath® Index 2025 Fund
-7.10
Small/Mid Cap Equity Index Fund
-19.70
BlackRock LifePath® Index 2030 Fund
-8.30
Large Cap Equity Index Fund
-13.00
BlackRock LifePath® Index 2035 Fund
-9.50
PIMCO Inflation Response Multi-Asset Fund Institutional
-3.71
BlackRock LifePath® Index 2040 Fund
-10.60
Dodge & Cox International Stock Fund
-17.98
BlackRock LifePath® Index 2045 Fund
-11.30
Managed Income Portfolio II Class 3
2.06
BlackRock LifePath® Index 2050 Fund
-11.70
The London Company Income Equity Separate Account
-3.00
BlackRock LifePath® Index 2055 Fund
-11.70
International Equity Index Fund
-11.60
BlackRock LifePath® Index 2060 Fund
-11.70
Bond Fund
-0.28
BlackRock LifePath® Index Retirement Fund
-5.10
Bond Index Fund
1.00
The Danaher Corporation Stock Fund
11.73
Active Small Cap Equity Fund
-8.41
Cohen & Steers Realty Shares Fund
-4.19
PIMCO All Asset Fund Institutional Class
-4.98
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-of-Control as of 2018 Fiscal Year-End
The following table describes the payments and benefits that each of our NEOs would be entitled to receive upon termination of employment or in connection with a change-of-control of Danaher. The amounts set forth below assume that the triggering event occurred on December 31, 2018. Where benefits are based on the market value of Danaher’s common stock, we have used the closing price of Danaher’s common stock as reported on the NYSE on December 31, 2018 ($103.12 per share). In addition to the amounts set forth below, upon any termination of employment our NEOs would also be entitled to:
receive all payments generally provided to salaried employees on a non-discriminatory basis upon termination, such as accrued salary, life insurance proceeds (for any termination caused by death), unused vacation and Danaher 401(k) plan distributions;
potentially receive an annual cash incentive compensation award pursuant to the Danaher 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan, since under the terms of the award a participant who remains employed through the end of the annual performance period is eligible for an award under the plan;
receive accrued, vested balances under the Danaher EDIP (provided that under the Danaher EDIP, if an employee’s employment terminates as a result of gross misconduct, the administrator may determine that the employee’s vesting percentage with respect to all Danaher contributions is zero); and
exercise vested stock options (provided that under the terms of the Danaher 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan, if an employee is terminated for gross misconduct, the administrator may terminate up to all of the participant’s unexercised or unvested equity awards).

132

Table of Contents--------------

NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICER
BENEFIT
TERMINATION/CHANGE-OF-CONTROL EVENT  (1)
 
 
TERMINATION WITHOUT
CAUSE ($) (2)
RETIREMENT ($)
DEATH ($) (3)
Amir Aghdaei
Value of unvested stock options that would be accelerated (4)(5)

1,591,917

3,859,013

Value of unvested RSUs and PSUs that would be accelerated (4)(5)

4,049,588

4,687,091

Benefits continuation (5)
17,250



Cash payments under Proprietary Interest Agreement and/or Senior Leader Severance Pay Plan (5)
598,000



Total:
615,250

5,641,505

8,546,104

Howard Yu
Value of unvested stock options that would be accelerated


256,168

Value of unvested RSUs that would be accelerated


311,400

Benefits Continuation



Cash payments under Senior Leader Severance Pay Plan (5)
384,309



Total:
384,309


567,568

Curt Bludworth
Value of unvested stock options that would be accelerated


472,185

Value of unvested RSUs that would be accelerated


552,629

Benefits continuation (5)
6,240



Cash payments under Senior Leader Severance Pay Plan (5)
450,000



Value of unvested Danaher EDIP balance that would be accelerated (6)


259,887

Total:
456,240

 
1,284,701

Patrik Eriksson
Value of unvested stock options that would be accelerated


416,679

Value of unvested RSUs that would be accelerated


526,178

Benefits continuation (5)
17,370



Cash payments under Senior Leader Severance Pay Plan (5)
445,000


 
Value of unvested Danaher EDIP balance that would be accelerated (6)


285,162

Total:
462,370


1,228,019

Hans Geiselhöringer
Value of unvested stock options that would be accelerated


733,607

Value of unvested RSUs that would be accelerated


819,197

Cash payments under Employment Agreement (7)
1,158,582



Total:
1,158,582


1,552,804

The values reflected in the table above and the footnotes below relating to the acceleration of stock options, RSUs and PSUs reflect the intrinsic value (that is, the value based on the price of Danaher’s common stock, and in the case of stock options minus the exercise price) of the options, RSUs and PSUs (with respect to PSUs, assuming target-level performance in the case of death before the end of the relevant performance period and actual performance in the case of death following the conclusion of the relevant performance period, as applicable, and in the case of retirement, termination without cause or

133

Table of Contents--------------

change-of-control, if applicable, assuming maximum-level performance for PSUs) that would vest or would have vested as a result of the specified event of termination or change-of-control occurring as of December 31, 2018.
(1) 
The tabular disclosure assumes that upon a change-of-control of Danaher (as defined in the Danaher 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan), Danaher’s Board does not accelerate the vesting of any unvested RSUs, PSUs or stock options held by our NEOs. If a change-of-control had occurred as of December 31, 2018 and Danaher’s Board had allowed all of the unvested RSUs, PSUs and stock options held by our NEOs to accelerate, the intrinsic value of the stock options, RSUs and PSUs that would have been accelerated would have been as follows (no tax reimbursement or gross-up payments would have been triggered by such accelerations): Stock options: Mr. Aghdaei, $3,859,013; Mr. Yu, $256,168; Mr. Bludworth, $472,185; Mr. Eriksson, $416,679; and Mr. Geiselhöringer, $733,607. RSUs and PSUs: Mr. Aghdaei, $8,901,956; Mr. Yu, $485,281; Mr. Bludworth, $877,242; Mr. Eriksson, $873,839; and Mr. Geiselhöringer, $1,292,919.
(2) 
For Mr. Geiselhöringer, the value reflected in this column includes amounts payable upon a termination of employment by Danaher other than as a result of gross misconduct.
(3) 
The terms of the Danaher 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan provide for accelerated vesting of a participant’s stock options and a pro rata portion of a participant’s RSUs and PSUs (at target value) if the participant dies during employment.
(4) 
If Mr. Aghdaei had retired as of December 31, 2018, he would have qualified for “early retirement” treatment under the terms of the Danaher 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which provides for continued vesting of a pro rata portion of the participant’s stock options, RSUs and PSUs (based on the actual performance level achieved) upon early retirement.
(5) 
Please see “Danaher Employment Agreements” and “Danaher Employee Benefit Plans” for a description of the cash payments each officer would be entitled to if Danaher terminates the officer’s employment without cause, as well as a description of the post-employment restrictive covenant obligations of each officer. The amounts set forth in the table assume that the officer would have executed Danaher’s standard release in connection with any termination without cause.
(6) 
Under the terms of the Danaher EDIP, upon a participant’s death the unvested portion of the Danaher contributions that have been credited to the participant’s Danaher EDIP account would immediately vest.
(7) 
Please see “Danaher Employment Agreements” for a description of the cash payments Mr. Geiselhöringer would be entitled to if Danaher terminates his employment, other than as a result of gross misconduct, as well as a description of his post-employment restrictive covenant obligations. The amounts set forth in the table assume that Mr. Geiselhöringer received payment in lieu of notice of termination of employment and that he complies with his post-employment restrictive covenant obligations.
Danaher Employment Agreements
Named Executive Officer Proprietary Interest Agreement
Danaher entered into an agreement with each of our NEOs under which they are subject to certain covenants designed to protect Danaher’s proprietary interests (“Proprietary Interest Agreement”). Mr. Geiselhöringer’s Proprietary Interest Agreement is discussed below under “—Employment Agreement with Mr. Geiselhöringer.”
During and for specified periods after the officer’s employment with Danaher, subject to certain customary exceptions, our NEOs are prohibited from disclosing or improperly using any of our confidential information; making any disparaging comments about Danaher; competing with Danaher; selling to or soliciting purchases from our customers and prospective customers with respect to products and services about which the officer has particular knowledge or expertise; hiring or soliciting any of Danaher’s current or recent employees, or otherwise assisting or encouraging any of Danaher’s employees to leave Danaher; interfering with Danaher’s vendor relationships; or developing competing products or services. Our NEOs also agreed that with limited exceptions all intellectual property that the officer develops in connection with his employment with Danaher belongs to Danaher, and assigns Danaher all rights the officer may have in any such intellectual property.
Under the Proprietary Interest Agreement with Mr. Aghdaei, if Danaher terminates his employment without cause he will be entitled to an amount equal to nine months of base salary, plus severance pay equal to three months’ salary if he signs Danaher’s standard form of release at the time of termination. These amounts would be paid out over twelve months according to the normal payroll cycle. Under the agreement, “cause” is generally defined as his (a) dishonesty, fraud or other willful misconduct or gross negligence; (b) conviction of or pleading guilty or no contest to a felony, misdemeanor (other than a traffic violation) or other crime that would impair his ability to perform his duties or Danaher’s reputation; (c) refusal

134

Table of Contents--------------

or willful failure to satisfactorily perform his duties or comply with our standards, policies or procedures; (d) material breach of the agreement; (e) death; or (f) termination because of illness that results in his absence from work on a full-time basis for twelve consecutive months.
Employment Agreement with Mr. Geiselhöringer
Nobel Biocare Services AG (“Nobel”), a subsidiary of Danaher that will become part of Envista at the completion of this offering, entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Geiselhöringer on September 13, 2014, and as amended through the date of this prospectus. The employment agreement generally provides for an annual base salary and short- and long-term incentives determined in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Danaher’s incentive compensation programs. Either Nobel or Mr. Geiselhöringer may terminate the employment agreement upon six months’ prior notice, provided that Nobel may provide Mr. Geiselhöringer with payment of six months’ base salary in lieu of the notice period.
During and for twelve months following Mr. Geiselhöringer’s employment with Nobel, Mr. Geiselhöringer is prohibited from soliciting, inducing or attempting to induce any Nobel executive to leave Nobel or to engage in any business that competes with Nobel; hiring or assisting in the hire of any Nobel executive to work for any business that competes with Nobel; soliciting, inducing or attempting to induce any person or company that is a customer of Nobel to discontinue or modify its customer relationship with Nobel; or disparage, either in private or in public, Nobel or its customers, employees or other affiliates where such disparagement is harmful to Nobel’s business or reputation. As consideration for continued compliance with his non-competition and non-solicitation obligations following termination of employment, Mr. Geiselhöringer will be entitled to receive an amount equal to twelve months’ continued payment of base salary.
Officers’ and Directors’ Indemnification and Insurance
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require us to indemnify to the full extent authorized or permitted by law any person made, or threatened to be made a party to any action or proceeding by reason of his or her service as our director or officer, or by reason of serving at our request as a director or officer of any other entity, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide for similar indemnification rights. In addition, each of our directors and executive officers is expected to enter into an indemnification agreement with us that will provide for substantially similar indemnification rights and under which we will agreed to pay expenses in advance of the final disposition of any such indemnifiable proceeding. We are also expected to obtain directors and officers liability insurance covering all of our directors and officers.
Danaher Employee Benefit Plans
Danaher Senior Leader Severance Pay Plan
Each of Danaher’s executives, including Messrs. Aghdaei, Bludworth, Eriksson and Yu, is entitled to certain benefits under Danaher’s Senior Leader Severance Pay Plan. If a covered employee is terminated without “cause” and except in certain circumstances as specified in the plan, subject to execution of Danaher’s standard form of release he or she is entitled to severance equal to a minimum of three months of annual base salary plus an additional month for each year of service (provided that the three months plus all additional months cannot exceed twelve months in aggregate) paid out over the applicable severance period according to the normal payroll cycle, as well as the opportunity to continue coverage under specified welfare benefit plans of Danaher for the duration of the severance period at the same cost as an active employee in a position similar to that held by the employee at termination. To the extent a covered employee is entitled to severance or other post-termination compensation pursuant to the terms of an individual agreement, payments and benefits will only be provided under the plan to the extent they are not duplicative of the payments and benefits provided under the individual agreement. We expect to adopt a similar policy following the completion of this offering.
Danaher Supplemental Retirement Program
Danaher Contributions. Danaher uses the Danaher EDIP, a non-qualified, unfunded excess contribution (and until December 31, 2018, voluntary deferred compensation) program, to provide supplemental retirement benefits on a pre-tax basis in excess of qualified plan limitations to select management associates of Danaher and its subsidiaries. At the beginning of each plan year, Danaher credits to the account of each participant an amount equal to the product of:
the sum of the participant’s base salary and target bonus as of the end of the prior year; and
a percentage determined by the administrator that is based on the participant’s years of participation in the Danaher EDIP, namely 6% for employees who have participated in the Danaher EDIP for less than 10 years, 8% after 10 years of Danaher EDIP participation and 10% after 15 years of Danaher EDIP participation.

135

Table of Contents--------------

All amounts that Danaher contributes to a participant’s account are deemed invested on a notional basis in Danaher common stock.
A participant vests in the amounts that Danaher credits to his or her account as follows:
If the participant has both reached age 55 and completed at least five years of service with Danaher or its subsidiaries, the participant immediately vests 100% in each Danaher contribution.
If the participant does not satisfy the conditions described under the preceding bullet, the participant’s vesting percentage is 10% for each year of participation in the Danaher EDIP (after the participant has first completed five years of participation in the Danaher EDIP).
If a participant dies while employed by Danaher, his or her vesting percentage equals 100%.
If termination of an employee’s participation in the Danaher EDIP resulted from the employee’s gross misconduct, the administrator may reduce the employee’s vested interest with respect to all Danaher contributions to as low as zero percent.
Effective January 1, 2019, no new participants are admitted to the Danaher EDIP, but existing Danaher EDIP participants as of December 31, 2018 may receive Danaher contributions as described above. Danaher EDIP participants who make a one-time election to participate in the Danaher Excess Contribution Plan, or Danaher ECP (which is a sub-plan under the Danaher 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan), and new participants in Danaher’s supplemental retirement program will receive Danaher contributions under the Danaher ECP. Messrs. Aghdaei, Bludworth and Eriksson elected to remain in the Danaher EDIP and therefore do not participate in the Danaher ECP.
Voluntary Deferrals. Until December 31, 2018, each Danaher EDIP participant was permitted to voluntarily defer into the program, on a pre-tax basis, up to 85% of his or her salary and/or up to 85% of his or her non-equity incentive compensation with respect to a given plan year. Notional earnings on amounts deferred under the program are credited to participant accounts based on the market rate of return of the applicable benchmark investment alternatives offered under the program, which are generally the same as the investment alternatives offered under Danaher’s 401(k) Plan (except for any investment options that may only be offered under the tax qualified 401(k) Plan). Each participant allocates the amounts he or she voluntarily defers among the available investment alternatives. Participants may change their allocations at any time, provided that any portion of a participant’s account that is subject to the Danaher common stock investment alternative must remain allocated to that investment alternative until the account is distributed to the participant.
Effective January 1, 2019, no new voluntary deferrals are permitted under the Danaher EDIP and instead, Danaher EDIP participants and other members of Danaher senior management are permitted to make voluntary deferrals under the Danaher DCP. Voluntary deferrals under the Danaher DCP are subject to substantially the same terms as applied under the Danaher EDIP, including with respect to the percentage of salary and/or non-equity incentive compensation that may deferred each year, investment alternatives and crediting of notional earnings. Participants are at all times fully vested in amounts they voluntarily defer into their Danaher EDIP and DCP accounts.
Distributions. In general, a participant may not receive a distribution of his or her vested Danaher EDIP account balance (including any amounts voluntarily deferred) until after his or her employment with Danaher terminates. A participant generally may elect to receive a distribution of his or her Danaher DCP account balance following his or her termination of employment or on a specified future date prior to his or her termination of employment. The following chart generally describes the timing and manner of distribution of Danaher EDIP and DCP account balances:

136

Table of Contents--------------

Name of Plan
Timing of beginning of distribution
Period of distribution
Form of distribution
Danaher EDIP
Not 100% vested in Danaher contributions
Six months following termination
Lump sum
Participant may elect to receive distribution in cash, shares of Danaher common stock or a combination thereof (but all balances subject to the Danaher common stock investment alternative must be distributed in shares of Danaher common stock).
100% vested in Danaher contributions
Participant may elect to begin receiving distributions immediately, 6 months, 1 year or 2 years following termination (a six-month delay may apply to distributions on a termination of employment if the participant is a “key employee” under applicable tax rules).
Participant may elect lump sum, or if at least age 55, annual installments over two, five or ten years.
Danaher DCP
Participant may elect to begin receiving distributions on the earlier of a fixed date or termination of employment. Distributions on a fixed date must be at least 3 years after the date of election. Distribution elections upon a termination of employment are the same as under the Danaher EDIP.
Participant may elect lump sum or annual installments over a period of up to ten years.
All balances subject to the Danaher common stock investment alternative must be distributed in shares of Danaher common stock, and all other balances must be paid in cash.
Certain events, such as the participant’s death or an unforeseeable emergency, may impact the timing of a distribution under the Danaher EDIP or Danaher DCP.
General. Under the EDIP and DCP, Danaher contributions and amounts voluntarily deferred are unfunded and unsecured obligations of Danaher, receive no preferential standing and are subject to the same risks as any of Danaher’s other general obligations.
Going forward. Following the completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee is expected to establish supplemental retirement plans that provide each of our NEOs with benefits comparable to the supplemental retirement benefits that such NEO received prior to the completion of this offering.
Envista Employment Agreements
Envista Proprietary Interest Agreements
We have entered into an agreement with each of our NEOs under which they are subject to certain covenants designed to protect our proprietary interests (the “Envista Proprietary Interest Agreements”).
During and for specified periods after the officer’s employment with us, subject to certain customary exceptions, our NEOs are generally prohibited from disclosing or improperly using any of our confidential information; making any disparaging comments about us; or using trade secrets to (i) hire or solicit any of our current or recent employees, or otherwise assist or encourage any of our employees to leave employment with us, or (ii) interfere or attempt to interfere with our relationships with any of our customers or vendors. In addition, subject to certain customary exceptions, the Envista Proprietary Interest Agreements with Messrs. Aghdaei, Bludworth and Geiselhöringer provide that the officers will not compete with us, develop competing products or services or sell to or solicit purchases from our customers and prospective customers with respect to products and services about which the officer has particular knowledge or expertise for a period of twelve months following

137

Table of Contents--------------

termination of employment, and will not hire or solicit any of our employees or independent contractors for a period of twenty-four months following termination of employment.
As consideration for continued compliance with his non-competition and non-solicitation obligations following termination of employment, Mr. Geiselhöringer will be entitled to receive an amount equal to twelve months’ continued payment of base salary.
Our NEOs also agreed that, with limited exceptions, all intellectual property that the officer develops in connection with his employment with us belongs to us, and assigns us all rights the officer may have in any such intellectual property.
Letter Agreements
Letter Agreement with Mr. Aghdaei
DH Dental Employment Services LLC (“DH Dental”), a subsidiary of Danaher that will become part of Envista in connection with the completion of this offering, entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Aghdaei on July 29, 2019, which will become effective as of the completion of this offering. Pursuant to the letter agreement, Mr. Aghdaei’s employment as our Chief Executive Officer will be on an at-will basis and he will be entitled to:
an annual base salary of $1,100,000 (subject to periodic review);
an annual incentive target bonus of 125% of his annual base salary (subject to periodic review);
a recommendation to our Compensation Committee to grant a one-time special equity award with a target grant date fair value of $3,100,000 at its first regularly scheduled meeting at which equity awards are considered following the completion of this offering, which award would be split evenly between stock options and RSUs and would vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant;
a recommendation to our Compensation Committee to grant an annual equity award with a target grant date fair value of $4,500,000 beginning in 2020, which award would be split evenly between stock options and RSUs and would vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant; and
participation in our deferred compensation program and in the employee benefit plans that are maintained for our regular employees generally.
Letter Agreement with Mr. Bludworth
DH Dental entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Bludworth on July 29, 2019, which will become effective as of the completion of this offering. Pursuant to the letter agreement, Mr. Bludworth’s employment as our Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer will be on an at-will basis and he will be entitled to:
an annual base salary of $450,000 (subject to periodic review);
an annual incentive target bonus of 60% of his annual base salary (subject to periodic review);
a recommendation to our Compensation Committee to grant a one-time special equity award with a target grant date fair value of $70,000 at its first regularly scheduled meeting at which equity awards are considered following the completion of this offering, which award would be split evenly between stock options and RSUs and would vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant;
a recommendation to our Compensation Committee to grant an annual equity award with a target grant date fair value of $650,000 beginning in 2020, which award would be split evenly between stock options and RSUs and would vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant; and
participation in our deferred compensation program and in the employee benefit plans that are maintained for our regular employees generally.

138

Table of Contents--------------

Letter Agreement with Mr. Eriksson
DH Dental entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Eriksson on July 29, 2019, which will become effective as of the completion of this offering. Pursuant to the letter agreement, Mr. Eriksson’s employment as our Senior Vice President and President of Kavo Kerr will be on an at-will basis and he will be entitled to:
an annual base salary of $550,000 (subject to periodic review);
an annual incentive target bonus of 70% of his annual base salary (subject to periodic review);
a recommendation to our Compensation Committee to grant a one-time special equity award with a target grant date fair value of $350,000 at its first regularly scheduled meeting at which equity awards are considered following the completion of this offering, which award would be split evenly between stock options and RSUs and would vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant;
a recommendation to our Compensation Committee to grant an annual equity award with a target grant date fair value of $850,000 beginning in 2020, which award would be split evenly between stock options and RSUs and would vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant; and
participation in our deferred compensation program and in the employee benefit plans that are maintained for our regular employees generally.
Letter Agreement with Mr. Yu
DH Dental entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Yu on July 29, 2019, which will become effective as of the completion of this offering. Pursuant to the letter agreement, Mr. Yu’s employment as our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer will be on an at-will basis and he will be entitled to:
an annual base salary of $500,000 (subject to periodic review);
an annual incentive target bonus of 70% of his annual base salary (subject to periodic review);
a recommendation to our Compensation Committee to grant a one-time special equity award with a target grant date fair value of $500,000 at its first regularly scheduled meeting at which equity awards are considered following the completion of this offering, which award would be split evenly between stock options and RSUs and would vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant;
a recommendation to our Compensation Committee to grant an annual equity award with a target grant date fair value of $800,000 beginning in 2020, which award would be split evenly between stock options and RSUs and would vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant; and
participation in the employee benefit plans (which includes our deferred compensation program) that are maintained for our regular employees generally.
Amendment Agreement with Mr. Geiselhöringer
Nobel entered into an employment agreement amendment with Mr. Geiselhöringer on August 1, 2019, which will become effective as of the completion of this offering. Pursuant to the amendment agreement, Mr. Geiselhöringer will be our Senior Vice President and President of Nobel Biocare Systems and he will be entitled to an annual incentive target bonus of 70% of his annual base salary (subject to periodic review). The amendment agreement relates to the terms of Mr. Geiselhöringer’s employment other than his equity compensation (which is separately addressed in the letter agreement described below).
Mr. Geiselhöringer’s Employment Agreement is discussed above under “Danaher Employment Agreements-Employment Agreement with Mr. Geiselhöringer.”
Letter Agreement with Mr. Geiselhöringer
Envista entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Geiselhöringer on July 29, 2019. The letter agreement provides that, subject to the completion of this offering, Mr. Geiselhöringer will be entitled to:
a recommendation to our Compensation Committee to grant a one-time special equity award with a target grant date fair value of $200,000 at its first regularly scheduled meeting at which equity awards are considered

139

Table of Contents--------------

following the completion of this offering, which award would be split evenly between stock options and RSUs and would vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant; and
a recommendation to our Compensation Committee to grant an annual equity award with a target grant date fair value of $700,000 as part of our annual equity award program for 2020, which award would be split evenly between stock options and RSUs and would vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant.
Envista Holdings Corporation 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan
General. The following is a description of the material features of the proposed Envista Holdings Corporation 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”). This description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the proposed 2019 Plan, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We expect to adopt the 2019 Plan prior to the completion of this offering.
Awards and Eligibility. The following awards may be granted under the 2019 Plan: stock options, SARs, restricted stock, RSUs, other stock-based awards (including PSUs) and conversion awards, as such terms are defined in the 2019 Plan, as well as cash-based awards (collectively, all such awards are referred to as “awards”). We will not receive any consideration for the granting of these awards other than, where required, par value. All of our employees, non-employee directors (“directors”) and consultants, as well as those of our eligible subsidiaries, will be eligible to participate in the 2019 Plan. As of the completion of this offering, we expect to have approximately 12,000 employees and nine directors.
Administration of Plan. The 2019 Plan will be administered by our Compensation Committee (the “Administrator”), unless otherwise determined by our Board of Directors. The 2019 Plan requires that the Compensation Committee consist of at least two directors, each of whom is a non-employee director under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act. The Administrator will have the sole authority to grant awards and sole and exclusive discretion to construe, interpret and administer the 2019 Plan, amend, waive or extend any provision or limitation of any award (except as limited by the terms of the 2019 Plan), remedy ambiguities or omissions and adopt appropriate procedures (and may delegate its authority to members of management (other than authority to make grants to any director or any officer subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act)). The Administrator will determine the employees, directors and consultants who will receive grants and the precise terms of the grants (including any provisions regarding acceleration of vesting and exercisability, which the Administrator may determine either initially or subsequent to the grant of the award). The decisions of the Administrator will be final and binding on all holders of awards.
Shares Available; Award Limits . A total of 20,656,197 shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan (including in respect of conversion awards) of which 961,778 shares of our common stock will be authorized to be issued under the 2019 Plan prior to the distribution (the “maximum share limit”). Each share of common stock subject to an award (including any conversion award) will count against the maximum share limit as one share of common stock. If any award (including any conversion award) expires, is canceled, forfeited, cash-settled, exchanged or assumed by a third party or terminates for any other reason, in each case without a distribution of common stock to the participant, each share of common stock available under that award will be added back to the maximum share limit as one share of common stock. The foregoing limitations will be subject to adjustments relating to capital adjustments as set forth in the 2019 Plan. The maximum number of shares subject to awards granted during a single fiscal year to any director, taken together with such director’s cash fees with respect to the fiscal year, will not exceed $700,000 in the aggregate.
Prohibition on Share Recycling. The following shares of common stock will not again become available for awards or increase the number of shares available for grant under the 2019 Plan: (1) shares of common stock tendered by the participant or withheld by us in payment of the purchase price of an option or SAR, (2) shares of common stock tendered by the participant or withheld by us to satisfy any tax withholding obligation under the plan, (3) shares of common stock repurchased by us with proceeds received from the exercise of an option, and (4) shares of common stock subject to a SAR that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of that SAR upon its exercise.
Adjustments. If the outstanding shares of common stock increase or decrease or change into or are exchanged for a different number or kind of security by reason of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split, combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock dividend, or other distribution payable in capital stock, or some other increase or decrease in the common stock occurs without Envista receiving consideration, or in the event of an extraordinary dividend on the common stock payable in a form other than common stock in an amount that has a material effect on the price of the common stock, the Administrator will make an equitable adjustment as the Administrator in its sole discretion deems appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits intended to be made available under the plan to (a) the number and kind of shares of common stock, other securities or property underlying, or the amount of cash subject to, each outstanding award;

140

Table of Contents--------------

(b) the exercise price or purchase price of any outstanding award and applicable performance conditions relating to any outstanding award; and (c) the maximum share limit.
Performance Rules. Awards under the 2019 Plan may be subject to time-based and/or such performance-based vesting conditions as the Administrator considers appropriate. Equity-based awards granted under the 2019 Plan will generally be subject to a vesting period, as applicable, of at least one year, provided that (1) up to five percent (5%) of the maximum share limit may be issued without regard to the minimum vesting condition, (2) conversion awards will not count against the minimum vesting condition, (3) the minimum vesting condition will not apply in the event of a participant’s death, disability, retirement or other terminations of service, and (4) the Administrator may waive the minimum vesting condition in the event of a substantial corporate change. The number of shares of common stock, the amount of cash or the other benefits received under an award that are otherwise earned upon satisfaction of performance-based vesting conditions may be adjusted by the Administrator on the basis of such further considerations that the Administrator in its sole discretion deems appropriate.
Retirement and Other Terminations of Employment. Except in certain countries where different terms apply and subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in the 2019 Plan or the applicable award agreement, in general and subject in all cases to the term of the award:
upon retiring after reaching age 65, (1) a participant’s unvested options and SARs will continue to vest and, together with any options and SARs that are vested as of the retirement date, remain outstanding and (once vested) may be exercised until the fifth anniversary of the retirement date, (2) any RSUs and any conversion award that is an RSU and was originally granted on or after February 23, 2015 that are unvested as of the retirement date will continue to vest according to their terms (subject, as to each time-based vesting tranche, to satisfaction of any applicable performance criteria before the time-based vesting date), and (3) with respect to PSUs, the participant will receive a prorated portion of the shares actually earned based on our performance over the performance period, and (4) all unvested portions of any other outstanding awards, including restricted stock, will be forfeited for no consideration; and
solely with respect to awards other than any conversion awards that were originally granted prior to February 23, 2015, upon retiring after reaching age 55 and completing ten years of service with us (including years of service with Danaher prior to the completion of this offering), (1) a pro rata portion of the participant’s unvested options and SARs will continue to vest and, together with any options and SARs that are vested as of the retirement date, remain outstanding and (once vested) may be exercised until the fifth anniversary of the retirement date, (2) a pro rata portion of any RSUs that are unvested as of the retirement date will continue to vest according to their terms (subject, as to each time-based vesting tranche, to satisfaction of any applicable performance criteria before the time-based vesting date) and (3) with respect to PSUs, the participant will receive a prorated portion of the shares actually earned based on the Company’s performance over the performance period, and (4) all unvested portions of any other outstanding awards, including restricted stock, will be forfeited for no consideration.
Upon terminations of employment other than retirement, unless the Administrator determines otherwise, any options or SARs that are vested as of a participant’s termination of employment (including any options or SARs the vesting of which accelerates as a result of the participant’s death) will remain exercisable until the earlier of the expiration of the award’s term or (1) 12 months after termination, if the termination results from the participant’s death or disability, (2) in the Administrator’s discretion, at the time of termination if the participant’s employment is terminated for gross misconduct, or (3) 90 days following the termination date, in all other non-retirement situations. The Administrator will have the discretion to determine whether and when a termination of employment has occurred. If an award survives for any period of time following termination of employment, it will nonetheless terminate as of the date that the participant violates any post-employment covenant between us and the participant. In addition, upon termination of a participant’s employment or service due to death, generally (1) all outstanding stock options granted under the 2019 Plan will become fully vested, (2) the vesting of a pro rata portion of his or her outstanding RSUs will be accelerated as of the date of death, and (3) with respect to PSUs as to which the death occurs prior to conclusion of the performance period, the participant’s estate will receive a pro rata portion of the target number of shares underlying the PSUs.
Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. The 2019 Plan authorizes the grant of non-qualified stock options, which are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, as well as SARs. The exercise price of stock options and SARs granted under the 2019 Plan may not be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant except in the event of a conversion, replacement or substitution in connection with an acquisition or merger or in the event of an adjustment to our capital stock. The “fair market value” means the closing price per share of common stock on the NYSE

141

Table of Contents--------------

or other national securities exchange on the date the award is granted, or if no such closing price is available on such day, the closing price for the immediately preceding trading day.
Restricted Stock Grants, Restricted Stock Units and Other Stock-Based Awards. A restricted stock grant is a direct grant of common stock, subject to restrictions and vesting conditions, including time-based vesting conditions and/or the attainment of performance-based vesting conditions. A participant who is awarded a restricted stock grant under the 2019 Plan will have the same voting, dividend and other rights as our other shareholders from the date of grant. The Administrator may also grant RSUs or PSUs under which the participants will be entitled to receive shares of common stock upon satisfaction of any applicable vesting conditions, including time-based and/or performance-based vesting conditions. A participant who is awarded RSUs or PSUs under the 2019 Plan does not possess any incidents of ownership with respect to the underlying shares of common stock. Generally, all shares subject to unvested restricted stock grants or unvested RSUs or PSUs are forfeited upon termination of employment (other than by reason of death or retirement). Other awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, common stock may also be granted to employees, directors and consultants.
Conversion Awards. The 2019 Plan authorizes the grant of awards in connection with the replacement of certain equity-based awards granted by Danaher prior to the completion of this offering. Notwithstanding any provision of the 2019 Plan to the contrary, in accordance with a formula for the replacement of the Danaher awards as determined by us in a manner consistent with our separation from Danaher, the Administrator will determine number of shares of common stock subject to a conversion award and the exercise price of any conversion award that is an option.
Cash-Based Awards. The Administrator may grant cash-based awards, each of which may be expressed in dollars or may be based on a formula that is consistent with the provisions of the 2019 Plan.
Transferability. Generally, awards under the 2019 Plan may not be pledged, assigned or otherwise transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution. The Administrator will have the authority to allow the transfer of awards (other than cash-based awards) by gift to members of the participant’s immediate family, children, grandchildren or spouse, a trust in which the participant and/or such family members collectively have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, or any other entity in which the participant and/or such family members own more than 50% of the voting interests.
Corporate Changes. As defined in the 2019 Plan, a substantial corporate change includes the consummation of (1) our dissolution or liquidation; (2) any transaction or series of transactions in which any person or entity or group of persons or entities is or becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of our voting securities (not including any securities acquired directly from us or our affiliates) representing more than 50% of the total voting power of our then outstanding securities; (3) a change in the composition of our Board of Directors such that individuals who were serving on our Board of Directors immediately following the completion of this offering, together with any new member of our Board of Directors (other than a member of our Board of Directors whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of our directors) whose appointment or election by our Board of Directors or nomination for election by our shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least a majority of the members of our Board of Directors then still in office who either were members of our Board of Directors on such date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of the members of our Board of Directors then serving; (4) our merger, consolidation, or reorganization with one or more corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships or other entities, other than a merger, consolidation or reorganization which would result in our voting securities outstanding immediately prior to such event continuing to have both (i) more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting securities of the ultimate parent entity resulting from such merger, consolidation, or reorganization (and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such voting securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to such transaction), and (ii) the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of the ultimate parent entity resulting from such merger, consolidation, or reorganization; or (5) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets to another person or entity.
Upon a substantial corporate change, either (1) our Board of Directors will provide for the assumption or continuation of outstanding awards, or the substitution for such awards of any options or grants covering the stock or securities of a successor employer corporation, or (2) if any outstanding such award is not so assumed, continued or substituted for, then any forfeitable portions of the awards will terminate and the Administrator in its sole discretion may (i) provide that optionees or holders of SARs will have the right before the consummation of the transaction to exercise any unexercised portions of an option or SAR; and/or (ii) for any awards, cancel each award after payment to the participant of (a) an amount in cash, cash

142

Table of Contents--------------

equivalents, or successor equity interests substantially equal to the fair market value of the shares of common stock subject to the award (minus, for options and SARs, the exercise price, and for any awards where our Board of Directors or the Administrator determines it is appropriate, any required tax withholdings), or (b) an amount equal to the cash value of the award with respect to cash-based awards. The Administrator will determine in its discretion the impact, if any, of the substantial corporate change upon any performance conditions otherwise applicable to an award.
Foreign Jurisdictions. To comply with the laws in countries outside the United States in which we or any of our subsidiaries operates or has employees, the Administrator will have the authority to determine which subsidiaries will be covered by the 2019 Plan and which employees outside the United States are eligible to participate in the 2019 Plan, to modify the terms and conditions of any award granted to employees outside the United States and to establish sub-plans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable.
Amendment or Termination; Term of Plan. Our Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2019 Plan. However, no amendment may be effected without approval of our shareholders to the extent such approval is required under applicable law or any applicable stock exchange rule. Except as required by law or upon a substantial corporate change, the Administrator may not amend or cancel the 2019 Plan or any award made under the 2019 Plan without the written consent of the participant if such action would materially adversely affect any outstanding award; provided however, that our Board of Directors reserves the right to unilaterally alter or modify the 2019 Plan and any awards made thereunder to ensure all awards provided to participants who are U.S. taxpayers are made in such a manner that either qualifies for exemption from or complies with Code Section 409A. Unless the Board extends the 2019 Plan’s term, the Administrator may not grant awards under the 2019 Plan after the ten year anniversary of the date the 2019 Plan is approved by Danaher in its capacity as our sole shareholder.
Recoupment. All awards granted under the 2019 Plan will be subject to our recoupment policy as it exists from time to time, if and to the extent the policy applies according to its terms, as well as any recoupment terms required by applicable law.
Envista intends to grant the initial equity awards described above under “—Envista Employment Agreements” in connection with the pricing of this offering.
Director Compensation
With respect to fiscal year 2018, we did not pay any director compensation.
Director Compensation Philosophy
We expect to use a combination of cash and equity-based compensation to attract and retain qualified candidates to serve on our Board. In setting director compensation, our Board and Nominating and Governance Committee expect to be guided by the following principles:
compensation should fairly pay directors for work required in a company of our size and scope, and differentiate among directors where appropriate to reflect different levels of responsibilities;
a significant portion of the total compensation should be paid in stock-based awards to align directors’ interests with the long-term interests of our stockholders; and
the structure of the compensation program should be simple and transparent.
Process for Setting Director Compensation
The Nominating and Governance Committee will be responsible for reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding non-management director compensation (although the Board will make the final determination regarding the amounts and type of non-management director compensation). The Board expects to use an independent compensation consultant, to prepare regular reports on market non-management director compensation practices and evaluate our program in light of the results of such reports.
While the terms and conditions of the plans have not yet been determined, we expect that our equity plan will have substantially similar terms and conditions as the Danaher 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan, and will limit the amount of cash and equity compensation that we may pay to a non-management director each year. Under the terms of the Danaher 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan, an annual limit of $800,000 per calendar year applies to the sum of all cash and equity-based awards (calculated based on the grant date fair value of such awards for financial reporting purposes) granted to each non-

143

Table of Contents--------------

management director for services as a member of the Board (plus an additional limit of $500,000 per calendar year with respect to any non-executive Board chair or vice chair).
Director Compensation Structure
Each of our independent directors is expected to receive:
An annual cash retainer of $100,000, paid in four, equal installments following each quarter of service.
If a director attends more than twenty (20) Board and Board committee meetings in aggregate during a calendar year, a cash meeting fee of $2,000 for each Board and committee meeting attended during such year in excess of such threshold, paid in aggregate following completion of such year.
An annual equity award with a target award value of $175,000.
Reimbursement for Envista-related out-of-pocket expenses, including travel expenses.
In addition, the Board chair is expected to receive an annual cash retainer of $62,500 and an annual equity award with a target value of $62,500, the chair of the Audit Committee is expected to receive an annual cash retainer of $20,000, the chair of the Compensation Committee an annual cash retainer of $15,000, and the Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee an annual retainer of $10,000, with all cash retainers paid in four, equal installments following each quarter of service.
Each of the directors designated by Danaher for nomination to our Board pursuant to Danaher’s rights under the separation agreement is expected to receive from Danaher (not Envista) a one-time cash payment for service on the Board between the date of this offering and the date Danaher no longer controls a majority of the total voting power of Envista’s outstanding shares with respect to the election of directors (the “Disposition Date”). The cash payment will be based on an annual rate of $275,000 and will be pro-rated as necessary based on the number of months the director serves on the Envista Board between the date of this offering and Disposition Date (with any partial month counting as a full month). This cash payment will be paid in a lump sum between the Disposition Date and the date that is thirty (30) days following the Disposition Date.
Mr. Aghdaei will receive no additional compensation (other than his compensation as President and CEO) for his service on the Envista Board.
Director Stock Ownership Requirements
Our Board is also expected to adopt stock ownership requirements for non-management directors. Under the requirements, each non-management director (within five years of his or her initial election or appointment) will be required to beneficially own shares of our common stock with a market value of at least five times his or her annual cash retainer. Once a director has acquired a number of shares that satisfies such ownership multiple, such number of shares then becomes such director’s minimum ownership requirement (even if his or her retainer increases or the fair market value of such shares subsequently declines). Under the policy, beneficial ownership includes RSUs and restricted shares held by the director and shares in which the director or his or her spouse or child has a direct or indirect interest, but does not include shares subject to unexercised stock options. Until such time as Danaher ceases to beneficially own a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares with respect to the election of directors, this policy will not apply to those non-management directors who are employees of Danaher. In addition, our Board is expected to adopt a policy that prohibits any director or executive officer from pledging as security under any obligation any shares of our common stock that he or she directly or indirectly owns and controls. We also expect to adopt a policy that prohibits our directors and employees from engaging in any transactions involving a derivative of our securities, including hedging transactions.

144

Table of Contents--------------

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth the number of shares and percentage of our common stock beneficially owned (i) immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by:
each person or group known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
each person whom we anticipate will serve on our Board of Directors as of immediately following the completion of this offering and each of our NEOs; and
all persons whom we anticipate will serve on our Board of Directors or as our executive officers as of immediately following the completion of this offering as a group.
Except as otherwise indicated and subject to community property laws where applicable, each person or entity included in the table above has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by that person or entity. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 127,868,000 shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to the completion of this offering and 154,636,000 shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, or 158,651,200 shares of common stock, assuming the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. The table below does not reflect any shares of common stock that certain individuals may purchase in this offering through the directed share program, as described under the section entitled, “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.” Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each holder listed below is c/o Envista Holdings Corporation, 200 S. Kraemer Blvd., Building E, Brea, California 92821.
 
Common stock beneficially owned before this offering
 
Shares of common stock beneficially owned after this offering (assuming no exercise of the option to purchase additional shares)
 
Shares of common stock beneficially owned after this offering (assuming full exercise of the option to purchase additional shares)
Name and address of
Beneficial Owner
Number
 
%
 
Number
 
%
 
Number
 
%
Danaher Corporation
127,868,000
 
100%
 
127,868,000
 
82.7%
 
127,868,000
 
80.6%
Amir Aghdaei
 
 
 
*
 
 
*
Allison F. Blackwell
 
 
 
*
 
 
*
Curt Bludworth
 
 
 
*
 
 
*
Wendy Carruthers
 
 
 
*
 
 
*
Jonathan O. Clark
 
 
 
*
 
 
*
William K. Daniel II
 
 
 
*
 
 
*
Patrik Eriksson
 
 
 
*
 
 
*
Hans Geiselhöringer
 
 
 
*
 
 
*
Daniel J. Houghton
 
 
 
*
 
 
*
Scott Huennekens
 
 
 
*
 
 
*
Daniel A. Raskas
 
 
 
*
 
 
*
Christine Tsingos
 
 
 
*
 
 
*
Howard Yu
 
 
 
*
 
 
*
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (16 persons)
 
 
 
*
 
 
*
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
* Denotes less than 1%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

145

Table of Contents--------------

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS
Agreements with Danaher
Following the separation and this offering, we and Danaher will operate separately, each as a public company. We will enter into a separation agreement with Danaher, which is referred to in this prospectus as the “separation agreement.” In connection with the separation, we will also enter into various other agreements to effect the separation and provide a framework for our relationship with Danaher after the separation, including a transition services agreement, an employee matters agreement, a tax matters agreement, an intellectual property matters agreement, a DBS license agreement and a registration rights agreement. These agreements will provide for the allocation between us and Danaher of Danaher’s assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including its investments, property and employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to, at and after our separation from Danaher and will govern certain relationships between us and Danaher after the separation.
The following summaries of each of the agreements listed above are qualified in their entireties by reference to the full text of the applicable agreements which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
The Separation Agreement
We intend to enter into a separation agreement with Danaher immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The separation agreement will set forth our agreements with Danaher regarding the principal actions to be taken in connection with the separation. It will also set forth other agreements that govern certain aspects of our relationship with Danaher following the separation and this offering.
Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities
The separation agreement will identify assets to be transferred, liabilities to be assumed and contracts to be assigned to each of Danaher and us as part of the internal reorganization transaction described herein, and will describe when and how these transfers, assumptions and assignments will occur, though many of the transfers, assumptions and assignments will have already occurred prior to the parties’ entering into the separation agreement. The separation agreement will provide for those transfers of assets and assumptions of liabilities that are necessary in connection with the separation so that we and Danaher retain the assets necessary to operate our respective businesses and retain or assume the liabilities allocated in accordance with the separation. The separation agreement will also provide for the settlement or extinguishment of certain liabilities and other obligations between us and Danaher. In particular, the separation agreement will provide that, subject to the terms and conditions contained in the separation agreement:
“Envista Assets” (as defined in the separation agreement), including, but not limited to, the equity interests of our subsidiaries, assets reflected on our pro forma balance sheet and assets primarily (or in the case of intellectual property, exclusively) relating to our business, will be retained by or transferred to us or one of our subsidiaries, except as set forth in the separation agreement or one of the other agreements described below;
“Envista Liabilities” (as defined in the separation agreement), including, but not limited to, the following will be retained by or transferred to us or one of our subsidiaries:
all of the liabilities (whether accrued, contingent or otherwise, and subject to certain exceptions) to the extent related to, arising out of or resulting from our business;
any and all “Envista Environmental Liabilities” (as defined in the separation agreement);
liabilities (whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) reflected on our pro forma balance sheet;
liabilities (whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) relating to, arising out of, or resulting from, any infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any intellectual property of any other person related to the conduct of our business;
any product liability claims or other claims of third parties to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from any product developed, manufactured, marketed, distributed, leased or sold by our business;
liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from any indebtedness of any subsidiary of ours or any indebtedness secured exclusively by any of our assets;

146

Table of Contents--------------

liabilities (whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) relating to, arising out of or resulting from any form, registration statement, schedule or similar disclosure document filed or furnished with the SEC, to the extent the liability arising therefrom related to matters related to our business;
all other liabilities (whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) relating to, arising out of or resulting from disclosure documents filed or furnished with the SEC that are related to the separation (including the Form S-1 registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and this prospectus); and
all assets and liabilities (whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) of Danaher will be retained by or transferred to Danaher or one of its subsidiaries (other than us or one of our subsidiaries), except as set forth in the separation agreement or one of the other agreements described below and except for other limited exceptions that will result in us retaining or assuming certain other specified liabilities.
The allocation of liabilities with respect to taxes, except for payroll taxes and reporting and other tax matters expressly covered by the employee matters agreement, are solely covered by the tax matters agreement.
Except as expressly set forth in the separation agreement or any ancillary agreement, all assets will be transferred on an “as is,” “where is” basis and the respective transferees will bear the economic and legal risks that any conveyance will prove to be insufficient to vest in the transferee good title, free and clear of any security interest, that any necessary consents or governmental approvals are not obtained and that any requirements of laws or judgments are not complied with. In general, neither we nor Danaher will make any representations or warranties regarding any assets or liabilities transferred or assumed, any consents or approvals that may be required in connection with such transfers or assumptions, or any other matters.
Information in this prospectus with respect to the assets and liabilities of the parties following the separation is presented based on the allocation of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the separation agreement, unless the context otherwise requires. Certain of the liabilities and obligations to be assumed by one party or for which one party will have an indemnification obligation under the separation agreement and the other agreements relating to the separation are, and following the separation may continue to be, the legal or contractual liabilities or obligations of another party. Each such party that continues to be subject to such legal or contractual liability or obligation will rely on the applicable party that assumed the liability or obligation or the applicable party that undertook an indemnification obligation with respect to the liability or obligation, as applicable, under the separation agreement, to satisfy the performance and payment obligations or indemnification obligations with respect to such legal or contractual liability or obligation.
Cash Distribution
Danaher will receive as consideration for the Dental business Danaher is contributing to us in connection with the separation shares of our common stock, all of the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of our common stock in this offering, including any net proceeds we will receive as a result of any exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and approximately $1.3 billion of proceeds from term debt financing that we will enter into prior to the closing of this offering, as further described in the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” See “Use of Proceeds.”
Further Assurances; Separation of Guarantees
To the extent that any transfers of assets or assumptions of liabilities contemplated by the separation agreement have not been consummated on or prior to the date of this offering, the parties will agree to cooperate with each other to effect such transfers or assumptions while holding such assets or liabilities for the benefit of the appropriate party so that all the benefits and burdens relating to such asset or liability inure to the party entitled to receive or assume such asset or liability. Each party will agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to take or to cause to be taken all actions, and to do, or to cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary under applicable law or contractual obligations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the separation agreement and other transaction agreements. Additionally, we and Danaher will use commercially reasonable efforts to remove us and our subsidiaries as a guarantor of liabilities (including surety bonds) retained by Danaher and its subsidiaries and to remove Danaher and its subsidiaries as a guarantor of liabilities (including surety bonds) to be assumed by us.
Shared Contracts
Certain shared contracts are to be assigned or amended to facilitate the separation of our business from Danaher. If such contracts may not be assigned or amended, the parties are required to take reasonable actions to cause the appropriate party to receive the benefit of the contract for a specified period of time after the separation is complete.

147

Table of Contents--------------

Release of Claims and Indemnification
Except as otherwise provided in the separation agreement or any ancillary agreement, each party will release and forever discharge the other party and its subsidiaries and affiliates from all liabilities existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the separation. The releases will not extend to obligations or liabilities under any agreements between the parties that remain in effect following the separation pursuant to the separation agreement or any ancillary agreement. These releases will be subject to certain exceptions set forth in the separation agreement.
The separation agreement will provide for cross-indemnities that, except as otherwise provided in the separation agreement, are principally designed to place financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities allocated to us under the separation agreement with us and financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities allocated to Danaher under the separation agreement with Danaher. Specifically, each party will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other party, its affiliates and subsidiaries and each of its officers, directors, employees and agents for any losses arising out of or due to:
the liabilities or alleged liabilities the indemnifying party assumed or retained pursuant to the separation agreement;
the assets the indemnifying party assumed or retained pursuant the separation agreement;
the operation of the indemnifying party’s business, whether prior to, at, or after this offering; and
any breach by the indemnifying party of any provision of the separation agreement or any other agreement unless such other agreement expressly provides for separate indemnification therein.
Each party’s aforementioned indemnification obligations will be uncapped; provided that the amount of each party’s indemnification obligations will be subject to reduction by any insurance proceeds (net of premium increases) received by the party being indemnified. The separation agreement will also specify procedures with respect to claims subject to indemnification and related matters. Indemnification with respect to taxes will be governed by the tax matters agreement.
Legal Matters
Except as otherwise set forth in the separation agreement or any ancillary agreement (or as otherwise described above), each party to the separation agreement will assume the liability for, and control of, all pending, threatened and future legal matters related to its own business or its assumed or retained liabilities and will indemnify the other party for any liability arising out of or resulting from such legal matters.
Insurance
Following the separation, we will be responsible for obtaining and maintaining at our own cost our own insurance coverage. Additionally, with respect to certain claims arising prior to the separation, we may, at the sole discretion of Danaher, seek coverage under Danaher third-party insurance policies to the extent that coverage may be available thereunder.
Subsequent Distribution or Dispositions
Danaher has sole discretion in effecting any subsequent distribution of our shares through a spin-off or split-off or effecting any further dispositions of our shares after this offering through one or more public offerings or private sales. We are required to cooperate with Danaher to effect any subsequent distribution or dispositions.
Board and Committee Representation
For so long as Danaher beneficially owns a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares with respect to the election of directors, Danaher is entitled to designate a majority of the directors (including the chairman of the Board) and a majority of the members of any committee of the Board, and we are required to use reasonable best efforts to take advantage of any “controlled company” exemption (including related to director independence) under applicable stock exchange rules. For so long as Danaher beneficially owns less than a majority but at least 10% of the total voting power of our outstanding shares with respect to the election of directors, Danaher is entitled to designate a number of directors in proportion to the percentage of total voting power beneficially owned by Danaher and has the right to include at least one of its designees on each committee of the Board. The Danaher designees on any committee of the Board must comply with the applicable director independence requirements under applicable law, after taking into account any “controlled company” exemption under the stock exchange rules.

148

Table of Contents--------------

Financial Reporting Covenants
We have agreed to comply with certain covenants relating to our financial reporting for so long as Danaher is required to consolidate our results of operations and financial position or to account for its investment in us under the equity method of accounting. These covenants include, among others, covenants regarding:
delivery or supply of monthly, quarterly and annual financial information and annual budgets and financial projections to Danaher;
conformity with Danaher’s financial presentation and accounting policies;
disclosure of information about our financial controls to Danaher;
provision to Danaher of access to our auditors and certain books and records related to internal accounting controls or operations; and
cooperation with Danaher to the extent requested by Danaher in the preparation of Danaher’s public filings and press releases.
Additional Covenants
We have agreed to comply with the following additional covenants for so long as Danaher beneficially owns a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares with respect to the election of directors:
without Danaher’s prior written consent, we may not take any action that would restrict Danaher’s ability to transfer its shares of our common stock or limit the rights of Danaher as a stockholder of ours in a manner not applicable to our stockholders generally;
without Danaher’s prior written consent, we may not issue any of our shares (but may issue up to 984,000   shares of our common stock in connection with equity awards granted pursuant to our compensation plans); provided that no issuance of our shares may result in Danaher beneficially owning less than a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock or less than 80% of the total voting power of the then outstanding shares with respect to the election of directors;
to the extent that Danaher is a party to any contracts that provide that certain actions or inactions of Danaher affiliates may result in Danaher being in breach of such contracts, we may not take any actions that reasonably could result in Danaher being in breach of such contracts; and
we are required to take certain actions to comply with anti-corruption law (including to maintain a compliance and ethics program reasonably equivalent to Danaher’s compliance and ethics program).
In addition, prior to the date on which Danaher ceases to beneficially own a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock, we are required to consistently implement and maintain Danaher’s business practices and standards in accordance with Danaher’s policies and procedures (but may apply materiality thresholds lower than those contained in Danaher’s policies and procedures).
No Restriction on Competition
None of the provisions of the separation agreement includes any non-competition or other similar restrictive arrangements with respect to the range of business activities which may be conducted by either party.
No Hire and No Solicitation
Subject to customary exceptions, neither we nor Danaher will, without the consent of the other party, hire or retain an employee of the other party or its subsidiaries during the period from and after the completion of this offering until the date on which Danaher no longer beneficially owns a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock, and neither we nor Danaher will, without the consent of the other party, recruit or solicit an employee of the other party or its subsidiaries for a period of 12 months following the date on which Danaher ceases to beneficially own a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock.

149

Table of Contents--------------

Corporate Opportunities
Following the separation and for so long as Danaher beneficially owns at least 10% of the total voting power of our outstanding shares with respect to the election of directors or has any directors, officers or employees who serve on our Board of Directors, our Board of Directors will renounce any interest or expectancy of ours in any corporate opportunities that are presented to Danaher or any of its directors, officers or employees in accordance with Section 122(17) of the DGCL.
Dispute Resolution
If a dispute arises between us and Danaher under the separation agreement, the general counsels of the parties and such other representatives as the parties may designate will negotiate to resolve any disputes for a reasonable period of time. If the parties are unable to resolve the dispute in this manner then, unless otherwise agreed by the parties and except as otherwise set forth in the separation agreement, the dispute will be resolved through binding confidential arbitration.
Term/Termination
Prior to the date on which Danaher ceases to beneficially own a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock, Danaher has the unilateral right to terminate or modify the terms of the separation agreement and related agreements. After such date, the term of the separation agreement is indefinite and it may only be terminated with the prior written consent of both Danaher and us.
Separation Costs
All costs with respect to the separation incurred prior to the separation will be borne and paid by Danaher, except that certain costs related to certain services listed on a schedule to the separation agreement are not deemed separation costs and will be borne and paid by us.
All costs with respect to the separation incurred after the separation will be borne and paid by us except to the extent such fees and expenses were incurred in connection with services expressly requested by Danaher in writing. In addition, we will bear responsibility for all other services provided to or for the benefit of us, whether provided before or after the separation.
Any costs or expenses incurred in obtaining consents or novation from a third party will be borne by the entity to which such contract is being assigned.
Treatment of Intercompany Loans and Advances
Upon completion of the separation, all loans and advances between Danaher or any subsidiary of Danaher (other than us and our subsidiaries), on the one hand, and us or any of our subsidiaries, on the other hand, will be terminated other than certain loans and advances that are scheduled to the separation agreement to remain outstanding following the separation.
Other Matters Governed by the Separation Agreement
Other matters governed by the separation agreement include, confidentiality, access to and provision of records and treatment of outstanding guarantees and similar credit support.
Transition Services Agreement
We and Danaher will enter into a transition services agreement in connection with the separation and this offering, pursuant to which Danaher and its subsidiaries and we and our subsidiaries will provide to each other various services. The charges for the transition services generally are expected to allow the providing company to fully recover all out-of-pocket costs and expenses it actually incurs in connection with providing the service, plus, in some cases, the allocated indirect costs of providing the services, generally without profit.
The transition services agreement will terminate on the expiration of the term of the last service provided under it, unless earlier terminated by either party under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to, in the event of an uncured material breach by the other party or its applicable affiliates. If no term period is provided for a specified service, then such service is to terminate on the second anniversary of the effective date of the transition services agreement. The recipient for a particular service generally can terminate that service prior to the scheduled expiration date, subject to a minimum notice period equal to 30 days.
We do not expect the net costs associated with the transition services agreement to be materially different than the historical costs that have been allocated to us related to these same services.

150

Table of Contents--------------

Tax Matters Agreement
Allocation of Taxes
In connection with the separation and this offering, we and Danaher will enter into a tax matters agreement that will govern the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to tax liabilities and benefits, tax attributes, the preparation and filing of tax returns, the control of audits and other tax proceedings and other matters regarding taxes. In general, except with respect to certain transaction taxes triggered by the separation which will be borne by Danaher, under the agreement, we will be responsible for any U.S. federal, state, local or foreign taxes (and any related interest, penalties or audit adjustments) (i) imposed with respect to tax returns that include only us and/or any of our subsidiaries for any periods or portions thereof and (ii) imposed with respect to tax returns filed on a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar basis that include both us and/or any of our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Danaher or any of its subsidiaries, on the other hand, to the extent such taxes are attributable to our businesses for any periods or portions thereof after the closing of this offering.
Neither party’s obligations under the agreement will be limited in amount or subject to any cap. The agreement will also assign responsibilities for administrative matters, such as the filing of returns, payment of taxes due, retention of records and conduct of audits, examinations or similar proceedings. In addition, the agreement will provide for cooperation and information sharing with respect to tax matters.
If the distribution is effected, Danaher will generally be responsible for preparing and filing any tax return that includes Danaher or any of its subsidiaries (as determined immediately after the distribution), including those that also include us and/or any of our subsidiaries. We will generally be responsible for preparing and filing any tax returns that include only us and/or any of our subsidiaries.
The party responsible for preparing and filing any tax return will generally have primary authority to control tax contests related to any such tax return. We will generally have exclusive authority to control tax contests with respect to tax returns that include only us and/or any of our subsidiaries. It is expected that following this offering, we and our subsidiaries will be included in the U.S. federal consolidated tax returns of which Danaher is the parent until the distribution or additional sale of our shares, if any.    
Preservation of the Tax-Free Status of Certain Aspects of the Separation and Distribution
We and Danaher intend for the distribution, if pursued, together with certain related transactions, to qualify as a transaction that is tax-free to Danaher and Danaher’s stockholders under Section 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Code.
Danaher (i) has received a private letter ruling from the IRS to the effect that the separation and the distribution will qualify as a “reorganization” for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Code, and (ii) expects to receive, if the distribution is pursued, an opinion from Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP regarding the tax-free status of the separation and this the distribution, together with certain related transactions. In connection with the private letter ruling and, if the distribution is pursued, the opinion, we and Danaher have made and will make certain representations regarding the past and future conduct of their respective businesses and certain other matters.
Pursuant to the Tax Matters Agreement, we will also agree to certain covenants that contain restrictions intended to preserve the tax-free status of the separation and the distribution, if pursued. We may take certain actions prohibited by these covenants only if we obtain and provide to Danaher an opinion from a U.S. tax counsel or accountant of recognized national standing, in either case reasonably satisfactory to Danaher, to the effect that such action would not jeopardize the tax-free status of these transactions, or if we obtain prior written consent of Danaher, in its sole and absolute discretion, waiving such requirement. We will be barred from taking any action, or failing to take any action, where such action or failure to act adversely affects or could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the tax-free status of these transactions, for all relevant time periods. In addition, during the time period ending two years after the date of the distribution, these covenants will include specific restrictions on our:
discontinuing the active conduct of our trade or business;
issuance or sale of stock or other securities (including securities convertible into our stock but excluding certain compensatory arrangements);
amending our certificate of incorporation (or other organizational documents) or taking any other action, whether through a stockholder vote or otherwise, affecting the voting rights of our common stock;
sales of assets outside the ordinary course of business; and

151

Table of Contents--------------

entering into any other corporate transaction which would cause us to undergo a 50% or greater change in our stock ownership.
We will generally agree to indemnify Danaher and its affiliates against any and all tax-related liabilities incurred by them relating to the distribution, if pursued, and certain other aspects of the separation to the extent caused by an acquisition of our stock or assets or by any other action undertaken by us. This indemnification will apply even if Danaher has permitted us to take an action that would otherwise have been prohibited under the tax-related covenants described above.
Term and termination
There is no termination provision in the tax matters agreement and, unless specifically stated otherwise, the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations generally survive until the expiration of the relevant statute of limitations.
Employee Matters Agreement
We and Danaher will enter into an employee matters agreement that will govern our and Danaher’s compensation and employee benefit obligations with respect to the employees and other service providers of each company, and generally will allocate liabilities and responsibilities relating to employment matters and employee compensation and benefit plans and programs.
Outstanding Danaher awards and plans
The employee matters agreement will provide for the treatment of outstanding Danaher equity awards held by our employees upon completion of the distribution (if pursued), as described in further detail in the section entitled “Executive and Director Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—2018 NEO Compensation Decisions—Long-Term Incentive Awards,” and will also provide for certain other incentive arrangements.
The employee matters agreement will provide that, following the separation, our employees generally will continue to participate in benefit plans sponsored or maintained by Danaher until the earlier to occur of (i) the date that we are no longer a member of the “controlled group” of corporation of Danaher (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code), (ii) January 1, 2020 or (iii) such earlier date as may be agreed between Danaher and us. Following the respective plan transition date, our employees will commence participation in our respective benefit plans, which are expected to be generally similar to the existing Danaher benefit plans.
General matters
The employee matters agreement also will set forth the general principles relating to employee matters, including with respect to the assignment and transfer of employees, the assumption and retention of liabilities and related assets, workers’ compensation, payroll taxes, regulatory filings, leaves of absence, the provision of comparable benefits, employee service credit, the sharing of employee information, and the duplication or acceleration of benefits.
Term and termination
Until the date upon which Danaher ceases to beneficially own, in the aggregate, a majority of the total voting power of Envista’s outstanding shares with respect to the election of directors, Danaher will have the unilateral right to terminate or modify the terms of the employee matters agreement. After such date, the term of the employee matters agreement is indefinite and may only be terminated or amended with the prior written consent of both Danaher and us.
Intellectual Property Matters Agreement
We and Danaher will enter into an intellectual property matters agreement pursuant to which Danaher will grant to us a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up, irrevocable, sublicensable (subject to the restrictions below) license to use certain intellectual property rights retained by Danaher. We will be able to sublicense our rights in connection with activities relating to our and our affiliates’ business, but not for independent use by third parties.
We will also grant back to Danaher a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up, irrevocable, sublicensable (subject to the restrictions below) license to continue to use certain intellectual property rights owned by or transferred to us. Danaher will be able to sublicense its rights in connection with activities relating to Danaher’s and its affiliates’ retained business, but not for independent use by third parties. This license-back will permit Danaher to continue to use certain of our intellectual property rights in the conduct of its remaining businesses. We believe that the license-back will have little impact on our businesses because Danaher’s use of our intellectual property rights is generally limited to products and services that are not part of our businesses. The term of the intellectual property matters agreement is perpetual.

152

Table of Contents--------------

The intellectual property matters agreement is intended to provide freedom to operate in the event that any of Danaher’s retained trade secrets (excluding DBS) or patented technology is used in any of our businesses, and, as such, applies to all portions of our businesses. However, we believe there may be relatively little use of such retained trade secrets or patented technology in our businesses, and as a result, we do not believe that the intellectual property matters agreement has a material impact on any of our businesses.
DBS License Agreement
We and Danaher will enter into a DBS license agreement pursuant to which Danaher will grant us a perpetual, non-exclusive, worldwide, and non-transferable license to use DBS solely in support of our business. We will be able to sublicense such license to direct and indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries (but only as long as such entities remain direct and indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries). In addition, we and Danaher will each license to each other improvements made by such party to DBS during the first two years of the term period of the DBS license agreement.
We anticipate that DBS, which will be rebranded as Envista Business System as used by us following this offering, will be used by our various businesses and functions to continuously improve performance.
For two years following the separation, each of Envista or Danaher may request the other party to provide limited, cost-free DBS-related services, which may include technical assistance and training, joint training sessions, collaboration sessions and other related services.
The term of the DBS license agreement is perpetual, with the license to Envista continuing unless there is an uncured material breach by Envista. Upon a change of control of Envista, Envista's rights to receive services under the DBS license agreement will terminate, but Envista will be permitted to continue to use the DBS license even after it undergoes a change of control.
Registration Rights Agreement
Prior to or concurrently with the completion of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with Danaher pursuant to which we will grant Danaher and its affiliates certain registration rights with respect to our common stock owned by them.
Demand registration
Danaher will be able to request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of our shares covered by the agreement, and we will be obligated to register such shares as requested by Danaher, subject to limitations on minimum offering size and certain other limited exceptions. We are not required to honor any of these demand registrations if we have effected a registration within the preceding 60 days. Danaher will be able to designate the terms of each offering effected pursuant to a demand registration, which may take any form, including a shelf registration.
Piggy-back registration
If we at any time intend to file on our behalf or on behalf of any of our other security holders a registration statement in connection with a public offering of any of our securities on a form and in a manner that would permit the registration for offer and sale of our common stock held by Danaher, Danaher will have the right to include its shares of our common stock in that offering.
Registration expenses
We will be generally responsible for all registration expenses in connection with the performance of our obligations under the registration rights provisions in the registration rights agreement. Danaher is responsible for its own internal fees and expenses, any applicable underwriting discounts or commissions and any stock transfer taxes.
Indemnification
Generally, the agreement will contain indemnification and contribution provisions by us for the benefit of Danaher and, in limited situations, by Danaher for the benefit of us with respect to the information provided by Danaher included in any registration statement, prospectus or related document.
Transfer
If Danaher transfers shares covered by the agreement, it will be able to transfer the benefits of the registration rights agreement to transferees of 5% or more of the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering, provided that each transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of the registration rights agreement.

153

Table of Contents--------------

Term
The registration rights will remain in effect with respect to any shares covered by the agreement until:
such shares have been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;
such shares have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act;
such shares may be sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without being subject to the volume restrictions in such rule; or
such shares have been sold in a transaction in which the transferee is not entitled to the benefits of the registration rights agreement.
Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved in aggregate up to 3% of our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain individuals, including our directors, executive officers and employees, to the extent permitted under applicable laws and regulations in the United States and in various countries. These shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. For additional information regarding the directed share program, please refer to section entitled “Underwriting.”
Procedures for Approval of Related Person Transactions
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a written policy on related person transactions. This policy was not in effect when we entered into the transactions described above. Each of the agreements between us and Danaher and its subsidiaries that have been entered into prior to the completion of this offering, and any transactions contemplated thereby, will be deemed to be approved and not subject to the terms of such policy. Under this written related person transactions policy, the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board is expected to be required to review and if appropriate approve all related person transactions, prior to consummation whenever practicable. If advance approval of a related person transaction is not practicable under the circumstances or if our management becomes aware of a related person transaction that has not been previously approved or ratified, the transaction is submitted to the Nominating and Governance Committee at the Nominating and Governance Committee’s next meeting. The Nominating and Governance Committee is required to review and consider all relevant information available to it about each related person transaction, and a transaction is considered approved or ratified under the policy if the Nominating and Governance Committee authorizes it according to the terms of the policy after full disclosure of the related person’s interests in the transaction. Related person transactions of an ongoing nature are reviewed annually by the Nominating and Governance Committee. The definition of “related person transactions” for purposes of the policy covers the transactions that are required to be disclosed under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Exchange Act.

154

Table of Contents--------------

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, the forms of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Because this is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you.
General
Our authorized capital stock consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with no par value, all of which shares of preferred stock are undesignated. The Board may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time. Immediately following this offering, we will have 154,636,000 shares of common stock outstanding (or 158,651,200 shares of common stock outstanding if the underwriters exercise in full their option to acquire additional shares) and no preferred stock outstanding.
As of the date of this prospectus, there are no shares of common stock subject to options or warrants to purchase, or securities convertible into, our common equity; however, as described in the section entitled “Executive and Director Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Going Forward—Long-Term Incentive Awards,” we intend to issue certain equity-based awards upon the separation.
Common Stock
Holders of our common stock are entitled to the rights set forth below.
Voting Rights
Each holder of our common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders. At each meeting of the stockholders, a majority in voting power of our shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, will constitute a quorum.
Directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes entitled to be cast. Our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Except as otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or as required by law, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders, other than the election of directors, will be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of our shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on such question, voting as a single class.
Dividends
Subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive ratably the dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board out of funds legally available for that purpose. If there is a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us, holders of our common stock would be entitled to ratable distribution of its assets remaining after the payment in full of liabilities and any preferential rights of any then-outstanding preferred stock.
No Preemptive or Similar Rights
Holders of our common stock will have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. After the distribution, all outstanding shares of our common stock will be fully paid and non-assessable.
Preferred Stock
Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the Board will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by the DGCL and by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to issue up to 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series without further action by the holders of our common stock. The Board will have the discretion, subject to limitations prescribed by the DGCL and by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

155

Table of Contents--------------

Anti-Takeover Effects of Various Provisions of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Provisions of the DGCL and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make it more difficult to acquire us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, or to remove incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and takeover bids that the Board may consider inadequate and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with Board. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of its ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure it outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover or acquisition proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute. We will be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover statute. In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the time the person became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to such time, the Board of Directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) the voting stock owned by directors who are also officers or held in employee benefit plans in which the employees do not have a confidential right to tender or vote stock held by the plan); or (iii) on or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own) 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. The existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the Board, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of our common stock held by our stockholders.
A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of Section 203 with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or by-laws resulting from amendments approved by holders of at least a majority of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares. We will not elect to “opt out” of Section 203. However, Danaher and its affiliates have been approved by our Board as an interested stockholder (as defined in Section 203 of the DGCL) and therefore are not subject to Section 203. For so long as Danaher beneficially owns a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares, and therefore has the ability to designate a majority of the Board, directors designated by Danaher to serve on the Board would have the ability to pre-approve other parties, including potential transferees of Danaher’s shares of our common stock, so that Section 203 would not apply to such other parties.
Classified Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board will be divided into three classes. The directors designated as Class I directors will have terms expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering, which we expect will be held in 2020. The directors designated as Class II directors will have terms expiring at the following year’s annual meeting of stockholders, which we expect will be held in 2021, and the directors designated as Class III directors will have terms expiring at the following year’s annual meeting of stockholders, which we expect will be held in 2022. Commencing with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the separation, directors for each class will be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the year in which the term for that class expires and thereafter will serve for a term of three years. Under the classified board provisions, it would take at least two elections of directors for any individual or group to gain control of the Board. Accordingly, these provisions could discourage a third party from initiating a proxy contest, making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to gain control of us.
Removal of Directors. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that our stockholders may remove our directors only for cause, by an affirmative vote of holders of at least the majority of our voting stock then outstanding.
Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, from and after such time as Danaher ceases to beneficially own a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of our outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, is required to amend certain provisions relating to the number, term, classification, removal and filling of vacancies with respect to the Board, the advance notice to be given for nominations for elections of directors, the calling of special meetings of stockholders, cumulative voting, stockholder action by written consent, certain relationships and transactions with Danaher, forum selection, the ability to amend the bylaws, the elimination

156

Table of Contents--------------

of liability of directors to the extent permitted by Delaware law, director and officer indemnification and any provision relating to the amendment of any of these provisions.
Amendments to Bylaws. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that, from and after such time as Danaher ceases to beneficially own a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, our amended and restated bylaws may only be amended by the Board or by the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of our outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class.
Size of Board and Vacancies. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Board will consist of not less than three nor greater than 15 directors, the exact number of which will be fixed exclusively by the Board. Any vacancies created in the Board resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause will be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum is present, or by a sole remaining director. Any director appointed to fill a vacancy on the Board will hold office until the earlier of the expiration of the term of office of the director whom he or she has replaced, a successor is duly elected and qualified or the earlier of such director’s death, resignation or removal.
Special Stockholder Meetings. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the secretary upon a written request delivered to the secretary by (a) the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board, (b) the chairman of the Board or (c) the chief executive officer of the Corporation. Stockholders may not call special stockholder meetings.
Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, until such time as Danaher ceases to beneficially own a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares with respect to the election of directors, our stockholders may act by written consent. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will, from and after such time as Danaher ceases to beneficially own a majority of the total voting power of our outstanding shares entitled to vote with respect to the election of directors, expressly eliminate the right of our stockholders to act by written consent. From and after such time, stockholder action must take place at the annual or a special meeting of our stockholders.
Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will mandate that stockholder nominations for the election of directors will be given in accordance with the bylaws. The amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and nomination of candidates for election as directors as well as minimum qualification requirements for stockholders making the proposals or nominations. Additionally, the bylaws will require that candidates for election as director disclose their qualifications and make certain representations.
No Cumulative Voting. The DGCL provides that stockholders are denied the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless the company’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide for cumulative voting.
Undesignated Preferred Stock. The authority that the Board will possess to issue preferred stock could potentially be used to discourage attempts by third parties to obtain control of us through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise by making such attempts more difficult or more costly. The Board may be able to issue preferred stock with voting rights or conversion rights that, if exercised, could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock.
Conflicts of Interest; Corporate Opportunities
In order to address potential conflicts of interest between us and Danaher, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain certain provisions regulating and defining the conduct of our affairs to the extent that they may involve Danaher and its directors, officers and/or employees and our rights, powers, duties and liabilities and those of our directors, officers, employees and stockholders in connection with our relationship with Danaher. In general, these provisions recognize that we and Danaher may engage in the same or similar business activities and lines of business or have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities and that we and Danaher will continue to have contractual and business relations with each other, including directors, officers and/or employees of Danaher serving as our directors, officers and/or employees.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that Danaher will have no duty to communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us or to refrain from engaging in the same or similar lines of business or doing business with any of our clients, customers or vendors. Moreover, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that for so long as Danaher owns at least 10% of the total voting power of our outstanding shares with respect to the election of directors or otherwise has one or more directors, officers or employees serving as our director,

157

Table of Contents--------------

officer or employee, in the event that any of our directors, officers or employees who is also a director, officer or employee of Danaher acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for us and Danaher, such director, officer or employee shall to the fullest extent permitted by law have fully satisfied and fulfilled his or her fiduciary duty, if any, with respect to such corporate opportunity, and we, to the fullest extent permitted by law, renounce any interest or expectancy in such business opportunity, and waive any claim that such business opportunity constituted a corporate opportunity that should have been presented to us or any of our affiliates, if he or she acts in a manner consistent with the following policy: such corporate opportunity offered to any person who is our director, officer or employee and who is also a director, officer or employee of Danaher shall belong to us only if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as our director or officer and otherwise shall belong to Danaher.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also will provide for special approval procedures that may be utilized if it is deemed desirable by Danaher, us, our affiliates or any other party, that we take action with specific regard to transactions or opportunities presenting potential conflicts of interest, out of an abundance of caution, to ensure that such transactions are not voidable, or that such an opportunity or opportunities are effectively disclaimed. Specifically, we may employ any of the following special procedures:
the material facts of the transaction and the director’s, officer’s or employee’s interest are disclosed or known to the Board or duly appointed committee of the Board and the Board or such committee authorizes, approves or ratifies the transaction by the affirmative vote or consent of a majority of the directors (or committee members) who have no direct or indirect interest in the transaction and, in any event, of at least two directors (or committee members); or
the material facts of the transaction and the director’s interest are disclosed or known to the stockholders entitled to vote and they authorize, approve or ratify such transaction.
Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our common stock will be deemed to have consented to these provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
Limitations on Liability, Indemnification of Officers and Directors and Insurance
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties as directors, and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include such an exculpation provision. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will include provisions that indemnify, to the fullest extent allowable under the DGCL, the personal liability of directors or officers for monetary damages for actions taken as our director or officer, or for serving at our request as a director or officer or another position at another corporation or enterprise, as the case may be. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that we must indemnify and advance reasonable expenses to its directors and, subject to certain exceptions, officers, subject to its receipt of an undertaking from the indemnified party as may be required under the DGCL. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will expressly authorize us to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance to protect us, our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that will be in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. However, these provisions will not limit or eliminate our rights, or those of any stockholder, to seek non-monetary relief such as injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director’s duty of care. The provisions will not alter the liability of directors under the federal securities laws. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent that, in a class action or direct suit, we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding against us or any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
Exclusive Forum
Unless we otherwise consent in writing, the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, another state or federal court located within the State of Delaware. Nothing in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws precludes stockholders that assert claims under the applicable securities laws from bringing such

158

Table of Contents--------------

claims in state or federal court, subject to applicable law. This provision would not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.
Authorized but Unissued Shares
Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholders approval. We may use additional shares for a variety of purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, to fund acquisitions and as employee compensation. As noted above, the existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could also render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Listing
We have been authorized to list our shares of common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “NVST.”
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for shares of our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

159

Table of Contents--------------

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to (i) enter into a five-year, $250 million senior unsecured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks, which we refer to as the “credit facility,” (ii) borrow approximately $1.3 billion pursuant to a term loan agreement we expect to enter into with a syndicate of banks (consisting of a three-year, $650 million senior unsecured term loan facility and a three-year, €600 million senior unsecured term loan facility), which we refer to as the “term loans,” and collectively with the credit facility, as the “debt financing” and (iii) enter into cross-currency swap derivative contracts on the U.S. dollar-denominated term loan to effectively convert the U.S. dollar-denominated term loan to obligations denominated in euros. As described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds,” the proceeds from such $1.3 billion of borrowings will be paid to Danaher as partial consideration for Danaher’s transfer of the net assets of its Dental business to us. The debt financing will not be available for borrowings until the date on which certain conditions are satisfied, which we expect will be satisfied prior to the completion of this offering.
We anticipate that the debt financing instruments will contain customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our and/or our subsidiaries’ ability, subject to certain exceptions, to incur liens or indebtedness, merge, consolidate or sell or otherwise transfer assets, make dividends or distributions, and to enter into transactions with our affiliates. We also expect to be required to maintain compliance with a leverage ratio and an interest coverage ratio. We also anticipate that the debt financing instruments will contain customary events of default.

160

Table of Contents--------------

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
We cannot predict with certainty the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. We also cannot predict with certainty whether or when the distribution will occur or Danaher will otherwise sell its remaining shares of our common stock. The sale or other availability of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market or the perception that such sales could occur could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Upon completion of this offering, we will have 154,636,000 shares of common stock outstanding (or 158,651,200 shares of common stock outstanding if the underwriters exercise in full their option to acquire additional shares). Subject to any restrictions under the lock-up agreements, other contractual restrictions on resale and the provisions of Rule 144 described below, all of the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act.
Sale of restricted shares
All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by or owned by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may generally only be sold publicly in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144 described below. As defined in Rule 144, an affiliate of an issuer is a person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by or is under common control with, such issuer. Immediately following the completion of this offering, Danaher will own 82.7% of our outstanding common stock (or 80.6% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Shares held by Danaher will be “restricted securities” as that term is used in Rule 144. Subject to contractual restrictions, including the lock-up agreements described below, Danaher will be entitled to sell these shares in the public market only if the sale of such shares is registered with the SEC or if the sale of such shares qualifies for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act. At such time as these restricted shares become unrestricted and available for sale, the sale of these restricted shares, whether pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise, may have a negative effect on the price of our common stock.
S-8 registration statement
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register the issuance of an aggregate of 20,706,197 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our incentive plan. Such registration statement will become effective upon filing with the SEC, and shares of our common stock covered by such registration statement will be eligible for resale in the public market immediately after the effective date of such registration statement, subject to the lock-up agreements described in this prospectus.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this offering, a person who is not one of our affiliates who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months may sell shares without restriction, provided the current public information requirements of Rule 144 continue to be satisfied. In addition, any person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months immediately preceding a proposed sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares without restriction. Our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months are entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; and
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks immediately preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice, and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.
Lock-up agreements
We, certain of our anticipated officers and directors and Danaher have agreed with the underwriters that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, we and they will not, subject to certain exceptions and extensions, during the

161

Table of Contents--------------

period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares of our common stock subject to the lock-up. See “Underwriting.”
Registration rights
Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, Danaher will be able to require us to effect the registration under the Securities Act of shares of our common stock that it will own after this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”


162

Table of Contents--------------

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
The following are the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by a “Non-U.S. Holder” that holds such common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and that does not own, and has not owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock. You are a Non-U.S. Holder if for U.S. federal income tax purposes you are a beneficial owner of our common stock that is:
a nonresident alien individual;
a foreign corporation; or
a foreign estate or trust.
You are not a Non-U.S. Holder if you are a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, or if you are a former citizen or former resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If you are such a person, you should consult your tax adviser regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock.
If you are a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and your activities.
This discussion is based on the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax and Medicare contribution tax consequences and does not address any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. taxation, or any taxes other than income and estate taxes. You should consult your tax adviser with regard to the application of the U.S. federal tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. taxing jurisdiction.
Dividends
Distributions paid on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital, which will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of our common stock, as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock.”
Dividends paid to you generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate on the gross amount of such dividends (specified by an applicable income tax treaty). In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding (subject to the discussion below under “—FATCA”), you will be required to provide a properly executed applicable Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8 certifying your entitlement to benefits under a treaty. A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
If dividends paid to you are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States), you will generally be taxed on the dividends in the same manner as a U.S. person. In this case, you will be exempt from the withholding tax discussed in the preceding paragraph, although you will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI in order to claim an exemption from withholding. You should consult your tax adviser with respect to other U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, including the possible imposition of a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate) if you are a corporation.

163

Table of Contents--------------

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock
Subject to the discussions below under “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “—FATCA,” you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on gain realized on a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:
the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States), or
we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation,” as defined in the Code, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period, whichever period is shorter, and our common stock has ceased to be regularly traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs.
We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation.
If you recognize gain on a sale or other disposition of our common stock that is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States), you will generally be taxed on such gain in the same manner as a U.S. person. You should consult your tax adviser with respect to other U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, including the possible imposition of a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate) if you are a corporation.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends on our common stock. Unless you comply with certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person, information returns may also be filed with the IRS in connection with the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.
You may be subject to backup withholding on payments on our common stock or on the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless you comply with certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person or otherwise establish an exemption. Your provision of a properly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying your non-U.S. status will permit you to avoid backup withholding. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules are not additional taxes and may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
FATCA
Provisions of the Code commonly referred to as “FATCA” require withholding of 30% on payments of dividends on our common stock to “foreign financial institutions” (which is broadly defined for this purpose and in general includes investment vehicles) and certain other non-U.S. entities unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied, or an exemption applies. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. If FATCA withholding is imposed, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a U.S. federal income tax return (which may entail significant administrative burden). While rules requiring FATCA withholding with respect to gross proceeds of certain dispositions of our common stock were scheduled to become effective before this offering, the U.S. Treasury recently released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate this gross proceeds federal withholding tax. In its preamble to the proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the effects of FATCA on your investment in our common stock.
Federal Estate Tax
Individual Non-U.S. Holders and entities the property of which is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an applicable treaty exemption, our common stock will be treated as U.S.-situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

164

Table of Contents--------------

UNDERWRITING
We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as lead book‑running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:
Name
 
Number of Shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
 
 
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
 
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
 
 
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
 
 
Evercore Group L.L.C.
 
 
Jefferies LLC
 
 
BofA Securities, Inc.
 
 
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
 
 
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
 
 
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
 
 
Total
 
26,768,000

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $           per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $           per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
The underwriters have an option to buy up to 4,015,200 additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $          per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
 
Without
option to purchase additional shares
exercise
 
With full
option to purchase additional shares
exercise
Per Share
$
 
$
Total
$
 
$
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $6.8 million which

165

Table of Contents--------------

will be paid by Danaher. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $75,000.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
Subject to certain exceptions, we have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), or (iii) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than (a) the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder; (b) any shares of our common stock issued, including upon the exercise of options, pursuant to grants under the stock-based compensation plans of Envista and its subsidiaries; (c) common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock issued under a registration statement or pursuant to an exemption from registration in connection with future business combinations or acquisitions and/or the filing with the SEC of a registration statement relating to such business combinations or acquisitions; provided that such issuance does not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the sale of the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder; (d) the filing with the SEC of a registration statement relating to the distribution; provided that no securities of Envista may be sold or exchanged pursuant to such registration statement during the 180-day restricted period; (e) common stock to be issued upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of the date of the underwriting agreement; or (f) grants of equity awards pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of Envista and its subsidiaries and the exercise or vesting of such awards and filings on Form S-8 relating to the stock-based compensation plans of Envista and its subsidiaries.
Our anticipated directors and executive officers, and Danaher, which we refer to each as a “lock-up party” and collectively as the “lock-up parties,” have entered into lock‑up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. The foregoing limitations do not apply to (A) transfers of shares of our common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, subject to certain limitations, (B) sales or other dispositions of shares of any class of our capital stock, in each case that are made exclusively between and among the lock-up party or members of the lock-up party’s family, or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or the members of the lock-up party’s family, or between and among affiliates of the lock-up party, including its partners (if a partnership), members (if a limited liability company), beneficiaries (if a trust), stockholders or other equityholders, subject to certain limitations, (C) transfers or dispositions of shares of any class of our capital stock or such other securities by operation of law pursuant to a court or regulatory agency order or a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement or other domestic relations order, subject to certain limitations, (D) transfers or dispositions of shares of any class of our capital stock or such other securities by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representatives, heir, beneficiary or a family member of the lock-up party, subject to certain limitations, (E) transfers or dispositions of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock to Envista pursuant to any contractual arrangement in effect on the date of such lock-up agreement that provides for the repurchase of the lock-up party’s common stock or such other securities by Envista or in connection with the termination of

166

Table of Contents--------------

the lock-up party’s employment with Envista, subject to certain limitations, (F) the forfeiture or surrender to Envista of shares of our common stock to cover the exercise price of, or tax withholding obligations upon the vesting, exercise or delivery of, restricted share units, performance stock units, stock options and other equity based compensation granted to the lock-up party pursuant to any employee equity incentive plan existing, subject to certain limitations, (G) the exercise of warrants or the exercise of stock options granted pursuant to Envista’s stock option/incentive plans or otherwise outstanding; provided, that the restrictions shall apply to shares of our common stock issued upon such exercise or conversion, (H) the establishment of any contract, instruction or plan that satisfies all of the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 (a “Rule 10b5-1 Plan”) under the Exchange Act; provided, that no sales of our common stock or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, our common stock, will be made pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 Plan established during the 180-day restricted period prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period; provided further, that to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the lock-up party or Envista regarding the establishment of such Rule 10b5-1 Plan, such announcement or filing will include a statement to the effect that no transfer of our common stock may be made under such plan during the 180-day restricted period, (I) any demands or requests for, the exercise of any right with respect to, or the taking of any action in preparation of, the registration by Envista under the Securities Act of the lock-up party’s shares of our common stock or other securities; provided, that no transfer of the lock-up party’s shares of our common stock registered pursuant to the exercise of any such right and no registration statement shall be filed under the Securities Act with respect to any of the lock-up party’s shares of our common stock during the 180-day restricted period, (J) the filing with the SEC of a registration statement relating to the distribution, the public disclosure of the intention to file with the SEC such a registration statement relating to the distribution or the public disclosure of the intention to effect the  distribution; provided that, in each case, no shares of our common stock may be sold or exchanged pursuant to such registration statement during the 180-day restricted period, and (K) in the event that Danaher effects a split-off exchange offer or spin-off of its interest in Envista prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period with the consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, any shares of common stock, restricted share units, performance stock units, stock options and other equity based compensation, and any shares of common stock issued upon the exercise or vesting thereof, issued to the lock-up party upon the conversion or adjustment of any restricted share units, performance stock units, stock options and other equity based compensation held by the lock-up party in Danaher.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
We will apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “NVST.”
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involve making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M under the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discounts received by them.
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over‑the‑counter market or otherwise.

167

Table of Contents--------------

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:
the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;
our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
an assessment of our management;
our prospects for future earnings;
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and
other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our shares of common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and/or our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and/or such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.
Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved in aggregate up to 3% of our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain individuals, including our directors, executive officers and employees to the extent permitted under applicable laws and regulations in the United States and in various countries. If purchased by these persons, these shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not purchased by these persons will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a “Member State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

168

Table of Contents--------------

A.
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation; 
B.
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
C.
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation, provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or any representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.
Each person in a Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the representatives that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.
In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
The Company, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgments and agreements.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). 
Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada
The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

169

Table of Contents--------------

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)
This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Arab Emirates
The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia
This prospectus:
does not constitute a product disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);
has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act;
does not constitute or involve a recommendation to acquire, an offer or invitation for issue or sale, an offer or invitation to arrange the issue or sale, or an issue or sale, of interests to a “retail client” (as defined in section 761G of the Corporations Act and applicable regulations) in Australia; and
may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, or Exempt Investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act.
The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material

170

Table of Contents--------------

relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.
As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those securities to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan
The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong
The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
a)
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
b)
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
a)
to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person;
b)
arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

171

Table of Contents--------------

c)
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
d)
where the transfer is by operation of law;
e)
as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
f)
as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.
Notice to Prospective Investors in China
This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of the shares offered by this prospectus, whether by sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China, or the PRC. The shares are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of, legal or natural persons of the PRC.
Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the shares without obtaining all prior PRC governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.


172

Table of Contents--------------

LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters, including the legality of the shares being offered herein, will be passed upon by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, and certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
Our combined financial statements and schedule as of December 31, 2018 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018 audited by Ernst & Young LLP have been included in reliance on their report given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. You can find further information about us in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, with each such statement being qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will be required to file periodic current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at the SEC’s public reference room, which is located at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. You also will be able to inspect this material without charge at the SEC’s website. The website address is http://www.sec.gov. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing financial statements audited by an independent accounting firm.
In addition, following the completion of this offering, we will make the information filed with or furnished to the SEC available free of charge through our website (http://www. envistaco.com) as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference and is not part of this prospectus.


173

Table of Contents--------------

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE
 
Page
Dental Segment of Danaher Corporation Audited Annual Combined Financial Statements:
 
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
Dental Segment of Danaher Corporation Unaudited Interim Combined Condensed Financial Statements:
 
Envista Holdings Corporation Audited Balance Sheet:
 
Envista Holdings Corporation Unaudited Balance Sheet:
 

F-1

Table of Contents--------------


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Danaher Corporation

Opinion on Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the Dental segment of Danaher Corporation (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related combined statements of earnings, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 16(b) (collectively referred to as the “combined financial statements”). In our opinion, the combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

Tysons, Virginia
May 20, 2019


F-2

Table of Contents--------------

DENTAL SEGMENT OF DANAHER CORPORATION
COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
($ in millions)

 
As of December 31
 
2018
 
2017
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $17.9 and $17.9, respectively
$
459.8

 
$
463.1

Inventories
278.7

 
275.7

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
48.3

 
55.7

Total current assets
786.8

 
794.5

Property, plant and equipment, net
261.6

 
231.2

Other long-term assets
77.4

 
81.2

Goodwill
3,325.5

 
3,370.0

Other intangible assets, net
1,390.3

 
1,515.9

Total assets
$
5,841.6

 
$
5,992.8

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Trade accounts payable
$
217.4

 
$
222.4

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
423.6

 
405.8

Total current liabilities
641.0

 
628.2

Other long-term liabilities
374.2

 
370.0

Parent’s equity:
 
 
 
Net Parent investment
4,901.3

 
4,989.9

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(78.2
)
 
0.6

Total Parent’s equity
4,823.1

 
4,990.5

Noncontrolling interests
3.3

 
4.1

Total equity
4,826.4

 
4,994.6

Total liabilities and equity
$
5,841.6

 
$
5,992.8

See the accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements.

F-3

Table of Contents--------------

DENTAL SEGMENT OF DANAHER CORPORATION
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
($ in millions)

 
Year Ended December 31
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales
$
2,844.5

 
$
2,810.9

 
$
2,785.4

Cost of sales
(1,242.7
)
 
(1,189.7
)
 
(1,184.3
)
Gross profit
1,601.8

 
1,621.2

 
1,601.1

Operating costs:
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(1,131.4
)
 
(1,062.2
)
 
(1,055.5
)
Research and development expenses
(172.0
)
 
(172.4
)
 
(142.8
)
Operating profit
298.4

 
386.6

 
402.8

Nonoperating income (expense), net
2.7

 
0.1

 
(1.1
)
Earnings before income taxes
301.1

 
386.7

 
401.7

Income taxes
(70.4
)
 
(85.6
)
 
(129.7
)
Net earnings
$
230.7

 
$
301.1

 
$
272.0

See the accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements.

F-4

Table of Contents--------------

DENTAL SEGMENT OF DANAHER CORPORATION
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
($ in millions)

 
Year Ended December 31
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Net earnings
$
230.7

 
$
301.1

 
$
272.0

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(85.2
)
 
251.6

 
(36.9
)
Pension plan adjustments
6.6

 
(3.3
)
 
(2.2
)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes
(78.6
)
 
248.3

 
(39.1
)
Comprehensive income
$
152.1

 
$
549.4

 
$
232.9

See the accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements.


F-5

Table of Contents--------------

DENTAL SEGMENT OF DANAHER CORPORATION
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
 ($ in millions)

 
Net Parent Investment
 
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Total
Parent’s
Equity
 
Noncontrolling Interests
Balance, January 1, 2016
$
4,930.8

 
$
(208.6
)
 
$
4,722.2

 
$
68.0

Net earnings
272.0

 

 
272.0

 

Net transfers to Parent
(357.6
)
 

 
(357.6
)
 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 
(39.1
)
 
(39.1
)
 

Parent common stock-based award activity
10.5

 

 
10.5

 

Changes in noncontrolling interests

 

 

 
0.5

Balance, December 31, 2016
4,855.7

 
(247.7
)
 
4,608.0

 
68.5

Net earnings
301.1

 

 
301.1

 

Net transfers to Parent
(215.2
)
 

 
(215.2
)
 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 
248.3

 
248.3

 

Parent common stock-based award activity
12.3

 

 
12.3

 

Noncash Transition Tax liability transferred to Parent
36.0

 

 
36.0

 

Changes in noncontrolling interests

 

 

 
(64.4
)
Balance, December 31, 2017
4,989.9

 
0.6

 
4,990.5

 
4.1

Adoption of accounting standards
(8.0
)
 
(0.2
)
 
(8.2
)
 

Balance, January 1, 2018
4,981.9

 
0.4

 
4,982.3

 
4.1

Net earnings
230.7

 

 
230.7

 

Net transfers to Parent
(324.6
)
 

 
(324.6
)
 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 
(78.6
)
 
(78.6
)
 

Parent common stock-based award activity
13.3

 

 
13.3

 

Changes in noncontrolling interests

 

 

 
(0.8
)
Balance, December 31, 2018
$
4,901.3

 
$
(78.2
)
 
$
4,823.1

 
$
3.3

See the accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements.

F-6

Table of Contents--------------

DENTAL SEGMENT OF DANAHER CORPORATION
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
($ in millions)

 
Year Ended December 31
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings
$
230.7

 
$
301.1

 
$
272.0

Noncash items:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation
39.4

 
39.7

 
43.8

Amortization
90.6

 
81.7

 
83.4

Stock-based compensation expense
13.3

 
12.3

 
10.5

Restructuring and impairment charges
0.4

 
6.8

 
10.9

Change in deferred income taxes
1.7

 
(58.2
)
 
(21.1
)
Change in trade accounts receivable, net
(3.8
)
 
(18.9
)
 
(27.3
)
Change in inventories
(8.9
)
 
(30.5
)
 
(8.9
)
Change in trade accounts payable
(3.8
)
 
(0.5
)
 
15.3

Change in prepaid expenses and other assets
13.8

 
17.3

 
(28.1
)
Change in accrued expenses and other liabilities
26.7

 
8.3

 
66.5

Net cash provided by operating activities
400.1

 
359.1

 
417.0

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for acquisitions

 

 
(5.0
)
Payments for additions to property, plant and equipment
(72.2
)
 
(48.9
)
 
(49.1
)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment

 
0.1

 
0.9

All other investing activities
(3.3
)
 
(6.1
)
 
(6.2
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(75.5
)
 
(54.9
)
 
(59.4
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net transfers to Parent
(324.6
)
 
(215.2
)
 
(357.6
)
Payment for purchase of noncontrolling interest and related transactions

 
(89.0
)
 

Net cash used in financing activities
(324.6
)
 
(304.2
)
 
(357.6
)
Net change in cash and equivalents

 

 

Beginning balance of cash and equivalents

 

 

Ending balance of cash and equivalents
$

 
$

 
$

See the accompanying Notes to the Combined Financial Statements.

F-7

Table of Contents--------------

DENTAL SEGMENT OF DANAHER CORPORATION
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying combined financial statements present the historical financial position, results of operations, changes in Danaher Corporation’s (“Danaher” or “Parent”) equity and cash flows of the Dental segment of Danaher (the “Company”) in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for the preparation of carved-out combined financial statements.
The Company provides products that are used to diagnose, treat and prevent disease and ailments of the teeth, gums and supporting bone, as well as to improve the aesthetics of the human smile. The Company is a leading worldwide provider of a broad range of dental implants, orthodontic appliances, general dental consumables, equipment and services, and is dedicated to driving technological innovations that help dental professionals improve clinical outcomes and enhance productivity.
On July 19, 2018, Parent announced its intention to spin-off its Dental business into a separate, publicly-traded company. In February 2019, Parent announced a modification of its plans, specifically that it now intends to conduct an initial public offering of shares of common stock of the Dental business (the “IPO”) in the second half of 2019, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including obtaining final approval from the Danaher Board of Directors, favorable ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and other regulatory approvals. Prior to the closing of the IPO, the Company’s businesses will be transferred to Envista Holdings Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent.
Subsequent to the anticipated IPO, Parent currently intends to distribute to its shareholders all or a portion of its remaining equity interest in the Dental business, which may include the spin-off of Dental business shares effected as a dividend to all its shareholders, the split-off of Dental business shares in exchange for Danaher shares or other securities, or any combination thereof in one transaction or in a series of transactions (collectively, the “Distribution”). While Parent currently intends to effect the Distribution, it has no obligation to pursue or consummate any further dispositions of its ownership in the Dental business, including through the Distribution, by any specified date or at all. If pursued, the Distribution may be subject to various conditions, including receipt of any necessary regulatory or other approvals, the existence of satisfactory market conditions, and the receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that the separation of the Dental business in connection with the IPO, together with such Distribution, will be tax-free to Parent and its shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The conditions to the Distribution may not be satisfied; Parent may decide not to consummate the Distribution even if the conditions are satisfied; or Parent may decide to waive one or more of these conditions and consummate the Distribution even if all of the conditions are not satisfied. In addition to, or in lieu of the Distribution, subsequent to the IPO Parent may sell additional shares of the Dental business in one or more publicly registered offerings or private placements. Parent cannot assure whether or when any such transaction will be consummated or as to the final terms of any such transaction.
The Company operates in two business segments: Specialty Products & Technologies and Equipment & Consumables.
The Company’s Specialty Products & Technologies segment develops, manufactures and markets dental implant systems, dental prosthetics and associated treatment software and technologies, as well as orthodontic bracket systems, aligners and lab products.
The Company’s Equipment & Consumables segment develops, manufactures and markets dental equipment and supplies used in dental offices, including digital imaging systems, software and other visualization/magnification systems; handpieces and associated consumables; treatment units and other dental practice equipment; endodontic systems and related consumables; restorative materials and instruments, rotary burs, impression materials, bonding agents and cements and infection prevention products.
The Company has historically operated as part of Parent and not as a separate, publicly-traded company. The financial statements have been derived from Parent’s historical accounting records and are presented on a carve-out basis. All revenues and costs as well as assets and liabilities directly associated with the business activity of the Company are included as a component of the financial statements. The financial statements also include allocations of certain general, administrative, sales and marketing expenses and cost of sales from Parent’s corporate office and from other Parent businesses to the Company and allocations of related assets, liabilities, and Parent’s investment, as applicable. The allocations have been determined on a reasonable basis; however, the amounts are not necessarily representative of the amounts that would have been reflected in the financial statements had the Company been an entity that operated independently of Parent. Related-party allocations are discussed further in Note 17.

F-8

Table of Contents--------------

As part of Parent, the Company is dependent upon Parent for all of its working capital and financing requirements as Parent uses a centralized approach to cash management and financing of its operations. Financial transactions relating to the Company are accounted for through the Parent investment account of the Company. Accordingly, none of Parent’s cash, cash equivalents or debt at the corporate level has been assigned to the Company in these financial statements.
Net Parent investment, which includes retained earnings, represents Parent’s interest in the recorded net assets of the Company. All significant transactions between the Company and Parent have been included in the accompanying combined financial statements. Transactions with Parent are reflected in the accompanying Combined Statements of Changes in Equity as “Net transfers to Parent” and in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets within “Net Parent investment.”
All significant intercompany accounts and transactions between the businesses comprising the Company have been eliminated in the accompanying combined financial statements.
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Use of Estimates—The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Company bases these estimates on historical experience, the current economic environment and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. However, uncertainties associated with these estimates exist and actual results may differ materially from these estimates.
Accounts Receivable and Allowances for Doubtful Accounts—All trade accounts and finance receivables are reported on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets adjusted for any write-offs and net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The allowances for doubtful accounts represent management’s best estimate of the credit losses expected from the Company’s trade accounts and finance receivable portfolios. Determination of the allowances requires management to exercise judgment about the timing, frequency and severity of credit losses that could materially affect the provision for credit losses and, therefore, net earnings. The Company regularly performs detailed reviews of its portfolios to determine if an impairment has occurred and evaluates the collectability of receivables based on a combination of various financial and qualitative factors that may affect customers’ ability to pay, including customers’ financial condition, collateral, debt-servicing ability, past payment experience and credit bureau information. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve is recorded against amounts due to reduce the recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Additions to the allowances for doubtful accounts are charged to current period earnings, amounts determined to be uncollectible are charged directly against the allowances, while amounts recovered on previously written-off accounts increase the allowances. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional reserves would be required. The Company recorded $4.7 million, $5.8 million, and $3.5 million of expense associated with doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Sales to the Company’s largest customer were 14%, 15% and 16% of combined sales in the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. No other individual customer accounted for more than 10% of combined sales in 2018, 2017 or 2016. Accounts receivable from this customer accounted for 8% and 11% of total customer receivables as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
Inventory Valuation—Inventories include the costs of material, labor and overhead. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market primarily using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.
Property, Plant and Equipment—Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost. The provision for depreciation has been computed principally by the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets as follows:
Category
 
Useful Life
Buildings
 
30 years
Leased assets and leasehold improvements
 
Amortized over the lesser of the economic life of the asset or the term of the lease
Machinery and equipment
 
3 – 10 years
Estimated useful lives are periodically reviewed and, when appropriate, changes to estimates are made prospectively.

F-9

Table of Contents--------------

Investments—Investments over which the Company has a significant influence but not a controlling interest, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting which requires the Company to record its initial investment at cost and adjust the balance each period for the Company’s share of the investee’s income or loss and dividends paid. Beginning in 2018 with the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-01, the Company measures non-marketable equity securities at fair value and recognizes changes in fair value in net earnings. For securities without readily available fair values, the Company has elected the measurement alternative to record these investments at cost and to adjust for impairments and observable price changes with a same or similar security from the same issuer within net earnings (the “Fair Value Alternative”). No significant realized or unrealized gains or losses were recorded in 2018 with respect to these investments.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of trade accounts receivable, nonqualified deferred compensation plans, and obligations under trade accounts payable. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying values for trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable approximate fair value. Refer to Note 8 for the fair values of the Company’s nonqualified deferred compensation plans.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets—Goodwill and other intangible assets result from the Company’s acquisition of existing businesses. In accordance with accounting standards related to business combinations, goodwill is not amortized; however, certain finite-lived identifiable intangible assets, primarily customer relationships and acquired technology, are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized. In-process research and development (“IPR&D”) is initially capitalized at fair value and when the IPR&D project is complete, the asset is considered a finite-lived intangible asset and amortized over its estimated useful life. If an IPR&D project is abandoned, an impairment loss equal to the value of the intangible asset is recorded in the period of abandonment. The Company reviews identified intangible assets and goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company also tests intangible assets with indefinite lives and goodwill at least annually for impairment. Refer to Notes 4 and 7 for additional information about the Company’s goodwill and other intangible assets.
Revenue Recognition—On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606 using the modified retrospective method for all contracts. Results for reporting periods beginning January 1, 2018 are presented under ASC 606, while prior period amounts were not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s historic accounting under ASC 605, Revenue Recognition.
The Company recorded a net decrease to beginning Parent’s equity of $8 million as of January 1, 2018 due to the cumulative impact of adopting ASC 606. The impact to beginning Parent’s equity was primarily driven by the deferral of revenue for unfulfilled performance obligations. The adoption of ASC 606 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 and, as a result, comparisons of revenues and operating profit performance between periods are not affected by the adoption of this ASU. Refer to Note 3 for additional disclosures required by ASC 606.
The Company derives revenues primarily from the sale of Specialty Products & Technologies and Equipment & Consumables products and services. Revenue is recognized when control of the promised products or services is transferred to the Company’s customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those products or services (the transaction price). A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct product or service to a customer and is the unit of account under ASC 606. For equipment, consumables and spare parts sold by the Company, control transfers to the customer at a point in time. To indicate the transfer of control, the Company must have a present right to payment, legal title must have passed to the customer, the customer must have the significant risks and rewards of ownership, and where acceptance is not a formality, the customer must have accepted the product or service. The Company’s principal terms of sale are FOB Shipping Point, or equivalent, and, as such, the Company primarily transfers control and records revenue for product sales upon shipment. Sales arrangements with delivery terms that are not FOB Shipping Point are not recognized upon shipment and the transfer of control for revenue recognition is evaluated based on the associated shipping terms and customer obligations. If a performance obligation to the customer with respect to a sales transaction remains to be fulfilled following shipment (typically installation or acceptance by the customer), revenue recognition for that performance obligation is deferred until such commitments have been fulfilled. Returns for products sold are estimated and recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time of sale. Customer allowances and rebates, consisting primarily of volume discounts and other short-term incentive programs, are recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time of sale because these allowances reflect a reduction in the transaction price. Product returns, customer allowances and rebates are estimated based on historical experience and known trends. For extended warranty and service, control transfers to the customer over the term of the arrangement. Revenue for extended warranty and service is recognized based upon the period of time elapsed under the arrangement.

F-10

Table of Contents--------------

For a contract with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price basis using the Company’s best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct product or service in the contract. The primary method used to estimate standalone selling price is the price observed in standalone sales to customers; however, when prices in standalone sales are not available the Company may use third-party pricing for similar products or services or estimate the standalone selling price. Allocation of the transaction price is determined at the contracts’ inception. The Company does not adjust transaction price for the effects of a significant financing component when the period between the transfer of the promised good or service to the customer and payment for that good or service by the customer is expected to be one year or less.
Shipping and Handling—Shipping and handling costs are included as a component of cost of sales. Revenue derived from shipping and handling costs billed to customers is included in sales.
Advertising—Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.
Research and Development—The Company conducts research and development activities for the purpose of developing new products, enhancing the functionality, effectiveness, ease of use and reliability of the Company’s existing products and expanding the applications for which uses of the Company’s products are appropriate. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
Income Taxes—The Company’s domestic and foreign operating results are included in the income tax returns of Parent. The Company accounts for income taxes under the separate return method. Under this approach, the Company determines its deferred tax assets and liabilities and related tax expense as if it were filing separate tax returns. The accompanying Combined Balance Sheets do not contain a current taxes payable liability as it is deemed settled with Parent when due and therefore included in Parent’s equity. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the differences reverse. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that can be used as a tax deduction or credit in the Company’s tax return in future years for which the tax benefit has already been reflected on the Company’s Combined Statements of Earnings. The Company establishes valuation allowances for its deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent items that have already been taken as a deduction on the Company’s tax return but have not yet been recognized as an expense in the Company’s Combined Statements of Earnings. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities due to a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company provides for unrecognized tax benefits when, based upon the technical merits, it is “more likely than not” that an uncertain tax position will not be sustained upon examination.  Judgment is required in evaluating tax positions and determining income tax provisions. The Company re-evaluates the technical merits of its tax positions and may recognize an uncertain tax benefit in certain circumstances, including when: (1) a tax audit is completed; (2) applicable tax laws change, including a tax case ruling or legislative guidance; or (3) the applicable statute of limitations expires. The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions in income tax expense. Refer to Note 11 for additional information and discussion of the impact of the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) in the United States.
Productivity Improvement and Restructuring—The Company periodically initiates productivity improvement and restructuring activities to appropriately position the Company’s cost base relative to prevailing economic conditions and associated customer demand as well as in connection with certain acquisitions. Costs associated with productivity improvement and restructuring actions can include one-time termination benefits and related charges in addition to facility closure, contract termination and other related activities. The Company records the cost of the productivity improvement and restructuring activities when the associated liability is incurred. Refer to Note 12 for additional information.
Foreign Currency Translation—Exchange rate adjustments resulting from foreign currency transactions are recognized in net earnings, whereas effects resulting from the translation of financial statements are reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within Parent’s equity. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating outside the United States with a functional currency other than U.S. dollars are translated into U.S. dollars using year-end exchange rates and income statement accounts are translated at weighted average rates. Net foreign currency transaction gains or losses were not material in any of the years presented.
Loss Contingencies—The Company records a reserve for loss contingencies when it is both probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. The Company evaluates pending litigation and other contingencies at least quarterly and adjusts the reserve for such contingencies for changes in probable and reasonably estimable losses. The Company includes an estimate for related legal costs at the time such costs are both probable and reasonably estimable.

F-11

Table of Contents--------------

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)—Foreign currency translation adjustments are generally not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to indefinite investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. The changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component are summarized below ($ in millions).

F-12

Table of Contents--------------

 
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments
 
Pension Adjustments
 
Total
Balance, January 1, 2016
$
(203.8
)
 
$
(4.8
)
 
$
(208.6
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications:
 
 
 
 
 
Decrease
(36.9
)
 
(3.9
)
 
(40.8
)
Income tax impact

 
0.8

 
0.8

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of income taxes
(36.9
)
 
(3.1
)
 
(40.0
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
Increase

 
1.2

(a)
1.2

Income tax impact

 
(0.3
)
 
(0.3
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

 
0.9

 
0.9

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes
(36.9
)
 
(2.2
)
 
(39.1
)
Balance, December 31, 2016
(240.7
)
 
(7.0
)
 
(247.7
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications:
 
 
 
 
 
Increase (decrease)
251.6

 
(6.1
)
 
245.5

Income tax impact

 
1.6

 
1.6

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of income taxes
251.6

 
(4.5
)
 
247.1

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
Increase

 
1.6

(a)
1.6

Income tax impact

 
(0.4
)
 
(0.4
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

 
1.2

 
1.2

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes
251.6

 
(3.3
)
 
248.3

Balance, December 31, 2017
10.9

 
(10.3
)
 
0.6

Adoption of accounting standards

 
(0.2
)
 
(0.2
)
Balance, January 1, 2018
10.9

 
(10.5
)
 
0.4

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications:
 
 
 
 
 
(Decrease) increase
(85.2
)
 
10.2

 
(75.0
)
Income tax impact

 
(3.0
)
 
(3.0
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of income taxes
(85.2
)
 
7.2

 
(78.0
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
Decrease

 
(0.9
)
(a)
(0.9
)
Income tax impact

 
0.3

 
0.3

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

 
(0.6
)
 
(0.6
)
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes
(85.2
)
 
6.6

 
(78.6
)
Balance, December 31, 2018
$
(74.3
)
 
$
(3.9
)
 
$
(78.2
)
(a) This accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component is included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (refer to Note 10 for additional details).

F-13

Table of Contents--------------

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Certain employees of the Company participate in Parent’s stock-based compensation plan which includes stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance stock units (“PSUs”). The Company accounts for stock-based compensation incurred by Parent by measuring the cost of employee services received in exchange for all equity awards granted, including stock options, RSUs and PSUs based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. Equity-based compensation expense is recognized net of an estimated forfeiture rate on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, except that in the case of RSUs, compensation expense is recognized using an accelerated attribution method. Refer to Note 15 for additional information on Parent’s stock-based compensation plan.
Pension Plans—The Company measures its pension assets and obligations that determine the funded status as of the end of the Company’s fiscal year, and recognizes an asset for an overfunded status or a liability for an underfunded status in its balance sheet. Changes in the funded status of the pension plans are recognized in the year in which the changes occur and reported in comprehensive income (loss). Refer to Note 10 for additional information on the Company’s pension plans including a discussion of the actuarial assumptions, the Company’s policy for recognizing the associated gains and losses and the method used to estimate service and interest cost components.
Accounting Standards Recently Adopted—In March 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2018-05, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which allowed Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registrants to record provisional amounts in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2017 due to the complexities involved in accounting for the enactment of the TCJA. The Company recognized the estimated income tax effects of the TCJA in its 2017 Combined Financial Statements in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB No. 118”). The provisional amounts recorded in 2017 were adjusted to final estimates in 2018 in connection with filing tax returns for 2017. Refer to Note 11 for further information regarding the impact of these provisions for both 2017 and 2018.
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, to address a specific consequence of the TCJA by allowing a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to net Parent investment for stranded tax effects resulting from the TCJA’s reduction of the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate. The ASU is effective for all entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted, and is to be applied either in the period of adoption or retrospectively to each period in which the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the TCJA is recognized. The Company early adopted this ASU on January 1, 2018 and as a result recorded a net increase to beginning net Parent investment and decrease to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) of $0.2 million to reclassify the income tax effects of the TCJA on the Company’s U.S. pension plans. The ASU also requires the Company to disclose its policy on accounting for income tax effects in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). In general, the Company applies the portfolio approach with respect to pension plan obligations and currency translation matters.
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting, which provided clarity on which changes to the terms or conditions of share-based payment awards require an entity to apply the modification accounting provisions required in Topic 718. The adoption of this ASU on January 1, 2018 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements.
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost (“ASU No. 2017-07”), which requires employers to disaggregate the service cost component from other components of net periodic benefit costs and to disclose the amounts of net periodic benefit costs that are included in each income statement line item. The standard requires employers to report the service cost component in the same line item as other compensation costs and to report the other components of net periodic benefit costs (which include interest costs, expected return on plan assets, amortization of prior service cost or credits and actuarial gains and losses) separately and outside a subtotal of operating income. The service cost component of net periodic pension cost is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Combined Statements of Earnings and the other components of net periodic pension cost are included in nonoperating income (expense), net. The ASU was adopted as of January 1, 2017 and all prior period disclosures included in these financial statements have been updated to reflect this guidance. Other than the presentation of the components of pension expense in the Combined Statements of Earnings, the adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements. Refer to Note 10 for further information on the implementation of this ASU.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The ASU amends guidance on the classification and measurement of financial instruments, including significant

F-14

Table of Contents--------------

revisions in accounting related to the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities and presentation of certain fair value changes for financial liabilities when the Fair Value Alternative is elected. The ASU requires equity securities to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized through net earnings and amends certain disclosure requirements associated with the fair value of financial instruments. In the period of adoption, the Company is required to reclassify the unrealized gains/losses on equity securities within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to Parent’s equity. In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-03, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10), which clarified certain aspects of the previously issued ASU. The ASU was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2018 and did not have a material effect on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance. Subsequent to the issuance of Topic 606, the FASB clarified the guidance through several ASUs; hereinafter the collection of revenue guidance is referred to as “ASC 606.” The core principle of ASC 606 is that revenue should be recognized to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Refer to the discussion above in “—Revenue Recognition” and to Note 3 for additional disclosures required by ASC 606.
Accounting Standards Not Yet AdoptedIn August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14, Disclosure FrameworkChanges to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans, which amends ASC 715 to add, remove, and clarify disclosure requirements related to defined benefit pension plans. The ASU is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Management has not yet completed its assessment of the impact of the new standard on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), which modifies the disclosures on fair value measurements by removing the requirement to disclose the amount and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the policy for timing of such transfers. The ASU expands the disclosure requirements for Level 3 fair value measurements, primarily focused on changes in unrealized gains and losses included in other comprehensive income (loss). The ASU is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. Management has not yet completed its assessment of the impact of the new standard on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which amends the impairment model by requiring entities to use a forward-looking approach based on expected losses rather than incurred losses to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments, including trade receivables. This may result in the earlier recognition of allowances for losses. The ASU is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. In November 2018, April 2019, and May 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, ASU No. 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments, and ASU No. 2019-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief which provided additional implementation guidance on the previously issued ASU. Management has not yet completed its assessment of the impact of the new standard on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements. Currently, the Company believes that the most notable impact of this ASU will relate to its processes around the assessment of the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts on trade accounts receivable and the recognition of credit losses.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability for all leases with terms greater than 12 months. The standard also requires disclosures by lessees and lessors about the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The standard must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition approach and provides for certain practical expedients. The ASU is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. In September 2017, January 2018, July 2018 and December 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), Leases (Topic 840), and Leases (Topic 842), ASU No. 2018-01, Leases (Topic 842), Land Easement Practical Expedient for Transition to Topic 842, ASU No. 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases, ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842), Targeted Improvements, ASU No. 2018-20, Leases (Topic 842), Narrow-Scope Improvements for Lessors and ASU No. 2019-01, Leases (Topic 842), Codification Improvements, which provided additional implementation guidance on the previously issued ASU. The Company has implemented a new lease system and the related processes and controls for the accounting for leases in accordance with the ASU. On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted this ASU using the modified retrospective method for all lease arrangements at the beginning of the

F-15

Table of Contents--------------

period of adoption. Results for reporting periods beginning January 1, 2019 will be presented under ASC 842, while prior period amounts will not be adjusted and will continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s historic accounting under ASC 840, Leases. As of January 1, 2019, the standard had a material impact on the Company’s Combined Balance Sheet, but is expected to have an insignificant impact on the Company’s combined net earnings and cash flows. The most significant impact was the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities for operating leases, while the accounting for finance leases remained substantially unchanged. For leases that commenced before the effective date of ASC 842, the Company elected the permitted practical expedients to not reassess the following: (i) whether any expired or existing contracts contain leases; (ii) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases; and (iii) capitalization of initial direct costs for any existing leases.
As a result of the cumulative impact of adopting ASC 842, the Company recorded operating lease ROU assets of $182 million and additional operating lease liabilities of $191 million as of January 1, 2019, primarily related to real estate and automobile leases.
NOTE 3. REVENUE
The following table presents the Company’s revenues disaggregated by geographical region and revenue type for the year ended December 31, 2018 ($ in millions). Sales taxes and other usage-based taxes collected from customers are excluded from revenues. The Company defines high-growth markets as developing markets of the world experiencing extended periods of accelerated growth in gross domestic product and infrastructure which includes Eastern Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America and Asia (with the exception of Japan and Australia). The Company defines developed markets as all markets of the world that are not high-growth markets.
 
Specialty Products & Technologies
 
Equipment & Consumables
 
Total
Geographical region:
 
 
 
 
 
North America
$
605.5

 
$
744.9

 
$
1,350.4

Western Europe
340.8

 
318.8

 
659.6

Other developed markets
97.0

 
82.9

 
179.9

High-growth markets
326.5

 
328.1

 
654.6

Total
$
1,369.8

 
$
1,474.7

 
$
2,844.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue type:
 
 
 
 
 
Consumables, services and spare parts
$
1,297.5

 
$
742.3

 
$
2,039.8

Equipment, software and other systems
72.3

 
732.4

 
804.7

Total
$
1,369.8

 
$
1,474.7

 
$
2,844.5

The Company sells equipment to customers as well as consumables, spare parts and services. The Company’s Equipment & Consumables products include traditional consumables such as bonding agents and cements, impression materials, infection prevention products and restorative products, while the Company’s equipment products includes treatment units, instruments, digital imaging systems, software and other visualization and magnification systems. The Company’s Specialty Products & Technologies products include implants, prosthetics, orthodontic brackets, aligners and lab products.
Remaining Performance Obligations
ASC 606 requires disclosure of remaining performance obligations that represent the aggregate transaction price allocated to performance obligations with an original contract term greater than one year which are fully or partially unsatisfied at the end of the period. Remaining performance obligations include noncancelable purchase orders, extended warranty and service and do not include revenue from contracts with customers with an original term of one year or less. While the remaining performance obligation disclosure is similar in concept to backlog, the definition of remaining performance obligations excludes contracts that provide the customer with the right to cancel or terminate for convenience with no substantial penalty, even if historical experience indicates the likelihood of cancellation or termination is remote. Additionally, the Company has elected to exclude contracts with customers with an original term of one year or less from remaining performance obligations while these contracts are included within backlog.

F-16

Table of Contents--------------

As of December 31, 2018, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $25 million and the Company expects to recognize revenue on the majority of this amount over the next 12 months.
Contract Liabilities
The Company often receives cash payments from customers in advance of the Company’s performance resulting in contract liabilities. These contract liabilities are classified as either current or long-term in the Combined Balance Sheet based on the timing of when the Company expects to recognize revenue. As of December 31, 2018 and at the date of adoption of ASC 606, contract liabilities were $62 million and $68 million, respectively, and are included within accrued expenses and other liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet. The decrease in the contract liability balance during the year ended December 31, 2018 is primarily as a result of revenue recognized during the period that was included in the contract liability balance at the date of adoption, partially offset by cash payments received in advance of satisfying performance obligations. Revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2018 that was included in the contract liability balance at the date of adoption was $60 million. Contract liabilities are reported on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheet on a contract-by-contract basis.
NOTE 4. ACQUISITIONS
The Company continually evaluates potential acquisitions that either strategically fit with the Company’s existing portfolio or expand the Company’s portfolio into a new and attractive business area. The Company has completed a number of acquisitions that have been accounted for as purchases and have resulted in the recognition of goodwill in the Company’s Combined Financial Statements. This goodwill arises because the purchase prices for these businesses reflect a number of factors including the future earnings and cash flow potential of these businesses, the multiple to earnings, cash flow and other factors at which similar businesses have been purchased by other acquirers, the competitive nature of the processes by which the Company acquired the businesses, the avoidance of the time and costs which would be required (and the associated risks that would be encountered) to enhance the Company’s existing product offerings to key target markets and enter into new and profitable businesses, and the complementary strategic fit and resulting synergies these businesses bring to existing operations.
The Company makes an initial allocation of the purchase price at the date of acquisition based upon its understanding of the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The Company obtains this information during due diligence and through other sources. In the months after closing, as the Company obtains additional information about these assets and liabilities, including through tangible and intangible asset appraisals, and learns more about the newly acquired business, it is able to refine the estimates of fair value and more accurately allocate the purchase price. Only items identified as of the acquisition date are considered for subsequent adjustment.
There were no material business acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company acquired 51% of a business for no net cash consideration during the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company acquired one business in 2016 for total consideration of $5 million.
Acquisition of Noncontrolling Interest
In 2017, the Company acquired the remaining noncontrolling interest and settled other related liabilities associated with one of its prior business combinations in its Specialty Products & Technologies segment for consideration of $89 million. The Company recorded the increase in ownership interests as a transaction within net Parent investment and recorded the settlement of the liabilities as a reduction of the other long-term liabilities balance. As a result of this transaction, noncontrolling interests were reduced by $63 million reflecting the carrying value of the interest with the $1 million difference charged to net Parent investment and the other long-term liability balance decreased by approximately $25 million. In connection with settlement of the liabilities, the Company recorded a gain of approximately $10 million.
NOTE 5. INVENTORIES
The classes of inventory as of December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in millions):
 
2018
 
2017
Finished goods
$
166.8

 
$
160.7

Work in process
34.3

 
32.4

Raw materials
77.6

 
82.6

Total
$
278.7

 
$
275.7


F-17

Table of Contents--------------

NOTE 6. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The classes of property, plant and equipment as of December 31 are summarized as follows ($ in millions):
 
2018
 
2017
Land and improvements
$
24.7

 
$
25.3

Buildings
152.4

 
149.8

Machinery and equipment
459.7

 
410.2

Gross property, plant and equipment
636.8

 
585.3

Less: accumulated depreciation
(375.2
)
 
(354.1
)
Property, plant and equipment, net
$
261.6

 
$
231.2

NOTE 7. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
As discussed in Note 4, goodwill arises from the purchase price for acquired businesses exceeding the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired less assumed liabilities. Management assesses the goodwill of each of its reporting units for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fourth quarter and as “triggering” events occur that indicate that it is more likely than not that an impairment exists. The Company elected to bypass the optional qualitative goodwill assessment allowed by applicable accounting standards and performed a quantitative impairment test for all reporting units as this was determined to be the most effective method to assess the Company’s reporting units for impairment.
The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units primarily using a market approach, based on current trading multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for companies operating in businesses similar to each of the Company’s reporting units, in addition to recent available market sale transactions of comparable businesses. In certain circumstances the Company will also estimate fair value utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis (i.e., an income approach) in order to validate the results of the market approach. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company must perform additional analysis to determine if the reporting unit’s goodwill has been impaired.
As of December 31, 2018, the Company had three reporting units for goodwill impairment testing. The carrying value of the goodwill included in each individual reporting unit ranges from $613 million to approximately $1.4 billion.
No goodwill impairment charges were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and no “triggering” events have occurred subsequent to the performance of the 2018 annual impairment test. The factors used by management in its impairment analysis are inherently subject to uncertainty. If actual results are not consistent with management’s estimates and assumptions, goodwill and other intangible assets may be overstated and a charge would need to be taken against net earnings.
The following is a rollforward of the Company’s goodwill by segment ($ in millions):
 
Specialty Products & Technologies
 
Equipment & Consumables
 
Total
Balance, January 1, 2017
$
1,958.8

 
$
1,256.8

 
$
3,215.6

Attributable to 2017 acquisitions

 
2.8

 
2.8

Foreign currency translation and other
69.8

 
81.8

 
151.6

Balance, December 31, 2017
2,028.6

 
1,341.4

 
3,370.0

Foreign currency translation and other
(14.8
)
 
(29.7
)
 
(44.5
)
Balance, December 31, 2018
$
2,013.8

 
$
1,311.7

 
$
3,325.5


F-18

Table of Contents--------------

Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the shorter of their legal or estimated useful life. The following summarizes the gross carrying value and accumulated amortization for each major category of intangible asset as of December 31 ($ in millions): 
 
2018
 
2017
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
Finite-lived intangibles:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Patents and technology
$
306.3

 
$
(180.7
)
 
$
314.7

 
$
(167.7
)
Customer relationships and other intangibles
975.7

 
(495.2
)
 
992.7

 
(444.1
)
Trademarks and trade names
190.7

 
(28.0
)
 
23.9

 
(14.0
)
Total finite-lived intangibles
1,472.7

 
(703.9
)
 
1,331.3

 
(625.8
)
Indefinite-lived intangibles:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trademarks and trade names
621.5

 

 
810.4

 

Total intangibles
$
2,094.2

 
$
(703.9
)
 
$
2,141.7

 
$
(625.8
)
In 2018, the Company determined that certain trade names in the Specialty Products & Technologies segment were finite-lived and the Company began amortizing these trade names as of January 1, 2018. The Company did not acquire any material finite-lived intangible assets during 2018 and 2017.
Total intangible amortization expense in 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $91 million, $82 million and $83 million, respectively. Based on the intangible assets recorded as of December 31, 2018, amortization expense is estimated to be $91 million during 2019, $87 million during 2020, $82 million during 2021, $82 million during 2022 and $78 million during 2023.
NOTE 8. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Accounting standards define fair value based on an exit price model, establish a framework for measuring fair value where the Company’s assets and liabilities are required to be carried at fair value and provide for certain disclosures related to the valuation methods used within a valuation hierarchy as established within the accounting standards. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, or other observable characteristics for the asset or liability, including interest rates, yield curves and credit risks, or inputs that are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data through correlation. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs based on the Company’s assumptions. A financial asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
A summary of financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows ($ in millions):
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Market
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Total
December 31, 2018:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred compensation plans
$

 
$
11.1

 
$

 
$
11.1

December 31, 2017:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred compensation plans
$

 
$
11.0

 
$

 
$
11.0

Certain management employees of the Company participate in Parent’s nonqualified deferred compensation programs that permit such employees to defer a portion of their compensation, on a pretax basis. All amounts deferred under this plan are unfunded, unsecured obligations of Parent and are presented as a component of the Company’s compensation and benefits accrual included in accrued expenses in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets (refer to Note 9). Participants may

F-19

Table of Contents--------------

choose among alternative earnings rates for the amounts they defer, which are primarily based on investment options within Parent’s 401(k) program. Changes in the deferred compensation liability under these programs are recognized based on changes in the fair value of the participants’ accounts, which are based on the applicable earnings rates on investment options within Parent’s 401(k) program. Earnings rates for amounts contributed unilaterally by Parent are entirely based on changes in the value of Parent’s common stock and the value of the liability is based solely on the market value of Parent’s common stock.
Refer to Note 10 for information related to the fair value of the Company sponsored defined benefit pension plan assets.
NOTE 9. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES
Accrued expenses and other liabilities as of December 31 were as follows ($ in millions):
 
2018
 
2017
 
Current
 
Noncurrent
 
Current
 
Noncurrent
Compensation and benefits
$
122.7

 
$
31.9

 
$
126.6

 
$
25.8

Pension benefits
6.5

 
43.3

 
6.6

 
52.5

Taxes, income and other
6.3

 
247.5

 
22.8

 
242.6

Contract liabilities
58.4

 
4.0

 
52.1

 
4.1

Sales and product allowances
56.4

 

 
49.7

 

Loss contingencies
51.2

 
32.1

 
11.0

 
32.4

Other
122.1

 
15.4

 
137.0

 
12.6

Total
$
423.6

 
$
374.2

 
$
405.8

 
$
370.0

NOTE 10. PENSION BENEFIT PLANS
Certain of the Company’s employees participate in noncontributory defined benefit pension plans and under certain of these plans, benefit accruals continue. In general, the Company’s policy is to fund these plans based on considerations relating to legal requirements, underlying asset returns, the plan’s funded status, the anticipated deductibility of the contribution, local practices, market conditions, interest rates and other factors.

F-20

Table of Contents--------------

The following sets forth the funded status of the Company’s plans as of the most recent actuarial valuations using measurement dates of December 31 ($ in millions):
 
Pension Benefits
 
2018
 
2017
Change in pension benefit obligation:
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
(165.6
)
 
$
(144.1
)
Service cost
(10.0
)
 
(8.0
)
Interest cost
(2.0
)
 
(1.9
)
Employee contributions
(4.2
)
 
(3.5
)
Benefits and other expenses paid
7.2

 
3.8

Actuarial gain (loss)
12.3

 
(7.3
)
Amendments, settlements and curtailments
18.7

 
3.3

Foreign exchange rate impact
3.6

 
(7.9
)
Benefit obligation at end of year
(140.0
)
 
(165.6
)
Change in plan assets:
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
106.5

 
92.9

Actual return on plan assets
0.3

 
4.1

Employer contributions
7.5

 
7.0

Employee contributions
4.2

 
3.5

Amendments and settlements
(18.6
)
 
(2.0
)
Benefits and other expenses paid
(7.2
)
 
(3.8
)
Foreign exchange rate impact
(2.5
)
 
4.8

Fair value of plan assets at end of year
90.2

 
106.5

Funded status
$
(49.8
)
 
$
(59.1
)
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at date of measurement:
 
2018
 
2017
Discount rate
1.3
%
 
1.3
%
Rate of compensation increase
1.3
%
 
1.3
%
Components of net periodic pension cost:
($ in millions)
2018
 
2017
Service cost
$
(10.0
)
 
$
(8.0
)
Interest cost
(2.0
)
 
(1.9
)
Expected return on plan assets
3.8

 
3.6

Amortization of initial net obligation
(0.2
)
 
(0.3
)
Amortization of prior service credit
0.1

 
0.1

Amortization of net loss
(0.8
)
 
(1.1
)
Settlement gain (loss) recognized
1.8

 
(0.3
)
Net periodic pension cost
$
(7.3
)
 
$
(7.9
)
On January 1, 2017, the Company adopted ASU No. 2017-07, which requires the Company to disaggregate the service cost component from other components of net periodic benefit costs and report the service cost component in the same line item as other compensation costs and the other components of net periodic benefit costs (which include interest costs, expected return on plan assets, amortization of prior service cost or credits and actuarial gains and losses) separately and outside a subtotal of operating profit. This ASU requires application on a retrospective basis and the prior period presentation reflects

F-21

Table of Contents--------------

the adoption of this ASU. The net periodic benefit cost of the noncontributory defined benefit pension plans incurred during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 are reflected in the following captions in the accompanying Combined Statement of Earnings ($ in millions):
 
Year Ended December 31
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Service cost:
 
 
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
$
(10.0
)
 
$
(8.0
)
 
$
(6.0
)
Other net periodic pension costs:
 
 
 
 
 
Nonoperating income (expense), net
2.7

 
0.1

 
(1.1
)
Total
$
(7.3
)
 
$
(7.9
)
 
$
(7.1
)
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost at date of measurement: 
 
2018
 
2017
Discount rate
1.3
%
 
1.3
%
Expected long-term return on plan assets
3.6
%
 
3.7
%
Rate of compensation increase
1.3
%
 
1.3
%
The discount rate reflects the market rate on December 31 of the prior year for high-quality fixed-income investments with maturities corresponding to the Company’s benefit obligations and is subject to change each year. The rates appropriate for each plan are determined based on investment grade instruments with maturities approximately equal to the average expected benefit payout under the plan. During 2018, the Company updated the mortality assumptions used to estimate the projected benefit obligation to reflect updated mortality tables which extend the life expectancy of the participants.
Included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of December 31, 2018 are the following amounts that have not yet been recognized in net periodic pension cost: unrecognized prior service credits of $1.0 million ($0.7 million, net of tax) and unrecognized actuarial losses of $6.1 million ($4.6 million, net of tax). The unrecognized losses and prior service credits, net, is calculated as the difference between the actuarially determined projected benefit obligation and the value of the plan assets less accrued pension costs as of December 31, 2018. The prior service credits and actuarial losses included in accumulated comprehensive income (loss) and expected to be recognized in net periodic pension costs during the year ending December 31, 2019 is a prior service credit of $0.1 million ($0.1 million, net of tax) and an actuarial loss of $0.6 million ($0.4 million, net of tax), respectively. No plan assets are expected to be returned to the Company during the year ending December 31, 2019.
Selection of Expected Rate of Return on Assets
The expected rate of return reflects the asset allocation of the plans, and is based primarily on contractual earnings rates included in existing insurance contracts as well as on broad, publicly-traded equity and fixed-income indices and forward-looking estimates of active portfolio and investment management. Long-term rate of return on asset assumptions for the plans were determined on a plan-by-plan basis based on the composition of assets and ranged from 1.8% to 5.8% in both 2018 and 2017, with a weighted average rate of return assumption of 3.6% and 3.7% in 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Plan Assets
Plan assets are invested in various insurance contracts, equity and debt securities as determined by the administrator of each plan. The value of the plan assets directly affects the funded status of the Company’s pension plans recorded in the Combined Financial Statements.
The Company has some investments that are valued using Net Asset Value (“NAV”) as the practical expedient. In addition, some of the investments valued using NAV as the practical expedient may only allow redemption monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually and require up to 90 days prior written notice. These investments valued using NAV primarily consist of mutual funds which allow the Company to diversify the portfolio.

F-22

Table of Contents--------------

The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets as of December 31, 2018, by asset category were as follows ($ in millions):
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Market
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Total
Cash and equivalents
$
0.3

 
$

 
$

 
$
0.3

Fixed income securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds

 
5.0

 

 
5.0

Insurance contracts

 
69.2

 

 
69.2

Total
$
0.3

 
$
74.2

 
$

 
$
74.5

Investments measured at NAV (a):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mutual funds
 
 
 
 
 
 
15.7

Total assets at fair value
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
90.2

(a) 
The fair value amounts presented in the table above are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the total plan assets.
The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets as of December 31, 2017, by asset category were as follows ($ in millions):
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Market
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Total
Cash and equivalents
$
0.3

 
$

 
$

 
$
0.3

Fixed income securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds

 
5.7

 

 
5.7

Insurance contracts

 
82.4

 

 
82.4

Total
$
0.3

 
$
88.1

 
$

 
$
88.4

Investments measured at NAV (a):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mutual funds
 
 
 
 
 
 
18.1

Total assets at fair value
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
106.5

(a) 
The fair value amounts presented in the table above are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the total plan assets.
Corporate bonds that are not traded on an active market are valued at quoted prices reported by investment brokers and dealers based on the underlying terms of the security and comparison to similar securities traded on an active market. Insurance contracts are valued based upon the quoted prices of the underlying investments of the insurance company.
Mutual funds are valued using the NAV based on the information provided by the asset fund managers, which reflects the plan’s share of the fair value of the net assets of the investment.
The methods described above may produce a fair value estimate that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes the valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with the methods used by other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.
Expected Contributions
During 2018, the Company contributed $8 million to its defined benefit pension plans. During 2019, the Company’s cash contribution requirements for its defined benefit pension plans are expected to be approximately $7 million.

F-23

Table of Contents--------------

The following sets forth benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, expected to be paid by the plans in the periods indicated ($ in millions):
2019
$
5.9

2020
5.7

2021
5.6

2022
5.5

2023
5.6

2024 - 2028
29.0

Other Matters
Substantially all employees not covered by defined benefit plans are covered by defined contribution plans, which generally provide for Company funding based on a percentage of compensation.
A limited number of the Company’s subsidiaries participate in multiemployer defined benefit and contribution plans, primarily outside of the United States, that require the Company to periodically contribute funds to the plan. The risks of participating in a multiemployer plan differ from the risks of participating in a single-employer plan in the following respects: (1) assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers, (2) if a participating employer ceases contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be required to be borne by the remaining participating employers and (3) if the Company elects to stop participating in the plan, the Company may be required to pay the plan an amount based on the unfunded status of the plan. None of the multiemployer plans in which the Company’s subsidiaries participate are considered to be quantitatively or qualitatively significant, either individually or in the aggregate. In addition, contributions made to these plans during 2018, 2017 and 2016 and were not considered significant, either individually or in the aggregate.
Expense for all defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans amounted to $20 million, $20 million and $18 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
NOTE 11. INCOME TAXES
The operating results of the Company are included in the income tax returns of Parent. The Company accounts for income taxes under the separate return method. Under this approach, the Company allocates current and deferred taxes to each entity as if were a separate taxpayer. The sum of the amounts allocated to individual entities may not equal Parent’s consolidated amount. The Company’s pretax operating results exclude any intercompany financing arrangements between entities and include any transactions with Parent as if it were an unrelated party.
Earnings before income taxes for the years ended December 31 were as follows ($ in millions):
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
United States
$
201.8

 
$
254.9

 
$
273.5

International
99.3

 
131.8

 
128.2

Total
$
301.1

 
$
386.7

 
$
401.7


F-24

Table of Contents--------------

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 were as follows ($ in millions):
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Current:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal U.S.
$
34.9

 
$
102.7

 
$
102.1

Non-U.S.
26.0

 
28.7

 
33.2

State and local
7.8

 
12.4

 
15.5

Deferred:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal U.S.
4.9

 
(70.9
)
 
(9.6
)
Non-U.S.
(4.3
)
 
12.5

 
(10.1
)
State and local
1.1

 
0.2

 
(1.4
)
Income tax provision
$
70.4

 
$
85.6

 
$
129.7

Noncurrent deferred tax assets and noncurrent deferred tax liabilities are included in other assets and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 were as follows ($ in millions):
 
2018
 
2017
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$
0.6

 
$
1.1

Inventories
15.2

 
16.6

Pension benefits
15.5

 
17.2

Other accruals and prepayments
44.0

 
40.4

Stock-based compensation expense
5.4

 
4.7

Tax credit and loss carryforwards
141.3

 
155.4

Valuation allowances
(91.2
)
 
(92.2
)
Total deferred tax asset
130.8

 
143.2

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
(6.3
)
 
(1.2
)
Goodwill and other intangible assets
(326.2
)
 
(334.5
)
Total deferred tax liability
(332.5
)
 
(335.7
)
Net deferred tax liability
$
(201.7
)
 
$
(192.5
)
The Company evaluates the future realizability of tax credits and loss carryforwards considering the anticipated future earnings of the Company’s subsidiaries as well as tax planning strategies in the associated jurisdictions. Deferred taxes associated with U.S. entities consist of net deferred tax liabilities of $149 million and $134 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Deferred taxes associated with non-U.S. entities consist of net deferred tax liabilities of $53 million and $59 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2018, the total amount of the basis difference in investments outside the United States for which deferred taxes have not been provided is $220 million. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had no plans which would subject these basis differences to income taxes in the United States or elsewhere.
On December 22, 2017, the TCJA was enacted, substantially changing the U.S. tax system and affecting the Company in a number of ways. Notably, the TCJA:
established a flat corporate income tax rate of 21.0% on U.S. earnings;
imposed a one-time tax on unremitted cumulative non-U.S. earnings of foreign subsidiaries (“Transition Tax”);
imposed a new minimum tax on certain non-U.S. earnings, irrespective of the territorial system of taxation, and generally allows for the repatriation of future earnings of foreign subsidiaries without incurring additional U.S. taxes by transitioning to a territorial system of taxation;

F-25

Table of Contents--------------

subjected certain payments made by U.S. companies to related foreign companies to certain minimum taxes (Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax);
eliminated certain prior tax incentives for manufacturing in the United States and created an incentive for U.S. companies to sell, lease or license goods and services abroad by allowing for a reduction in taxes owed on earnings related to such sales;
allowed the cost of investments in certain depreciable assets acquired and placed in service after September 27, 2017 to be immediately expensed; and
reduced deductions with respect to certain compensation paid to specified executive officers.
As U.S. GAAP accounting for income taxes requires the effect of a change in tax laws or rates to be recognized in income from continuing operations for the period that includes the enactment date, the Company recognized an estimate of the impact of the TCJA in the year ended December 31, 2017 under the separate return method. As a result of the TCJA, the Company recognized a provisional tax liability of $36 million in 2017 for the Transition Tax. The Company also remeasured U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the income tax rates at which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to reverse in the future (generally 21%), resulting in an income tax benefit of $73 million in 2017.
Due to the complexities involved in accounting for the enactment of the TCJA, SAB No. 118 allowed the Company to record provisional amounts in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2017. Where reasonable estimates could be made, the provisional accounting was based on such estimates. When no reasonable estimate could be made, SAB No. 118 required the accounting to be based on the tax law in effect before the TCJA. The Company was required to complete its tax accounting for the TCJA when it had obtained, prepared and analyzed the information to complete the income tax accounting but no later than December 22, 2018.
Accordingly, during 2018, the Company completed its accounting for the tax effects of the enactment of the TCJA based on the Company’s interpretation of the new tax regulations and related guidance issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the IRS. The net tax effect to adjust the provisional amount was not material to the Company’s financial statements. Due to the complexity and recent issuance of these tax regulations, management’s interpretations of the impact of these rules could be subject to challenge by the taxing authorities.
The TCJA imposes tax on U.S. stockholders for global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. The Company is required to make an accounting policy election of either: (1) treating taxes due on future amounts included in U.S. taxable income related to GILTI as a current period tax expense when incurred (the “period cost method”); or (2) factoring such amounts into the Company’s measurement of its deferred tax expense (the “deferred method”). As of December 31, 2017, the Company was still analyzing its global income and did not record a GILTI-related deferred tax amount. In 2018, the Company elected the period cost method for its accounting for GILTI.
The effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31 varies from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate as follows:
 
Percentage of Pretax Earnings
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Statutory federal income tax rate
21.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
Increase (decrease) in tax rate resulting from:
 
 
 
 
 
State income taxes (net of federal income tax benefit)
2.5

 
2.0

 
2.1

Foreign rate differential
1.7

 
(3.1
)
 
(3.3
)
Resolution and expiration of statutes of limitation of uncertain tax positions
(1.5
)
 
(1.5
)
 
2.7

Research and experimentation credits and other
(0.3
)
 
(0.6
)
 
(0.6
)
Release of valuation allowance on foreign losses

 

 
(3.6
)
TCJA – revaluation of U.S. deferred income taxes

 
(19.0
)
 

TCJA – Transition tax

 
9.3

 

Effective income tax rate
23.4
 %
 
22.1
 %
 
32.3
 %

F-26

Table of Contents--------------

The Company’s effective tax rate for each of 2018, 2017 and 2016 differs from the U.S. federal statutory rates of 21.0% for 2018 and 35.0% for 2017 and 2016due principally to its earnings outside the United States that are indefinitely reinvested and taxed at rates different than the U.S. federal statutory rate. In addition:
The effective tax rate of 23.4% in 2018 includes 60 basis points of net discrete tax benefits primarily related to the excess tax benefit associated with the exercise of employee stock options and vesting of RSUs, as well as the release of reserves upon the expiration of statutes of limitation, partially offset by increases in net reserves from audit settlements.
The effective tax rate of 22.1% in 2017 includes 900 basis points of net discrete tax benefits primarily related to the revaluation of net U.S. deferred tax liabilities from 35.0% to 21.0% due to the TCJA as well as the excess tax benefit related to the exercise of employee stock options and vesting of RSUs, partially offset by income tax expense related to the Transition Tax on foreign earnings due to the TCJA as well as a valuation allowance on losses attributable to certain foreign jurisdictions.
The effective tax rate of 32.3% in 2016 includes 60 basis points of net discrete tax benefits primarily from the release of valuation allowances on certain foreign net operating losses, partially offset by reduction of net operating loss benefits due to an audit settlement.
The Company’s income tax payable or receivable computed under the separate return method is adjusted to Parent’s equity as it does not represent a liability or asset with the relevant taxing authorities of the Company since the Company is a part of Parent’s consolidated tax returns filed with the taxing authorities. Ongoing settlement of income taxes payable or receivable are classified as operating cash flows. As the provisional amount recorded for the Transition Tax was not paid in the period and will be owed by Parent, the Company reflected the amount for the Transition Tax as a noncash item in the change in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the Combined Statement of Cash Flows.
Current income tax payable to Parent has been reduced by $5 million, $8 million, and $9 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016 respectively, for tax deductions attributable to stock-based compensation, of which, the excess tax benefit over the amount recorded for financial reporting purposes was $3 million, $5 million and $6 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The excess tax benefits realized have been recorded as increases to Parent’s equity for the year ended December 31, 2016. As required by ASU 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”), the excess tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 have been included in the provision for income taxes and decreased the effective tax rate for the year by 100 and 130 basis points, respectively.
Included in deferred income taxes as of December 31, 2018 are tax benefits for U.S. and non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards totaling $141 million ($91 million of which the Company does not expect to realize and have corresponding valuation allowances). Certain of the losses can be carried forward indefinitely and others can be carried forward to various dates from 2019 through 2038.
As of December 31, 2018, gross unrecognized tax benefits totaled $27 million ($26 million, net of the impact of $6 million of indirect tax benefits offset by $5 million associated with potential interest and penalties). As of December 31, 2017, gross unrecognized tax benefits totaled $37 million ($35 million, net of the impact of $9 million of indirect tax benefits offset by $7 million associated with potential interest and penalties). The Company recognized $1 million$3 million and $2 million in potential interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions during 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. To the extent unrecognized tax benefits (including interest and penalties) are recognized with respect to uncertain tax positions, the tax expense and effective tax rate in future periods would be reduced by $26 million based upon the tax positions as of December 31, 2018. The Company recognized interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within income taxes in the accompanying Combined Statement of Earnings. Unrecognized tax benefits and associated accrued interest and penalties are included in taxes, income and other accrued expenses as detailed in Note 9.

F-27

Table of Contents--------------

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding amounts accrued for potential interest and penalties, is as follows ($ in millions):
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year
$
37.4

 
$
49.2

 
$
40.6

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
0.7

 
0.6

 
1.5

Additions for tax positions of prior years
1.7

 
4.3

 
15.8

Lapse of statute of limitations
(5.6
)
 
(9.0
)
 
(4.7
)
Settlements
(5.9
)
 
(11.5
)
 
(2.0
)
Effect of foreign currency translation
(1.1
)
 
3.8

 
(2.0
)
Unrecognized tax benefits, end of year
$
27.2

 
$
37.4

 
$
49.2

The Company conducts business globally, and Parent files numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the U.S. federal, state and foreign jurisdictions. The non-U.S. countries in which the Company has a material presence include Canada, China, Finland, Germany and Switzerland. The Company believes that a change in the statutory tax rate of any individual foreign country would not have a material effect on the Combined Financial Statements given the geographic dispersion of the Company’s taxable income.
Parent and its subsidiaries (including the businesses of the Company) are routinely examined by various domestic and international taxing authorities. The IRS has completed substantially all of the examinations of certain of Parent’s federal income tax returns through 2011 and is currently examining certain of Parent’s federal income tax returns for 2012 through 2015. In addition, Parent has subsidiaries (including the businesses of the Company) in Germany, India, Japan, Sweden and Switzerland and in states and other local jurisdictions that are currently under audit for years ranging from 2007 through 2016.
Management estimates that it is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits may be reduced by approximately $0.2 million within twelve months as a result of resolution of worldwide tax matters, payments of tax audit settlements and/or statute of limitations expirations.
The Company operates in various non-U.S. tax jurisdictions where “tax holiday” income tax incentives have been granted for a specific period. These tax benefits are not material to the Company’s financial statements.
NOTE 12. PRODUCTIVITY IMPROVEMENT AND RESTRUCTURING
During 2018, the Company recorded pretax productivity improvement and restructuring related charges totaling $24 million. Substantially all the activities initiated in 2018 were completed by December 31, 2018, resulting in $22 million of employee severance and related charges and $2 million of facility exit and other related charges. The Company expects substantially all cash payments associated with remaining termination benefits will be paid during 2019.
During 2017, the Company recorded pretax productivity improvement and restructuring related charges of $36 million. Substantially all the activities initiated in 2017 were completed by December 31, 2017 resulting in $27 million of employee severance and related charges and $9 million of facility exit and other related charges (including $7 million of noncash charges for the impairment of certain technology-related intangible assets).
During 2016, the Company recorded pretax productivity improvement and restructuring related charges totaling $34 million. Substantially all of the planned activities related to the 2016 plans were completed by December 31, 2016 resulting in $18 million of employee severance and related charges, $5 million of facility exit and other related charges and an $11 million noncash charge related to an impairment of a trade name within the Equipment & Consumables segment.
The nature of the Company’s productivity improvement and restructuring related activities initiated in 2018, 2017 and 2016 were broadly consistent throughout the Company’s reportable segments and focused on improvements in operational efficiency through targeted workforce reductions and facility consolidations and closures. These costs were incurred to position the Company to provide superior products and services to its customers in a cost efficient manner, and taking into consideration broad economic considerations.
In conjunction with the closing of facilities, certain inventory was written off as unusable in future operating locations. This inventory consisted primarily of component parts and raw materials, which were either redundant to inventory at the facilities being merged or were not economically feasible to relocate since the inventory was purchased to operate on equipment and

F-28

Table of Contents--------------

tooling which was not being relocated. In addition, asset impairment charges have been recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of the long-lived assets that will be sold or disposed of to their estimated fair values. Charges for the asset impairment reduce the carrying amount of the long-lived assets to their estimated salvage value in connection with the decision to dispose of such assets.
Productivity improvement and restructuring related charges recorded for the years ended December 31 by segment were as follows ($ in millions): 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Specialty Products & Technologies
$
10.2

 
$
12.8

 
$
10.8

Equipment & Consumables
13.5

 
23.0

 
23.6

Total
$
23.7

 
$
35.8

 
$
34.4

The table below summarizes the Company’s accrual balance and utilization by type of productivity improvement and restructuring costs associated with the 2018 and 2017 actions ($ in millions):
 
Employee Severance
and Related
 
Facility Exit
and Related
 
Total
Balance, January 1, 2017
$
11.4

 
$
0.2

 
$
11.6

Costs incurred
27.0

 
8.8

 
35.8

Paid/settled
(18.5
)
 
(8.9
)
 
(27.4
)
Balance, December 31, 2017
19.9

 
0.1

 
20.0

Costs incurred
21.7

 
2.0

 
23.7

Paid/settled
(31.3
)
 
(1.0
)
 
(32.3
)
Balance, December 31, 2018
$
10.3

 
$
1.1

 
$
11.4

The productivity improvement and restructuring related charges incurred during 2018 include $23 million of cash charges and less than $1 million of noncash charges. The productivity improvement and restructuring related charges incurred during 2017 and 2016 include cash charges of $29 million and $23 million and $7 million and $11 million of noncash charges, respectively. These charges are reflected in the following captions in the accompanying Combined Statements of Earnings ($ in millions):
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Cost of sales
$
7.8

 
$
6.3

 
$
12.2

Selling, general and administrative expenses
15.9

 
29.5

 
22.2

Total
$
23.7

 
$
35.8

 
$
34.4

NOTE 13. LEASES AND COMMITMENTS
The Company’s operating leases extend for varying periods of time up to 20 years and, in some cases, contain renewal options that would extend existing terms beyond 20 years. Total rent expense for all operating leases was $52 million, $46 million and $44 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

F-29

Table of Contents--------------

As discussed in Note 2, the Company adopted ASC 842 related to lease accounting on January 1, 2019. Future minimum lease payments differ from the future lease liability recognized under ASC 842, as the lease liability recognized under ASC 842 discounts the lease payments while the minimum lease payments presented below are not discounted. Additionally, ASC 842 allows a lessee to elect to combine or separate any non-lease components in an arrangement with the lease components for the calculation of the lease liability while the minimum lease payments exclude any non-lease components. The Company’s future minimum rental payments for all operating leases having initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows ($ in millions):
2019
$
36.3

2020
29.3

2021
25.8

2022
23.2

2023
20.6

Thereafter
61.0

The Company generally accrues estimated warranty costs at the time of sale. In general, manufactured products are warranted against defects in material and workmanship when properly used for their intended purpose, installed correctly and appropriately maintained. Warranty periods depend on the nature of the product and range from 90 days up to the life of the product. The amount of the accrued warranty liability is determined based on historical information such as past experience, product failure rates or number of units repaired, estimated cost of material and labor and in certain instances estimated property damage. The accrued warranty liability is reviewed on a quarterly basis and may be adjusted as additional information regarding expected warranty costs becomes known.
The following is a rollforward of the Company’s accrued warranty liability ($ in millions):
 
2018
 
2017
Balance, January 1
$
10.8

 
$
12.3

Accruals for warranties issued during the year
14.6

 
12.6

Settlements made
(15.4
)
 
(14.7
)
Effect of foreign currency translation
(0.3
)
 
0.6

Balance, December 31
$
9.7

 
$
10.8


F-30

Table of Contents--------------

NOTE 14. LITIGATION AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company is, from time to time, subject to a variety of litigation and other legal and regulatory proceedings incidental to its business (or the business operations of previously owned entities). These matters primarily involve claims for damages arising out of the use of the Company’s products and services and claims relating to intellectual property matters, employment matters, tax matters, commercial disputes, breach of contract claims, competition and sales and trading practices, environmental matters, personal injury, insurance coverage and acquisition or divestiture-related matters, as well as regulatory subpoenas, requests for information, investigations and enforcement. The Company may also become subject to lawsuits as a result of past or future acquisitions or as a result of liabilities retained from, or representations, warranties or indemnities provided in connection with, divested businesses. Some of these lawsuits include claims for punitive, consequential and/or compensatory damages, as well as injunctive relief.
While Parent maintains general, products, property, workers’ compensation, automobile, cargo, aviation, crime, fiduciary and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (and has acquired rights under similar policies in connection with certain acquisitions) up to certain limits that cover certain of these claims, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable to cover such losses. For most insured risks, Parent purchases outside insurance coverage only for severe losses and must establish and maintain reserves with respect to amounts within the self-insured retention. In addition, while the Company believes it is entitled to indemnification from third-parties for some of these claims, these rights may also be insufficient or unavailable to cover such losses.
The Company records a liability in the Combined Financial Statements for loss contingencies when a loss is known or considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If the reasonable estimate of a known or probable loss is a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other, the minimum amount of the range is accrued. If a loss does not meet the known or probable level but is reasonably possible it is disclosed and if the loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated, the estimated loss or range of loss is disclosed. The Company’s reserves consist of specific reserves for individual claims and additional amounts for anticipated developments of these claims as well as for incurred but not yet reported claims. The specific reserves for individual known claims are quantified with the assistance of legal counsel and outside risk professionals where appropriate. In addition, outside risk professionals assist in the determination of reserves for incurred but not yet reported claims through evaluation of the Company’s specific loss history, actual claims reported and industry trends among statistical and other factors. The Company’s accrual for legal matters that are probable and estimable was $83 million and $43 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and includes certain estimated costs of settlement, damages and defense. Reserve estimates may be adjusted as additional information regarding a claim becomes known. Because most contingencies are resolved over long periods of time, liabilities may change in the future due to new developments (including litigation developments, the discovery of new facts, changes in legislation and outcomes of similar cases), changes in assumptions or changes in the Company’s strategy. While the Company actively pursues financial recoveries from insurance providers and indemnifying parties, it does not recognize any recoveries until realized or until such time as a sustained pattern of collections is established related to historical matters of a similar nature and magnitude. If the Company’s self-insurance and litigation reserves prove inadequate, it would be required to incur an expense equal to the amount of the loss incurred in excess of the reserves. In view of the uncertainties discussed above and below, the Company could incur charges in excess of current accruals and such charges could have a material, adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated earnings, financial position and/or cash flows.
On October 6, 2015, certain claimants initiated arbitration against Nobel Biocare Services AG (“Nobel”) in the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce in Zurich, Switzerland, based on alleged breaches by Nobel of a 2005 patent transfer and consultancy agreement between the parties and Nobel’s alleged underpayment of royalties related thereto. The arbitral tribunal bifurcated proceedings into a liability phase and a damages phase. Following a hearing, in February 2019 the tribunal issued a partial award with respect to the liability claims, finding for claimants in part and for Nobel in part, while reserving a decision on certain key issues until the damages phase of the proceedings. The tribunal has not yet issued a procedural order or schedule for the damages phase. The Company has recognized a loss reserve for the probable and estimable damages and defense costs related to this matter, which are included within the Company’s accrual for legal matters described above. With respect to any reasonably possible loss in excess of the amount accrued, the Company cannot provide an estimate or estimated range of such loss because the damages phase of the proceeding remains at an early stage, certain key issues remain to be resolved by the tribunal and there are significant factual issues to be resolved.
In addition, the Company’s operations, products and services are subject to environmental laws and regulations, which impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the environment, establish standards for the use, generation, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous and nonhazardous wastes and impose end-of-life disposal and take-back programs. Some of the Company’s operations involve the handling, manufacturing, use or sale of substances that are or could be classified as

F-31

Table of Contents--------------

hazardous materials within the meaning of applicable laws. The Company must also comply with various health and safety regulations in both the United States and abroad in connection with the Company’s operations. Compliance with these laws and regulations has not had and, based on current information and the applicable laws and regulations currently in effect, is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position, and the Company does not anticipate material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities. In addition to environmental compliance costs, the Company from time to time incurs costs related to alleged damages associated with past or current waste disposal practices or other hazardous materials handling practices. The Company may also be from time to time party to personal injury or other claims brought by private parties alleging injury due to the presence of, or exposure to, hazardous substances. The Company accrues for losses associated with environmental obligations when probable and reasonably estimable. A receivable for insurance recoveries is recorded when probable.
The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require it to indemnify to the full extent authorized or permitted by law any person made, or threatened to be made a party to any action or proceeding by reason of his or her service as a director or officer of the Company, or by reason of serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of any other entity, subject to limited exceptions. The Company’s amended and restated by-laws will provide for similar indemnification rights. While Parent maintains insurance for this type of liability, a significant deductible applies to this coverage and any such liability could exceed the amount of the insurance coverage.
As of December 31, 2018, Parent on behalf of the Company, had $76 million of guarantees consisting primarily of outstanding standby letters of credit and bank guarantees. These guarantees have been provided in connection with certain arrangements with vendors, customers, insurance providers, financing counterparties and governmental entities to secure the Company’s obligations and/or performance requirements related to specific transactions. The Company believes that if the obligations under these instruments were triggered, they would not have a material effect on its Combined Financial Statements.
NOTE 15. STOCK TRANSACTIONS AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company has no stock-based compensation plans; however certain employees of the Company participate in Parent’s stock-based compensation plan, which provides for the grants of stock options, RSUs and PSUs among other types of awards. The expense associated with the Company’s employees who participate in such plan is allocated to the Company in the accompanying Combined Statements of Earnings.
Stock options, RSUs and PSUs have been issued to directors, officers and other employees under Parent’s 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Stock options granted under Parent’s 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan generally vest pro rata over a five-year period and terminate ten years from the grant date, though the specific terms of each grant are determined by the Compensation Committee of Parent’s Board (the “Compensation Committee”). Parent’s executive officers and certain other employees have been awarded options with different vesting criteria. Option exercise prices for options granted by Parent equal the closing price of Parent’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on the date of grant.
RSUs issued under Parent’s 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan provide for the issuance of a share of Parent’s common stock at no cost to the holder. The RSUs that have been granted to employees under Parent’s 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan generally provide for time-based vesting over a five-year period, although executive officers and certain other employees have been awarded RSUs with different time-based vesting criteria, and RSUs granted to members of the Company’s senior management have also been subject to performance-based vesting criteria. Prior to vesting, RSUs granted under Parent’s 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan do not have dividend equivalent rights, do not have voting rights and the shares underlying the RSUs are not considered issued and outstanding.
In 2015, Parent introduced into its executive officer equity compensation program performance-based PSUs that vest over approximately a three-year performance period and are subject to an additional two-year holding period. The PSUs were issued under Parent’s 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan. PSUs granted under the 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan have dividend equivalent rights (which are subject to the same vesting and holding restrictions as the related shares), but do not have voting rights and the shares underlying the PSUs are not considered issued and outstanding.
The equity compensation awards granted by Parent generally vest only if the employee is employed by Parent (or in the case of directors, the director continues to serve on Parent’s Board) on the vesting date or in other limited circumstances. To cover the exercise of options and vesting of RSUs and PSUs, Parent generally issues new shares from its authorized but unissued share pool, although it may instead issue treasury shares in certain circumstances.

F-32

Table of Contents--------------

Parent accounts for stock-based compensation by measuring the cost of employee services received in exchange for all equity awards granted, including stock options, RSUs and PSUs, based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. The Company recognizes the compensation expense for employees participating in Parent’s stock plans over the requisite service period (which is generally the vesting period but may be shorter than the vesting period if the employee becomes retirement eligible before the end of the vesting period). The fair value for RSU awards was calculated using the closing price of Parent’s common stock on the date of grant, adjusted for the fact that RSUs do not accrue dividends. The fair value of the options granted was calculated using a Black-Scholes Merton option pricing model (“Black-Scholes”).
The following summarizes the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model to value options granted during the years ended December 31:
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Risk-free interest rate
2.6 – 3.1%

 
1.8 – 2.2%

 
1.2 – 1.8%

Weighted average volatility
21.4
%
 
17.9
%
 
24.3
%
Dividend yield
0.6
%
 
0.7
%
 
0.6
%
Expected years until exercise
5.0 – 8.0

 
5.0 – 8.0

 
5.5 – 8.0

The Black-Scholes model incorporates assumptions to value stock-based awards. The risk-free rate of interest for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on a zero-coupon U.S. government instrument whose maturity period equals or approximates the option’s expected term. Expected volatility is based on implied volatility from traded options on Parent’s stock and historical volatility of Parent’s stock. The dividend yield is calculated by dividing Parent’s annual dividend, based on the most recent quarterly dividend rate, by the closing stock price on the grant date. To estimate the option exercise timing used in the valuation model, in addition to considering the vesting period and contractual term of the option, Parent analyzes and considers actual historical exercise experience for previously granted options. Parent stratifies its employee population into multiple groups for option valuation and attribution purposes based upon distinctive patterns of forfeiture rates and option holding periods, as indicated by the ranges set forth in the table above for risk-free interest rate and expected years until exercise.
The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized during a period is also based on the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Parent estimates pre-vesting forfeitures at the time of grant by analyzing historical data and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Ultimately, the total expense recognized over the vesting period will equal the fair value of awards that actually vest.
The following summarizes the components of the Company’s stock-based compensation expense under Parent’s stock plans for the years ended December 31 ($ in millions):
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
RSUs/PSUs:
 
 
 
 
 
Pretax compensation expense
$
8.2

 
$
7.6

 
$
6.3

Income tax benefit
(2.1
)
 
(2.5
)
 
(2.1
)
RSU/PSU expense, net of income taxes
6.1

 
5.1

 
4.2

Stock options:
 
 
 
 
 
Pretax compensation expense
5.1

 
4.7

 
4.2

Income tax benefit
(1.3
)
 
(1.6
)
 
(1.4
)
Stock option expense, net of income taxes
3.8

 
3.1

 
2.8

Total stock-based compensation:
 
 
 
 
 
Pretax compensation expense
13.3

 
12.3

 
10.5

Income tax benefit
(3.4
)
 
(4.1
)
 
(3.5
)
Total stock-based compensation expense, net of income taxes
$
9.9

 
$
8.2

 
$
7.0

Stock-based compensation has been recognized as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Combined Statements of Earnings. As of December 31, 2018, $16 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs/PSUs is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately two

F-33

Table of Contents--------------

years. As of December 31, 2018, $14 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years. Future compensation amounts will be adjusted for any changes in estimated forfeitures.
The following summarizes the Company’s option activity under Parent’s stock plans (in millions; except price per share and numbers of years):
 
Options
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding as of January 1, 2016
2.2

 
$
45.75

 
 
 
 
Granted
0.5

 
67.56

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(0.5
)
 
34.54

 
 
 
 
Cancelled/forfeited
(0.3
)
 
59.47

 
 
 
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2016
1.9

 
52.27

 
 
 
 
Granted
0.5

 
86.06

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(0.4
)
 
38.49

 
 
 
 
Cancelled/forfeited
(0.3
)
 
60.74

 
 
 
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017
1.7

 
63.95

 
 
 
 
Granted
0.5

 
99.41

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(0.3
)
 
48.25

 
 
 
 
Cancelled/forfeited
(0.2
)
 
78.61

 
 
 
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2018
1.7

 
$
75.43

 
7
 
$
52.6

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2018 (1)
1.6

 
$
72.87

 
7
 
$
49.7

Vested as of December 31, 2018
0.7

 
$
54.54

 
5
 
$
31.9

(1) 
The “expected to vest” options are the net unvested options that remain after applying the forfeiture rate assumption to total unvested options.
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the difference between Parent’s closing stock price on the last trading day of 2018 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2018. The amount of aggregate intrinsic value will change based on the price of Parent’s common stock.
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2018 are summarized below (in millions; except price per share and numbers of years):
 
Outstanding
 
Exercisable
Exercise Price
Shares
 
Average
Exercise Price
 
Average
Remaining
Life
(in years)
 
Shares
 
Average
Exercise Price
$19.89 to 40.45
0.2

 
$
35.68

 
3
 
0.2

 
$
35.80

$40.46 to 59.17
0.2

 
54.85

 
5
 
0.2

 
52.78

$59.18 to 65.95
0.3

 
65.84

 
7
 
0.1

 
65.75

$65.96 to 79.63
0.2

 
70.76

 
7
 
0.1

 
67.77

$79.64 to 101.65
0.8

 
93.74

 
9
 
0.1

 
85.97

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $19 million, $18 million and $20 million, respectively. Exercise of options during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 resulted in cash receipts of $14 million, $17 million and $19 million, respectively. Upon exercise of the award by the employee, Parent derives a tax deduction measured by the excess of the market value over the grant price at the date of

F-34

Table of Contents--------------

exercise. Parent realized a tax benefit of $3 million, $6 million and $7 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to the exercise of employee stock options.
The following summarizes information on unvested RSUs and PSUs activity (in millions; except weighted average grant-date fair value):
 
Number of
RSUs/PSUs
 
Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair Value
Unvested at January 1, 2016
0.5

 
$
55.33

Granted
0.2

 
66.43

Vested
(0.1
)
 
49.16

Forfeited
(0.1
)
 
58.20

Unvested at December 31, 2016
0.5

 
60.43

Granted
0.1

 
85.22

Vested
(0.1
)
 
55.83

Forfeited
(0.1
)
 
68.04

Unvested at December 31, 2017
0.4

 
65.88

Granted
0.2

 
98.26

Vested
(0.1
)
 
65.81

Forfeited
(0.1
)
 
77.38

Unvested at December 31, 2018
0.4

 
79.21

The Company realized a tax benefit of $2 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to the vesting of RSUs and PSUs.
Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-09 in 2017, the difference between the actual tax benefit realized upon exercise and the tax benefit recorded based on the fair value of the stock award at the time of grant (the “excess tax benefits”) was recorded as an increase to net Parent investment and was reflected as a financing cash flow in 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2016 the Company recorded an increase to additional paid-in-capital and a financing cash flow of $5.6 million for the excess tax benefit. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2016-09, the excess tax benefit of $3.3 million and $4.9 million related to the exercise of employee stock options and vesting of RSUs for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, has been recorded as a reduction to the current income tax provision and is reflected as an operating cash inflow in the accompanying Combined Statements of Cash Flows.
In connection with the exercise of certain stock options and the vesting of RSUs previously issued by Parent, a number of shares sufficient to fund statutory minimum tax withholding requirements has been withheld from the total shares issued or released to the award holder (though under the terms of the applicable plan, the shares are considered to have been issued and are not added back to the pool of shares available for grant). During the year ended December 31, 2018, 41 thousand shares with an aggregate value of $4 million were withheld to satisfy the requirement. During the year ended December 31, 2017, 37 thousand shares with an aggregate value of $3 million were withheld to satisfy the requirement. The withholding is treated as a reduction in net Parent investment in the accompanying Combined Statements of Changes in Equity.


F-35

Table of Contents--------------

NOTE 16. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company operates and reports its results in two separate business segments, the Specialty Products & Technologies and Equipment & Consumables segments. When determining the reportable segments, the Company aggregated operating segments based on their similar economic and operating characteristics. Operating profit represents total revenues less operating expenses, excluding nonoperating income (expense) and income taxes. Operating profit amounts in the Other segment consist of unallocated corporate costs and other costs not considered part of management’s evaluation of reportable segment operating performance. The identifiable assets by segment are those used in each segment’s operations. Inter-segment amounts are not significant and are eliminated to arrive at combined totals.
Detailed segment data as of and for the years ended December 31 is as follows ($ in millions):
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales:
 
 
 
 
 
Specialty Products & Technologies
$
1,369.8

 
$
1,310.6

 
$
1,247.0

Equipment & Consumables
1,474.7

 
1,500.3

 
1,538.4

Total
$
2,844.5

 
$
2,810.9

 
$
2,785.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating profit:
 
 
 
 
 
Specialty Products & Technologies
$
241.3

 
$
246.0

 
$
226.0

Equipment & Consumables
120.5

 
152.9

 
201.2

Other
(63.4
)
 
(12.3
)
 
(24.4
)
Total
$
298.4

 
$
386.6

 
$
402.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
Identifiable assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Specialty Products & Technologies
$
3,539.1

 
$
3,598.6

 
$
3,430.8

Equipment & Consumables
2,294.1

 
2,388.7

 
2,290.8

Other
8.4

 
5.5

 
5.7

Total
$
5,841.6

 
$
5,992.8

 
$
5,727.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization:
 
 
 
 
 
Specialty Products & Technologies
$
76.9

 
$
71.8

 
$
74.9

Equipment & Consumables
51.9

 
48.6

 
50.7

Other
1.2

 
1.0

 
1.6

Total
$
130.0

 
$
121.4


$
127.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures, gross:
 
 
 
 
 
Specialty Products & Technologies
$
42.2

 
$
30.3

 
$
19.1

Equipment & Consumables
26.9

 
17.7

 
28.9

Other
3.1

 
0.9

 
1.1

Total
$
72.2

 
$
48.9

 
$
49.1


F-36

Table of Contents--------------

Operations in Geographical Areas: 
 
Year Ended December 31
($ in millions)
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Sales:
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
1,240.5

 
$
1,253.0

 
$
1,292.0

China
187.9

 
155.2

 
130.8

Germany
164.7

 
166.1

 
167.6

All other (each country individually less than 5% of total sales)
1,251.4

 
1,236.6

 
1,195.0

Total
$
2,844.5

 
$
2,810.9

 
$
2,785.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net:
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
144.1

 
$
118.0

 
$
103.9

Germany
29.1

 
31.5

 
31.5

Sweden
20.0

 
11.7

 
4.2

Switzerland
15.9

 
16.4

 
14.8

All other (each country individually less than 5% of total long-lived assets)
52.5

 
53.6

 
63.6

Total
$
261.6

 
$
231.2

 
$
218.0

Sales by Major Product Group:
 
Year Ended December 31
($ in millions)
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Consumables
$
1,914.8

 
$
1,864.7

 
$
1,849.0

Equipment
929.7

 
946.2

 
936.4

Total
$
2,844.5

 
$
2,810.9

 
$
2,785.4

NOTE 17. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company has historically operated as part of Parent and not as a separate, publicly-traded company. Accordingly, Parent has allocated certain shared costs to the Company that are reflected as expenses in these financial statements. Management considers the allocation methodologies used by Parent to be reasonable and to appropriately reflect the related expenses attributable to the Company for purposes of the carve-out financial statements; however, the expenses reflected in these financial statements may not be indicative of the actual expenses that would have been incurred during the periods presented if the Company had operated as a separate entity. In addition, the expenses reflected in the financial statements may not be indicative of expenses the Company will incur in the future.
Corporate Expenses
Certain corporate overhead and shared expenses incurred by Parent and its subsidiaries have been allocated to the Company and are reflected in the Combined Statements of Earnings. These amounts include, but are not limited to, items such as general management and executive oversight, costs to support Parent information technology infrastructure, facilities, compliance, human resources, and legal functions and financial management and transaction processing including public company reporting, consolidated tax filings and tax planning, Parent benefit plan administration, risk management and consolidated treasury services, certain employee benefits and incentives, and stock based compensation administration. These costs are allocated using methodologies that management believes are reasonable for the item being allocated. Allocation methodologies include the Company’s relative share of revenues, headcount, or functional spend as a percentage of the total.
Insurance Programs Administered by Parent
In addition to the corporate allocations discussed above, the Company was allocated expenses related to certain insurance programs Parent administers on behalf of the Company, including workers compensation, property, cargo, automobile, crime, fiduciary, product, general and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. These policies cover amounts in excess of the self-

F-37

Table of Contents--------------

insured retentions. The insurance costs of these policies are allocated by Parent to the Company and its other businesses using various methodologies related to the respective, underlying exposure base.
For the self-insured component of the policies referenced above, Parent allocated costs to the Company based on the Company’s incurred claims. An estimated liability relating to the Company’s known and incurred but not reported claims has also been allocated to the Company and reflected on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets.
Medical Insurance Programs Administered by Parent
In addition to the corporate allocations noted above, the Company was allocated expenses related to the medical insurance programs Parent administers on behalf of the Company. These amounts were allocated using actual medical claims incurred during the period for the associated employees attributable to the Company.
Deferred Compensation Program Administered by Parent
Certain of the Company’s management employees participate in Parent’s nonqualified deferred compensation programs that permit participants to defer a portion of their compensation, on a pretax basis, until their termination of employment. Participants may choose among alternative earning rates for the amounts they defer, which are primarily based on investment options within Parent’s 401(k) program (except that the earnings rates for amounts contributed unilaterally by Parent are entirely based on changes in the value of Parent’s common stock). All amounts deferred under this plan are unfunded, unsecured obligations of Parent.
The amounts of related-party expenses allocated to the Company from Parent and its subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, were as follows ($ in millions):
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Allocated corporate expenses
$
31.5

 
$
31.5

 
$
31.5

Directly related charges:
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance programs expenses
3.9

 
4.3

 
3.7

Medical insurance programs expenses
52.2

 
47.2

 
45.5

Deferred compensation program expenses
1.1

 
1.1

 
1.2

Total related-party expenses
$
88.7

 
$
84.1

 
$
81.9

Revenue and other transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business
Certain of the Company’s revenue arrangements relate to contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with Parent and Parent affiliates. The amount of related-party revenue was not significant for any of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

F-38

Table of Contents--------------

DENTAL SEGMENT OF DANAHER CORPORATION
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
($ in millions)
 
Classification
Balance at
Beginning of
Period (a)
 
Charged to
Costs &
Expenses
 
Impact of
Currency
 
Write Offs,
Write Downs  &
Deductions
 
Balance at End of Period (a)
Year ended December 31, 2018:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowances deducted from asset account
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$
17.9

 
$
4.7

 
$
(0.7
)
 
$
(4.0
)
 
$
17.9

Year ended December 31, 2017:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowances deducted from asset account
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$
17.9

 
$
5.8

 
$
0.7

 
$
(6.5
)
 
$
17.9

Year ended December 31, 2016:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowances deducted from asset account
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$
16.0

 
$
3.5

 
$
0.5

 
$
(2.1
)
 
$
17.9

(a) 
Amounts include allowance for doubtful accounts classified as current.


F-39

Table of Contents--------------


DENTAL SEGMENT OF DANAHER CORPORATION
COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
($ in millions)
(unaudited)
 
As of
 
June 28, 2019
 
December 31, 2018
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current Assets:
 
 
 
Trade accounts receivable, net
$
471.5

 
$
459.8

Inventories:
 
 
 
Finished goods
172.4

 
166.8

Work in process
33.4

 
34.3

Raw materials
73.9

 
77.6

Total inventories
279.7

 
278.7

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
53.0

 
48.3

Total current assets
804.2

 
786.8

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $392.0 and $375.2, respectively
280.3

 
261.6

Other long-term assets
258.0

 
77.4

Goodwill
3,321.9

 
3,325.5

Other intangible assets, net
1,344.6

 
1,390.3

Total assets
$
6,009.0

 
$
5,841.6

LIABILITIES AND PARENT’S EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Trade accounts payable
$
192.5

 
$
217.4

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
431.4

 
423.6

Total current liabilities
623.9

 
641.0

Other long-term liabilities
528.8

 
374.2

Parent’s equity:
 
 
 
Net Parent investment
4,938.8

 
4,901.3

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
(85.4
)
 
(78.2
)
Total Parent’s equity
4,853.4

 
4,823.1

Noncontrolling interests
2.9

 
3.3

Total equity
4,856.3

 
4,826.4

Total liabilities and equity
$
6,009.0

 
$
5,841.6

See the accompanying Notes to the unaudited Combined Condensed Financial Statements.


F-40

Table of Contents--------------

DENTAL SEGMENT OF DANAHER CORPORATION
COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
($ in millions)
(unaudited)
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
Sales
$
1,371.8

 
$
1,406.0

Cost of sales
(615.1
)
 
(607.3
)
Gross profit
756.7

 
798.7

Operating costs:
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(552.9
)
 
(563.2
)
Research and development expenses
(83.0
)
 
(86.1
)
Operating profit
120.8

 
149.4

Nonoperating income (expense), net
1.4

 
0.4

Earnings before income taxes
122.2

 
149.8

Income taxes
(22.8
)
 
(34.4
)
Net earnings
$
99.4

 
$
115.4

See the accompanying Notes to the unaudited Combined Condensed Financial Statements.

F-41

Table of Contents--------------

DENTAL SEGMENT OF DANAHER CORPORATION
COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
($ in millions)
(unaudited)
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
Net earnings
$
99.4

 
$
115.4

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes:
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(6.6
)
 
(54.7
)
Pension plan adjustments
(0.6
)
 
0.4

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes
(7.2
)
 
(54.3
)
Comprehensive income
$
92.2

 
$
61.1

 
See the accompanying Notes to the unaudited Combined Condensed Financial Statements.


F-42

Table of Contents--------------

DENTAL SEGMENT OF DANAHER CORPORATION
COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
($ in millions)
(unaudited) 
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
Net Parent Investment
 
 
 
Balance, beginning of period
$
4,901.3

 
$
4,989.9

Adoption of accounting standards

 
(8.0
)
Net earnings
99.4

 
115.4

Net transfers (to) from Parent
(70.8
)
 
(99.4
)
Parent common stock-based award activity
8.9

 
5.8

Balance, end of period
$
4,938.8

 
$
5,003.7

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
 
 
Balance, beginning of period
$
(78.2
)
 
$
0.6

Adoption of accounting standards

 
(0.2
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(7.2
)
 
(54.3
)
Balance, end of period
$
(85.4
)
 
$
(53.9
)
Noncontrolling interests
 
 
 
Balance, beginning of period
$
3.3

 
$
4.1

Change in noncontrolling interests
(0.4
)
 
(0.4
)
Balance, end of period
$
2.9

 
$
3.7

Total equity, end of period
$
4,856.3

 
$
4,953.5

See the accompanying Notes to the unaudited Combined Condensed Financial Statements.

F-43

Table of Contents--------------

DENTAL SEGMENT OF DANAHER CORPORATION
COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
($ in millions)
(unaudited)
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
Net earnings
$
99.4

 
$
115.4

Noncash items:
 
 
 
Depreciation
19.8

 
19.7

Amortization
45.0

 
45.5

Stock-based compensation expense
8.9

 
5.8

Change in trade accounts receivable, net
(13.0
)
 
6.5

Change in inventories
(1.7
)
 
(19.1
)
Change in trade accounts payable
(24.4
)
 
(19.9
)
Change in prepaid expenses and other assets
(11.9
)
 
9.4

Change in accrued expenses and other liabilities
(9.4
)
 
(33.0
)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
112.7

 
130.3

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
Payments for additions to property, plant and equipment
(42.1
)
 
(30.6
)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment
0.4

 

All other investing activities
(0.2
)
 
(0.3
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(41.9
)
 
(30.9
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
Net transfers (to) from Parent
(70.8
)
 
(99.4
)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(70.8
)
 
(99.4
)
Net change in cash and equivalents

 

Beginning balance of cash and equivalents

 

Ending balance of cash and equivalents
$

 
$

See the accompanying Notes to the unaudited Combined Condensed Financial Statements.

F-44

Table of Contents--------------

DENTAL SEGMENT OF DANAHER CORPORATION
NOTES TO COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1. BUSINESS OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying combined financial statements present the historical financial position, results of operations, changes in Danaher Corporation’s (“Danaher” or “Parent”) equity and cash flows of the Dental segment of Danaher (the “Company”) in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for the preparation of carved-out combined financial statements.
The Company provides products that are used to diagnose, treat and prevent disease and ailments of the teeth, gums and supporting bone, as well as to improve the aesthetics of the human smile. The Company is a leading worldwide provider of a broad range of dental implants, orthodontic appliances, general dental consumables, equipment and services, and is dedicated to driving technological innovations that help dental professionals improve clinical outcomes and enhance productivity.
On July 19, 2018, Parent announced its intention to spin-off its Dental business into a separate, publicly-traded company. In February 2019, Parent announced a modification of its plans, specifically that it now intends to conduct an initial public offering of shares of common stock of the Dental business (the “IPO”) in the second half of 2019, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including obtaining final approval from the Danaher Board of Directors, favorable ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and other regulatory approvals. Prior to the closing of the IPO, the Company’s businesses will be transferred to Envista Holdings Corporation (“Envista”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent.
Subsequent to the anticipated IPO, Parent currently intends to distribute to its shareholders all or a portion of its remaining equity interest in the Dental business, which may include the spin-off of Envista shares effected as a dividend to all its shareholders, the split-off of Envista shares in exchange for Danaher shares or other securities, or any combination thereof in one transaction or in a series of transactions (collectively, the “Distribution”). While Parent currently intends to effect the Distribution, it has no obligation to pursue or consummate any further dispositions of its ownership in Envista, including through the Distribution, by any specified date or at all. If pursued, the Distribution may be subject to various conditions, including receipt of any necessary regulatory or other approvals, the existence of satisfactory market conditions, and the receipt of an opinion of counsel to the effect that the separation of Envista in connection with the IPO, together with such Distribution, will be tax-free to Parent and its shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The conditions to the Distribution may not be satisfied; Parent may decide not to consummate the Distribution even if the conditions are satisfied; or Parent may decide to waive one or more of these conditions and consummate the Distribution even if all of the conditions are not satisfied. Parent cannot assure whether or when any such transaction will be consummated or as to the final terms of any such transaction.
The Company operates in two business segments: Specialty Products & Technologies and Equipment & Consumables.
The Company’s Specialty Products & Technologies segment develops, manufactures and markets dental implant systems, dental prosthetics and associated treatment software and technologies, as well as orthodontic bracket systems, aligners and lab products.
The Company’s Equipment & Consumables segment develops, manufactures and markets dental equipment and supplies used in dental offices, including digital imaging systems, software and other visualization/magnification systems; handpieces and associated consumables; treatment units and other dental practice equipment; endodontic systems and related consumables; restorative materials and instruments, rotary burs, impression materials, bonding agents and cements and infection prevention products.
Sales to the Company’s largest customer were 12% of total sales during both the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018. No other individual customer accounted for more than 10% of total sales during these periods. Accounts receivable from this customer were 10% and 8% of total trade accounts receivables as of June 28, 2019 and December 31, 2018.
The Company has historically operated as part of Parent and not as a separate, publicly-traded company. The financial statements have been derived from Parent’s historical accounting records and are presented on a carve-out basis. All revenues and costs as well as assets and liabilities directly associated with the business activity of the Company are included as a component of the financial statements. The financial statements also include allocations of certain general, administrative, sales and marketing expenses and cost of sales from Parent’s corporate office and from other Parent businesses to the Company and allocations of related assets, liabilities, and Parent’s investment, as applicable. The allocations have been determined on a reasonable basis; however, the amounts are not necessarily representative of the

F-45

Table of Contents--------------

amounts that would have been reflected in the financial statements had the Company been an entity that operated independently of Parent. Related-party allocations are discussed further in Note 11.
As part of Parent, the Company is dependent upon Parent for all of its working capital and financing requirements as Parent uses a centralized approach to cash management and financing of its operations. Financial transactions relating to the Company are accounted for through the Parent investment account of the Company. Accordingly, none of Parent’s cash, cash equivalents or debt at the corporate level has been assigned to the Company in these combined financial statements.
Net Parent investment, which includes retained earnings, represents Parent’s interest in the recorded net assets of the Company. All significant transactions between the Company and Parent have been included in the accompanying combined condensed financial statements. Transactions with Parent are reflected in the accompanying Combined Condensed Statements of Changes in Equity as “Net transfers to Parent” and in the accompanying Combined Condensed Balance Sheets within “Net Parent investment.”
All significant intercompany accounts and transactions between the businesses comprising the Company have been eliminated in the accompanying combined condensed financial statements.
The Combined Condensed Financial Statements included herein have been prepared by the Company without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations; however, the Company believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The Combined Condensed Financial Statements included herein should be read in conjunction with the Combined Financial Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the Notes thereto included within this prospectus.
In the opinion of the Company, the accompanying financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring accruals) necessary to present fairly the financial position of the Company as of June 28, 2019 and December 31, 2018, and its results of operations and cash flows for the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018.
Accounting Standards Recently Adopted—In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a lease liability for all leases with terms greater than 12 months and also requires disclosures by lessees and lessors about the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. Subsequent to the issuance of Topic 842, the FASB clarified the guidance through several ASUs; hereinafter the collection of lease guidance is referred to as “ASC 842”.
On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASC 842 using the modified retrospective method for all lease arrangements at the beginning of the period of adoption. Results for reporting periods beginning January 1, 2019 are presented under ASC 842, while prior period amounts were not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s historic accounting under ASC 840, Leases (“ASC 840”). The standard had a material impact on the Company’s Combined Condensed Balance Sheet but did not have a significant impact on the Company’s combined net earnings and cash flows. The most significant impact was the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities for operating leases, while the accounting for finance leases remained substantially unchanged. For leases that commenced before the effective date of ASC 842, the Company elected the permitted practical expedients to not reassess the following: (i) whether any expired or existing contracts contain leases; (ii) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases; and (iii) initial direct costs for any existing leases. The Company also elected to include leases with a term of 12 months of less in the recognized ROU assets and lease liabilities.
As a result of the cumulative impact of adopting ASC 842, the Company recorded operating lease ROU assets of $182 million and operating lease liabilities of $191 million as of January 1, 2019, primarily related to real estate and automobile leases, based on the present value of the future lease payments on the date of adoption. Refer to Note 3 for the additional disclosures required by ASC 842.
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. For leases where the Company is the lessee, ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent an obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit interest rate, the Company uses Parent’s incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The ROU asset also consists of any prepaid lease

F-46

Table of Contents--------------

payments, lease incentives received, costs which will be incurred in exiting a lease and the amount of any asset or liability recognized on business combinations relating to favorable or unfavorable lease terms. The lease terms used to calculate the ROU asset and related lease liability include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term as an operating expense. The Company has lease agreements which require payments for lease and non-lease components and has elected to account for these as a single lease component.
Except for the above accounting policy for leases that was updated as a result of adopting ASC 842, there have been no significant changes to the Company’s accounting policies described in the annual audited Combined Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 included in this prospectus.
Accounting Standards Not Yet AdoptedIn August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-14, Disclosure FrameworkChanges to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans, which amends ASC 715 to add, remove, and clarify disclosure requirements related to defined benefit pension plans. The ASU is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Management has not yet completed its assessment of the impact of the new standard on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), which modifies the disclosures on fair value measurements by removing the requirement to disclose the amount and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the policy for timing of such transfers. The ASU expands the disclosure requirements for Level 3 fair value measurements, primarily focused on changes in unrealized gains and losses included in other comprehensive income (loss). The ASU is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. Management has not yet completed its assessment of the impact of the new standard on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which amends the impairment model by requiring entities to use a forward-looking approach based on expected losses rather than incurred losses to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments, including trade receivables. This may result in the earlier recognition of allowances for losses. The ASU is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. In November 2018, April 2019, and May 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, ASU No. 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments, and ASU No. 2019-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief which provided additional implementation guidance on the previously issued ASU. Management has not yet completed its assessment of the impact of the new standard on the Company’s Combined Financial Statements. Currently, the Company believes that the most notable impact of this ASU will relate to its processes around the assessment of the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts on trade accounts receivable and the recognition of credit losses.

F-47

Table of Contents--------------

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) - The changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component are summarized below ($ in millions). Foreign currency translation adjustments are generally not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to indefinite investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries.
 
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
 
Pension Adjustments
 
Total
For the Six-Month Period Ended June 28, 2019:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2018
$
(74.3
)
 
$
(3.9
)
 
$
(78.2
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications:
 
 
 
 
 
Decrease
(6.6
)
 

 
(6.6
)
Income tax impact

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of income taxes
(6.6
)
 

 
(6.6
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
Increase

 
(0.9
)
(a)
(0.9
)
Income tax impact

 
0.3

 
0.3

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes:

 
(0.6
)
 
(0.6
)
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss):
(6.6
)
 
(0.6
)
 
(7.2
)
Balance, June 28, 2019
$
(80.9
)
 
$
(4.5
)
 
$
(85.4
)
For the Six-Month Period Ended June 29, 2018:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2017
$
10.9

 
$
(10.3
)
 
$
0.6

Adoption of accounting standards

 
(0.2
)
 
(0.2
)
Balance, January 1, 2018
10.9

 
(10.5
)
 
0.4

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications:
 
 
 
 
 
Increase
(54.7
)
 

 
(54.7
)
Income tax impact

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of income taxes
(54.7
)
 

 
(54.7
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
Increase

 
0.5

(a)
0.5

Income tax impact

 
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes:

 
0.4

 
0.4

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss):
(54.7
)
 
0.4

 
(54.3
)
Balance, June 29, 2018
$
(43.8
)
 
$
(10.1
)
 
$
(53.9
)
(a) 
This accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component is included in the computation of net periodic pension cost. Refer to Note 6 for additional details.

F-48

Table of Contents--------------

NOTE 2. REVENUE
The following tables present the Company’s revenues disaggregated by geographical region and revenue type for the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018 ($ in millions). Sales taxes and other usage-based taxes collected from customers are excluded from revenue.
 
Six-Month Period Ended June 28, 2019
 
Specialty Products & Technologies
 
Equipment & Consumables
 
Total
Geographical region:
 
 
 
 
 
North America
$
301.9

 
$
336.8

 
$
638.7

Western Europe
172.6

 
143.6

 
316.2

Other developed markets
46.8

 
38.6

 
85.4

High-growth markets
174.8

 
156.7

 
331.5

Total
$
696.1

 
$
675.7

 
$
1,371.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue type:
 
 
 
 
 
Consumables, services and spare parts
$
658.2

 
$
351.7

 
$
1,009.9

Equipment, software and other systems
37.9

 
324.0

 
361.9

Total
$
696.1

 
$
675.7

 
$
1,371.8

 
Six-Month Period Ended June 29, 2018
 
Specialty Products & Technologies
 
Equipment & Consumables
 
Total
Geographical region:
 
 
 
 
 
North America
$
297.2

 
$
340.2

 
$
637.4

Western Europe
187.2

 
158.9

 
346.1

Other developed markets
50.8

 
40.2

 
91.0

High-growth markets
169.1

 
162.4

 
331.5

Total
$
704.3

 
$
701.7

 
$
1,406.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue type:
 
 
 
 
 
Consumables, services and spare parts
$
671.0

 
$
364.3

 
$
1,035.3

Equipment, software and other systems
33.3

 
337.4

 
370.7

Total
$
704.3

 
$
701.7

 
$
1,406.0

The Company sells equipment to customers as well as consumables, spare parts and services. The Company’s Equipment & Consumables products include traditional consumables such as bonding agents and cements, impression materials, infection prevention products and restorative products, as well as equipment such as treatment units, instruments, digital imaging systems, software and other visualization and magnification systems. The Company’s Specialty Products & Technologies products include implants, prosthetics, orthodontic brackets, aligners and lab products.
Remaining performance obligations related to ASC 606 represent the aggregate transaction price allocated to performance obligations with an original contract term greater than one year which are fully or partially unsatisfied at the end of the period. As of June 28, 2019, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $23 million and the Company expects to recognize revenue on the majority of this amount over the next 12 months.
The Company often receives cash payments from customers in advance of the Company’s performance resulting in contract liabilities. These contract liabilities are classified as either current or long-term in the Combined Condensed Balance Sheets based on the timing of when the Company expects to recognize revenue. As of June 28, 2019 and December 31, 2018, contract liabilities were $58 million and $62 million, respectively, and are included within accrued expenses and other

F-49

Table of Contents--------------

liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Combined Condensed Balance Sheets. Revenue recognized during the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018 that was included in the contract liability balance on December 31, 2018 and at the date of adoption of ASC 606 on January 1, 2018 was $39 million and $35 million, respectively. Contract liabilities are reported on the accompanying Combined Condensed Balance Sheets on a contract-by-contract basis.
NOTE 3. LEASES
The Company has operating leases for office space, warehouses, distribution centers, research and development facilities, manufacturing locations and certain equipment, primarily automobiles. Many leases include one or more options to renew, some of which include options to extend the leases for up to 20 years, and some leases include options to terminate the leases within 30 days. In certain of the Company’s lease agreements, the rental payments are adjusted periodically to reflect actual charges incurred for common area maintenance or utilities and/or changes in inflation or other indexes.
For the six-month period ended June 28, 2019, the components of operating lease expense were as follows ($ in millions):
Fixed operating lease expense (a)
$
19.0

Variable operating lease expense
2.9

Total operating lease expense
$
21.9

(a) 
Includes short-term leases and sublease income, both of which were not significant.
Supplemental cash flow information related to the Company’s operating leases for the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 was as follows ($ in millions):
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities
$
19.8

ROU assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations
12.2

The following table presents the lease balances within the Combined Condensed Balance Sheet, weighted average remaining lease term, and weighted average discount rates related to the Company’s operating leases as of June 28, 2019 ($ in millions):
Lease Assets and Liabilities
Classification
 
Assets:
 
 
Operating lease ROU assets
Other long-term assets
$
173.7

 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
Current:
 
 
Operating lease liabilities
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
$
28.4

Long-term:
 
 
Operating lease liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
155.2

Total operating lease liabilities
 
$
183.6

 
 
 
Weighted average remaining lease term
 
10 years

Weighted average discount rate
 
3.0
%

F-50

Table of Contents--------------

The following table presents the maturity of the Company’s operating lease liabilities as of June 28, 2019 ($ in millions):
Remainder of 2019
$
17.3

2020
29.9

2021
25.0

2022
22.8

2023
19.5

Thereafter
103.3

Total operating lease payments
217.8

Less: imputed interest
34.2

Total operating lease liabilities
$
183.6

As of June 28, 2019, the Company had no additional significant operating or finance leases that had not yet commenced.
NOTE 4. GOODWILL
The following is a rollforward of the Company’s goodwill ($ in millions):
Balance, December 31, 2018
$
3,325.5

Foreign currency translation and other
(3.6
)
Balance, June 28, 2019
$
3,321.9

The carrying value of goodwill by segment is summarized as follows ($ in millions):
 
June 28, 2019
 
December 31, 2018
Specialty Products & Technologies
$
2,015.2

 
$
2,013.8

Equipment & Consumables
1,306.7

 
1,311.7

Total
$
3,321.9

 
$
3,325.5

The Company has not identified any “triggering” events which indicate an impairment of goodwill in the six-month period ended June 28, 2019.
NOTE 5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Accounting standards define fair value based on an exit price model, establish a framework for measuring fair value where the Company’s assets and liabilities are required to be carried at fair value and provide for certain disclosures related to the valuation methods used within a valuation hierarchy as established within the accounting standards. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, or other observable characteristics for the asset or liability, including interest rates, yield curves and credit risks, or inputs that are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data through correlation. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs based on the Company’s assumptions. A financial asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

F-51

Table of Contents--------------

A summary of financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows ($ in millions):
 
Quoted Prices
in Active
Market
(Level 1)
 
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Total
June 28, 2019:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred compensation plans
$

 
$
13.5

 
$

 
$
13.5

December 31, 2018:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred compensation plans
$

 
$
11.1

 
$

 
$
11.1

Certain management employees of the Company participate in Parent’s nonqualified deferred compensation programs pursuant to which the Company makes certain unilateral contributions and participants have the option to defer a portion of their compensation, on a pretax basis. All amounts contributed or deferred under these plans are unfunded, unsecured obligations of Parent and are presented as a component of the Company’s compensation and benefits accrual included in accrued expenses in the accompanying Combined Condensed Balance Sheets. Participants may choose among alternative earnings rates for the amounts they defer, which are primarily based on investment options within Parent’s 401(k) program. Changes in the deferred compensation liability under these programs are recognized based on changes in the fair value of the participants’ accounts, which are based on the applicable earnings rates on investment options within Parent’s 401(k) program. Earnings rates for amounts contributed unilaterally by Parent are entirely based on changes in the value of Parent’s common stock and the value of the liability is based solely on the market value of Parent’s common stock.
NOTE 6. DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS
The following sets forth the components of the Company’s net periodic benefit cost of the noncontributory defined benefit pension plans ($ in millions):
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
Service cost
$
(4.6
)
 
$
(4.9
)
Interest cost
(1.1
)
 
(1.0
)
Expected return on plan assets
1.6

 
1.9

Amortization of initial net obligation
(0.1
)
 
(0.1
)
Amortization of net loss
(0.2
)
 
(0.4
)
Curtailment and settlement gains recognized
1.2

 

Net periodic pension cost
$
(3.2
)
 
$
(4.5
)
The net periodic benefit cost of the noncontributory defined benefit pension plans incurred during the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018 are reflected in the following captions in the accompanying Combined Condensed Statements of Earnings ($ in millions):
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
Service cost:
 
 
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
$
(4.6
)
 
$
(4.9
)
Other net periodic pension costs:
 
 
 
Nonoperating income, net
1.4

 
0.4

Total
$
(3.2
)
 
$
(4.5
)
Employer Contributions
During 2019, the Company’s cash contribution requirements for its defined benefit pension plans are forecasted to be approximately $8 million. The ultimate amount to be contributed depends upon, among other things, legal requirements,

F-52

Table of Contents--------------

underlying asset returns, the plan’s funded status, the anticipated tax deductibility of the contribution, local practices, market conditions, interest rates and other factors.
NOTE 7. INCOME TAXES
The following table summarizes the Company’s effective tax rate:
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
Effective tax rate
18.7
%
 
23.0
%
The Company’s effective tax rate of 18.7% for the six-month period ended June 28, 2019 differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21.0% due principally to the impact of net discrete tax benefits related primarily to the excess tax benefits associated with the exercise of employee stock options and vesting of RSUs, as well as the release of reserves upon the expiration of statutes of limitation. These discrete tax benefits decreased the reported rate by 4.3%. These benefits were partially offset by the impact of earnings outside the United States which generally are taxed at rates higher than the U.S. federal rate.
The Company’s effective tax rate of 23.0% for the six-month period ended June 29, 2018 was higher than the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21.0% due principally to the impact of our earnings outside the United States which overall are taxed at rates higher than the U.S. federal rate. The effective tax rate for the six-month period ended June 29, 2018 also includes increases in net reserves from audit settlements, partially offset by excess tax benefits associated with the exercise of employee stock options and vesting of RSUs, as well as the release of reserves upon the expiration of statutes of limitation, which increased the reported rate by 10 basis points.
NOTE 8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
For a description of the Company’s litigation and contingencies, refer to Note 14 of the Company’s financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 included within this prospectus. The Company reviews the adequacy of its legal reserves on a quarterly basis and establishes reserves for loss contingencies that are both probable and reasonably estimable. The Company’s accrual for legal matters that were probable and estimable was $81 million and $83 million as of June 28, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, and includes certain estimated costs of liability and defense.
The Company generally accrues estimated warranty costs at the time of sale. In general, manufactured products are warranted against defects in material and workmanship when properly used for their intended purpose, installed correctly and appropriately maintained. Warranty periods depend on the nature of the product and range from 90 days up to the life of the product. The amount of the accrued warranty liability is determined based on historical information such as past experience, product failure rates or number of units repaired, estimated cost of material and labor and in certain instances estimated property damage. The accrued warranty liability is reviewed on a quarterly basis and may be adjusted as additional information regarding expected warranty costs becomes known.
The following is a rollforward of the Company’s accrued warranty liability ($ in millions):
Balance, December 31, 2018
$
9.7

Accruals for warranties issued during the period
8.7

Settlements made
(8.9
)
Balance, June 28, 2019
$
9.5

NOTE 9. STOCK TRANSACTIONS AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
For a full description of Parent’s stock-based compensation programs in which certain employees of the Company participate, refer to Note 15 of the Company’s financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 included in this prospectus. As of June 28, 2019, approximately 47 million shares of Parent’s common stock were reserved for issuance under Parent’s 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

F-53

Table of Contents--------------

The following summarizes the components of the Company’s stock-based compensation expense ($ in millions):
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) / Performance stock units (“PSUs”):
 
 
 
Pretax compensation expense
$
5.6

 
$
3.5

Income tax benefit
(1.3
)
 
(0.8
)
RSU/PSU expense, net of income taxes
4.3

 
2.7

Stock options:
 
 
 
Pretax compensation expense
3.3

 
2.3

Income tax benefit
(0.9
)
 
(0.5
)
Stock option expense, net of income taxes
2.4

 
1.8

Total stock-based compensation:
 
 
 
Pretax compensation expense
8.9

 
5.8

Income tax benefit
(2.2
)
 
(1.3
)
Total stock-based compensation expense, net of income taxes
$
6.7

 
$
4.5

Stock-based compensation has been recognized as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Combined Condensed Statements of Earnings. As of June 28, 2019$24 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs/PSUs is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years. As of June 28, 2019$20 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years. Future compensation amounts will be adjusted for any changes in estimated forfeitures.
NOTE 10. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company operates and reports its results in two separate business segments, the Specialty Products & Technologies and Equipment & Consumables segments. When determining the reportable segments, the Company aggregated operating segments based on their similar economic and operating characteristics. Operating profit represents total revenues less operating expenses, excluding nonoperating income (expense) and income taxes. Operating profit amounts in the Other segment consist of unallocated corporate costs and other costs not considered part of management’s evaluation of reportable segment operating performance. Intersegment amounts are not significant and are eliminated to arrive at combined totals.
Segment results are shown below ($ in millions):
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
Sales:
 
 
 
Specialty Products & Technologies
$
696.1

 
$
704.3

Equipment & Consumables
675.7

 
701.7

Total
$
1,371.8

 
$
1,406.0

 
 
 
 
Operating profit:
 
 
 
Specialty Products & Technologies
$
120.6

 
$
135.2

Equipment & Consumables
17.0

 
26.9

Other
(16.8
)
 
(12.7
)
Total
$
120.8

 
$
149.4


F-54

Table of Contents--------------

Segment identifiable assets are shown below ($ in millions):
 
June 28, 2019
 
December 31, 2018
Specialty Products & Technologies
$
3,701.3

 
$
3,539.1

Equipment & Consumables
2,282.1

 
2,294.1

Other
25.6

 
8.4

Total
$
6,009.0

 
$
5,841.6

NOTE 11. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company has historically operated as part of Parent and not as a separate, publicly-traded company. Accordingly, Parent has allocated certain shared costs to the Company that are reflected as expenses in these financial statements. Management considers the allocation methodologies used by Parent to be reasonable and to appropriately reflect the related expenses attributable to the Company for purposes of the carve-out financial statements; however, the expenses reflected in these financial statements may not be indicative of the actual expenses that would have been incurred during the periods presented if the Company had operated as a separate entity. In addition, the expenses reflected in the financial statements may not be indicative of expenses the Company will incur in the future.
Corporate Expenses
Certain corporate overhead and shared expenses incurred by Parent and its subsidiaries have been allocated to the Company and are reflected in the Combined Condensed Statements of Earnings. These amounts include, but are not limited to, items such as general management and executive oversight, costs to support Parent information technology infrastructure, facilities, compliance, human resources, and legal functions and financial management and transaction processing including public company reporting, consolidated tax filings and tax planning, Parent benefit plan administration, risk management and consolidated treasury services, certain employee benefits and incentives, and stock based compensation administration. These costs are allocated using methodologies that management believes are reasonable for the item being allocated. Allocation methodologies as applicable include the Company’s relative share of revenues, headcount, or functional spend as a percentage of the total.
Insurance Programs Administered by Parent
In addition to the corporate allocations discussed above, the Company was allocated expenses related to certain insurance programs Parent administers on behalf of the Company, including workers compensation, property, cargo, automobile, crime, fiduciary, product, general and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. These policies cover amounts in excess of the self-insured retentions. The insurance costs of these policies are allocated by Parent to the Company and its other businesses using various methodologies related to the respective, underlying exposure base.
For the self-insured component of the policies referenced above, Parent allocated costs to the Company based on the Company’s incurred claims. An estimated liability relating to the Company’s known and incurred but not reported claims has also been allocated to the Company and reflected on the accompanying Combined Condensed Balance Sheets.
Medical Insurance Programs Administered by Parent
In addition to the corporate allocations noted above, the Company was allocated expenses related to the medical insurance programs Parent administers on behalf of the Company. These amounts were allocated using actual medical claims incurred during the period for the associated employees attributable to the Company.
Deferred Compensation Program Administered by Parent
Certain management employees of the Company participate in Parent’s nonqualified deferred compensation programs pursuant to which the Company makes certain unilateral contributions and participants have the option to defer a portion of their compensation, on a pretax basis. All amounts contributed or deferred under these plans are unfunded, unsecured obligations of Parent and are presented as a component of the Company’s compensation and benefits accrual included in accrued expenses in the accompanying Combined Condensed Balance Sheets. Participants may choose among alternative earning rates for the amounts they defer, which are primarily based on investment options within Parent’s 401(k) program. Changes in the deferred compensation liability under these programs are recognized based on changes in the fair value of the participants’ accounts, which are based on the applicable earnings rates on investment options within Parent’s 401(k)

F-55

Table of Contents--------------

program. Earnings rates for amounts contributed unilaterally by Parent are entirely based on changes in the value of Parent’s common stock and the value of the liability is based solely on the market value of Parent’s common stock.
The amounts of related party expenses allocated to the Company from Parent and its subsidiaries for the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018, were as follows ($ in millions):
 
Six-Month Period Ended
 
June 28, 2019
 
June 29, 2018
Allocated Corporate Expenses
$
16.0

 
$
15.3

Directly related charges:
 
 
 
Insurance programs expenses
1.9

 
1.9

Medical insurance programs expenses
24.5

 
26.4

Deferred compensation program expenses
0.6

 
0.6

Total related-party expenses
$
43.0

 
$
44.2

Revenue and other transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business
Certain of the Company’s revenue arrangements relate to contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business with Parent and Parent affiliates. The amount of related party revenue was not significant for the six-month periods ended June 28, 2019 and June 29, 2018.

F-56

Table of Contents--------------

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Envista Holdings Corporation
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Envista Holdings Corporation (Envista), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Danaher Corporation, as of December 31, 2018 and the related note. In our opinion, the balance sheet and related note presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Envista at December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
This balance sheet is the responsibility of Envista’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Envista’s balance sheet based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to Envista in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet and related note are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Envista is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of Envista’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the balance sheet and related note, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures relating to the balance sheet. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the balance sheet and related note. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as Envista’s auditor since 2018.
Tysons, Virginia
May 20, 2019


F-57

Table of Contents--------------

ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
BALANCE SHEET
(in whole dollars)
 
December 31, 2018
ASSETS
 
Cash
$

Total assets
$

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
Total liabilities
$

Equity:
 
Subscription receivable from Parent
(1
)
Common stock - $0.01 par value, 100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding
1

Total equity

Total liabilities and equity
$

See the accompanying Note to the Balance Sheet.

F-58

Table of Contents--------------

ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTE TO THE BALANCE SHEET
NOTE 1. BUSINESS OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
On July 19, 2018, Danaher Corporation (“Danaher” or “Parent”) announced its intention to spin-off its Dental business into an independent, publicly-traded company. In February 2019, Parent announced a modification of its plans, specifically that it now intends to conduct an initial public offering of shares of common stock of the Dental business (the “IPO”). On August 29, 2018, Danaher caused Envista Holdings Corporation (“Envista”) to be formed in order to facilitate the separation of Danaher’s Dental segment (“Dental business” or the “Company”) from Danaher and on August 29, 2018, Danaher subscribed for 100 shares of common stock of Envista. Envista has engaged in no business operations to date and at December 31, 2018 it had no assets or liabilities. Prior to the closing of the IPO, the Dental business will be transferred to Envista.
The accompanying balance sheet presents the historical financial position of Envista in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

F-59

Table of Contents--------------

ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
BALANCE SHEET
(in whole dollars)
(unaudited)
 
June 28, 2019
ASSETS
 
Cash
$

Total assets
$

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
Total liabilities
$

Equity:
 
Subscription receivable from Parent
(1
)
Common stock - $0.01 par value, 100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding
1

Total equity

Total liabilities and equity
$

See the accompanying Note to the Balance Sheet.

F-60

Table of Contents--------------

ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
NOTE TO THE BALANCE SHEET
NOTE 1. BUSINESS OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
On July 19, 2018, Danaher Corporation (“Danaher” or “Parent”) announced its intention to spin-off its Dental business into an independent, publicly-traded company. In February 2019, Parent announced a modification of its plans, specifically that it now intends to conduct an initial public offering of shares of common stock of the Dental business (the “IPO”). On August 29, 2018, Danaher caused Envista Holdings Corporation (“Envista”) to be formed in order to facilitate the separation of Danaher’s Dental segment (“Dental business” or the “Company”) from Danaher and on August 29, 2018, Danaher subscribed for 100 shares of common stock of Envista. Envista has engaged in no business operations to date and at June 28, 2019 it had no assets or liabilities. Prior to the closing of the IPO, the Dental business will be transferred to Envista.
The accompanying balance sheet presents the historical financial position of Envista in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

F-61

Table of Contents--------------

                      26,768,000 shares
ENVISTALOGO4A02.JPG
Common Stock


Prospectus




J.P. Morgan
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Morgan Stanley
Baird
Evercore ISI
Jefferies
BofA Merrill Lynch
Credit Suisse
Stifel
William Blair


                    , 2019


Through and including         (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to any unsold allotment or subscription.

II-1

Table of Contents--------------

PART II—INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by us in connection with the sale of the securities being registered hereby. All amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee.
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution ($ thousands)
 
Amount to be Paid
SEC registration fee
 
$
89,543

FINRA filing fee
 
111,320

Listing fee
 
295,000

Transfer agent’s fees
 
10,000

Printing and engraving expenses
 
500,000

Legal fees and expenses
 
1,500,000

Accounting fees and expenses
 
4,200,000

Blue Sky fees and expenses
 
15,000

Miscellaneous
 
100,000

Total Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
$
6,820,863


Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain such a provision.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation - a “derivative action”), if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with defense or settlement of such action, and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain such a provision.
We have in effect a directors and officers liability insurance policy indemnifying our directors and officers for certain liabilities incurred by them, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act. We pay the entire premium of this policy.
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and which allow for certain additional procedural protections.
These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

II--1

Table of Contents--------------

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Since three years before the date of the initial filing of this registration statement, the registrant has sold the following securities without registration under the Securities Act:
On August 29, 2018, the Company issued 100 shares of its common stock to Danaher Corporation pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The Company did not register the issuance of the issued shares under the Securities Act because the issuance did not constitute a public offering.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)
Exhibits. See the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature pages hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.
(b)
Financial Statement Schedules. See Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts to our audited Combined Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Item 17. Undertakings
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this registration statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
a.
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
b.
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II--2

Table of Contents--------------

EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
Number
 
Description
1.1
 
3.1
 
3.2
 
4.1
 
5.1
 
10.1
 
10.2
 
10.3
 
10.4
 
10.5
 
10.6
 
10.7
 
10.8
 
10.9
 
10.10
 
10.11
 
10.12
 
10.13
 
10.14
 
10.15
 
10.16
 
10.17
 
10.18
 
10.19
 
10.20
 
10.21
 
10.22
 
10.23
 
10.24
 
10.25
 
10.26
 
10.27
 
10.28
 
21.1
 
23.1
 
23.2
 

II--3

Table of Contents--------------

23.3
 
24.1
 
99.1
 
99.2
 
99.3
 
99.4
 
99.5
 
99.6
 
 
 
 
(a) 
Previously filed.
(b) 
Applies to Messrs. Aghdaei and Bludworth.
(c) 
Applies to Messrs. Eriksson and Yu.

II--4

Table of Contents--------------

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Brea, State of California, on the 4th day of September, 2019.
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
 
By:
/s/ Amir Aghdaei
Name:
Amir Aghdaei
Title:
President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Amir Aghdaei
 
President, Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director
 
September 4, 2019
Amir Aghdaei
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
September 4, 2019
Howard Yu
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
 
September 4, 2019
William K. Daniel II
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*
 
Director
 
September 4, 2019
Daniel A. Raskas
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
* By:
 
 
 
 
/s/ James F. O’Reilly
 
 
 
September 4, 2019
James F. O’Reilly
 
 
 
 
Attorney-in-fact
 
 
 
 


II--5
Exhibit 1.1


ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
l ] Shares of Common Stock
Underwriting Agreement
l ], 2019
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
As Representatives of the
several Underwriters listed
in Schedule 1 hereto
c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10179
c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
200 West Street
New York, New York 10282
c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Envista Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”), to issue and sell to the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [ l ] shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Underwritten Shares”) and, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional [ l ] shares of common stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares.” The shares of common stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock.”
The separation agreement, transition services agreement, tax matters agreement, employee matters agreement, intellectual property matters agreement, DBS license agreement and registration rights agreement, as described under the heading “The Separation and Distribution Transactions” in the Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus (as such terms are defined below) are referred to, collectively, as the “Transaction Documents.”
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (in such capacity, the “Directed Share Underwriter”) has agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement, up to [ l ]

1




Shares, for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, and certain employees and other parties related to the Company (collectively, “Participants”), as set forth in the Prospectus (as hereinafter defined) under the heading “Underwriting” (the “Directed Share Program”). The Shares to be sold by the Directed Share Underwriter and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program are referred to hereinafter as the “Directed Shares.” Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by [ l ] [A]/[P].M., New York City time on the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.
The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:
1.Registration Statement. The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-232758), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated [ l ], 2019 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.
Applicable Time” means [ l ] [A/P].M., New York City time, on [ l ], 2019.
2.Purchase of the Shares.
(a)The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase at a price per share of $[ l ] (the “Purchase

2




Price”) from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto.
In addition, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.
If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.
The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of this Agreement, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.
(b)The Company understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.
(c)Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 885 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022 at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on [ l ], 2019, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date,” and the time and date for

3




such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date.”
Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.
(d)The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Representatives and the other Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company or any other person with respect to this offering. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the Representatives nor the other Underwriters shall have any responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto. Any review by the Representatives and the other Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company.
3.Representations and Warranties of the Company. Assuming that each of the transactions described under “The Separation and Distribution Transactions—The Separation” in the Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus were completed at or prior to the execution hereof, the Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:
(a)Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

4




(b)Pricing Disclosure Package. The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof. No statement of material fact included in the Prospectus has been omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package and no statement of material fact included in the Pricing Disclosure Package that is required to be included in the Prospectus has been omitted therefrom.
(c)Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such as to which the Company makes no representation) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and except as described therein does not conflict in any material respect with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

5




(d)Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.
(e)Independent Accountants. The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement are independent public accountants as required by the Securities Act.
(f)Financial Statements. The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as disclosed in the footnotes to the unaudited financial statements. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in all material respects and in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein.
(g)Pro Forma Financial Information. The pro forma financial information and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing

6




Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (the “Pro Forma Financial Information”) have been prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the assumptions underlying such Pro Forma Financial Information, in each case in all material respects. The Pro Forma Financial Information set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (i) has been prepared on the basis consistent with such historical financial statements, except for the pro forma adjustments specified therein, (ii) includes all material adjustments to the historical financial data required by Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X to reflect the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (iii) gives effect to assumptions made on a reasonable basis and in good faith, and (iv) presents fairly in all material respects the historical and proposed transactions described in the Pro Forma Financial Information.
(h)No Material Adverse Change in Business. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings or business of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (ii) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, and (iii) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.
(i)Good Standing of the Company. The Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries (as defined below) have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists) under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, have corporate power and authority necessary to own, lease and operate their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing (to the extent such concept exists) in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business; except in each case as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(j)Capitalization. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, and none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company; except as described in or expressly

7




contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options (except in each case for any intercompany arrangements between or among the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries).
(k)Due Authorization. The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby has been duly and validly taken.
(l)Authorization of the Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
(m)Authorization of the Transaction Documents. Each Transaction Document has been duly authorized, and when executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each of the other parties thereto, constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.
(n)Authorization of the Shares. The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized for issuance and sale by the Company and, when the Shares are issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will have the rights, preferences and priorities set forth in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.
(o)Registration Rights. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement.
(p)Descriptions of the Transaction Documents. Each Transaction Document conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

8




(q)Absence of Defaults and Conflicts. Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries (as defined below) is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents or (ii) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except, with respect to clause (ii), such defaults that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, each of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein and in the Registration Statement (including the issuance and sale of the Shares, the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations under this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not conflict with, or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments, except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that are described in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, nor will such action result in any violation of (y) the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the Company or (z) any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets, properties or operations, except, with respect to clause (z), any such violation as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries. As used in this subsection and elsewhere in this Agreement, “Significant Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X.
(r)Absence of Proceedings. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the actual knowledge of the officers of Danaher Corporation and the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the consummation of the

9




transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the Transaction Documents or the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder.
(s)Absence of Manipulation. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has taken, nor will the Company or any of its subsidiaries take, directly or indirectly, any action which is intended to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.
(t)Absence of Further Requirements. No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Shares hereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction Documents, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or for the due execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the Transaction Documents by the Company, except (i) such as will have been obtained or made on or prior to the Closing Date and as may be required under the Securities Act or state securities laws, (ii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, or (iii)  such as would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction Documents.
(u)Accuracy of Disclosure. The statements set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions,” “Description of Capital Stock,” “Description of Certain Indebtedness” and “Material United States Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, the Company’s authorized but unissued preferred stock, with no par value per share, or the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects.
(v)Investment Company Act. The Company is not and, upon the issuance and sale of the Shares as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as, an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
(w)Environmental Laws. Except as described in the Registration Statement and except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of, or has incurred liability under, any applicable laws, rules or regulations

10




concerning pollution or protection of the environment or natural resources, and (B) there are no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any applicable laws, rules or regulations concerning pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials against the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
(x)Accounting Controls and Disclosure Controls. The Company maintains a system of “internal control over consolidated financial reporting” (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over consolidated financial reporting (it being understood that the Company is not required as of the date hereof to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (as defined below)).
(y)Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There is, and has been, no failure on the part of the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply in all material respects with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications, to the extent compliance is required as of the date hereof.
(z)Dividends from Subsidiaries. No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, as applicable; from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock; or from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company, in each case except as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus or as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(aa)ERISA. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries have fulfilled their obligations, if any, under the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each “plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations) in which

11




employees of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible to participate and each such plan is in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and such regulations and published interpretations other than such non-compliance that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from any “multiemployer plan” (as defined under Section 4001 of ERISA) as would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and no “single-employer plan” (as defined under Section 4001 of ERISA) established or maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, if such “single-employer plan” were terminated, would have any “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (as defined under Section 4001 of ERISA) as would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(bb)    No Unlawful Payments. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, all directors, officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (i) comply and have complied in all material respects with the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, the OECD Convention on Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “FCPA”) or other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws and (ii) with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries, have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure continued compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.
(cc)    Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions in which the Company operates and the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency in such jurisdictions. There is no pending action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to the failure of the Company or its Subsidiaries to comply with anti-money laundering laws.
(dd)    No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws. None of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, or employee of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries is currently the target of any sanctions administered or imposed by the U.S. Government, including, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”), the U.S. Department of Commerce, or the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or any similar sanctions imposed by any other governmental body to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (collectively, “Sanctions”). Except to the extent licensed by OFAC or the U.S.

12




Department of State or otherwise permitted under applicable law, the Company will not knowingly use the proceeds of the offering, directly or indirectly, (i) to finance the business of any person that, to the Company’s knowledge at the time of such financing, is the target of any Sanctions or is located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (currently, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Crimea region of Ukraine and Syria) (each, a “Sanctioned Country”) or (ii) in any other manner that the Company knows will result in a violation of Sanctions by the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any Underwriter.
(ee)    Cybersecurity. (A) To the Company’s knowledge, there has been no security breach or incident, unauthorized access or disclosure, or other compromise of or relating to the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ information technology and computer systems, networks, hardware, software, data and databases (including, as applicable, the data and information of their respective customers, employees, suppliers, vendors and any third party data maintained, processed or stored by the Company and its subsidiaries, and any such data processed or stored by third parties on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries), equipment or technology (collectively, “IT Systems and Data”), except in each case as would not reasonably expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and (B) the Company and its subsidiaries have implemented appropriate controls, policies, procedures, and technological safeguards to maintain and protect the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of their IT Systems and Data reasonably consistent in all material respects with industry standards and practices, or as required by applicable regulatory standards. The Company and its subsidiaries are presently in material compliance with all applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Data and to the protection of such IT Systems and Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification.
(ff)    Taxes. The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax returns that are required to be filed or have requested extensions thereof, except in any case in which the failure to so file would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company and its subsidiaries have paid all taxes (including any assessments, fines or penalties) required to be paid by them, except for (i) any such taxes, assessments, fines or penalties currently being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been recorded in accordance with GAAP or (ii) as would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(gg)    Title to Real and Personal Property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple (in case of real property) to, or have, to the knowledge of the Company, valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to the businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the

13




use made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries or (ii) could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(hh)    Stock Options. With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, (iii) each such grant was made in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, the Exchange Act and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, including the rules of the Exchange (as defined below) and any other exchange on which Company securities are traded, and (iv) such grants have been properly accounted for in all material respects in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company.
(ii)    Intellectual Property. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries own or have the right to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, domain names and other source indicators, copyrights and copyrightable works, know-how, trade secrets, systems, procedures, proprietary or confidential information and all other worldwide intellectual property, industrial property and proprietary rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) used in the conduct of their respective businesses; (ii) the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ conduct of their respective businesses does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property of any person; and (iii) to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property of the Company and its subsidiaries is not being infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any person.
(jj)    Licenses and Permits. The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, sub-licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

14




(kk)    No Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the actual knowledge of the Company, has been threatened in writing, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(ll)    Insurance. The Company and its subsidiaries have (or have the benefit of) insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as is generally customary for the industry in which the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses operate, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(mm)    No Broker’s Fees. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.
(nn)    Status Under the Securities Act. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
(oo)    No Ratings. There are (and prior to the Closing Date, will be) no debt securities, convertible securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act.
(pp)    Directed Share Program. The Company represents and warrants that (i) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses comply in all material respects, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply in all material respects, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program, and that (ii) no authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary under the securities laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Directed Shares are offered outside the United States. The Company has not offered, or caused the underwriters to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company,

15




or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.
4.Further Agreements of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:
(a)Required Filings. The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and the Company will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.
(b)Delivery of Copies. The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, two signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.
(c)Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Before making, preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not make, prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably objects (unless required by applicable law).
(d)Notice to the Representatives. Until the end of the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or

16




any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information; (v) of the issuance by the Commission or any other governmental or regulatory authority of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.
(e)Ongoing Compliance. (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the

17




statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading in any material respect or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with law.
(f)Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.
(g)Earning Statement. The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement; provided that the Company will be deemed to have furnished such statements to its security holders and the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”) or any successor system.
(h)Clear Market. For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (a) shares of common stock to be issued to Danaher Corporation on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (b) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (c) any shares of common stock of the Company issued, including upon the exercise of options, pursuant to grants under the Envista Holdings Corporation 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan (including any sub plan thereunder), and the Envista Holdings Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, (d) common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock issued under a registration statement or pursuant to an

18




exemption from registration in connection with future business combinations or acquisitions and/or the filing with the Commission of a registration statement relating to such business combinations or acquisitions; provided that such issuance does not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the sale of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement, (e) the filing with or confidential submission to the Commission of a registration statement relating to the Distribution (as such term is defined in the Prospectus); provided that no securities of the Company may be sold or exchanged pursuant to such registration statement during the 180-day restricted period, (f) common stock to be issued upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement or (g) grants of equity awards pursuant to Company Stock Plans and the exercise or vesting of such awards and filings on Form S-8 relating to Company Stock Plans.
If J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a Lock-Up Agreement (as defined herein) described in Section 6(k) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto at least five business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.
(i)Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of proceeds”.
(j)No Stabilization. Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries or affiliates will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.
(k)Exchange Listing. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”).
(l)Reports. During a period of three years from the date of this Agreement (or such earlier date as the Shares cease to be publicly traded), the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the EDGAR or any successor system.
(m)Record Retention. The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

19




(n)Filings. The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.
(o)Directed Share Program. The Company will comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.
(p)FinCEN Certificate. On or before the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received a properly completed and executed certificate satisfying the beneficial ownership due diligence requirements of the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”), together with copies of identifying documentation from the Company in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, and the Company undertakes to provide such additional supporting documentation as the Representatives has reasonably requested or may reasonably request in connection with the verification of the foregoing certificate.
5.Certain Agreements of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter hereby represents and agrees that:
(a)It has not used, authorized the use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such Underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).
(b)It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission[; provided that Underwriters may use a term sheet substantially in the form of Annex C hereto without the consent of the Company; provided, further that any Underwriter using such term sheet shall notify the Company, and provide a copy of such term sheet to the Company, prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the first use of such term sheet].
(c)It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering of the Shares (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

20




6.Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:
(a)Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.
(b)Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
(c)No Material Adverse Change. No material adverse change of a type described in Section 3(h)(i) hereof or development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings or business of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, shall have occurred or shall exist, which material adverse change is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
(d)Officer’s Certificate. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate of the Company signed by the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer or treasurer of the Company (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officer, the representations of the Company set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(d) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied

21




hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a) and (c) above.
(e)Comfort Letters. (i) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, Ernst & Young LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than two business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
(f)Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex D hereto.
(g)Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement, addressed to the Underwriters, of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.
(h)No Legal Impediment to Issuance and Sale. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Company.
(i)Good Standing. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company in its jurisdiction of organization and its good standing in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

22




(j)Exchange Listing. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.
(k)Lock-Up Agreements. The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto (the “Lock-Up Agreements”), between the Representatives and Danaher Corporation and the executive officers and directors of the Company listed in Schedule 2 relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
(l)Transaction Documents. The Transaction Documents have been executed. The transactions and agreements contemplated in the Transaction Documents to have occurred as of the Closing Date shall have been consummated substantially in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents.
(m)Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.
All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.
7.Indemnification and Contribution.
(a)Indemnification of the Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable, documented legal fees and other reasonable, documented expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue

23




statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in paragraph (b) below.
(b)Indemnification of the Company. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable, documented legal fees and other reasonable, documented expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the information contained in the twelfth and thirteenth paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting.”
(c)Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7, except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced by such failure. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other Indemnifying Person similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person), and, after notice from the Indemnifying Person to such Indemnified Person of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall not be liable to such Indemnified Person under such subsection for any legal

24




expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Person, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. If the Indemnifying Person shall not have assumed the defense of any proceeding brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person of which proceeding the Indemnifying Person has been notified of, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable, documented fees and expenses in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable, documented fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for reasonable, documented fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

25




(d)Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) or (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
(e)Limitation on Liability. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (d) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable, documented legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.
(f)Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in this Section 7 paragraphs (a) through (e) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

26




(g)Directed Share Program Indemnification. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Directed Share Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Directed Share Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each a “Directed Share Underwriter Entity”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any reasonable, documented legal fees and other reasonable, documented expenses incurred in connection with defending or investigating any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of the Directed Share Underwriter Entities.
(h)In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Directed Share Underwriter Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to paragraph (g) above, the Directed Share Underwriter Entity seeking indemnity shall promptly notify the Company in writing thereof and the Company shall have the right to participate therein and, to the extent it shall wish, assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Directed Share Underwriter Entity to represent the Directed Share Underwriter Entity and any others the Company may designate in such proceeding and, after notice from the Company to the Directed Share Underwriter Entity of its election to so assume the defense thereof, the Company shall not be liable to the Directed Share Underwriter Entity under paragraph (g) above for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such Directed Share Underwriter Entity in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. If the Company shall not have assumed the defense of any proceeding brought or asserted against a Directed Share Underwriter Entity of which proceeding the Company has been notified, the Company shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Directed Share Underwriter Entity to represent the Directed Share Underwriter Entity and any others the Company may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable, documented fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Directed Share Underwriter Entity unless (i) the Company and such Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall have mutually agreed to the contrary, (ii) the Company has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Directed Share Underwriter Entity, (iii) the Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company or (iv) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the Directed Share Underwriter Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or

27




potential differing interests between them. The Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Directed Share Underwriter Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Directed Share Underwriter Entities. Any such separate firm separate firm for the Directed Share Underwriter Entities shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, the Company agrees to indemnify the Directed Share Underwriter Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time any Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall have requested the Company to reimburse such Directed Share Underwriter Entity for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Company agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Company of the aforesaid request and (ii) the Company shall not have reimbursed such Directed Share Underwriter Entity in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Directed Share Underwriter, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Directed Share Underwriter Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Directed Share Underwriter Entity, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of the Directed Share Underwriter Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the Directed Share Underwriter Entity.
(i)To the extent the indemnification provided for in paragraph (g) above is unavailable to a Directed Share Underwriter Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company in lieu of indemnifying the Directed Share Underwriter Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (1) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (2) if the allocation provided by clause 7(i)(1) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 7(i)(1) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Directed Share Underwriter Entities on the other hand in connection with any statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds to the Company from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Directed Share Underwriter Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter Entities on the other

28




hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Directed Share Underwriter Entities and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
(j)The Company and the Directed Share Underwriter Entities agree that it would be not just or equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (i) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Directed Share Underwriter Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (i) above. The amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable, documented legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Directed Share Underwriter Entities in connection with investigating or defending such any action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (i) above, no Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Directed Share Underwriter Entity has otherwise been required to pay. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in paragraphs (g) through (j) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.
(k)The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in paragraphs (g) through (j) shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Directed Share Underwriter Entity or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.
8.Effectiveness of Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above.
9.Termination. This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on or prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or

29




delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
10.Defaulting Underwriter.
(a)If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non‑defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.
(b)If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.
(c)If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without

30




liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.
(d)Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.
11.Payment of Expenses.
(a)Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii)  the costs of reproducing and distributing each of the Transaction Documents; (iv) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related reasonable, documented fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters); provided that the amount payable by the Company pursuant to this clause (v) shall not exceed $15,000; (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates (if any); (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (viii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA (including the related reasonable, documented fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters); provided that the amount payable by the Company pursuant to this clause (viii) shall not exceed $35,000; (ix) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors; including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics and fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations; provided, however, that the Underwriters will pay all of the travel, lodging and other expenses of the Underwriters or any of their employees incurred by them in connection with the road show; provided, further, that the Company and the Underwriters will each pay 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show with the prior approval of the Company, (x) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Exchange, and (xi) all of the fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program, up to a maximum of $25,000, and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program. It is understood that, except as provided in this Section, Section 7 or Section 11(b), the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees and disbursements of the counsel for the Underwriters.

31




(b)If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9, (ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters when required to do so under this Agreement or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement not due to the fault of the Underwriters, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable, documented fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby. It is understood that, except as provided in this Section, Section 7 or Section 11(a), the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses.
12.Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to herein, and the affiliates of each Underwriter referred to in Section 7 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.
13.Survival. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters or the directors, officers, controlling persons or affiliates referred to in Section 7 hereof.
14.Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; and (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and only refers to anticipated subsidiaries of the Company as of the closing of the offering of the Shares.
15.Compliance with USA Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.
16.Miscellaneous.
(a)Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212)

32




622-8358); Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk; Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Registration Department; and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department. Notices to the Company shall be given to c/o Danaher Corporation, 2200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW - Suite 800W, Washington, DC 20037-1701, Attention: General Counsel.
(b)Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
(c)Submission to Jurisdiction. Each party hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each party waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit or proceeding in such courts. Each party agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon such party and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which such party is subject by a suit upon such judgment.
(d)Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
(e)Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.
(i) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
(ii) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.
As used in this Section 16(g):
“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

33




“Covered Entity” means any of the following:
(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);
(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or
(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).
“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.
“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
(f)Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(g)Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
(h)Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

34




If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.
Very truly yours,
 
 
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
Accepted: As of the date first written above
 
 
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
 
 
For themselves and on behalf of the several
Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto.
 
 
 
 
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
 
 
By:
 
 
Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC
 
 
By:
 
 
Authorized Signatory
 
 
 
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
 
 
By:
 
 
Authorized Signatory

35




Schedule 1
Underwriter
Number of Shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
 
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
 
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
 
Evercore Group L.L.C.
 
Jefferies LLC
 
BofA Securities, Inc.
 
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
 
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
 
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
 
 
 
Total
 

36


Schedule 2
Persons Delivering Lock-Up Agreements
Directors
Amir Aghdaei
Allison F. Blackwell
Wendy Carruthers
Jonathan O. Clark
William K. Daniel II
Daniel J. Houghton
Scott Huennekens
Daniel A. Raskas
Christine Tsingos
Executive Officers
Curt W. Bludworth
Patrik Eriksson
Hans Geiselhoeringer
Jeffrey S. Kappler
Mischa M. Reis
Howard H. Yu
Mark E. Nance

37




Annex A
a.
Pricing Disclosure Package
l ].
b.
Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters
Public offering price per Share: $[ l ].
Number of Underwritten Shares: [ l ].
Number of Option Shares: [ l ].

38




ANNEX C
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
[Pricing Term Sheet]
[TBD AS NECESSARY]

39




Annex D
[Form of Opinion of Counsel for the Company]
[TO COME]

40




Exhibit A
[Form of Waiver of Lock-up]
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
Envista Holdings Corporation
Public Offering of Common Stock
, 20__
[Name and Address of
Officer or Director
Requesting Waiver]
Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:
This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Envista Holdings Corporation (the “Company”) of ______ shares of common stock, $0.01 par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated __________________, 2019 (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated__________________, 20__, with respect to ______ shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC hereby agrees to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective __________________, 20__; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].
Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.
 
Yours very truly,
 
 
 
 
[Signature of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC Representative]
 
 
 
[Name of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC Representative]
cc: Company

Ex. A - 1




Exhibit B
[Form of Press Release]
Envista Holdings Corporation
[Date]
Envista Holdings Corporation (the “Company”) announced today that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, the lead book-running manager in the Company’s recent public sale of           shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to           shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on ____________________, 20__, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.
This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Ex. B - 1




Exhibit C
FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT
_____________, 20__
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
As Representatives of
the several Underwriters listed in
Schedule 1 to the Underwriting
Agreement referred to below
c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179
c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
200 West Street
New York, New York 10282
c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Re:    Envista Holdings Corporation - Public Offering
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Envista Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of common stock, of the Company (the “Securities”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.
In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period beginning on the date of this letter agreement (this “Letter Agreement”) and ending 180


Ex. C - 1


days after the date of the prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”) (such period, the “Restricted Period”), (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including, without limitation, Common Stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. The foregoing limitations shall not apply to (A) transfers of shares of Common Stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, (B) sales or other dispositions of shares of any class of the Company’s capital stock, in each case that are made exclusively between and among the undersigned or members of the undersigned’s family, or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the members of the undersigned’s family, or between and among affiliates of the undersigned, including its partners (if a partnership), members (if a limited liability company), beneficiaries (if a trust), stockholders or other equityholders, provided, that in the case of any transfer, disposition or distribution pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, (x) the transferee/donee agrees to be bound by the terms of this agreement (the “Letter Agreement”) (including, without limitation, the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence) to the same extent as if the transferee/donee were a party hereto and (y) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Restricted Period referred to above), (C) transfers or dispositions of shares of any class of the Company’s capital stock or such other securities by operation of law pursuant to a court or regulatory agency order or a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement or other domestic relations order, (D) transfers or dispositions of shares of any class of the Company’s capital stock or such other securities by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representatives, heir, beneficiary or a family member of the undersigned, (E) transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to the Company pursuant to any contractual arrangement in effect on the date of this Letter Agreement that provides for the repurchase of the undersigned’s Common Stock or such other securities by the Company or in connection with the termination of the undersigned’s employment with the Company, (F) the forfeiture or surrender to the Company of shares of Common Stock to cover the exercise price of, or tax withholding obligations upon the vesting, exercise or delivery of, restricted share units, performance stock units, stock options and other equity based compensation granted to the undersigned pursuant to any employee equity incentive plan existing on the date hereof, (G) the exercise of warrants or the exercise of stock options granted pursuant to the Company’s stock option/incentive plans or otherwise outstanding on the


Ex. C - 2


date hereof; provided, that the restrictions shall apply to shares of Common Stock issued upon such exercise or conversion, (H) the establishment of any contract, instruction or plan that satisfies all of the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 (a “Rule 10b5-1 Plan”) under the Exchange Act; provided, that no sales of Common Stock or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, Common Stock, shall be made pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 Plan established during the Restricted Period prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period; provided further, that to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such Rule 10b5-1 Plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period, (I) any demands or requests for, the exercise of any right with respect to, or the taking of any action in preparation of, the registration by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock or other securities; provided, that no transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock registered pursuant to the exercise of any such right and no registration statement shall be filed under the Securities Act with respect to any of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock during the Restricted Period, (J) the filing with or confidential submission to the Commission of a registration statement relating to the Distribution (as such term is defined in the Underwriting Agreement), the public disclosure of the intention to file with or submit to the Commission such a registration statement relating to the Distribution or the public disclosure of the intention to effect the Distribution; provided that, in each case, no securities of the Company may be sold or exchanged pursuant to such registration statement during the Restricted Period, and (K) in the event that Danaher effects a split-off exchange offer or spin-off of its interest in Envista prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period with the consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, any shares of Common Stock, restricted share units, performance stock units, stock options and other equity based compensation, and any shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise or vesting thereof, issued to the undersigned upon the conversion or adjustment of any restricted share units, performance stock units, stock options and other equity based compensation held by the undersigned in Danaher Corporation; provided, that (x) in the case of any transfer, disposition or distribution pursuant to clause (D) above, the transferee/donee agrees to be bound by the terms of this Letter Agreement (including, without limitation, the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence) to the same extent as if the transferee/donee were a party hereto, and (y) in the case of clauses (C), (D), (E) and (F) above, no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or public announcement of the transfer or disposition, shall be voluntarily made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period and any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act required to be made during the Restricted Period in connection with any such transfer or disposition shall indicate by footnote disclosure or otherwise the nature of the transfer or disposition.
If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.
If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, agrees that, at least five business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares


Ex. C - 3


of Common Stock, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of the Underwriters, hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.
In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.
The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by December 31, 2019, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Letter Agreement. The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.
This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Very truly yours,
 
 
[NAME OF STOCKHOLDER]
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:


Ex. C - 4
Exhibit 3.1


FORM OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
(a Delaware corporation)
Envista Holdings Corporation (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), hereby certifies as follows:
1.The name of the Corporation is Envista Holdings Corporation. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name DH Dental Holding Corp. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 29, 2018, and it was amended by a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation, filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 11, 2019, changing the Corporation’s name from DH Dental Holding Corp. to Envista Holdings Corporation.
2.This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and amends the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the board of directors and sole stockholder of the Corporation, acting by written consent in lieu of a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.
3.This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective at 12:01 a.m. (Eastern Time) on [ ], 2019.
4.The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
ARTICLE I
NAME
Section 1.01    Name. The name of the corporation is Envista Holdings Corporation (the “Corporation”).
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT
Section 2.01    Registered Address. The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation is The Corporation Trust Company.
ARTICLE III
CORPORATE PURPOSE
Section 3.01    Corporate Purpose. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

1


ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK
Section 4.01    Authorized Capital Stock. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 515,000,000, consisting of: (i) 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).
Section 4.02    Common Stock. The powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the Common Stock are as follows:
(a)Ranking. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series.
(b)Voting. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote in person or by proxy for each share on all matters on which such stockholders are entitled to vote. Except as expressly set forth in the applicable Certificate of Designations with respect to any such series of Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designations) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon.
(c)Dividends. The holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive ratably such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property of the Corporation when, as and if declared thereon by the Board in its sole discretion from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor, subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock and any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time.
(d)Liquidation. Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them and subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock. For purposes of this paragraph, unless otherwise provided with respect to any then outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the voluntary sale, conveyance, lease, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or a consolidation or merger of the Corporation with one or more other corporations (whether or not the Corporation is the corporation surviving such consolidation or merger) shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, either voluntary or involuntary.
(e)No Preemptive or Subscription Rights. No holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive or subscription rights.
Section 4.03    Preferred Stock. The Board is hereby expressly authorized to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for the issuance of all or any of the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers, full or limited, if any, of the shares of such series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of preferred stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

2


The authority of the Board with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, the determination of the following:
(a)the designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title;
(b)the number of shares of the series, which number the Board may thereafter increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding;
(c)the entitlement to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at such times and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or any other series of capital stock;
(d)the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;
(e)the terms and amount of any sinking fund, if any, provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;
(f)the amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation;
(g)whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series or such other security, the conversion or exchange price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates at which such shares shall be convertible or exchangeable and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange may be made;
(h)restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or any other class or series;
(i)the voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of the series generally or upon specified events; and
(j)any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such shares, all as may be determined from time to time by the Board and stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such Preferred Stock.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolutions providing for issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law.
ARTICLE V
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 5.01    Election of Directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so require.
Section 5.02    Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such date, time and place, if any, as shall be determined solely by the resolution of the Board in its sole and absolute discretion.
Section 5.03    Number of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, the Board. Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, if

3


any, the Board shall consist of not less than three (3) nor greater than fifteen (15) directors, the exact number of which shall be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board, and subject to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock, if any, the exact number may be increased or decreased by such a resolution (but not to less than three (3) nor greater than fifteen (15)).
Section 5.04    Classes of Directors. Other than those directors, if any, elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board shall be and is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated as: Class I, Class II and Class III. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
Section 5.05    Terms of Office. Except for the terms of such additional directors, if any, as elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting at which the director was elected. The term of the initial Class I directors shall terminate at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020; the term of the initial Class II directors shall terminate on the date of the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021; and the term of the initial Class III directors shall terminate on the date of the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022 or, in each case, upon such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election and until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class or from the removal from office, death, disability, resignation or disqualification of a director or other cause shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors have the effect of removing or shortening the term of any incumbent director.
Section 5.06    Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, vacancies on the Board by any reason, including by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, shall be filled solely by a majority of the directors then in office, in their sole discretion, even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, in his or her sole discretion, and shall not be filled by the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
Section 5.07    Authority. In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any Bylaws of the Corporation adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no Bylaws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such Bylaws had not been adopted.
Section 5.08    Advance Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

4


ARTICLE VI
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 6.01    Cumulative Voting. No holder of Common Stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to exercise any right of cumulative voting.
Section 6.02    Stockholder Action. Subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, until the first date on which Danaher (as defined below) ceases to Beneficially Own shares of capital stock representing, in the aggregate, a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in elections of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding capital stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. From and after the first date on which Danaher ceases to Beneficially Own shares of capital stock representing, in the aggregate, a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in elections of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. As used in this Certificate of Incorporation, (i) “Danaher” shall mean Danaher Corporation, a Delaware corporation, any and all successors to Danaher Corporation by way of merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of its assets, and any and all corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies, associations and other entities (A) in which Danaher Corporation owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar ownership interests, (B) of which Danaher Corporation otherwise directly or indirectly controls or directs the policies or operations or (C) that would be considered subsidiaries of Danaher Corporation within the meaning of Regulation S-K or Regulation S-X of the general rules and regulations under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, now or hereafter existing; provided, however, that the term “Danaher” shall not include the Corporation or any entities (A) in which the Corporation owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar ownership interests, (B) of which the Corporation otherwise directly or indirectly controls or directs the policies or operations or (C) that would be considered subsidiaries of the Corporation within the meaning of Regulation S-K or Regulation S-X of the general rules and regulations under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, now or hereafter existing (such entities, “Affiliated Companies”); and (ii) the term “Beneficially Own” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Section 6.03    Special Meetings. Unless otherwise required by law or the terms of any resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of a class or series of the Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by the Secretary upon a written request delivered to the Secretary by (i) the Board as set forth in the Corporation’s Bylaws, (ii) the Chairman of the Board or (iii) the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The ability of the stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is hereby specifically denied. At a special meeting of stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).
ARTICLE VII
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS
Section 7.01    General. In recognition and anticipation that (i) the Corporation will not be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Danaher and that Danaher will be a controlling stockholder of the Corporation, (ii) directors, officers and/or employees of Danaher may serve as directors, officers and/or employees of the Corporation, (iii) Danaher may engage in the same, similar or related lines of business

5


as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, (iv) Danaher may have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunity as the Corporation and Affiliated Companies, and (v) as a consequence of the foregoing, it is in the best interests of the Corporation that the respective rights and obligations of the Corporation and of Danaher, and the duties of any directors, officers and/or employees of the Corporation who are also directors, officers and/or employees of Danaher, be determined and delineated in respect of any transactions between, or opportunities that may be suitable for both, the Corporation and Affiliated Companies, on the one hand, and Danaher, on the other hand, the sections of this Article VII shall to the fullest extent permitted by law regulate and define the conduct of certain of the business and affairs of the Corporation in relation to Danaher and the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve Danaher and its directors, officers and/or employees, and the power, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its director, officers, employees and stockholders in connection therewith.
For purposes of this Article VII, “corporate opportunities” shall include, but not be limited to, business opportunities which the Corporation or Affiliated Companies are financially able to undertake, which are, from their nature, in the line of the Corporation’s or Affiliated Companies’ business, are of practical advantage to it and are ones in which the Corporation or Affiliated Companies would have an interest or a reasonable expectancy, and in which, by embracing the opportunities or allowing such opportunities to be embraced by Danaher, the self-interest of Danaher or its directors, officers and/or employees will be brought into conflict with that of the Corporation or Affiliated Companies.
Nothing in this Article VII creates or is intended to create any fiduciary duty on the part of Danaher, the Corporation, any Affiliated Company, or any stockholder, director, officer or employee of any of them that does not otherwise exist under Delaware law and nothing in this Article VII expands any such duty of any such person that may now or hereafter exist under Delaware law.
To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, or any interest therein, shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article VII.
Section 7.02    Certain Agreements and Transactions Permitted. The Corporation may from time to time enter into and perform, and cause or permit any Affiliated Company to enter into and perform, one or more agreements (or modifications or supplements to pre-existing agreements) with Danaher pursuant to which the Corporation or an Affiliated Company, on the one hand, and Danaher, on the other hand, agree to engage in transactions of any kind or nature with each other and/or agree to compete, or to refrain from competing or to limit or restrict their competition, with each other, including to allocate, and to cause their respective directors, officers and/or employees (including any who are directors, officers and/or employees of both) to allocate opportunities between them or to refer opportunities to each other. Subject to Section 7.04, no such agreement, or the performance thereof by the Corporation or any Affiliated Company, or Danaher, shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be considered contrary to any fiduciary duty that any director, officer or employee of the Corporation or any Affiliated Company who is also a director, officer or employee of Danaher may owe or be alleged to owe to the Corporation or any such Affiliated Company, or to any stockholder thereof, or any legal duty or obligation Danaher may be alleged to owe on any basis, notwithstanding the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation stipulating to the contrary. Subject to Section 7.04, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no director, officer or employee of the Corporation who is also a director, officer or employee of Danaher shall have or be under any fiduciary duty to the Corporation or any Affiliated Company to refer any corporate opportunity to the Corporation or any Affiliated Company or to refrain from acting on behalf of the Corporation or any Affiliated Company or of Danaher in respect of any such agreement or transaction or performing any such agreement in accordance with its terms.
Section 7.03    Authorized Business Activities. Without limiting the other provisions of this Article VII, Danaher shall have no duty to communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to the Corporation or to refrain from (i) engaging in the same or similar activities or lines of business as the

6


Corporation, (ii) doing business with any client, customer or vendor of the Corporation or (iii) employing or otherwise engaging any director, officer or employee of the Corporation.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, except as provided in Section 7.04, no officer, director or employee of the Corporation who is also a director, officer or employee of Danaher shall be deemed to have breached his or her fiduciary duties, if any, to the Corporation solely by reason of Danaher’s engaging in any such activity.
Section 7.04    Corporate Opportunities. Except as otherwise agreed in writing between the Corporation and Danaher, for so long as Danaher Beneficially Owns shares of capital stock representing, in the aggregate, at least 10% of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation with respect to the election of directors or otherwise has one or more directors, officers or employees serving as a director, officer or employee of the Corporation, in the event that a director, officer or employee of the Corporation who is also a director, officer or employee of Danaher acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for both the Corporation and Danaher, such director, officer or employee shall to the fullest extent permitted by law have fully satisfied and fulfilled his or her fiduciary duty, if any, with respect to such corporate opportunity, and the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law renounces any interest or expectancy in such business opportunity and waives any claim that such business opportunity constituted a corporate opportunity that should have been presented to the Corporation or any Affiliated Company, if such director, officer or employee acts in a manner consistent with the following policy: such a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is a director or an officer or employee of the Corporation and who is also a director, officer or employee of Danaher shall belong to the Corporation only if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation and otherwise shall belong to Danaher.
The foregoing policy, and the action of any director, officer or employee of Danaher, the Corporation or any Affiliated Company taken in accordance with, or in reliance upon, the foregoing policy or in entering into or performing any agreement, transaction or arrangement is deemed and presumed to be fair to the Corporation.
Except as otherwise agreed in writing between the Corporation and Danaher, if a director, officer or employee of the Corporation, who also serves as a director, officer or employee of Danaher, acquires knowledge of a potential corporate opportunity for both the Corporation and Danaher in any manner not addressed by this Article VII, such director, officer or employee shall have no duty to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to the Corporation and shall to the fullest extent permitted by law not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, officer or employee of the Corporation by reason of the fact that Danaher pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person or does not present such corporate opportunity to the Corporation, and the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law renounces any interest or expectancy in such business opportunity and waives any claim that such business opportunity constituted a corporate opportunity that should be presented to the Corporation.
Section 7.05    Delineation of Indirect Interests. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no director, officer or employee of the Corporation or any Affiliated Company shall be deemed to have an indirect interest in any matter, transaction or corporate opportunity that may be received or exploited by, or allocated to, Danaher, merely by virtue of being a director, officer or employee of Danaher, unless such director, officer or employee’s role with Danaher involves direct responsibility for such matter, in his or her role with Danaher, such director, officer or employee exercises supervision over such matter, or the compensation of such director, officer or employee is materially affected by such matter. Such director, officer or employee’s compensation shall not be deemed to be materially affected by such matter if it is only affected by virtue of its effect on the value of Danaher capital stock generally or on Danaher’s results or performance on an enterprise-wide basis.
Section 7.06    Special Approval Procedures. If, notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VII, it is deemed desirable by Danaher, the Corporation or an Affiliated Company or any other party that the Corporation take action with specific regard to a particular transaction, corporate opportunity or a type

7


or series of transactions or corporate opportunities to ensure, out of an abundance of caution, that such transaction or transactions are not voidable, or that such an opportunity or opportunities are effectively disclaimed, the Corporation may employ any of the following procedures:
(a)the material facts of the transaction and the director’s, officer’s or employee’s interest are disclosed or known to the Board or a duly appointed committee of the Board and the Board or such committee authorizes, approves, or ratifies the transaction by the affirmative vote or consent of a majority of the directors (or committee members) who have no direct or indirect interest in the transaction and, in any event, of at least two directors (or committee members); or
(b)the material facts of the transaction and the director’s interest are disclosed or known to the stockholders entitled to vote and they authorize, approve or ratify such transaction.
The interested director or directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at such meeting. The presence of, or a vote cast by, a director with a direct or indirect interest in the transaction does not affect the validity of any actions taken under clause (a) above.
One or more matters, transactions or corporate opportunities approved pursuant to any of the foregoing procedures are not void or voidable and shall not give rise to any equitable relief or damages or other sanctions against any director, officer, employee or stockholder (including Danaher) of the Corporation on the ground that the matter, transaction or corporate opportunity should have first been offered to the Corporation. Nothing in this Article VII requires any matter to be considered by the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation and, in all cases, directors, officers and employees of the Corporation are authorized to refrain from bringing a matter otherwise addressed in this Article VII before the Board or the stockholders for consideration unless such matter is required to be considered by the Board or stockholders, as applicable, under Delaware law. This Article VII shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common, equitable, or statutory law applicable thereto.
ARTICLE VIII
LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION
Section 8.01    Limitation on Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists and as it may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of a fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability of a director (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit; provided that if the DGCL shall be amended or modified to provide for exculpation for any director in any circumstances where exculpation is prohibited pursuant to any of the preceding clauses (a) through (d), then such directors shall be entitled to exculpation to the maximum extent permitted by such amendment or modification. No amendment to, modification of or repeal of this Section 8.01 shall apply to or have any adverse effect on any right or protection of, or any limitation of the liability of, a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment, modification or repeal.
Section 8.02    Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent authorized or permitted by law any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to any action or proceeding (whether civil or criminal or otherwise) by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or by reason of the fact that such director or officer, at the request of the Corporation, is or was serving any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, in any capacity. Nothing contained herein shall affect any rights to indemnification to which employees other than directors and officers may be entitled by law.

8


The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation, or is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, manager, officer, employee, trustee or agent of, or in a fiduciary capacity with respect to, another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Section 8.02.
The right of indemnification provided in this Section 8.02 shall not be exclusive, and shall be in addition to any other right to which any person may otherwise be entitled by law, statue, under the Bylaws of the Corporation, or under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Section 8.02 shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE IX
FORUM SELECTION
Section 9.01    Forum Selection. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, however, that, in the event that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction over any such action or proceeding, the sole and exclusive forum for such action or proceeding shall be another state or federal court located within the State of Delaware, in each such case, unless the Court of Chancery (or such other state or federal court located within the State of Delaware, as applicable) has dismissed a prior action by the same plaintiff asserting the same claims because such court lacked personal jurisdiction over an indispensable party named as a defendant therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 9.01. Failure to enforce the foregoing provisions would cause the Corporation irreparable harm and the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunction and specific performance, to enforce the forgoing provisions. The provisions of this Section 9.01 do not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT
Section 10.01    Certificate of Incorporation. The Corporation shall have the right, from time to time, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation in any manner now or hereafter provided by this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Corporation or the DGCL, and all rights, preferences, privileges and powers of any kind conferred upon any director or stockholder of the Corporation by this Certificate of Incorporation or any amendment thereof are conferred subject to such right. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary (and in addition to any vote required by law), from and after such time as Danaher ceases to Beneficially Own shares of capital stock representing, in the aggregate, a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of the outstanding shares

9


of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter, change, or repeal or to adopt any provision inconsistent with Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII and this Article X.
Section 10.02    Bylaws. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board is expressly authorized and empowered, without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to adopt, amend and repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board shall require the approval by the majority of the entire Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, from and after such time as Danaher ceases to Beneficially Own shares of capital stock representing, in the aggregate, a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of all classes of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, shall be required to amend, repeal or adopt any provision of the Bylaws of the Corporation.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]





10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of this [    ] day of [      ], 2019.
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:




11
Exhibit 5.1

SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP
FOUR TIMES SQUARE
NEW YORK 10036-6522
 
TEL: (212) 735-3000
FAX: (212) 735-2000
www.skadden.com
September 4, 2019
Envista Holdings Corporation
200 S. Kraemer Blvd., Building E
Brea, California 92821
Re:
Envista Holdings Corporation
Registration Statement on Form S-1
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as special United States counsel to Danaher Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Danaher”), in connection with the initial public offering by Envista Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), of up to 30,783,200 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company (including up to 4,015,200 shares of Common Stock subject to an over-allotment option) (the “Shares”).
This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”).
In rendering the opinions stated herein, we have examined and relied upon the following:
(a)the registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-232758) of the Company relating to the Shares filed on July 22, 2019 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act, Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 thereto filed on August 12, 2019 and Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 thereto filed on August 30, 2019, including the information deemed to be a part of the registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act (the “Rules and Regulations”) (such registration statement, as so amended, being hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”);
(b)the form of the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) proposed to be entered into between the Company and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representatives of the several underwriters


Envista Holdings Corporation
September 4, 2019
Page 2

named therein (the “Underwriters”), relating to the sale by the Company to the Underwriters of the Shares, filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement;
(c)an executed copy of a certificate of Amir Aghdaei, Secretary of the Company, dated the date hereof (the “Secretary’s Certificate”);
(d)a copy of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of September 3, 2019, and certified pursuant to the Secretary’s Certificate;
(e)the form of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect immediately prior to the closing of the offering of Common Stock and filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement;
(f)a copy of the Company’s Bylaws, as in effect as of the date hereof and certified pursuant to the Secretary’s Certificate;
(g)the form of the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect immediately prior to the closing of the offering of Common Stock and filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement; and
(h)a copy of certain resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company, adopted on August 30, 2019, and the form of resolutions of the Pricing Committee thereof and the form of resolutions of the sole stockholder of the Company to be adopted prior to the closing of the offering of Common Stock, each certified pursuant to the Secretary’s Certificate.
We have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Company and such agreements, certificates and receipts of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Company and others, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions stated below, including the facts and conclusions set forth in the Secretary’s Certificate and the factual representations and warranties contained in the Underwriting Agreement.
In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity and competency of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as facsimile, electronic, certified or photocopied copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. As to any facts relevant to the opinions stated herein that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others and of public officials, including the factual representations and warranties contained in the Underwriting Agreement.
We do not express any opinion with respect to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).


Envista Holdings Corporation
September 4, 2019
Page 3

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the qualifications and assumptions stated herein, we are of the opinion that when (i) the Registration Statement, as finally amended (including all necessary post-effective amendments), has become effective under the Securities Act; (ii) the Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the other parties thereto; (iii) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and has become effective and the Board of Directors of the Company, including any appropriate committee appointed thereby, has taken all necessary corporate action to adopt the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws and to approve the issuance and sale of Common Stock and related matters, including the price per share of Common Stock; and (iv) the Shares are registered in the Company’s share registry and delivered upon payment of the consideration therefor determined by the Board of Directors, the Shares, when issued and sold in accordance with the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement, will be duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Company under the DGCL and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, provided that the consideration therefor is not less than $0.01 per Share. In rendering the foregoing opinion, we have assumed that the issuance of the Shares does not violate or conflict with any agreement or instrument binding on the Company (except that we do not make this assumption with respect to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Amended and Restated Bylaws or those agreements or instruments which are listed in Part II of the Registration Statement expressed to be governed by the laws of the State of New York).
We hereby consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement. We also hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations.
Very truly yours,
 
/s/ Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
TWG

Exhibit 10.28

 
Published CUSIP Numbers:
Deal CUSIP: 29415HAA8
Revolver: 29415HAB6
USD Term Loan: 29415HAC4
EUR Term Loan: 29415HAD2
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of [_____], 2019,
among
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
and certain of its Subsidiaries,
as Borrowers,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender,
and
the other LENDERS party hereto
With respect to the Revolving Credit Facility and the USD Term Facility:
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Syndication Agent,
MUFG BANK, LTD.,
BNP PARIBAS,
HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Documentation Agents,
and



BofA SECURITIES, INC.,
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC, MUFG BANK, LTD., BNP PARIBAS SECURITIES CORP., U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC., JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., MIZUHO BANK, LTD.
and
PNC BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

ii



With respect to the EUR Term Facility:
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Syndication Agent,
MUFG BANK, LTD.,
BNP PARIBAS,
HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Documentation Agents,
and
BofA SECURITIES, INC.,
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC, MUFG BANK, LTD., BNP PARIBAS SECURITIES CORP., U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC., JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., MIZUHO BANK, LTD.
and
PNC BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners
 

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS



 
 
Page

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
1

1.01

Defined Terms
1

1.02

Other Interpretive Provisions
32

1.03

Accounting Terms
33

1.04

Rounding
34

1.05

References to Agreements and Laws
34

1.06

Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents
34

1.07

Additional Alternative Currencies
34

1.08

Change of Currency
35

1.09

Times of Day
35

1.10

Letter of Credit Amounts
35

1.11

Interest Rates
36

1.12

Limited Conditionality Acquisitions
37

ARTICLE II
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
37

2.01

The Loans
36

2.02

Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans
37

2.03

Letters of Credit
39

2.04

Bid Loans
47

2.05

Swing Line Loans
49

2.06

Prepayments
52

2.07

Termination or Reduction of Commitments
53

2.08

Repayment of Loans
54

2.09

Interest
54

2.10

Fees
55

2.11

Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate
55

2.12

Evidence of Debt
56

2.13

Payments Generally
56

2.14

Sharing of Payments
58

2.15

Designated Borrowers
59

2.16

Increase in Revolving Credit Commitments
61

2.17

Cash Collateral
62

2.18

Defaulting Lenders
63

2.19

Extension of Revolving Credit Facility Maturity Date
65

ARTICLE III
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
67

3.01

Taxes
67

3.02

Illegality
69

3.03

Inability to Determine Rates
70

3.04

Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans
72


-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

 
 
Page

3.05

Compensation for Losses
74

3.06

Matters Applicable to all Requests for Compensation
753

3.07

Survival
75

ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
75

4.01

Conditions to Initial Credit Extension
75

4.02

Conditions to all Credit Extensions
77

ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
77

5.01

Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws
77

5.02

Authorization; No Contravention
78

5.03

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents
78

5.04

Binding Effect
78

5.05

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
78

5.06

Litigation
79

5.07

No Default
79

5.08

Ownership of Property; Liens
79

5.09

Environmental Compliance
79

5.10

ERISA Compliance
79

5.11

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
80

5.12

Foreign Obligor Representations
80

5.13

OFAC
81

5.14

Anti-Corruption Laws
81

5.15

Covered Entity
81

5.16

EEA Financial Institutions
81

5.17

Beneficial Ownership
81

ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
81

6.01

Financial Statements
81

6.02

Certificates; Other Information
82

6.03

Notices
83

6.04

Payment of Obligations
83

6.05

Preservation of Existence, Etc
84

6.06

Maintenance of Properties
84

6.07

Compliance with Laws
84

6.08

Inspection Rights
84

6.09

Compliance with ERISA
85

6.10

Use of Proceeds
85

6.11

Anti-Corruption Laws
85

ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
85

7.01

Liens
85

7.02

Fundamental Changes
87

7.03

Indebtedness
87


-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

 
 
Page

7.04

Restricted Payments
88

7.05

Use of Proceeds
89

7.06

Financial Covenants
89

7.07

Sanctions
89

7.08

Anti-Corruption Laws
89

ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
90

8.01

Events of Default
90

8.02

Remedies Upon Event of Default
92

8.03

Application of Funds
92

ARTICLE IX
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
93

9.01

Appointment and Authority
93

9.02

Rights as a Lender
94

9.03

Exculpatory Provisions
94

9.04

Reliance by Administrative Agent
95

9.05

Delegation of Duties
95

9.06

Resignation of Administrative Agent
95

9.07

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders
96

9.08

No Other Duties, Etc
97

9.09

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
97

9.10

Guaranty Matters
97

9.11

Certain ERISA Matters
98

ARTICLE X
COMPANY GUARANTY
99

10.01

Guaranty
99

10.02

Guaranty Absolute
99

10.03

Waivers and Acknowledgments
101

10.04

Subrogation
101

ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
102

11.01

Amendments, Etc
102

11.02

Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies
104

11.03

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
106

11.04

Costs and Expenses
107

11.05

Indemnification by the Company
107

11.06

Payments Set Aside
108

11.07

Successors and Assigns
109

11.08

Confidentiality
114

11.09

Set-off
115

11.10

Interest Rate Limitation
116

11.11

Counterparts
116

11.12

Integration
116

11.13

Survival of Representations and Warranties
116


-iii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

 
 
Page

11.14

Severability
116

11.15

Tax Forms
117

11.16

Replacement of Lenders
118

11.17

Governing Law
120

11.18

Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury
120

11.19

Judgment Currency
120

11.20

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
120

11.21

USA PATRIOT Act Notice
121

11.22

Margin Stock
121

11.23

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents
121

11.24

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions
122

11.25

Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs
122


-iv-


SIGNATURES
S-1
SCHEDULES
2.01
Commitments and Applicable Percentages
5.06
Litigation
7.01
Existing Liens
7.04
Existing Indebtedness
11.02
Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices
EXHIBITS
Form of
A-1
Loan Notice
A-2
Swing Line Loan Notice
B-1
Bid Request
B-2
Competitive Bid
C-1
USD Term Note
C-2
Revolving Credit Note
C-3
EUR Term Note
D
Compliance Certificate
E
Assignment and Assumption
F
Designated Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement
G
Designated Borrower Notice
H
Opinion of Counsel
I
Guaranty

-v-


CREDIT AGREEMENT
This CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of [_______], 2019 (this “Agreement”), is entered into among ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), certain Subsidiaries of the Company party hereto pursuant to Section 2.15 (each a “Designated Borrower” and, together with the Company, the “Borrowers” and, each a “Borrower”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Company and the Designated Borrowers have requested that the Lenders provide term loan facilities and a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders are willing to do so, and the L/C Issuer is willing to issue letters of credit, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth herein;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I   DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
1.01    Defined Terms.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
Absolute Rate” means a fixed rate of interest expressed in multiples of 1/100th of one percent.
Absolute Rate Loan” means a Bid Loan denominated in Dollars that bears interest at a rate determined with reference to an Absolute Rate.
Acquisition” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, by which any of the Company or its Subsidiaries (a) acquire any ongoing business or all or substantially all of the assets of, any firm, corporation or division thereof, whether through purchase of assets, purchase of stock, merger, amalgamation or otherwise, (b) directly or indirectly acquire control of at least a majority (in number of votes) of the securities of a corporation which have ordinary voting power for the election of directors, (c) directly or indirectly acquire control of a majority ownership interest in any partnership, joint venture or similar arrangement or (d) directly or indirectly acquire assets constituting all or substantially all of a product line or line of business of another Person; provided, however, that with respect to any stock purchase transaction structured as a tender offer, such transaction has been approved by the board of directors and/or shareholders (or comparable persons or groups) of the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable, and such other Person.
Act” has the meaning specified in Section 11.21.
Administrative Agent” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.
Administrative Agent’s Office” means, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 11.02 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account with respect to such currency as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Company and the Lenders.



Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
Agent-Related Persons means the Administrative Agent, together with its Affiliates (including, in the case of Bank of America, in its capacity as the Administrative Agent, an Arranger and a Swing Line Lender), and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.
Aggregate Commitments” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.
Agreement” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
Agreement Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 8.03(c).
Alternative Currency” means each of Euro, Sterling, Yen and each other currency (other than Dollars) that is approved in accordance with Section 1.07.
Alternative Currency Equivalent” means, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternative Currency as determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Alternative Currency with Dollars.
Alternative Currency Sublimit” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to the difference between (a) 90% of the Revolving Credit Facility on such date and (b) the Outstanding Amount of Bid Loans denominated in a Requested Currency on such date. The Alternative Currency Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.
Applicable Foreign Obligor Documents” has the meaning specified in Section 5.12.
Applicable Law” means, as to any Person, all applicable Laws binding upon such Person or to which such a Person is subject.
Applicable Percentage” means (a) in respect of the either Term Facility, with respect to any Term Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) represented by (i) at any time during the Term Availability Period, such Term Lender’s Commitment of such Term Facility at such time to the Aggregate Commitments in respect of such Term Facility at such time and (ii) thereafter, the principal amount of such Term Lender’s Term Loans at such time to the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans outstanding at such time in respect of such Term Facility, and (b) in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Revolving Credit Facility represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment at such time, in each case subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.18. If the commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans, the commitment of each Term Lender to make Term Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, or if the Revolving Credit Commitments, USD Term Commitments or EUR Term Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Revolving Credit Lender in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, or of each Term Lender in respect of the applicable Term Facility, as applicable, shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Revolving Credit Lender or Term Lender,

2


118711003_9


as applicable, in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility or applicable Term Facility, as applicable, most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender in respect of each Facility is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.
Applicable Rate” means, from time to time, for each Facility, (a) prior to receipt by the Company of a Debt Rating, the following percentages per annum, set forth opposite the Consolidated Leverage Ratio determined as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter:
Pricing Level

Consolidated Leverage Ratio
Revolving Credit Facility
USD Term Facility
EUR Term Facility

Facility Fee
Eurocurrency Loans / Letter of Credit Fee
Base Rate Loans
Eurocurrency Loans
Base Rate Loans
1.
< 1.25 to 1.00
0.090%
0.910%
0%
1.000%
0%
0.825%
2.
≥ 1.25 to 1.00 but < 2.00 to 1.00
0.100%
1.025%
0.025%
1.125%
0.125%
0.950%
3.
≥ 2.00 to 1.00 but < 2.75 to 1.00
0.125%
1.125%
0.125%
1.250%
0.250%
1.075%
4.
≥ 2.75 to 1.00 but < 3.50 to 1.00
0.175%
1.200%
0.200%
1.375%
0.375%
1.200%
5.
≥ 3.50 to 1.00
0.225%
1.400%
0.400%
1.625%
0.625%
1.450%
and (b) upon receipt by the Company of a Debt Rating, the following percentages per annum, set forth opposite the Debt Rating determined as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter:
Pricing Level

Debt Rating Category
Revolving Credit Facility
USD Term Facility
EUR Term Facility

Facility Fee
Eurocurrency Loans / Letter of Credit Fee
Base Rate Loans
Eurocurrency Loans
Base Rate Loans
1.
≥ A- / A3
0.090%
0.785%
0%
0.875%
0%
0.550%
2.
BBB+ / Baa1
0.100%
0.900%
0%
1.000%
0%
0.675%
3.
BBB / Baa2
0.125%
1.00%
0%
1.125%
0.125%
0.800%
4.
BBB- / Baa3
0.175%
1.075%
0.075%
1.250%
0.250%
0.925%
5.
≤ BB+ /   Ba1
0.225%
1.275%
0.275%
1.500%
0.500%
1.050%
For purposes of the definition of “Applicable Rate,” “Debt Rating” means, as of any date of determination, the rating as determined by either S&P or Moody’s (collectively, the “Debt Ratings”) of the Company’s non-credit-enhanced, senior unsecured long-term debt; provided that (a) if the respective Debt Ratings issued by the foregoing rating agencies differ by one level, then the Pricing Level for the higher of such Debt Ratings shall apply (with the Debt Rating for Pricing Level 1 being the highest and the Debt Rating

3


118711003_9


for Pricing Level 5 being the lowest); (b) if there is a split in Debt Ratings of more than one level, then the Pricing Level that is one level lower than the Pricing Level of the higher Debt Rating shall apply; (c) if the Company has only one Debt Rating, the Pricing Level for such Debt Rating shall apply; and (d) if the Company does not have any Debt Rating, Pricing Level 5 shall apply.
Initially, the Applicable Rate shall be determined based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the Closing Date as evidenced by the certificate delivered by the Company pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(vi). Thereafter, (a) prior to the receipt by the Company of a Debt Rating, the Applicable Rate shall be determined and shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a); provided, however, that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then, Pricing Level 5 shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and in each case shall remain in effect until the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered and (b) upon receipt by the Company of the Debt Rating and notice thereof to the Administrative Agent, each change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a publicly announced change in the Debt Rating shall be effective during the period commencing on the date of the public announcement thereof and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change. If the rating system of Moody’s or S&P shall change, or if either such rating agency shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt obligations, the Company and the Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend this definition to reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability of ratings from such rating agency and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation.
Applicable Revolving Credit Percentage” means with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility at such time.
Applicable Time” means, with respect to (a) any borrowings and payments related to Revolving Credit Loans denominated in any Alternative Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined by the Administrative Agent to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment and (b) any borrowings and payments related to the Bid Loans made by a Lender in any Alternative Currency or any Requested Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency or Requested Currency, as the case may be, as may be determined by such Lender to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.
Applicant Borrower” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a).
Appropriate Lender” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any Term Facility or the Revolving Credit Facility, a Lender that has a Commitment with respect to such Facility or holds a Term Loan or a Revolving Credit Loan, respectively, at such time, (b) with respect to the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (i) the L/C Issuer and (ii) if any Letters of Credit have been issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a), the Revolving Credit Lenders and (c) with respect to the Swing Line Sublimit, (i) the Swing Line Lender and (ii) if any Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.05, the Revolving Credit Lenders.
Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

4


118711003_9


Arrangers” means each of BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, MUFG Bank, Ltd., BNP Paribas Securities Corp., U.S. Bank National Association, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Mizuho Bank, Ltd., and PNC Bank, National Association in its capacity as a joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner in respect of the Commitments hereunder.
Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.
Assignment and Assumption” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form as the Administrative Agent and the Company may reasonably approve.
Attorney Costs” means all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel.
Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Off Balance Sheet Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a Capital Lease.
Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto, as filed with the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC by the Company on July 22, 2019.
Availability Period” means the Revolving Credit Availability Period or the Term Availability Period, as the context may require.
Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.
Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.
Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.
Base Rate means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate,” and (c) the Eurocurrency Rate plus 1.00%; provided that in no event shall the Base Rate be less than 0%. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change. If the Base Rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof, then the Base Rate shall be the greater of clauses (a) and (b) above and shall be determined without reference to clause (c) above.

5


118711003_9


Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate. All Base Rate Loans shall be denominated in Dollars.
Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.
Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.
Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.
Bid Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Bid Loans of the same Type from each of the Lenders whose offer to make one or more Bid Loans as part of such borrowing has been accepted under the auction bidding procedures described in Section 2.04.
Bid Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).
Bid Loan Lender” means, in respect of any Bid Loan, the Lender making such Bid Loan to the applicable Borrower.
Bid Loan Requested Currency Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $25,000,000 and (b) 90% of the Revolving Credit Facility. The Bid Loan Requested Currency Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Bid Loan Sublimit and the Revolving Credit Commitments.
Bid Loan Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $25,000,000 and (b) the Revolving Credit Facility. The Bid Loan Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to the Revolving Credit Commitments.
Bid Request” means a written request for one or more Bid Loans substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto.
Borrower” and “Borrowers” each has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
Borrowing” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Bid Borrowing, a USD Term Borrowing, a EUR Term Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may require.
Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, New York or such other state where the Administrative Agent’s Office with respect to Obligations denominated in Dollars is located and:
(a)    if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day that is also a London Banking Day;
(b)    if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Euro, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euro in respect of any such Eurocurrency

6


118711003_9


Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means a TARGET Day;
(c)    if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euro, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in the relevant currency are conducted by and between banks in the London or other applicable offshore interbank market for such currency; and
(d)    if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in a currency other than Dollars or Euro in respect of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euro, or any other dealings in any currency other than Dollars or Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan (other than any interest rate settings), means any such day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in the principal financial center of the country of such currency.
Capital Lease” means each lease that has been or is required to be, in accordance with GAAP, classified and accounted for as a capital lease or financing lease.
Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the L/C Issuer or the Lenders, as collateral for L/C Obligations or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer shall agree in their reasonable discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.
Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith or in the implementation thereof and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.
Change of Control” means, with respect to the Company, an event or series of events by which:
(a)    any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding (i) any employee benefit plan of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan and (ii) Steven M. Rales and Mitchell P. Rales) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire (such right, an “option right”), whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the equity securities of the Company entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Company on a fully diluted basis (and taking

7


118711003_9


into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right); or
(b)    during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Company cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) (or individuals previously approved under this clause (iii)) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (in each case, with such approval either by a specific vote or by approval of the Company’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director); provided, that no Change of Control shall be deemed to occur as a result of the Separation Transactions or as a result of any changes in the board of directors of the Company in connection with, or occurring as a result of, the Separation Transactions.
Class”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit Loans, USD Term Loans, EUR Term Loans or Bid Loans.
Closing Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 11.01.
Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Commitment” means a USD Term Commitment, a EUR Term Commitment or a Revolving Credit Commitment, as the context may require.
Company” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
Company Guaranty” means the guaranty made by the Company in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in respect of the Obligations of the Loan Parties pursuant to Article X of this Agreement.
Competitive Bid” means a written offer by a Lender to make one or more Bid Loans, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto, duly completed and signed by a Lender.
Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any Measurement Period, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period, (ii) the provision for Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable by the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense, (iv) non-cash impairment charges for such period, (v) non-cash non-operating expenses for such period, (vi) non-cash equity compensation expenses for such period, (vii) cash or non-cash charges, including legal and advisor fees and other transaction expenses, incurred in connection with permitted acquisitions or financing transactions for such period, (viii) the net income (or loss) with respect to discontinued operations of the Company or any Subsidiaries during such period, (ix) other non-recurring or unusual expenses of the Company and its Subsidiaries reducing such Consolidated Net Income which do not represent a cash item in such period or

8


118711003_9


any future period, (v) restructuring costs and legal charges incurred by the Company totaling (A) for the fiscal quarter ended September 28, 2018, $4,100,000 and (B) for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2018, $42,400,000 and (vi) restructuring costs and legal charges incurred by the Company prior to December 31, 2020, provided that the aggregate amount available to be added back pursuant to this clause (vi) shall not exceed $75,000,000 during the term of this Agreement and minus (b) the following to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period and (ii) all non-cash items that are both non-operating and non-recurring increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period but excluding such items in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period.
Notwithstanding the forgoing, for each of the fiscal quarters set forth in the table below Consolidated EBITDA shall, in each case, be deemed to be the amount set forth below opposite such period:
Fiscal Quarter ended September 28, 2018
$122,600,000
Fiscal Quarter ended December 31, 2018
$147,500,000
Fiscal Quarter ended March 29, 2019
$83,400,000
Fiscal Quarter ended June 28, 2019
$119,400,000
Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the outstanding principal amount of all obligations, whether current or long-term, for borrowed money (including Obligations hereunder) and all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (b) Attributable Indebtedness in respect of Capital Leases, (c) without duplication, all Guarantees with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) and (b) above of Persons other than the Company or any Subsidiary, and minus (d) up to $150,000,000 of the sum of (i) 100% of the cash and cash equivalents held in the United States by the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) 65% of the cash and cash equivalents held outside of the United States by the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that such cash and cash equivalents are free of any Liens; provided, that (i) if the Company or any Subsidiary delivers or causes to be delivered an irrevocable repayment or redemption notice that results in Indebtedness in the form of debt securities being due and payable in full not later than 30 days after such repayment or redemption notice has been delivered and deposits cash with or for the benefit of the trustee or holders of such Indebtedness to fund such repayment or redemption in full, then such Indebtedness shall be considered repaid or redeemed (it being understood that if any applicable deposit is returned and the corresponding Indebtedness is not repaid or redeemed, but remains outstanding, such Indebtedness shall no longer be considered repaid or redeemed), and (ii) if the Company or any Subsidiary commences a tender offer to repurchase Indebtedness (the “Repurchased Indebtedness”) and will be obligated to repurchase such Indebtedness for payment in full, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, after the satisfaction or waiver of any conditions of such tender offer, and in connection therewith issues Indebtedness in the form of debt securities (the “New Indebtedness”) the proceeds of which are to be used to repurchase the Repurchased Indebtedness within 30 days of issuance of such New Indebtedness (the “Period”), then to the extent, and solely so long as, the Company or any Subsidiary either holds the proceeds of such New Indebtedness in escrow pursuant to customary arrangements, or otherwise sets aside the proceeds of such New Indebtedness in Dollars to fund such repurchase of Repurchased Indebtedness, then the amount of such New Indebtedness shall be deemed for the purpose of this definition

9


118711003_9


to be reduced by the amount of the proceeds thereof that are so held in escrow or set aside (solely to the extent and for so long as so held or set aside, and not for the avoidance of doubt to the extent applied to repurchase the Repurchased Indebtedness or applied for any other purpose other than the repayment of the New Indebtedness); provided, further, that upon the end of the Period, the deemed reduction of the New Indebtedness described above shall no longer apply.
Consolidated Interest Charges” means, for any period, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses of the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, and (b) the portion of rent expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to such period under Capital Leases that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP; provided that (i) for purposes of determining Consolidated Interest Charges for the four fiscal quarter period ending September 30, 2019, such amount for the four fiscal quarters then ended shall equal such item for such fiscal quarter multiplied by four; (ii) for purposes of determining Consolidated Interest Charges for the fiscal quarter period ending December 31, 2019, such amount for the four fiscal quarters then ended shall equal such item for the two fiscal quarters then most recently ended multiplied by two; and (iii) for purposes of determining Consolidated Interest Charges for the four fiscal quarter period ending March 31, 2020, such amount for the four fiscal quarters then ended shall equal such item for the three fiscal quarters then most recently ended multiplied by 4/3.
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the four prior fiscal quarters ending on such date to (b) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period.
Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness to (b) Consolidated EBITDA.
Consolidated Net Income” means, for any Measurement Period, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the aggregate of all assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (less related depreciation, amortization, applicable reserves, and other properly deductible items) after deducting (a) all current liabilities (excluding current maturities of long-term debt and all obligations under Capital Leases) and (b) all goodwill, tradenames, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense, and other like intangible assets, all as set forth on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries and determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.
Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

10


118711003_9


Covered Entity” has the meaning specified in Section 11.25(b).
Credit Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) a L/C Credit Extension.
Danaher” means Danaher Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
Danaher Payment” means the direct or indirect funding of dividends, distributions or other payments payable to Danaher and/or its subsidiaries in connection with the Separation Transactions on the Closing Date or thereafter.
Debt Rating” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Applicable Rate.”
Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided, however, that with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate for Letters of Credit plus 2% per annum.
Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.18(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund any portion of its Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder unless such Lender, acting reasonably and in good faith, notifies the Administrative Agent and the Company in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding has not been satisfied (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) or unless such failure has been cured, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans) within two (2) Business Days of the date when due (b) has notified the Company, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Company in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination, acting reasonably and in good faith, that one or more conditions precedent to funding has not been satisfied (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute unless such failure has been cured, (d) has failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that it will comply with its funding obligations or (e)(i) has become or is insolvent or has a parent company that has become or is insolvent, (ii) has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject

11


118711003_9


of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment, or (iii) has become the subject of a Bail-In Action. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, a Lender will not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any capital stock in such Lender or its parent company by any Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above, and of the effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.18(b)) as of the date established therefor by the Administrative Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Company, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender and each other Lender promptly following such determination.
Delaware LLC” means any limited liability company organized or formed under the laws of the State of Delaware.
Delaware Divided LLC” means any Delaware LLC which has been formed upon consummation of a Delaware LLC Division.
Delaware LLC Division” means the statutory division of any Delaware LLC into two or more Delaware LLCs pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.
Designated Affiliate” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07(i).
Designated Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
Designated Borrower Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a).
Designated Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a).
Designated Jurisdiction” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the target of any Sanction.
Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith and including any disposition of property to a Delaware Divided LLC pursuant to a Delaware LLC Division.
Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.
Dollar Equivalent” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any Alternative Currency or any Requested Currency, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most

12


118711003_9


recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars with such Alternative Currency or Requested Currency, as the case may be.
Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States, a State thereof or the District of Columbia.
EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a Subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.
EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.07(b)(iii), (v) and (vii) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 11.07(b)(iii)).
Environmental Laws” means any and all applicable Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.
Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination; provided that Equity Interests shall not include stock options, restricted stock units, restricted shares or other awards granted under any equity compensation plan of the Company; provided further that Indebtedness convertible or exchangeable into Equity Interests shall not be deemed to be Equity Interests unless and until such Indebtedness is so converted or exchanged.
ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
ERISA Affiliate” means, as of any date of determination, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, as of such date of determination, is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

13


118711003_9


ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) the withdrawal of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA; (e) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) or, to the knowledge of the Company, a Multiemployer Plan; (f) any event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (g) the determination that any Pension Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) or, to the knowledge of the Company, a Multiemployer Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Company or any ERISA Affiliate (where, for Multiemployer Plans, the occurrence of an imposition is to the knowledge of the Company); provided that with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan in which neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a participating or contributing employer, clauses (a) through (h) shall be to the knowledge of the Company.
EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.
Euro” and “EUR” mean the single currency of the Participating Member States.
EUR Term Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous EUR Term Loans at the Eurocurrency Rate Loans having the same Interest Period made by each of the EUR Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(c).
EUR Term Commitment” means, as to each EUR Term Lender, its obligation to make EUR Term Loans in Euros to the Company pursuant to Section 2.01(c) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such EUR Term Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “EUR Term Commitment” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such EUR Term Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
EUR Term Facility” means, at any time, (a) during the Term Availability Period, the aggregate amount of the EUR Term Commitments at such time and (b) thereafter, the aggregate principal amount of the EUR Term Loans of all EUR Term Lenders outstanding at such time.
EUR Term Lender” means (a) at any time during the Term Availability Period, any Lender that has a EUR Term Commitment at such time and (b) at any time after the Term Availability Period, any Lender that holds EUR Term Loans at such time.
EUR Term Loan” means an advance made by any EUR Term Lender under the EUR Term Facility.
EUR Term Loan Exposure” means, as to any Lender at any time, the aggregate Outstanding Amount at such time of its EUR Term Loans; provided that at any time prior to the making of the EUR Term Loans, the EUR Term Loan Exposure of any Lender shall be equal to such Lender’s EUR Term Commitment.

14


118711003_9


EUR Term Note” means a promissory note made by the Company in favor of a EUR Term Lender evidencing EUR Term Loans made by such EUR Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit C‑3.
Eurocurrency Bid Margin” means the margin above or below the Eurocurrency Rate to be added to or subtracted from the Eurocurrency Rate, which margin shall be expressed in multiples of 1/100th of one basis point.
Eurocurrency Liabilities” has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the FRB.
Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loan” means a Bid Loan that bears interest at a rate based upon the Eurocurrency Rate.
Eurocurrency Rate” means,
(a)    with respect to any Credit Extension:
(i)    denominated in a LIBOR Quoted Currency, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for Dollars for a period equal in length to such Interest Period (“LIBOR”) as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; and
(ii)    with respect to a Credit Extension denominated in any Non-LIBOR Quoted Currency, the rate per annum as designated by the Company and the Administrative Agent with respect to such Alternative Currency at the time such Alternative Currency is approved by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 1.07(a);
(b)    for any interest rate calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to LIBOR, at or about 11:00 a.m., London time determined two Business Days prior to such date for Dollar deposits with a term of one month commencing that day; and
(c)    if the Eurocurrency Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement.
Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Credit Loan” means a Revolving Credit Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a) of the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate”. Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Credit Loans may be denominated in Dollars or in an Alternative Currency. All Revolving Credit Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency must be Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Credit Loans.
Eurocurrency Rate Loan” means a Term Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a) of the definition of the Eurocurrency Rate, a Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Credit Loan or a Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loan.
Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
Facility” means the USD Term Facility, the EUR Term Facility or the Revolving Credit Facility, as the context may require.

15


118711003_9


FASB ASC” means the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities entered into in connection with the implementation of the foregoing.
Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
Fee Letter” means that certain fee letter dated as of July 10, 2019 among the Company, Bank of America and BofA Securities, Inc.
Finance Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company, whether now existing or hereafter created or acquired, (a) of which at least ninety percent (90%) of all of the issued and outstanding voting and beneficial Equity Interests are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (b) that has no material assets, operations, revenues or cash flows other than those related to the incurrence, administration and repayment of Indebtedness; and (c) whose Indebtedness is Guaranteed by the Company.
Foreign Lender” means with respect to any Borrower, (a) if such Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if such Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which such Borrower is resident for Tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.
Foreign Obligor” means a Loan Party that is a Foreign Subsidiary.
Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States, a State thereof or the District of Columbia.
FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Swing Line Loans other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof.

16


118711003_9


Fund” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied, except as otherwise provided in Section 1.03.
Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
Granting Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07(g).
Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any monetary obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation is assumed by such Person. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.
Guarantors” means, collectively, those certain Subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party to the Guaranty.
Guaranty” means the guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders substantially in the form of Exhibit I or such other form as the Administrative Agent and the Company may reasonably approve.
Impacted Loans” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.03(a)(i).
Increase Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(d).

17


118711003_9


Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:
(a)    all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
(b)    all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;
(c)    net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;
(d)    all non-contingent obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business);
(e)    indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
(f)    Capital Leases and Off Balance Sheet Obligations; and
(g)    all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company or similar limited liability entity organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or a state thereof) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any Capital Lease or Off Balance Sheet Obligation as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.
Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.05(a).
Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.05(a).
Information” has the meaning specified in Section 11.08.
Interest Payment Date” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided, however, that if any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.
Interest Period” means, (a) as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Loan is disbursed or (in the case of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan) converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months (or, if agreed by each Appropriate Lender, twelve months) thereafter (in each case, subject to availability), as selected

18


118711003_9


by the Company in its Loan Notice or Bid Request, as the case may be; and (b) as to each Absolute Rate Loan, a period of not less than 14 days and not more than 180 days as selected by a Borrower in its Bid Request; provided that:
(i)    any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;
(ii)    any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
(iii)    no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date for the applicable Loan.
Interim Financial Statements” means the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ended June 28, 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto, as filed with the Company’s Form S-1 filed with the SEC by the Company on [________], 2019.
Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of capital stock or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor Guarantees Indebtedness of such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit.
IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
ISP” means the International Standby Practices, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the applicable time).
Issuer Documents” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and the Company (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of the L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.
Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law, including, without limitation all Environmental Laws.
L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Revolving Credit Percentage.

19


118711003_9


L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Revolving Credit Borrowing.
L/C Commitment” means, with respect to the L/C Issuer, the commitment of the L/C Issuer to issue Letters of Credit hereunder. The initial amount of the L/C Issuer’s L/C Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01. The L/C Commitment of the L/C Issuer may be modified from time to time by agreement between the L/C Issuer and the Company, and notified to the Administrative Agent.
L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.
L/C Disbursement” means a payment made by the L/C Issuer pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
L/C Issuer” means Bank of America, in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder. The L/C Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the L/C Issuer, in which case the term “L/C Issuer” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate. Each reference herein to the “L/C Issuer” in connection with a Letter of Credit or other matter shall be deemed to be a reference to the relevant L/C Issuer with respect thereto.
L/C Obligations” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, including any automatic or scheduled increases provided for by the terms of such Letters of Credit, determined without regard to whether any conditions to drawing could be met at that time, plus (b) the aggregate amount of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. The L/C Obligations of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total L/C Obligations at such time. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Article 29(a) of the UCP or Rule 3.13 or Rule 3.14 of the ISP or similar terms of the Letter of Credit itself, or if compliant documents have been presented but not yet honored, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” and “undrawn” in the amount so remaining available to be paid, and the obligations of the Company and each Revolving Credit Lender shall remain in full force and effect until the L/C Issuer and the Revolving Credit Lenders shall have no further obligations to make any payments or disbursements under any circumstances with respect to any Letter of Credit.
Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and, as the context requires, includes the Swing Line Lender.
Lender Party” means the Administrative Agent and each Lender.
Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Company and the Administrative Agent, which office may include any Affiliate of such Lender or any domestic or foreign branch of such Lender or such Affiliate. Unless the context otherwise requires each reference to a Lender shall include its applicable Lending Office.
Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder providing for the payment of cash upon the honoring of a presentation thereunder.
Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

20


118711003_9


Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(j).
Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to $20,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.
LIBOR” has the meaning specified in the definition of Eurocurrency Rate.
LIBOR Quoted Currency” means each of the following currencies: Dollars; Euro; Sterling; Yen; and Swiss Franc; in each case as long as there is a published LIBOR rate with respect thereto.
LIBOR Screen Rate” means the LIBOR quote on the applicable screen page the Administrative Agent designates to determine LIBOR (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time).
LIBOR Successor Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(b).
LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any proposed LIBOR Successor Rate, any conforming changes to the definition of Base Rate, Interest Period, timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other technical, administrative or operational matters as may be appropriate, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Company, to reflect the adoption and implementation of such LIBOR Successor Rate and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent determines that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or that no market practice for the administration of such LIBOR Successor Rate exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent determines in consultation with the Company).
Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
Limited Conditionality Acquisition” means any Acquisition that (a) is not prohibited hereunder, (b) is financed in whole or in part with a substantially concurrent incurrence of Indebtedness, and (c) is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third-party financing.
Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower under Article II in the form of a USD Term Loan, a Revolving Credit Loan, a EUR Term Loan, a Bid Loan or a Swing Line Loan.
Loan Documents” means this Agreement (including the Company Guaranty and schedules and exhibits hereto), any Guaranty, each Designated Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement, each Note, each Request for Credit Extension and the Fee Letter and any amendments, modifications or supplements hereto or to any other Loan Document or waivers hereof or to any other Loan Document.
Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a USD Term Borrowing, (b) a EUR Term Borrowing, (c) a Revolving Credit Borrowing, (d) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (e) a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or

21


118711003_9


electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company and, if applicable, any Designated Borrower.
Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Company, each Designated Borrower and the Guarantors.
London Banking Day” means any day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
Margin Regulations” means Regulations T, U and X of the FRB.
Margin Stock” has the meaning specified in the Margin Regulations.
Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), operations or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party with respect to the senior credit facility provided hereunder; (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party with respect to the senior credit facility provided hereunder; or (d) a material adverse effect upon the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document; provided, that for the avoidance of doubt no aspect of the Separation Transactions or the Danaher Payment, either individually or taken together, shall be deemed to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Maturity Date” means (a) for the Revolving Credit Facility the date that is five (5) years after the Closing Date (subject to extension (in the case of each Revolving Credit Lender consenting thereto) as provided in Section 2.19) and (b) for each of the USD Term Facility and the EUR Term Facility, the date that is three (3) years after the Closing Date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day.
Measurement Period” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed four fiscal quarters of the Company then ended or then most recently ended as the case may be.
Minimum Collateral Amount” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account balances, an amount equal to 100% of the Fronting Exposure of the L/C Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time and (b) otherwise, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer in their reasonable discretion.
Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.
Multiple Employer Plan” means a Plan which has two or more contributing sponsors (including the Company or any ERISA Affiliate) at least two of whom are not under common control, as such a plan is described in Section 4064 of ERISA.
Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 11.01 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

22


118711003_9


Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.
Non-LIBOR Quoted Currency” means any currency other than a LIBOR Quoted Currency.
Note” means a USD Term Note, a EUR Term Note or a Revolving Credit Note, as the context may require.
Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding. Without limiting the foregoing, the Obligations include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit commissions, charges, expenses, fees, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of, any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of the Loan Parties to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that the Administrative Agent or any Lender, in each case in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of the Loan Parties.
OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.
Off Balance Sheet Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment) or (c) an agreement for the sale of receivables or like assets creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, could be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
Other Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(b).
Outstanding Amount” means (a) with respect to Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans and Bid Loans on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of such Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans or Bid Loans occurring on such date; (b) with respect to Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of such Swing Line Loans occurring on such date; and (c) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date,

23


118711003_9


the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Company of Unreimbursed Amounts.
Overnight Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Alternative Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of Bank of America in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.
Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07(d).
Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07(d).
Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that has the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.
PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
Pension Act” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.
Pension Funding Rules” means the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and set forth in, with respect to plan years ending prior to the effective date of the Pension Act, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, each as in effect prior to the Pension Act and, thereafter, Section 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.
Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.
Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Company or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to the Pension Funding Rules, any ERISA Affiliate.
Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
Priority Debt Basket” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to 15% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the then most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Company prior to such date.

24


118711003_9


Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect” means, for purposes of calculating the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.06 and determining the Applicable Rate for so long as the Applicable Rate is determined based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, and for any transaction or proposed transaction deemed to have occurred on and as of the first day of a Measurement Period pursuant to Section 1.03(d), the following pro forma adjustments, in each case arising out of events which are directly attributable to such transaction or proposed transaction, are factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact, including cost savings resulting from headcount reductions, facility closings or similar restructurings, as certified by a Responsible Officer of the Company:
(a)    in the case of any such transaction or proposed transaction that is a Disposition, all income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the brand, business unit, product line, line of business, division or facility or the Person subject to such Disposition shall be excluded from the results of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period;
(b)    in the case of any such transaction or proposed transaction that is an Investment (including any acquisition, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the brand, business unit, product line, line of business, division or facility or the Person subject to such Investment shall be included in the results of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period;
(c)    in the case of any retirement of Indebtedness or any Indebtedness that was or is to be repaid or refinanced in connection with such transaction or proposed transaction, interest accrued on such Indebtedness during such Measurement Period shall be excluded from the results of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period (and to the extent not already excluded pursuant to any other clause of this definition or pursuant to Section 1.03(d), the principal amount of such Indebtedness shall also be excluded); and
(d)    in the case of the incurrence or assumption of any Indebtedness in connection with such transaction (other than any such Indebtedness to be repaid or refinanced in accordance with clause (c) above) or proposed transaction, interest shall be deemed to have accrued on such Indebtedness during such Measurement Period (in the case of interest that accrues at a formula or floating rate, at the rate in effect at the time of determination) and shall be included in the results of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period.
PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the United States Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.
Public Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.07(c).
Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
Relevant Governmental Body means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the purpose of recommending a benchmark rate to replace LIBOR in loan agreements similar to this Agreement.

25


118711003_9


Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.
Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, a Loan Notice; (b) with respect to a Bid Loan, a Bid Request; (c) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (d) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.
Requested Currency” means any currency other than Dollars or an Alternative Currency.
Required EUR Term Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, EUR Term Lenders holding more than 50% of the EUR Term Facility on such date; provided that the portion of the EUR Term Facility held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required EUR Term Lenders.
Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, (a) Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of (i) the undrawn portion of the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate Loans outstanding on such date, or (b) if the commitment of each Lender to make Loans has been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Revolving Credit Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
Required Revolving Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Revolving Credit Lenders holding more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Revolving Credit Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Revolving Credit Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Revolving Credit Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Revolving Lenders.
Required USD Term Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, USD Term Lenders holding more than 50% of the USD Term Facility on such date; provided that the portion of the USD Term Facility held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required USD Term Lenders.
Responsible Officer” means (a) the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, chief accounting officer, corporate controller, general counsel or any executive vice president of the Company, (b) solely for purposes of the delivery of incumbency certificates pursuant to Section 4.01, the secretary or any assistant secretary of the Company and, (c) solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II, any other officer of the Company so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent or any other officer or employee of the Company designated in or pursuant to an agreement between the Company and the Administrative Agent. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of the Company.
Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of the Company or any Subsidiary, or

26


118711003_9


any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Company’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Person thereof).
Revaluation Date” means (a) with respect to any Loan, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency or a Requested Currency, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency pursuant to Section 2.02; and (iii) such additional dates as (x) the Administrative Agent shall determine for the purposes of determining the Alternative Currency Equivalent or Dollar Equivalent amounts of Borrowings and Outstanding Amounts as contemplated hereunder or (y) the Required Lenders shall require; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof, (iii) each date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require.
Revolving Credit Availability Period” means in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility, (b) the date of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 2.07, and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.
Revolving Credit Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(b).
Revolving Credit Commitment” means, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to make (a) Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(b), (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Revolving Credit Commitment” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
Revolving Credit Exposure” means, as to any Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of its outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and such Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans at such time.
Revolving Credit Facility” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
Revolving Credit Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.
Revolving Credit Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b).
Revolving Credit Note” means a promissory note made by each Borrower in favor of a Revolving Credit Lender evidencing Revolving Credit Loans or Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, made by such Revolving Credit Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2.

27


118711003_9


S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global Inc., and any successor thereto.
Same Day Funds” means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds, (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in an Alternative Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Alternative Currency and (c) with respect to disbursements and payments in connection with a Bid Loan made by a Bid Loan Lender in any Requested Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by such Bid Loan Lender to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in such Requested Currency.
Sanction(s)” means any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including without limitation, OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the Government of Canada, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”).
Scheduled Unavailability Date” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(b)(i)(B).
SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
Separation Transactions” means Danaher’s previously disclosed intention to dispose of the Company’s shares in any form, including, without limitation, by (a) conducting an initial public offering or other offering(s) of shares of the Company, and/or (b) distributing to Danaher all or a portion of the proceeds of such offering(s) and/or the proceeds of borrowings under the Credit Facilities and/or (c) the distribution by Danaher to its shareholders of all or a portion of the remaining equity interest in the Company owned by Danaher, which may include a spin-off of the Company’s shares effected as a dividend to all Danaher’s shareholders, a split-off of the Company’s shares in exchange for shares of Danaher or other securities, or any combination of the foregoing in one transaction or in a series of transactions.
Significant Subsidiary” means, each Subsidiary of the Company which as of the most recently ended fiscal year of the Company contributed or was accountable for at least 5% of the revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis for such year.
SOFR with respect to any day means the secured overnight financing rate published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark (or a successor administrator) on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s website (or any successor source) and, in each case, that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.
SOFR-Based Rate” means SOFR or Term SOFR.
SPC” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07(g).
Special Notice Currency” means at any time an Alternative Currency, other than the currency of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development at such time located in North America or Europe.
Specified Transaction” means (a) any Investment or series of related Investments in Equity Interests or assets constituting a brand, business unit, product line, line of business, division or facility of a Person or Persons, made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (b) any Disposition or series of related

28


118711003_9


Dispositions of Equity Interests or assets constituting a brand, business unit, product line, line of business, division or facility of a Person or Persons made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
Spot Rate” for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and provided further that the L/C Issuer may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.
Sterling” and “£” mean the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.
Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise Controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company.
Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
Swing Line” means the revolving credit facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.05.
Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.05.

29


118711003_9


Swing Line Commitment” means as to any Lender (a) the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 hereof or (b) if such Lender has entered into an Assignment and Assumption or has otherwise assumed a Swing Line Commitment after the Closing Date, the amount set forth for such Lender as its Swing Line Commitment in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 11.07(c).
Swing Line Lender” means Bank of America in its capacity as a provider of Swing Line Loans, and any successor swing line lender hereunder, in an amount up to the Swing Line Commitment.
Swing Line Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).
Swing Line Loan Notice” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.05, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 or such other form as approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company.
Swing Line Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $20,000,000 and (b) the Aggregate Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.
TARGET2” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilizes a single shared platform and which was launched on November 19, 2007.
TARGET Day” means any day on which TARGET2 (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system, if any, determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.
Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a).
Term Availability Period” means in respect of each Term Facility the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the later of (x) 5:00 p.m. on the date that falls ten (10) Business Days after the Closing Date and (y) in the event that a Loan Notice has been timely delivered with respect to any USD Term Borrowing and/or EUR Term Borrowing on or before the date that falls ten (10) Business Days after the Closing Date, immediately following the funding of such USD Term Borrowing and/or EUR Term Borrowing, and (b) the date of termination of the commitment of each Term Lender to make Loans pursuant to Section 8.02.
Term Facility” means the USD Term Facility or the EUR Term Facility, or both, as the context may require.
Term Lender” means a USD Term Lender or a EUR Term Lender, as the context may require.
Term Loans” means the USD Term Loans or the EUR Term Loans, or both, as the context may require.
Term SOFR means the forward-looking term rate for any period that is approximately (as determined by the Administrative Agent) as long as any of the Interest Period options set forth in the definition of “Interest Period” and that is based on SOFR and that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body, in each case as published on an information service as selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion.

30


118711003_9


Threshold Amount” means $80,000,000.
Total Credit Exposure” means, as to any Lender at any time, (a) in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, the unused Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender at such time, (b) in respect of the USD Term Facility, the USD Term Loan Exposure of such Lender at such time, and (c) in respect of the EUR Term Facility, the EUR Term Loan Exposure of such Lender at such time.
Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.
Total Revolving Credit Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations.
Type” means (a) with respect to a Revolving Credit Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or Eurocurrency Rate Loan, (b) with respect to a USD Term Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or Eurocurrency Rate Loan, and (c) with respect to a Bid Loan, its character as an Absolute Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loan.
UCP” means the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the applicable time).
United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.
Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to the Pension Funding Rules for the applicable plan year.
USD Term Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous USD Term Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the USD Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(a).
USD Term Commitment” means, as to each USD Term Lender, its obligation to make USD Term Loans in Dollars to the Company pursuant to Section 2.01(a) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such USD Term Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “USD Term Commitment” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such USD Term Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
USD Term Facility” means, at any time, (a) during the Term Availability Period, the aggregate amount of the USD Term Commitments at such time and (b) thereafter, the aggregate principal amount of the USD Term Loans of all USD Term Lenders outstanding at such time.
USD Term Lender” means (a) at any time during the Term Availability Period, any Lender that has a USD Term Commitment at such time and (b) at any time after the end of the Term Availability Period, any Lender that holds USD Term Loans at such time.
USD Term Loan” means an advance made by any USD Term Lender under the USD Term Facility.

31


118711003_9


USD Term Loan Exposure” means, as to any Lender at any time, the aggregate Outstanding Amount at such time of its USD Term Loans; provided that at any time prior to the making of the USD Term Loans, the USD Term Loan Exposure of any Lender shall be equal to such Lender’s USD Term Commitment.
USD Term Note” means a promissory note made by the Company in favor of a USD Term Lender evidencing USD Term Loans made by such USD Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit C‑1.
U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.
Yen” and “¥” mean the lawful currency of Japan.
1.02    Other Interpretive Provisions.  With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
(a)    The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.
(b)    (i)  The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.
(ii)    Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.
(iii)    The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.
(iv)    The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.
(c)    In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”
(d)    Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
(e)    All references to any Person shall also refer to the successors and assigns of such Person permitted hereunder.
(f)    Any reference herein to a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, shall be deemed to apply to a division of or by a limited liability company, or an allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company (or the unwinding of such a division or allocation), as if it were a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale, disposition or

32


118711003_9


transfer, or similar term, as applicable, to, of or with a separate Person. Any division of a limited liability company shall constitute a separate Person hereunder (and each division of any limited liability company that is a Subsidiary, joint venture or any other like term shall also constitute such a Person or entity).
1.03    Accounting Terms.  (a)  All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time subject to Sections 1.03(b) and (c), except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 and FASB ASC 470-20 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.
(b)    If at any time any change in GAAP (including the early adoption by the Company of any provision of GAAP) would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Company or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Company shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Company shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.
(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of this Agreement, leases shall continue to be classified and accounted for on a basis consistent with GAAP as in effect as of December 31, 2017, notwithstanding any change in GAAP related thereto (including pursuant to Accounting Standard Codification Topic 842) and the Company shall not be required to provide any reconciliation thereof to GAAP.
(d)    Pro Forma Determinations. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary:
(i)    all calculations of the financial covenants in Section 7.06 and any determination of the Applicable Rate for so long as the Applicable Rate is determined based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be made on a Pro Forma Basis with respect to any Specified Transaction occurring during the applicable Measurement Period;
(ii)    if on any date of determination pro forma compliance with the requirements of this Agreement is a condition precedent to the consummation of a proposed transaction pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, then for that purpose such compliance shall be determined on a Pro Forma Basis giving effect to (A) such proposed transaction and (B) without duplication, any Specified Transaction that has been consummated during the Measurement Period then most recently ended for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 or during the period following such Measurement Period and prior to such date, in each case, as of the first day of such Measurement Period; and

33


118711003_9


(iii)    for each Specified Transaction that is consummated during any Measurement Period, compliance with the requirements of this Agreement shall be determined on a Pro Forma Basis giving effect to such Specified Transaction as of the first day of such Measurement Period.
1.04    Rounding.   Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
1.05    References to Agreements and Laws.   Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.
1.06    Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents.  (a)  The Administrative Agent shall determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Equivalent amounts of Credit Extensions and Outstanding Amounts denominated in Alternative Currencies and Requested Currencies. Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by Loan Parties hereunder or calculating financial covenants hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent.
(b)    Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Borrowing, conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Borrowing or Eurocurrency Rate Loan is denominated in an Alternative Currency or a Requested Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Alternative Currency equivalent or Requested Currency equivalent, as the case may be, of such Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternative Currency, with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number), as determined by the Administrative Agent.
1.07    Additional Alternative Currencies.  (a)  The Company may from time to time request that Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Credit Loans be made in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of “Alternative Currency;” provided that such requested currency is a lawful currency (other than Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars. In the case of any such request with respect to the making of Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Credit Loans, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Revolving Credit Lenders.
(b)    Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., 15 Business Days prior to the date of the desired Credit Extension (or such other time or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion). The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender thereof. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m., ten Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Credit Loans in such requested currency.

34


118711003_9


(c)    Any failure by a Revolving Credit Lender to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Revolving Credit Lender to permit Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Credit Loans to be made in such Requested Currency. If the Administrative Agent and all the Revolving Credit Lenders consent to making Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Credit Loans in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Company and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Revolving Credit Borrowing of Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Credit Loans. If the Administrative Agent shall fail to obtain consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.07, the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Company.
1.08    Change of Currency.  (a)  Each obligation of the Borrowers to make a payment denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the date hereof shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption. If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the London interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided that if any Borrowing in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect, with respect to such Borrowing, at the end of the then current Interest Period.
(b)    Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.
(c)    Each provision of this Agreement also shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.
1.09    Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
1.10    Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.
1.11    Interest Rates. The Administrative Agent does not warrant, nor accept responsibility, nor shall the Administrative Agent have any liability with respect to the administration, submission or any other matter related to the rates in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate” or with respect to any rate that is an alternative or replacement for or successor to any of such rate (including, without limitation, any LIBOR Successor Rate) or the effect of any of the foregoing, or of any LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes.

35


118711003_9


1.12    Limited Conditionality Acquisitions.   In the event that the Company notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that any proposed Acquisition is a Limited Conditionality Acquisition and that the Company wishes to test the conditions to such Acquisition and the availability of Indebtedness that is to be used to finance such Acquisition in accordance with this Section, then the following provisions shall apply:
(a)    any condition to such Acquisition or such Indebtedness that requires that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such Acquisition or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, shall, if agreed to by the lenders providing such Indebtedness, be satisfied if (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the execution of the definitive purchase agreement, merger agreement or other acquisition agreement governing such Acquisition and (ii) no Event of Default under any of Sections 8.01(a), (b), (f) or (g) shall have occurred and be continuing both before and after giving effect to such Acquisition and any Indebtedness incurred in connection therewith (including such additional Indebtedness);
(b)    any condition to such Acquisition and/or such Indebtedness that the representations and warranties in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct at the time of such Acquisition or the incurrence of such Indebtedness may, if agreed to by the lenders providing such Indebtedness, be limited by customary “SunGard” or other customary applicable “certain funds” conditionality provisions, so long as all such representations and warranties in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct at the time of the execution of the definitive purchase agreement, merger agreement or other acquisition agreement governing such Acquisition;
(c)    any financial ratio test or condition, may upon the written election of the Company delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the execution of the definitive agreement for such Acquisition, be tested either (i) upon the execution of the definitive agreement with respect to such Limited Conditionality Acquisition or (ii) upon the consummation of the Limited Conditionality Acquisition and related incurrence of Indebtedness, in each case, after giving effect to the relevant Limited Conditionality Acquisition and related incurrence of Indebtedness, on a Pro Forma Basis; provided that the failure to deliver a notice under this Section 1.12(c) prior to the date of execution of the definitive agreement for such Limited Conditionality Acquisition shall be deemed an election to test the applicable financial ratio under subclause (ii) of this Section 1.12(c); and
(d)    if the Company has made an election with respect to any Limited Conditionality Acquisition to test a financial ratio test or condition at the time specified in clause (c)(i) of this Section, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio (other than the financial covenants tested pursuant to Section 7.06) or basket on or following the relevant date of execution of the definitive agreement with respect to such Limited Conditionality Acquisition and prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which such Limited Conditionality Acquisition is consummated or (ii) the date that the definitive agreement for such Limited Conditionality Acquisition is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Conditionality Acquisition, any such ratio (other than the financial covenants tested pursuant to Section 7.06) or basket shall be required to be satisfied (x) on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Conditionality Acquisition and other transactions in connection therewith (including the incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness) have been consummated and (y) assuming such Limited Conditionality Acquisition and other transactions in connection therewith (including the incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness) have not been consummated.
The foregoing provisions shall apply with similar effect during the pendency of multiple Limited Conditionality Acquisitions such that each of the possible scenarios is separately tested. Notwithstanding

36


118711003_9


anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall there be more than two Limited Conditionality Acquisitions at any time outstanding.
ARTICLE II   THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
2.01    The Loans.
(a)    USD Term Borrowings.   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each USD Term Lender severally agrees to make a single loan to the Company in Dollars, on any Business Day during the Term Availability Period, in an amount not to exceed such USD Term Lender’s USD Term Commitment. The USD Term Borrowing shall consist of USD Term Loans made simultaneously by the USD Term Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentage of the USD Term Facility. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. USD Term Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
(b)    Revolving Credit Borrowings.   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein each Revolving Credit Lender agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Revolving Credit Loan”) to the Company or a Designated Borrower in Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies from time to time, on any Business Day during the Revolving Credit Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Revolving Credit Borrowing, (i) the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the Revolving Credit Facility, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Revolving Credit Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (iii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Credit Loans and Bid Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies shall not exceed the Alternative Currency Sublimit. Within the limits of each Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), prepay under Section 2.06, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b). Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
(c)    EUR Term Borrowings.   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each EUR Term Lender severally agrees to make a single loan to the Company in Euros, on any Business Day during the Term Availability Period, in an amount not to exceed such EUR Term Lender’s EUR Term Commitment. The EUR Term Borrowing shall consist of EUR Term Loans made simultaneously by the EUR Term Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentage of the EUR Term Facility. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(c) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. EUR Term Loans shall be Eurocurrency Rate Loans.
2.02    Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.
(a)    Each USD Term Borrowing, each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each EUR Term Borrowing, each conversion of USD Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made upon the Company’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by (A) telephone or (B) a Loan Notice, provided that any telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Loan Notice. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars or of any conversion of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars to Base

37


118711003_9


Rate Loans, (ii) four Business Days (or five Business Days in the case of a Special Notice Currency) prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, and (iii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Except as provided in Section 2.04, each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 (or, in the case of the EUR Term Facility, €5,000,000) or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 (or, in the case of the EUR Term Facility, €1,000,000) in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.05(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan Notice shall specify (i) whether the Company is requesting a USD Term Borrowing, a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a EUR Term Borrowing, a conversion of USD Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing USD Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted, (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto, (vi) the currency of the Revolving Credit Loans to be borrowed, and (vii) if applicable, the Designated Borrower; provided, however, that if as of the date of any Loan Notice requesting a Revolving Credit Borrowing, there are Swing Line Loans outstanding, the Company shall be deemed to have requested that a portion of the requested Revolving Credit Loans in a principal amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Swing Line Loans be denominated in Dollars. If the Company fails to specify a currency in a Loan Notice requesting a Borrowing, then the Loans so requested shall be made in Dollars. If the Company fails to specify a Type of USD Term Loan or Revolving Credit Loan in a Loan Notice or if the Company fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable USD Term Loan or Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans; provided, however, that in the case of a failure to timely request a continuation of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, such Loans shall be continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans in their original currency with an Interest Period of one month. Any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the Company requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. No Revolving Credit Loan may be converted into or continued as a Revolving Credit Loan denominated in a different currency, but instead must be prepaid in the original currency of such Revolving Credit Loan and reborrowed in the other currency.
(b)    Following receipt of a Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount (and currency) of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable USD Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans or EUR Term Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Company, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in a currency other than Dollars, in each case as described in the preceding subsection. In the case of a USD Term Borrowing, a Revolving Credit Borrowing or a EUR Term Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office for the applicable currency not later than 2:00 p.m., in the case of any Loan denominated in Dollars, and not later than the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent in the case of any Loan in an Alternative Currency, in each case on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02, the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Company or such other applicable Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of such Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Company; provided, however, that if, on

38


118711003_9


the date the Loan Notice with respect to such Revolving Credit Borrowing is given by the Company there are Swing Line Loans or L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied, first, to the payment in full of any L/C Borrowings, second, to the payment in full of any Swing Line Loans, and third, to the Borrowers as provided above.
(c)    Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Loan. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans (whether in Dollars or any Alternative Currency) without the consent of the Required Lenders; provided, however, that without the consent of the Required Lenders any Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency may be continued only for a one month Interest Period at any time that a Default has occurred and is continuing and no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. At any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Required Lenders may demand that any or all of the then outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Credit Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency be prepaid, or redenominated into Dollars in the amount of the Dollar Equivalent thereof, on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto.
(d)    The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Credit Loans upon determination of such interest rate.
(e)    After giving effect to all USD Term Borrowings, all conversions of USD Term Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of USD Term Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than five Interest Periods in effect in respect of the USD Term Facility. After giving effect to all EUR Term Borrowings and all continuations of EUR Term Loans, there shall not be more than five Interest Periods in effect in respect of the EUR Term Facility. After giving effect to all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than five Interest Periods in effect with respect of the Revolving Credit Facility.
2.03    Letters of Credit.
(a)    General.   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, in addition to the Loans provided for in Section 2.01, the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance on the agreements of the Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section, (1) to issue, at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Credit Availability Period, Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars for the account of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in such form as is acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer in its reasonable determination and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit. Letters of Credit issued hereunder shall constitute utilization of the Revolving Credit Commitments. Subject to the foregoing, the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Company may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.
(b)    Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Extension, Reinstatement or Renewal.   To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment of the terms and conditions, extension of the terms and conditions, extension of the expiration date, or reinstatement of amounts paid, or renewal of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Company shall deliver (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the L/C Issuer) to the L/C Issuer and to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and

39


118711003_9


the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, extended, reinstated or renewed, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, extension, reinstatement or renewal (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with clause (d) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof, the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, extend, reinstate or renew such Letter of Credit. If requested by the L/C Issuer, the Company also shall submit a letter of credit application and reimbursement agreement on the L/C Issuer’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application and reimbursement agreement or other agreement submitted by the Company to, or entered into by the Company with, the L/C Issuer relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.
(c)    Limitations on Amounts, Issuance and Amendment.   A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, extended, reinstated or renewed only if (and upon issuance, amendment, extension, reinstatement or renewal of each Letter of Credit the Company shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, extension, reinstatement or renewal (i) the aggregate amount of the outstanding Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer shall not exceed its L/C Commitment, (ii) the aggregate L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (iii) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender shall not exceed its Revolving Credit Commitment and (iv) the total Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the total Revolving Credit Commitments.
(i)    The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:
(A)    any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;
(B)    the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;
(C)    except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, the Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000;
(D)    except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer, the Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars; or
(E)    any Revolving Credit Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer with the Company or such Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.18(a)(iv))

40


118711003_9


with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which the L/C Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion.
(ii)    The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit.
(d)    Expiration Date.   Each Letter of Credit shall have a stated expiration date no later than the earlier of (i) the date twelve months after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any extension of the expiration date thereof, whether automatic or by amendment, twelve months after the then current expiration date of such Letter of Credit) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.
(e)    Participations.   By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount or extending the expiration date thereof), and without any further action on the part of the L/C Issuer or the Revolving Credit Lenders, the L/C Issuer hereby grants to each Revolving Credit Lender, and each Revolving Credit Lender hereby acquires from the L/C Issuer, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this clause in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, extension, reinstatement or renewal of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments.
In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for account of the L/C Issuer, such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each L/C Disbursement made by the L/C Issuer not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the notice provided by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.03(f) until such L/C Disbursement is reimbursed by the Company or at any time after any reimbursement payment is required to be refunded to the Company for any reason, including after the Maturity Date. Such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each such payment shall be made in the same manner as provided in Section 2.02 with respect to Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender (and Section 2.02 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the L/C Issuer the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Credit Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Company pursuant to Section 2.03(f), the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the L/C Issuer or, to the extent that the Revolving Credit Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the L/C Issuer, then to such Lenders and the L/C Issuer as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any L/C Disbursement shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Company of its obligation to reimburse such L/C Disbursement.
Each Revolving Credit Lender further acknowledges and agrees that its participation in each Letter of Credit will be automatically adjusted to reflect such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit at each time such Lender's

41


118711003_9


Commitment is amended pursuant to the operation of Section 2.16 or 2.19, as a result of an assignment in accordance with Section 11.07 or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement.
(f)    Reimbursement.   If the L/C Issuer shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Company shall reimburse the L/C Issuer in respect of such L/C Disbursement. The Company shall reimburse the L/C Issuer by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such L/C Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon on (i) the Business Day that the Company receives notice of such L/C Disbursement, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m. or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Company receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time, provided that, if such L/C Disbursement is not less than $1,000,000, the Company may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.02 or Section 2.05 that such payment be financed with a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans or Swing Line Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Company’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Borrowing of Base Rate Loans or Swing Line Loan. If the Company fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Credit Lender of the applicable L/C Disbursement, the payment then due from the Company in respect thereof (the “Unreimbursed Amount”) and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, the Company shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the date of payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Revolving Credit Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(f) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.
(g)    Obligations Absolute.   The Company’s obligation to reimburse L/C Disbursements as provided in clause (f) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of:
(i)    any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Letter of Credit, or any term or provision herein or therein;
(ii)    the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Company or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
(iii)    any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement in such draft or other document being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;
(iv)    waiver by the L/C Issuer of any requirement that exists for the L/C Issuer’s protection and not the protection of the Company or any waiver by the L/C Issuer which does not in fact materially prejudice the Company;

42


118711003_9


(v)    honor of a demand for payment presented electronically even if such Letter of Credit required that demand be in the form of a draft;
(vi)    any payment made by the L/C Issuer in respect of an otherwise complying item presented after the date specified as the expiration date of, or the date by which documents must be received under such Letter of Credit if presentation after such date is authorized by the UCC, the ISP or the UCP, as applicable;
(vii)    payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply strictly with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or
(viii)    any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Company’s obligations hereunder.
The Company shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Company’s instructions or other irregularity, the Company will immediately notify the L/C Issuer. The Company shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.
None of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, or any of their Related Parties shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit by the L/C Issuer or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms, any error in translation or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the L/C Issuer; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the L/C Issuer from liability to the Company to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Company to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) suffered by the Company that are caused by the L/C Issuer’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the L/C Issuer (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the L/C Issuer shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination, and that:
(i)    the L/C Issuer may replace a purportedly lost, stolen, or destroyed original Letter of Credit or missing amendment thereto with a certified true copy marked as such or waive a requirement for its presentation;
(ii)    the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and may make payment upon presentation

43


118711003_9


of documents that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit and without regard to any non-documentary condition in such Letter of Credit;
(iii)    the L/C Issuer shall have the right, in its reasonable discretion, to decline to accept such documents and to make such payment if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and
(iv)    this sentence shall establish the standard of care to be exercised by the L/C Issuer when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof (and the parties hereto hereby waive, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, any standard of care inconsistent with the foregoing).
Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, or any of their Related Parties shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of (i) any presentation that includes forged or fraudulent documents or that is otherwise affected by the fraudulent, bad faith, or illegal conduct of the beneficiary or other Person, (ii) the L/C Issuer declining to take-up documents and make payment (A) against documents that are fraudulent, forged, or for other reasons by which that it is entitled not to honor or (B) following the Company’s waiver of discrepancies with respect to such documents or request for honor of such documents or (iii) the L/C Issuer retaining proceeds of a Letter of Credit based on an apparently applicable attachment order, blocking regulation, or third-party claim notified to the L/C Issuer.
(h)    Applicability of ISP and UCP.   Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Company when a Letter of Credit is issued by it, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible to the Company for, and the L/C Issuer’s rights and remedies against the Company shall not be impaired by, any action or inaction of the L/C Issuer required or permitted under any law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, including the Law or any order of a jurisdiction where the L/C Issuer or the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP or UCP, as applicable, or in the decisions, opinions, practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers Association for Finance and Trade - International Financial Services Association (BAFT-IFSA), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.
(i)    The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.
(i)    Letter of Credit Fees.   The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance, subject to Section 2.18, with its Applicable Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) for each standby Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.10. Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Maturity Date and thereafter on

44


118711003_9


demand and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each standby Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.
(j)    Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer.   The Company shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each standby Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum equal to the percentage separately agreed upon between the Company and the L/C Issuer, computed on the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Maturity Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.10. In addition, the Company shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.
(k)    Disbursement Procedures.   The L/C Issuer for any Letter of Credit shall, within the time allowed by applicable Laws or the specific terms of the Letter of Credit following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under such Letter of Credit. The L/C Issuer shall promptly after such examination notify the Administrative Agent and the Company in writing of such demand for payment if the L/C Issuer has made or will make an L/C Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Company of its obligation to reimburse the L/C Issuer and the Lenders with respect to any such L/C Disbursement.
(l)    Interim Interest.   If the L/C Issuer for any Letter of Credit shall make any L/C Disbursement, then, unless the Company shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement in full on the date such L/C Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such L/C Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Company reimburses such L/C Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to Base Rate Loans; provided that if the Company fails to reimburse such L/C Disbursement when due pursuant to clause (f) of this Section, then Section 2.09(b) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this clause shall be for account of the L/C Issuer, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to clause (f) of this Section to reimburse the L/C Issuer shall be for account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.
(m)    Replacement of the L/C Issuer.   The L/C Issuer may be replaced at any time by written agreement between the Company, the Administrative Agent, the replaced L/C Issuer and the successor L/C Issuer. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the L/C Issuer. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Company shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(j). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor L/C Issuer shall have all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued by it thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “L/C Issuer” shall be deemed to include such successor or any previous L/C Issuer, or such successor and all previous L/C Issuer, as the context shall require. After the replacement of the L/C Issuer hereunder,

45


118711003_9


the replaced L/C Issuer shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
(n)    Cash Collateralization.   If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Company receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Revolving Credit Lenders with L/C Obligations representing at least 66-2/3% of the total L/C Obligations) demanding the deposit of Cash Collateral pursuant to this clause, the Company shall immediately deposit into an account established and maintained on the books and records of the Administrative Agent (the “Collateral Account”) an amount in cash equal to 105% of the total L/C Obligations as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, provided that the obligation to deposit such Cash Collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Company described in clause (f) of Section 8.01. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. In addition, and without limiting the foregoing or clause (d) of this Section, if any L/C Obligations remain outstanding after the expiration date specified in said clause (d), the Company shall immediately deposit into the Collateral Account an amount in cash equal to 105% of such L/C Obligations as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon.
The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over the Collateral Account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Company’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in the Collateral Account. Moneys in the Collateral Account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the L/C Issuer for L/C Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed, together with related fees, costs, and customary processing charges, and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Company for the L/C Obligations at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with L/C Obligations representing 66-2/3% of the total L/C Obligations), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Company under this Agreement. If the Company is required to provide an amount of Cash Collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Company within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.
(o)    Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries.   Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Company shall be obligated to reimburse, indemnify and compensate the L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit as if such Letter of Credit had been issues solely for the account of the Company. The Company irrevocably waives any and all defenses that might otherwise be available to it as a guarantor or surety of any or all of the obligations of such Subsidiary in respect of such Letter of Credit, other than a defense of payment and performance. The Company hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Company, and that the Company’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.
(p)    Conflict with Issuer Documents.   In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

46


118711003_9


2.04    Bid Loans.
(a)    General.   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees that the Company may from time to time request the Lenders to submit offers to make loans (each such loan, a “Bid Loan”) to the Company or a Designated Borrower in Dollars, in one or more Alternative Currencies or in one or more Requested Currencies prior to the Maturity Date pursuant to this Section 2.04; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Bid Borrowing, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Bid Loans shall not exceed the Bid Loan Sublimit, (iii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Bid Loans denominated in a Requested Currency shall not exceed the Bid Loan Requested Currency Sublimit and (iv) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency shall not exceed the Alternative Currency Sublimit. There shall not be more than five different Interest Periods in effect with respect to Bid Loans at any time.
(b)    Requesting Competitive Bids.   The Company may request the submission of Competitive Bids by delivering a Bid Request to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (i) one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Absolute Rate Loans, or (ii) five Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans. Each Bid Request shall specify (i) the requested date of the Bid Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Bid Loans requested, (iii) the Type of Bid Loans requested, (iv) the currency of the requested Bid Loans, (v) if applicable, the Designated Borrower requesting such Bid Loans, (vi) the account of the Company or the applicable Designated Borrower to which such Bid Loan should be funded, and (vii) the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto, and shall be signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company and, if applicable, the Designated Borrower requesting such Bid Loans. Each Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Absolute Rate Loans may only be denominated in Dollars. No Bid Request shall contain a request for (i) more than one Type of Bid Loan or (ii) Bid Loans having more than three different Interest Periods. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees in its sole and absolute discretion, the Company may not submit a Bid Request if it has submitted another Bid Request within the prior five Business Days.
(c)    Submitting Competitive Bids.
(i)    The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of each Bid Request received by it from the Company and the contents of such Bid Request.
(ii)    Each Lender may (but shall have no obligation to) submit a Competitive Bid containing an offer to make one or more Bid Loans in response to such Bid Request. Such Competitive Bid must be delivered to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:30 a.m. (A) on the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Absolute Rate Loans, and (B) four Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans; provided, however, that any Competitive Bid submitted by Bank of America in its capacity as a Lender in response to any Bid Request must be submitted to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:15 a.m. on the date on which Competitive Bids are required to be delivered by the other Lenders in response to such Bid Request. Each Competitive Bid shall specify (1) the proposed date of the Bid Borrowing; (2) the principal amount of each Bid Loan for which such Competitive Bid is being made, which principal amount (x) may be equal to, greater than or less than the Commitment of the bidding Lender, and (y) may not exceed the principal amount of Bid Loans for which Competitive Bids were requested; (3) if the proposed Bid Borrowing is to consist of Absolute Rate Bid Loans, the Absolute Rate offered for each such Bid Loan and the Interest Period applicable thereto; (4) if the proposed Bid Borrowing is to consist of Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans, the

47


118711003_9


Eurocurrency Bid Margin with respect to each such Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loan and the Interest Period applicable thereto; (5) the identity of the bidding Lender; (6) the account of such Lender to which payments of principal and interest in respect of such Bid Loan are to be paid, and (7) if applicable, the Applicable Time for borrowing and payment of such Bid Loan.
(iii)    Any Competitive Bid shall be disregarded if it (A) is received after the applicable time specified in clause (ii) above, (B) is not substantially in the form of a Competitive Bid as specified herein, (C) contains qualifying, conditional or similar language, (D) proposes terms other than or in addition to those set forth in the applicable Bid Request, or (E) is otherwise not responsive to such Bid Request. Any Lender may correct a Competitive Bid containing a manifest error by submitting a corrected Competitive Bid (identified as such) not later than the applicable time required for submission of Competitive Bids. Any such submission of a corrected Competitive Bid shall constitute a revocation of the Competitive Bid that contained the manifest error. The Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, notify any Lender of any manifest error it detects in such Lender’s Competitive Bid.
(iv)    Subject only to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.03 and 4.02 and clause (iii) above, each Competitive Bid shall be irrevocable.
(d)    Notice to Company of Competitive Bids.   Not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) on the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Absolute Rate Loans, or (ii) four Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Company of the identity of each Lender that has submitted a Competitive Bid that complies with Section 2.04(c) and of the terms of the offers contained in each such Competitive Bid.
(e)    Acceptance of Competitive Bids.   Not later than 11:30 a.m. (i) on the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Absolute Rate Loans, and (ii) four Business Days prior to the requested date of any Bid Borrowing that is to consist of Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans, the Company shall notify the Administrative Agent of its acceptance or rejection of the offers notified to it pursuant to Section 2.04(d) on behalf of itself or any applicable Designated Borrower. The Company shall be under no obligation to accept any Competitive Bid and may choose to reject all Competitive Bids. In the case of acceptance, such notice shall be in writing and shall specify the aggregate principal amount of Competitive Bids for each Interest Period that is accepted. The Company may accept any Competitive Bid in whole or in part; provided that:
(i)    the aggregate principal amount of each Bid Borrowing may not exceed the applicable amount set forth in the related Bid Request;
(ii)    the acceptance of offers may be made only on the basis of ascending Absolute Rates or Eurocurrency Bid Margins within each Interest Period; and
(iii)    the Company may not accept any offer that is described in Section 2.04(c)(iii) or that otherwise fails to comply with the requirements hereof.
(f)    Procedure for Identical Bids.   If two or more Lenders have submitted Competitive Bids at the same Absolute Rate or Eurocurrency Bid Margin, as the case may be, for the same Interest Period, and the result of accepting all of such Competitive Bids in whole (together with any other Competitive Bids at lower Absolute Rates or Eurocurrency Bid Margins, as the case may be, accepted for such Interest Period in conformity with the requirements of Section 2.04(e)(iii)) would be to cause the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the applicable Bid Borrowing to exceed the amount specified therefor in the related

48


118711003_9


Bid Request, then, unless otherwise agreed by the Company, the Administrative Agent and such Lenders, such Competitive Bids shall be accepted as nearly as possible in proportion to the amount offered by each such Lender in respect of such Interest Period.
(g)    Notice to Lenders of Acceptance or Rejection of Bids.   The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender having submitted a Competitive Bid whether or not its offer has been accepted and, if its offer has been accepted, of the amount of the Bid Loan or Bid Loans to be made by it on the date of the applicable Bid Borrowing. Any Competitive Bid or portion thereof that is not accepted by the Company by the applicable time specified in Section 2.04(e) shall be deemed rejected.
(h)    Notice of Eurocurrency Rate.   If any Bid Borrowing is to consist of Eurocurrency Margin Loans, the Administrative Agent shall determine the Eurocurrency Rate for the relevant Interest Period, and promptly after making such determination, shall notify the Company and the Lenders that will be participating in such Bid Borrowing of such Eurocurrency Rate.
(i)    Funding of Bid Loans.   Each Lender that has received (A) notice pursuant to Section 2.04(g) that all or a portion of its Competitive Bid has been accepted by the Company and (B) notice from the Administrative Agent that the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 have been satisfied, shall make the amount of its Bid Loan(s) available directly to the applicable Borrower in immediately available funds at such account as set forth in the related Bid Request not later than 1:00 p.m., in the case of Bid Loans denominated in Dollars, or the Applicable Time, in the case of Bid Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency or a Requested Currency, on the date of the requested Bid Borrowing.
(j)    Payment of Bid Loans.   Each Borrower which has received a Bid Loan from a Lender shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of such Bid Loan directly to such Lender as provided in Section 2.13(a)(v).
(k)    Notice of Range of Bids.   After each Competitive Bid auction pursuant to this Section 2.04, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender that submitted a Competitive Bid in such auction of the ranges of bids submitted (without the bidder’s name) and accepted for each Bid Loan and the aggregate amount of each Bid Borrowing.
2.05    Swing Line Loans.
(a)    The Swing Line.   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender shall make loans in Dollars (each such loan, a “Swing Line Loan”) to the Company from time to time on any Business Day during the Revolving Credit Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time the Swing Line Sublimit; provided, however, that (x) after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the Revolving Credit Facility, and (ii) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, (y) that the Company shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan, and (z) the Swing Line Lender shall not be under any obligation to make any Swing Line Loan if it shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that it has, or by such Credit Extension may have, Fronting Exposure. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Company may borrow under this Section 2.05, prepay under Section 2.06, and reborrow under this Section 2.05. Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a

49


118711003_9


risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Revolving Credit Percentage times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.
(b)    Borrowing Procedures.   Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made only upon the Company’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by (A) telephone or (B) by a Swing Line Loan Notice; provided that any telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a Swing Line Loan Notice. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Revolving Credit Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.05(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender may, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the applicable Swing Line Loan available to the Company at its office by (1) crediting the account of the Company on the books of the Swing Line Lender in Same Day Funds or (2) wire transfer of such funds in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Swing Line Lender by the Company.
(c)    Refinancing of Swing Line Loans.
(i)    The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Company (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Revolving Credit Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Facility and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Company with a copy of the applicable Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Revolving Credit Percentage of the amount specified in such Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office for Dollar-denominated payments not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Revolving Credit Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.05(c)(ii), each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Company in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.
(ii)    If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.05(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account

50


118711003_9


of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.05(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.
(iii)    If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.05(c) by the time specified in Section 2.05(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Revolving Credit Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loan included in the relevant Revolving Credit Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(iv)    Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Company or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Company to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.
(d)    Repayment of Participations.
(i)    At any time after any Revolving Credit Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Revolving Credit Lender its Applicable Revolving Credit Percentage of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.
(ii)    If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Applicable Revolving Credit Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

51


118711003_9


(e)    Interest for Account of the Swing Line Lender.   The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Company for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.05 to refinance such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Revolving Credit Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Revolving Credit Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.
(f)    Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender.   The Company shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.
2.06    Prepayments.   (a) Each Borrower may, upon notice from the Company to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, (B) four Business Days (or five, in the case of prepayment of Loans denominated in Special Notice Currencies) prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, and (C) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; (iii) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in Alternative Currencies shall be in a minimum principal amount of $5,000,000 (or, in the case of the EUR Term Facility, €5,000,000) or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 (or, in the case of the EUR Term Facility, €1,000,000) in excess thereof; (iv) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding; and (v) any such notice may be conditioned upon the effectiveness of other Indebtedness or the occurrence of one or more other transactions or events. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurocurrency Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Company, the applicable Borrower shall irrevocably make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.06(a) shall be applied to the outstanding principal amount under the relevant Facility as directed by the Company (or, in the absence of specification, ratably between the USD Term Facility and the EUR Term Facility), and subject to Section 2.18, each such prepayment shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages in respect of each of the relevant Facility. Subject to Section 2.18, each such prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans shall be applied to the Revolving Credit Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentage.
(b)    No Bid Loan may be prepaid without the prior consent of the applicable Bid Loan Lender.
(c)    The Company may, upon notice to Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (ii) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

52


118711003_9


(d)    If for any reason the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings at any time exceed the Revolving Credit Facility at such time, the Borrowers shall immediately prepay Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided, however, that the Borrowers shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) unless after the prepayment in full of the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings exceed the Revolving Credit Facility at such time. The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of such Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of exchange rate fluctuations.
(e)    If the Administrative Agent notifies the Company at any time that the Outstanding Amount of all Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies at such time exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the Alternative Currency Sublimit then in effect, then, within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrowers shall prepay Loans in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Outstanding Amount as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed 100% of the Alternative Currency Sublimit then in effect.
2.07    Termination or Reduction of Commitments.
(a)    Optional.   The Company may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Revolving Credit Facility, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, or from time to time permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Facility, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (iii) the Company shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Credit Facility if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings would exceed the Revolving Credit Facility; (iv) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Revolving Credit Facility, the Swing Line Sublimit, the Letter of Credit Sublimit, the Bid Loan Sublimit or the Bid Loan Requested Currency Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Revolving Credit Facility, the Swing Line Sublimit, the Letter of Credit Sublimit, the Bid Loan Sublimit or the Bid Loan Requested Currency Sublimit, as the case may be, shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess; and (v) any such notice may be conditioned upon the effectiveness of other Indebtedness or the occurrence of one or more other transactions or events. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of the Letter of Credit Sublimit, Swing Line Sublimit or the Revolving Credit Commitment under this Section 2.07. Upon any reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Revolving Credit Commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender shall be reduced by such Lender’s Applicable Revolving Credit Percentage of such reduction amount. All fees in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Revolving Credit Facility shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.
(b)    Mandatory.
(i)    The aggregate USD Term Commitments shall be automatically and permanently reduced to zero after the end of the Term Availability Period.
(ii)    The aggregate EUR Term Commitments shall be automatically and permanently reduced to zero after the end of the Term Availability Period.
(iii)    If after giving effect to any reduction or termination of Revolving Credit Commitments under this Section 2.07, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit

53


118711003_9


exceeds the Revolving Credit Facility at such time, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, as the case may be, shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess.
2.08    Repayment of Loans.  (a)  Each Borrower shall repay to the Revolving Credit Lenders on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans made to such Borrower outstanding on such date.
(b)    Each Borrower shall repay each Bid Loan made to such Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period in respect thereof.
(c)    The Company shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date. Swing Line Loans outstanding on the date of a Revolving Credit Borrowing shall also be repaid with the proceeds of such borrowing as provided in Section 2.02(b).
(d)    The Company shall repay to the USD Term Lenders on the Maturity Date for the USD Term Facility the aggregate principal amount of all USD Term Loans outstanding on such date.
(e)    The Company shall repay to the EUR Term Lenders on the Maturity Date for the EUR Term Facility the aggregate principal amount of all EUR Term Loans outstanding on such date.
2.09    Interest.  (a)  Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan under a Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Loan under a Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; (iii) each Bid Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for the Interest Period therefor at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus (or minus) the Eurocurrency Bid Margin, or at the Absolute Rate for such Interest Period, as the case may be; and (iv) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for the Revolving Credit Facility.
(b)    If any amount payable by any Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Laws. Furthermore, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any other Event of Default exists, each Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Laws. Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
(c)    Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. On each Interest Payment Date for a Base Rate Loan, interest accrued on such Loan to but excluding such Interest Payment Date shall be due and payable. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

54


118711003_9


2.10    Fees.
(a)    Facility Fee.   The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Applicable Revolving Credit Percentage (subject to Section 2.18 with respect to any Defaulting Lender), a facility fee in Dollars equal to the Applicable Rate times the actual daily amount of the Aggregate Commitments (or, if the Aggregate Commitments have terminated, on the Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Credit Loans, Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans), regardless of usage. The facility fee shall accrue at all times during the Revolving Credit Availability Period (and thereafter so long as any Revolving Credit Loans, Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans remain outstanding), including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met. The facility fee shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date (and, if applicable, thereafter on demand). On each such payment date all facility fees which have accrued to but excluding any such payment date shall be due and payable. The facility fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.
(b)    Other Fees.   (i)   The Company shall pay to the Arrangers and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts, in Dollars, fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter or otherwise separately agreed in writing. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever; provided, however, that such fees in respect of each Bid Request shall be fully earned and accrue upon the delivery of such Bid Request by the Company pursuant to Section 2.04(b).
(ii)    The Company shall pay to the Lenders, in Dollars, such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
2.11    Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate.
(a)    All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year), or, in the case of interest in respect of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies as to which market practice differs from the foregoing, in accordance with such market practice. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.13(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. With respect to all Non-LIBOR Quoted Currencies, the calculation of the applicable interest rate shall be determined in accordance with market practice.
(b)    If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Company or for any other reason, the Company or the Lenders determine that (i) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Company as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for the applicable period, the Company shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account

55


118711003_9


of the applicable Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Company under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. This clause (b) shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under Section 2.03(f), 2.03(j) or 2.09(b) or under Article VIII. The Company’s obligations under this subsection shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder for a period of two years from the date of such termination.
2.12    Evidence of Debt.  (a)  The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender to a Borrower made through the Administrative Agent, such Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans to such Borrower in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to a Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount, currency and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
(b)    In addition to the accounts and records referred to in subsection (a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.
2.13    Payments Generally.  (a)  (i)  All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made free and clear of and without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. (ii) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and except with respect to principal of and interest on Bid Loans and any Revolving Credit Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. (iii) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder with respect to principal and interest on Revolving Credit Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in such Alternative Currency and in Same Day Funds not later than the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent on the dates specified herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may require that any payments due under this Agreement be made in the United States. If, for any reason, any Borrower is prohibited by any Law from making any required payment hereunder in an Alternative Currency, such Borrower shall make such payment in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the Alternative Currency payment amount. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment

56


118711003_9


in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. (iv) All payments received by the Administrative Agent (A) after 2:00 p.m., in the case of payments in Dollars, or (B) after the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent in the case of payments in an Alternative Currency, shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. (v) All payments by each Borrower hereunder with respect to principal and interest on any Bid Loans made by a Lender shall be made directly to such Lender at the account of such Lender specified in such Lender’s Competitive Bid in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m., in the case of payments in Dollars, or the Applicable Time specified by such Lender in its Competitive Bid, in the case of payments in an Alternative Currency or a Requested Currency, on the dates specified herein. All payments received by any such Lender (A) after 2:00 pm, in the case of payments in Dollars, or (B) after the Applicable Time specified by such Lender, in the case of payments in an Alternative Currency or a Requested Currency, shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. Each such Lender which receives any such payment in respect of principal or interest on any Bid Loan shall promptly provide a written receipt thereof to both the Company and the Administrative Agent.
(b)    If any payment to be made by any Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
(c)    Unless any Borrower or any Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the time any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder, that such Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds, then:
(i)    if any Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect; and
(ii)    if any Lender or the L/C Issuer failed to make such payment, such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, shall forthwith on demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to a Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent (the “Compensation Period”) at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. If any Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loan or Bid Loan, as the case may be, included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender or L/C Issuer does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon the applicable Borrower, and such Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender or the L/C Issuer from

57


118711003_9


its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or any Borrower may have against any Lender or the L/C Issuer as a result of any default by such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, hereunder.
A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
(d)    If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender to any Borrower as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to such Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
(e)    The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans and to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Revolving Credit Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Revolving Credit Loan or purchase its participation.
(f)    Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
2.14    Sharing of Payments.   If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Revolving Credit Loans made by it, or the participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans held by it, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Revolving Credit Loans made by them and/or such subparticipations in the participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Revolving Credit Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, without interest thereon. Each Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off, but subject to Section 11.09) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased. The provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of

58


118711003_9


this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Revolving Credit Loans, Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to the Company or any Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).
Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under Applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.
2.15    Designated Borrowers.  (a)  The Company may at any time after the Closing Date, upon not less than 15 Business Days’ notice from the Company to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), designate any Subsidiary of the Company (an “Applicant Borrower”) as a Designated Borrower to receive Revolving Credit Loans hereunder by delivering to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly deliver counterparts thereof to each Lender) a duly executed notice and agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit F (a “Designated Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement”). The Administrative Agent shall provide each Lender with a copy of each Designated Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement promptly upon receipt thereof. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that prior to any Applicant Borrower becoming entitled to utilize the credit facilities provided for herein the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) such supporting resolutions, incumbency certificates, opinions of counsel and other documents or information, in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as may be required by the Administrative Agent in its sole reasonable discretion (including, without, limitation, (A) documentation and information to evaluate any withholding tax or regulatory matters under Applicable Laws as may arise in respect of any Revolving Credit Loans made to such Applicant Borrower and the manner in which Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Credit Loans may be made available to such Applicant Borrower and (B) such other reasonable documentation and information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation, the Act, to the extent reasonably requested by any Lender through the Administrative Agent) and (ii) Notes signed by such Applicant Borrower to the extent any Lender so requires. Promptly following receipt of all such requested documents and information from an Applicant Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall send a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit G (a “Designated Borrower Notice”) to the Company and the Lenders specifying the effective date upon which the Applicant Borrower shall constitute a Designated Borrower for purposes hereof. Upon the effective date specified in a Designated Borrower Notice, the Designated Borrower designated therein may request Revolving Credit Loans hereunder and request Bid Loans hereunder, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and each of the parties agrees that such Designated Borrower otherwise shall be a Borrower for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that no Loan Notice may be submitted by or on behalf of such Designated Borrower until the Business Day following such effective date. If an Applicant Borrower is unable to provide the documentation or other information requested by the Administrative Agent as a condition to such Applicant Borrower being entitled to request Revolving Credit Loans hereunder, then subject to the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in this Section 2.15(a) with respect to such Applicant Borrower in the sole reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (but without any consent of any Lenders), any such Applicant Borrower shall nonetheless be entitled to request Bid Loans as a Borrower hereunder, but notwithstanding anything contrary contained in this Agreement such Applicant Borrower shall not be entitled to receive any Revolving Credit Loans and shall not be a Borrower with respect to Revolving Credit Loans (and the Designated Borrower Notice for such Applicant Borrower shall so indicate).

59


118711003_9


(b)    The Obligations of each Designated Borrower which is a Foreign Subsidiary shall be several in nature, and each such Foreign Subsidiary shall be liable solely for the Obligations directly incurred by it as a Designated Borrower hereunder. The Obligations of each Designated Borrower shall be guaranteed by the Company pursuant to the Company Guaranty.
(c)    Each Subsidiary of the Company that becomes a “Designated Borrower” pursuant to this Section 2.15 hereby irrevocably appoints the Company as its agent for all purposes relevant to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, including (i) the giving and receipt of notices, (ii) the execution and delivery of all documents, instruments and certificates contemplated herein and all modifications hereto, and (iii) the receipt of the proceeds of any Revolving Credit Loans made by the Lenders, to any such Designated Borrower hereunder. Any acknowledgment, consent, direction, certification or other action which might otherwise be valid or effective only if given or taken by all Borrowers, or by each Borrower acting singly, shall be valid and effective if given or taken only by the Company, whether or not any such other Borrower joins therein. Any notice, demand, consent, acknowledgement, direction, certification or other communication delivered to the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been delivered to each Designated Borrower.
(d)    Any Lender may, with notice to the Administrative Agent and the Company pursuant to Section 11.07(i), fulfill its Commitment hereunder in respect of any Revolving Credit Loans requested to be made by such Lender to a Designated Borrower not organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof (each a “Foreign Designated Borrower”), by causing an Affiliate of such Lender to act for such Lender to make such Revolving Credit Loans to such Designated Borrower in the place and stead of such Lender as provided in Section 11.07(i). Each Foreign Designated Borrower may only request Revolving Credit Loans which are Eurocurrency Rate Revolving Credit Loans.
(e)    If any Lender determines that it would be unlawful under Applicable Law, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender to make, maintain or fund Revolving Credit Loans to an Applicant Borrower, then such Lender may deliver written notice of such determination not later than 10 Business Days following receipt by such Lender of the applicable Designated Borrower Request and Assumption Agreement for such Applicant Borrower pursuant to Section 2.15(a), which notice shall describe in reasonable detail the Law or assertion of a Governmental Authority giving rise to such impediment. The Company shall have the right to replace any Lender delivering such a notice as provided in Section 11.16. Following delivery of such notice by a Lender with respect to an Applicant Borrower the Administrative Agent shall not deliver a Designated Borrower Notice confirming such Applicant Borrower as a Designated Borrower which is permitted to request Revolving Credit Loans hereunder unless and until such Lender has been replaced pursuant to Section 11.16. Notwithstanding any such notice, this Section 2.15(e) shall not limit the Administrative Agent’s authority to deliver a Designated Borrower Notice confirming an Applicant Borrower as a Designated Borrower which is permitted to request Bid Loans hereunder.
(f)    The Company may from time to time, upon not less than 5 Business Days’ notice from the Company to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), terminate a Designated Borrower’s status as such, provided that there are no outstanding Revolving Credit Loans payable by such Designated Borrower, or other amounts payable by such Designated Borrower on account of any Revolving Credit Loans made to it, as of the effective date of such termination; provided that any such termination shall not release such Designated Borrower from any obligations that arose prior to such termination. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of any such termination of a Designated Borrower.

60


118711003_9


2.16    Increase in Revolving Credit Commitments.  (a)  Request for Increase.   Provided there exists no Default or Event of Default, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Revolving Credit Lenders), the Company may from time to time, request an increase in the Revolving Credit Facility by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $200,000,000; provided that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $40,000,000, and (ii) the Company may make a maximum of five such requests. At the time of sending such notice, the Company (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Revolving Credit Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Revolving Credit Lenders). No consent of any Lender (other than the Lenders participating in the increase) shall be required for any increase in Revolving Credit Commitments under this Section 2.16.
(b)    Lender Elections to Increase.   Each Revolving Credit Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees, in its sole and absolute discretion, to increase its Revolving Credit Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Percentage of such requested increase. Any Revolving Credit Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Revolving Credit Commitment.
(c)    Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders.   The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and each Revolving Credit Lender of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase, and subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Company may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
(d)    Effective Date and Allocations.   If the Revolving Credit Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Company shall determine the effective date (the “Increase Effective Date”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date.
(e)    Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase.   As a condition precedent to such increase, (i) the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate with respect to each Loan Party dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Revolving Credit Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company (x) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by each Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (y) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (provided, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representation or warranty that already is qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects (provided, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representation or warranty that already is qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date, provided, however, that for these purposes, the reference to Closing Date in the representation and warranty in Section 5.06(b) shall be deemed to be a reference to the Increase Effective Date, (B)  no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist after giving effect to such increase and (C) immediately after giving effect to such increase, as of the Increase Effective Date the Company shall be in pro forma compliance (after giving effect to the incurrence of such increase and the use of proceeds thereof) with each of the financial covenants contained in Section 7.06; provided that if such increase is being provided in connection with a Limited Conditionality Acquisition, such certificate shall provide that the above requirements were satisfied in accordance with Section 1.12, and (ii) (x) upon

61


118711003_9


the reasonable request of any Revolving Credit Lender made at least 3 days prior to the Increase Effective Date, the Company shall have provided to such Lender, and such Revolving Credit Lender shall be reasonably satisfied with, the documentation and other information so requested in connection with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Act, in each case at least 2 days prior to the Increase Effective Date and (y) at least 2 days prior to the Increase Effective Date, any Loan Party that qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation shall have delivered, to each Revolving Credit Lender that so requests, a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to such Loan Party. The Company shall prepay any Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentage arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.
(f)    Conflicting Provisions.   This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.14 or 11.01 to the contrary.
(g)    Revised Applicable Percentages.   If any such increase has become effective, on the Increase Effective Date the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Credit Lender of their revised Applicable Percentage after giving effect to such increase.
2.17    Cash Collateral.
(a)    Obligation to Cash Collateralize.   At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrowers shall Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to Section 2.18(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount.
(b)    Grant of Security Interest.   The Borrowers, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, shall grant to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, and shall agree to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 2.17(c). If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, the Borrowers will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (determined in the case of Cash Collateral provided pursuant to clause (a) above, after giving effect to Section 2.18(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender). All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America. The Borrowers shall pay on demand therefor from time to time all customary account opening, activity and other administrative fees and charges in connection with the maintenance and disbursement of Cash Collateral.
(c)    Application.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 2.17 or Sections 2.03, 2.06, 2.18 or 8.02 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Obligations, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued

62


118711003_9


on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.
(d)    Release.   Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or to secure other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 11.07(b)(vi))) or (ii) the determination by the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided, however, the Person providing Cash Collateral and the L/C Issuer may agree that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.
2.18    Defaulting Lenders.
(a)    Adjustments.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law:
(i)    Waivers and Amendments.   That Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 11.01 and in the definition of “Required Lenders,” “Required Revolving Lenders,” “Required USD Term Lenders” and “Required EUR Term Lenders.”
(ii)    Reallocation of Payments.   Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender under any Loan Document (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.09), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.17; fourth, as the Borrowers may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Company, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.17; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender's breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Borrowings in respect

63


118711003_9


of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Obligations owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Obligations owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments hereunder without giving effect to Section 2.18(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.18(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
(iii)    Certain Fees.
(A)    Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any facility fee pursuant to Section 2.10(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to extent allocable to the Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans funded by it (and the Company shall not be required to pay the remaining amount of such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).
(B)    Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive Letter of Credit Fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.17.
(C)    With respect to any fee payable under Section 2.10(a) or any Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, the Borrowers shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such L/C Issuer’s or such Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.
(iv)    Reallocation of Applicable Percentage to Reduce Fronting Exposure.   All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentage (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment. Subject to Section 11.24, no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.
(v)    Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swing Line Loans.   If the reallocation described in clause (a)(iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall, without prejudice

64


118711003_9


to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under Applicable Law, (x) first, prepay Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to the Swing Line Lender Fronting Exposure and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.17.
(b)    Defaulting Lender Cure.   If the Company, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer agree in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Credit Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentage (without giving effect to Section 2.18(a)(iv)), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Company while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.
2.19    Extension of Revolving Credit Facility Maturity Date.
(a)    Requests for Extension.   The Company may, by notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Revolving Credit Lenders) not earlier than the second anniversary of the Closing Date and not later than 35 days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect hereunder (the “Existing Maturity Date”), make a one-time request that each Revolving Credit Lender extend such Lender’s Maturity Date for an additional one year from the Existing Maturity Date, which such request shall indicate the date by which each Revolving Credit Lender shall respond to such request (which shall not be earlier than 30 days after the date the Administrative Agent is notified of such request) (such date, the “Notice Date”) and the date on which such extension shall be effective (which shall not be earlier than 35 days after the date the Administrative Agent is notified of such request, unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) (such date, the “Effective Date”).
(b)    Lender Elections to Extend.   Each Revolving Credit Lender, acting in its sole and individual discretion, shall, by notice to the Administrative Agent given on or prior to the Notice Date, advise the Administrative Agent whether or not such Lender agrees to such extension and each Revolving Credit Lender that determines not to so extend its Maturity Date (a “Non‑Extending Lender”) shall notify the Administrative Agent of such fact promptly after such determination (but in any event no later than the Notice Date) and any Revolving Credit Lender that does not so advise the Administrative Agent on or before the Notice Date shall be deemed to be a Non‑Extending Lender. The election of any Revolving Credit Lender to agree to such extension shall not obligate any other Revolving Credit Lender to so agree.
(c)    Notification by Administrative Agent.   The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company of each Revolving Credit Lender’s determination under this Section promptly, and in any event not more than three Business Days after the Notice Date.
(d)    Additional Commitment Lenders.   The Company shall have the right to replace each Non‑Extending Lender with, and add as “Revolving Credit Lenders” under this Agreement in place thereof, one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an “Additional Commitment Lender”) as provided in Section 11.16;

65


118711003_9


provided that each of such Additional Commitment Lenders shall enter into an Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Additional Commitment Lender shall, effective as of the Existing Maturity Date, undertake a Revolving Credit Commitment (and, if any such Additional Commitment Lender is already a Lender, its Revolving Credit Commitment shall be in addition to such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment hereunder on such date).
(e)    Minimum Extension Requirement.   If (and only if) the total of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders that have agreed so to extend their Maturity Date (each, an “Extending Lender”) and the additional Revolving Credit Commitments of the Additional Commitment Lenders shall be more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date, then, effective as of the Effective Date, the Maturity Date of each Extending Lender and of each Additional Commitment Lender shall be extended to the date falling one year after the Existing Maturity Date (except that, if such date is not a Business Day, such Maturity Date as so extended shall be the next preceding Business Day) and each Additional Commitment Lender shall thereupon become a “Revolving Credit Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement.
(f)    Conditions to Effectiveness of Extensions.   As a condition precedent to such extension, the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (i) a certificate of each Borrower dated as of the Effective Date signed by a Responsible Officer of such Borrower (x) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such extension and (y) in the case of the Company, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such extension, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (provided, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representation or warranty that already is qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects (provided, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representation or warranty that already is qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.19, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to subsections (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01, and (B) no Default exists and (ii)(x) upon the reasonable request of any Revolving Credit Lender made at least 3 days prior to the Effective Date, the Company shall have provided to such Lender, and such Lender shall be reasonably satisfied with, the documentation and other information so requested in connection with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Act, in each case at least 2 days prior to the Effective Date and (y) at least 2 days prior to the Effective Date, any Loan Party that qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation shall have delivered, to each Revolving Credit Lender that so requests, a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to such Loan Party. In addition, on the Maturity Date of each Non-Extending Lender, the Borrowers shall prepay any Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05) to the extent necessary to keep outstanding Revolving Credit Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages of the respective Lenders effective as of such date.
(g)    Amendment; Sharing of Payments.   In connection with any extension of the Maturity Date, the Company, the Administrative Agent and each extending Lender may make such amendments to this Agreement as the Administrative Agent determines to be reasonably necessary to evidence the extension.
(h)    Conflicting Provisions.   This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.14 or 11.01 to the contrary.

66


118711003_9


ARTICLE III   TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
3.01    Taxes.
(a)    Any and all payments by the Borrowers to or for the account of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income, branch profits taxes, back-up withholding taxes, and franchise or other similar taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, is organized, maintains a lending office or does business (other than doing business solely as a result of entering into this Agreement, performing any obligations hereunder, receiving any payments hereunder or enforcing any rights hereunder) (all such non-excluded taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “Taxes”). If any Borrower shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section), each of the Administrative Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) such Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with Applicable Laws, and (iv) to the extent reasonably practicable, within 30 days after the date of such payment, such Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall forward the same to such Lender) the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.
(b)    In addition, each Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made by such Borrower under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as “Other Taxes”).
(c)    If any Borrower shall be required to deduct or pay any Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, such Borrower shall also pay to the Administrative Agent or to such Lender, as the case may be, at the time such amount is paid, such additional amount as is necessary such that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received if such Taxes or Other Taxes had not been imposed.
(d)    Each Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender for (i) the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Administrative Agent and such Lender, (ii) amounts payable under Section 3.01(c) and (iii) any liability (including additions to tax, penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto. Payment under this subsection (d) shall be made within 30 days after the date the Lender or the Administrative Agent makes a written demand therefor, which demand shall be made within 90 days of the date such Lender or the Administrative Agent pays such Taxes or Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority.

67


118711003_9


(e)    Without limiting the obligations of the Lenders under Section 11.15 regarding delivery of certain forms and documents to establish such Lender’s status for U.S. withholding tax purposes, each Lender agrees promptly to deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Company, as the Administrative Agent or the Company shall reasonably request, on or prior to the Closing Date, and in a timely fashion thereafter, such other documents and forms required by any relevant taxing authorities under the Laws of any other jurisdiction, duly executed and completed by such Lender, as are required under such Laws to confirm such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Lender outside of the U.S. by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in such other jurisdiction. Each Lender shall promptly (i) notify the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any such claimed exemption or reduction, and (ii) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of Applicable Laws of any such jurisdiction that any Borrower make any deduction or withholding for taxes from amounts payable to such Lender. Additionally, each of the Borrowers shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall reasonably request, on or prior to the Closing Date, and in a timely fashion thereafter, such documents and forms required by any relevant taxing authorities under the Laws of any jurisdiction, duly executed and completed by such Borrower, as are required to be furnished by such Lender or the Administrative Agent under such Laws in connection with any payment by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of Taxes or Other Taxes, or otherwise in connection with the Loan Documents, with respect to such jurisdiction.
(f)    If and to the extent that any Lender or the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion (exercised in good faith), determines that it has received or been granted a credit against, relief from, a refund or remission of, or a repayment of, any Taxes or Other Taxes in respect of which it has received additional payments under this Section 3.01, and such credit, refund, relief or remission has been obtained, utilized and fully retained by such Lender or the Administrative Agent on an affiliated group basis, then such Lender or the Administrative Agent shall pay to the Borrowers an amount which such Lender or the Administrative Agent determines, in its sole discretion (exercised in good faith) will leave it, after the payments, in the same after-tax position as it would have been in had the payments required under this Section 3.01 not been required to be made by the Borrowers; provided however that (i) such Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be the sole judge of the amount of such credit, refund, relief or remission and the date on which it is received; (ii) such Lender or the Administrative Agent shall not be obliged to disclose information regarding its tax affairs or tax computations; (iii) nothing in this Section 3.01(f) shall interfere with such Lender’s or the Administrative Agent’s right to manage its tax affairs in whatever manner it sees fit; and (iv) if such Lender or the Administrative Agent shall subsequently determine that it has lost all or a portion of such tax credit, refund, relief or remission, the Borrowers shall promptly remit to such Lender or the Administrative Agent the amount certified by such Lender or the Administrative Agent to be the amount necessary to restore such Lender or the Administrative Agent to the position it would have been in if no payment had been made pursuant to this Section.
(g)    The Borrowers’ obligations to indemnify a Foreign Lender or pay additional amounts to a Foreign Lender under this Section 3.01 are subject to Section 11.15(a)(iii).
(h)    For purposes of determining withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, from and after the Closing Date, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent shall treat (and the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to treat) this Agreement as not qualifying as a “grandfathered obligation” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1471-2(b)(2)(i). Each Lender shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably

68


118711003_9


requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by Applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.  For purposes of this Section 3.01(h), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
(i)    Each party’s obligations under this Section 3.01 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or the L/C Issuer the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.
(j)    For purposes of this Section 3.01, the term “Applicable Law” includes FATCA.
3.02    Illegality.  If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars or any Alternative Currency in the interbank market, then, upon notice thereof by such Lender to the Company (through the Administrative Agent), (a) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies or, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in Dollars, to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (b) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Company that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (i) the Borrowers shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable and such Loans are denominated in Dollars, convert all Eurocurrency Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the reasonable and good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

69


118711003_9


3.03    Inability to Determine Rates.
(a)    Temporary Inability.
(i)    Except in the case of circumstances described in Section 3.03(b), if in connection with any request for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof, (A) the Administrative Agent determines that (1) deposits (whether in Dollars or an Alternative Currency) are not being offered to banks in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or (2) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan (whether denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency) or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Loan (in each case with respect to clause (a)(i)(A) above, “Impacted Loans”), or (B) the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders determine that for any reason the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Company and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies shall be suspended (to the extent of the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods), and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurocurrency Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Company may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies (to the extent of the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods) or, failing that and as applicable, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.
(ii)    If the Administrative Agent or any Bid Loan Lender determines that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loan that (x) deposits (whether in Dollars or an Alternative Currency or a Requested Currency) are not being offered to banks in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loan, (y) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loan (whether denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency or a Requested Currency) (in each case with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above, “Impacted Margin Bid Loans”), or (z) the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lender of funding such Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Company and each such Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of such Lenders to make or maintain Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans in the affected currency or currencies shall be suspended (to the extent of the affected Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans or Interest Periods) until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of such Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Company may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans in the affected currency or currencies (to the extent of the affected Eurocurrency Margin Bid Loans or Interest Periods).
(iii)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent has made the determination described in this Section, the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the

70


118711003_9


Company and the Required Lenders, in the case of Impacted Loans, and in consultation with the Company and the applicable Bid Loan Lender(s), in the case of Impacted Margin Bid Loans, may establish an alternative interest rate for the Impacted Loans and Impacted Margin Bid Loans, respectively, in which case, such alternative rate of interest shall apply with respect to the Impacted Loans and Impacted Margin Bid Loans, as applicable, until (1) the Administrative Agent revokes the notice delivered with respect to the Impacted Loans or Impacted Margin Bid Loans, as applicable, under clauses (a)(i) or (ii) or clauses (b)(i) or (ii) of this Section, as applicable, (2) the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, in the case of Impacted Loans, or the Administrative Agent or the Bid Loan Lender(s), in the case of Impacted Margin Bid Loans, notify the Administrative Agent and the Company that such alternative interest rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding the Impacted Loans or Impacted Margin Bid Loans, as applicable, or (3) any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to such alternative rate of interest or to determine or charge interest rates based upon such rate or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to do any of the foregoing and provides the Administrative Agent and the Company written notice thereof.
(b)    Non Temporary Inability.
(i)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, including Section 3.03(a) above, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), or the Company or the Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent (with, in the case of the Required Lenders, a copy to Company) that the Company or the Required Lenders (as applicable) have determined, that:
(A)    adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR for any requested Interest Period, including, without limitation, because the LIBOR Screen Rate is not available or published on a current basis and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary; or
(B)    the administrator of the LIBOR Screen Rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which LIBOR or the LIBOR Screen Rate shall no longer be made available, or used for determining the interest rate of loans, provided that, at the time of such statement, there is no successor administrator that is satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that will continue to provide LIBOR after such specific date (such specific date, the “Scheduled Unavailability Date”); or
(C)    syndicated loans currently being executed, or that include language similar to that contained in this Section, are being executed or amended (as applicable) to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace LIBOR;
then, reasonably promptly after such determination by the Administrative Agent or receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Company may amend this Agreement solely for the purpose of replacing LIBOR in accordance with this Section 3.03 with (x) one or more SOFR-Based Rates or (y) another alternate benchmark rate giving due consideration to any evolving or then existing convention for similar U.S. dollar denominated syndicated credit facilities for such

71


118711003_9


alternative benchmarks and, in each case, including any mathematical or other adjustments to such benchmark giving due consideration to any evolving or then existing convention for similar U.S. dollar denominated syndicated credit facilities for such benchmarks, which adjustment or method for calculating such adjustment shall be published on an information service as selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion and may be periodically updated (the “Adjustment;” and any such proposed rate, a “LIBOR Successor Rate”), and any such amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the fifth Business Day after the Administrative Agent shall have posted such proposed amendment to all Lenders and the Company unless, prior to such time, Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders (A) in the case of an amendment to replace LIBOR with a rate described in clause (x), object to the Adjustment; or (B) in the case of an amendment to replace LIBOR with a rate described in clause (y), object to such amendment; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of clause (A), the Required Lenders shall not be entitled to object to any SOFR-Based Rate contained in any such amendment. Such LIBOR Successor Rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such LIBOR Successor Rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.
(ii)    If no LIBOR Successor Rate has been determined and the circumstances under clause (b)(i)(A) above exist or the Scheduled Unavailability Date has occurred (as applicable), the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Company and each Lender.  Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended (to the extent of the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods), and (y) if applicable, the Eurocurrency Rate component shall no longer be utilized in determining the Base Rate.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Company may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans (to the extent of the affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Interest Periods) or, failing that and as applicable, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans (subject to the foregoing clause (y)) in the amount specified therein.
(iii)    Notwithstanding anything else herein, any definition of LIBOR Successor Rate shall provide that in no event shall such LIBOR Successor Rate be less than zero for purposes of this Agreement.
(iv)    In connection with the implementation of a LIBOR Successor Rate, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes in the discretion of the Administrative Agent and in consultation with the Company will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement; provided that, with respect to any such amendment, the Administrative Agent shall post each such amendment implementing such LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes to the Lenders reasonably promptly after such amendment becomes effective.
3.04    Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans.  (a)  If any Lender or the L/C Issuer reasonably determines that as a result of any Change in Law, or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s compliance therewith, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender

72


118711003_9


or the L/C Issuer of agreeing to make or making, converting to, continuing, funding, maintaining or participating in Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this subsection (a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Taxes or Other Taxes (as to which Section 3.01 shall govern), (ii) changes in the basis of taxation of overall net income or overall gross income by the United States or any foreign jurisdiction or any political subdivision of either thereof under the Laws of which such Lender or L/C Issuer is organized or has its Lending Office or does business (other than doing business solely as a result of entering into this Agreement, performing any obligations hereunder, receiving any payments hereunder or enforcing any rights hereunder) and (iii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 3.04(c)), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), the Company shall pay (or cause the applicable Designated Borrower to pay) to such Lender or L/C Issuer such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer for such increased cost or reduction; provided, (x) such Lender or L/C Issuer shall be generally seeking, or intending generally to seek, comparable compensation from similarly situated borrowers under similar credit facilities (to the extent such Lender or L/C Issuer has the right under such similar credit facilities to do so) with respect to such Change in Law regarding such increased cost or reduction and (y) that such additional amounts shall not be duplicative of any amounts to the extent otherwise paid by the Company under any other provision of this Agreement (including any reserve requirements included in determining the Eurocurrency Rate).
(b)    If any Lender or L/C Issuer reasonably determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or L/C Issuer or the Loans made by, or participations in Swing Line Loans or Letters of Credit held by, such Lender or L/C Issuer to a level below that which such Lender or L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time, upon demand of such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent) the Company will pay (or cause the applicable Designated Borrower to pay) to such Lender or L/C Issuer such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered; provided, that (x) such Lender or L/C Issuer shall be generally seeking, or intending generally to seek, comparable compensation from similarly situated borrowers under similar credit facilities (to the extent such Lender or L/C Issuer has the right under such similar credit facilities to do so) with respect to such Change in Law regarding such increased cost or reduction and (y) such additional amounts shall not be duplicative of any amounts to the extent otherwise paid by the Borrowers under any other provision of this Agreement (including any reserve requirements included in determining the Eurocurrency Rate).
(c)    The Company shall pay (or cause the applicable Designated Borrower to pay) to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency Liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurocurrency Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Company shall have received at least 15 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 15 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable 15 days from receipt of such notice.

73


118711003_9


(d)    Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office if, in the reasonable and good faith judgment of such Lender or L/C Issuer, such designation will avoid the need for the Company to pay any additional amount, or will reduce the amount required to be paid by the Company, pursuant to this Section 3.04 to such Lender or L/C Issuer and will not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender or L/C Issuer. The Company hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation.
(e)    Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 3.04 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Company shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 3.04 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Company of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased cost or reduction is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.
3.05    Compensation for Losses.  Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Company shall promptly compensate (or cause the applicable Designated Borrower to compensate) such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
(a)    any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);
(b)    any failure by any Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Company or the applicable Designated Borrower;
(c)    any failure by any Borrower to make payment of any Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency on its scheduled due date or any payment thereof in a different currency; or
(d)    any assignment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Company pursuant to Section 11.16;
excluding any loss of anticipated profits, but including any foreign exchange losses and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan, from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained or from the performance of any foreign exchange contract. The Company shall also pay (or cause the applicable Designated Borrower to pay) any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.
For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Company (or the applicable Designated Borrower) to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurocurrency Rate Loan made by it at the Eurocurrency Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the offshore interbank market for such currency for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

74


118711003_9


3.06    Matters Applicable to all Requests for Compensation.
(a)    A certificate of the Administrative Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Article III and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, the Administrative Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.
(b)    Each Lender may make any Credit Extension to any Borrower through any Lending Office, provided that the exercise of this option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Credit Extension in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender, the L/C Issuer, or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment would reasonably be expected to (i) eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. The Company hereby agrees to pay (or cause the applicable Designated Borrower to pay) all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or the L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment.
(c)    Upon any Lender’s making a claim for compensation under Section 3.01 or 3.04 and, in each case, such Lender declining or being unable to designate a different Lending Office in accordance with Section 3.06(b), or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.18, the Company may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 11.16.
3.07    Survival.  All of the Borrowers’ obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and resignation of the Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE IV   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
4.01    Conditions to Initial Credit Extension.  The effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(a)    The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals, facsimiles or electronic (pdf.) transmissions (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, its legal counsel and each of the Lenders:
(i)    executed counterparts of this Agreement, sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Company;
(ii)    Notes executed by the Company in favor of each Lender requesting Notes;
(iii)    such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of the Company as the Administrative Agent may require

75


118711003_9


evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(iv)    such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that the Company is duly organized or formed, and is validly existing, in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization, including certified copies of the Company’s Organization Documents, and certificates of good standing;
(v)    a favorable opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, counsel to the Company, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in the form set forth in Exhibit H;
(vi)    a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company certifying, as of the Closing Date, (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied, (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since the date of the Interim Financial Statements that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and (C) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio determined as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter (on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to the USD Term Borrowing and the EUR Term Borrowing and the use of proceeds thereof); and
(vii)    such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or the Required Lenders reasonably may require.
(b)    (i)  Upon the reasonable request of any Lender made at least 3 days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have provided to such Lender, and such Lender shall be reasonably satisfied with, the documentation and other information so requested in connection with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Act, in each case at least 2 days prior to the Closing Date and (ii) at least 2 days prior to the Closing Date, any Loan Party that qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation shall have delivered, to each Lender that so requests, a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to such Loan Party.
(c)    Any fees required to be paid on or before the Closing Date pursuant to the Loan Documents shall have been paid.
(d)    Unless waived by the Administrative Agent, the Company shall have paid all Attorney Costs of the Administrative Agent to the extent invoiced at least two Business Day prior to the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of Attorney Costs as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of Attorney Costs incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that (i) such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Company and the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Administrative Agent may in its discretion waive this condition without obtaining the consent of the Required Lenders).
Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 9.04, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required hereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

76


118711003_9


4.02    Conditions to all Credit Extensions.  The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a)    The representations and warranties of the Borrowers contained in Article V or any representations and warranties of any Loan Party in any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects (provided that such materiality qualifier shall not apply to the extent that any such representation or warranty is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), on and as of the date of such Credit Extension (or, for the purposes of Section 4.01(a)(vi), as of the Closing Date), except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (provided that such materiality qualifier shall not apply to the extent that any such representation or warranty is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02, (i) the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01 and (ii) the representations and warranties in subsection (c) of Section 5.05, subsection (b) of Section 5.06, and Section 5.10 need only be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date.
(b)    No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension (or, for the purposes of Section 4.01(a)(vi), from the occurrence of the Closing Date).
(c)    The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.
(d)    If the applicable Borrower is a Designated Borrower, then the conditions of Section 2.15 to the designation of such Borrower as a Designated Borrower shall have been met to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent.
(e)    In the case of a Credit Extension to be denominated in an Alternative Currency, there shall not have occurred any change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls which in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent the Required Lenders (in the case of any Loans to be denominated in an Alternative Currency) or the L/C Issuer (in the case of any Letter of Credit to be denominated in an Alternative Currency) would make it impracticable for such Credit Extension to be denominated in the relevant Alternative Currency.
Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) submitted by the Company shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Borrowing or as of such earlier date, as applicable.
ARTICLE V   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Company represents and warrants, and each Designated Borrower represents and warrants (to the extent specifically applicable to such Designated Borrower), to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:
5.01    Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws.  Each Loan Party (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental

77


118711003_9


licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, and (d) is in compliance with all Laws; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i), (c) or (d), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.02    Authorization; No Contravention.  The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party except to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention, Lien or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate in any material respect any Law.
5.03    Governmental Authorization; Other Consents.  No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document other than (i) any thereof as have been obtained, taken or made on or prior to the Closing Date and remain in full force and effect and (ii) any reports required to be filed by the Company with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; provided, that the failure to make any such filings referred to in this clause (ii) shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder.
5.04    Binding Effect.  This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
5.05    Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.  (a)  The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness, in each case, to the extent required to be reflected thereon pursuant to GAAP.
(b)    The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01(b), and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments, and (iii) show

78


118711003_9


all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date of such financial statements, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness, in each case, to the extent required to be reflected thereon pursuant to GAAP.
(c)    As of the Closing Date, since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.06    Litigation.  There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) as of the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 5.06 (based on facts and circumstances known to the Borrowers), are reasonably likely to result in an adverse determination and, if determined adversely, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.07    No Default.  No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
5.08    Ownership of Property; Liens.  Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has good record title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The property of the Company and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01.
5.09    Environmental Compliance.  The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, except for any non-compliance that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.10    ERISA Compliance.
(a)    The Company and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan maintained or contributed to by the Company or any Subsidiary subject to Pension Funding Rules, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Pension Funding Rules has been made with respect to any such Plan.
(b)    There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan maintained or contributed to by the Company or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan maintained or contributed to by the Company or any Subsidiary that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)    (i)  No ERISA Event likely to result in a material liability for any Borrower has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any material liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan maintained or contributed to by the Company or any Subsidiary (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any material liability (and no event has occurred

79


118711003_9


which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 304 or 4201 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan maintained or contributed to by the Company or any Subsidiary; (v) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could reasonably be expected to be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan maintained or contributed to by the Company or any Subsidiary; (vi) no Pension Plan maintained or contributed to by the Company or any Subsidiary has been terminated by the plan administrator pursuant to Section 4041(c) of ERISA thereof nor by the PBGC, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to cause the PBGC to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any such Pension Plan (where, for Multiemployer Plans, the occurrence of any such event or circumstance is to the knowledge of the Company); and (vii) as of the Closing Date the Company is not and will not be using “plan assets” (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3 101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans or the Commitments.
5.11    Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.  (a)  No Borrower is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.
(b)    No Borrower is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
5.12    Foreign Obligor Representations.  (a)  Each Loan Party that is a Foreign Obligor is subject to civil and commercial law with respect to its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Foreign Obligor is a party (collectively, the “Applicable Foreign Obligor Documents”), and the execution, delivery and performance by such Foreign Obligor of the Applicable Foreign Obligor Documents constitute and will constitute private and commercial acts and not public or governmental acts. Neither such Foreign Obligor nor any of its property has any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) under the laws of the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Obligor is organized and existing in respect of its obligations under the Applicable Foreign Obligor Documents.
(b)    The Applicable Foreign Obligor Documents are in proper legal form under the law of the jurisdiction in which any Foreign Obligor is organized and existing for the enforcement thereof against such Foreign Obligor under the law of such jurisdiction, and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability, priority or admissibility in evidence of the Applicable Foreign Obligor Documents, except as may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. It is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability, priority or admissibility in evidence of the Applicable Foreign Obligor Documents that the Applicable Foreign Obligor Documents be filed, registered or recorded with, or executed or notarized before, any court or other authority in the jurisdiction in which any Foreign Obligor is organized and existing or that any registration charge or stamp or similar tax be paid on or in respect of the Applicable Foreign Obligor Documents or any other document, except for any such filing, registration or recording, or execution or notarization, as has been made or is not required to be made until the Applicable Foreign Obligor Document or any other document is sought to be enforced and for any charge or tax as has been timely paid.
(c)    There is no tax, levy, impost, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge, or any deduction or withholding, imposed by any Governmental Authority in or of the jurisdiction in which the Foreign Obligor is organized and existing either (A) on or by virtue of the execution or delivery of the Applicable Foreign Obligor Documents to which the Foreign Obligor is a party or (B) on any payment to be

80


118711003_9


made by the Foreign Obligor pursuant to the Applicable Foreign Obligor Documents, except as has been disclosed to the Administrative Agent.
(d)    The execution, delivery and performance of the Applicable Foreign Obligor Documents executed by any Foreign Obligor are, under applicable foreign exchange control regulations of the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Obligor is organized and existing, not subject to any notification or authorization except (A) such as have been made or obtained or (B) such as cannot be made or obtained until a later date (provided that any notification or authorization described in immediately preceding clause (B) shall be made or obtained as soon as is reasonably practicable).
5.13    OFAC.  (a)  Neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, is an individual or entity that is (i) currently the target of any Sanctions or (ii) included on OFAC’s List of Specially Designated Nationals, HMT’s Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets and the Investment Ban List, and (b) neither the Company, any Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director or officer of the Company is organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction, unless otherwise licensed by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State or otherwise authorized under Applicable Law.
5.14    Anti-Corruption Laws.  The Company and its Subsidiaries have instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance in all material respects with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and other applicable anti-corruption legislation in other jurisdictions.
5.15    Covered Entity.  No Loan Party is a Covered Entity.
5.16    EEA Financial Institutions.  No Loan Party is an EEA Financial Institution.
5.17    Beneficial Ownership.  As of the Closing Date, the information included in any Beneficial Ownership Certification, if applicable, is true and correct in all respects.
ARTICLE VI   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Company shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each Subsidiary to (provided that nothing in this Article VI shall be deemed to prohibit any aspect of the Separation Transactions):
6.01    Financial Statements.  Deliver to the Administrative Agent (with a copy for each Lender), in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
(a)    as soon as made publicly available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a financial statement report and opinion of Ernst & Young or another independent certified public accountant

81


118711003_9


of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit; and
(b)    as soon as made publicly available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Company’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail.
As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 6.02(c), the Company shall not be separately required to furnish such information under clause (a) or (b) above, but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Company to furnish the information and materials described in subsections (a) and (b) above at the times specified therein.
6.02    Certificates; Other Information.  Deliver to the Administrative Agent (with a copy for each Lender), in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
(a)    concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company;
(b)    promptly after any request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, copies of any final management letter submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of the Company by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of the Company, or any audit of the Company;
(c)    promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Company, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and current reports which the Company may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;
(d)    promptly after the Company has notified the Administrative Agent of any intention by the Company to treat the Loans as being a “reportable transaction” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4), a duly completed copy of IRS Form 8886 or any successor form;
(e)    promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Company or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request; and
(f)    promptly following any request therefor, provide information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02(c) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the

82


118711003_9


Company posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Company’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 11.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Company’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that (i) the Company shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender that requests the Company to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Company shall provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e. soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Company shall be required to provide copies (including by telecopy or other electronic means) of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.02(a) to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Company with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of such Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e. Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to any Borrower or its securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). Each Borrower hereby agrees that (i) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (ii) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrowers shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Borrowers or their respective securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.08); (iii) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor;” and (iv) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Borrower shall be under any obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC”.
6.03    Notices.  Notify the Administrative Agent (x) in the case of clause (a) below, within five (5) days of any Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge, and (y) in all other cases, promptly upon any Responsible Officer of the Company obtaining actual knowledge:
(a)    of the occurrence of any Default;
(b)    of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Company or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation, investigation or proceeding affecting the Company or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws, to the extent such matters in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

83


118711003_9


(c)    of the occurrence of any ERISA Event which may result in a material liability for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(d)    of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Company or any Subsidiary; and
(e)    of any announcement by Moody’s or S&P of any change in a Debt Rating.
Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Company setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Company has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.
6.04    Payment of Obligations.  Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable (subject to any applicable grace periods and tax extensions): (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, and (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property, except, in each case, (i) to the extent the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves, if any, in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Company or such Subsidiary or (ii) where such failure could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
6.05    Preservation of Existence, Etc.  (a)  Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing (or equivalent status) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except (i) in a transaction permitted by Section 7.02 or (ii) in the case of a Subsidiary of the Company, where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.02 or to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.06    Maintenance of Properties.  (a)  Maintain, preserve and protect all of its properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.07    Compliance with Laws.  Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.08    Inspection Rights.  Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired but not more than once a year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, upon not less than ten (10) days advance

84


118711003_9


notice to the Company given in accordance with Section 11.02; provided, however, that (a) when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Company at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice, (b) all visits or discussions by any Lender shall be coordinated through the Administrative Agent and (c) a Responsible Officer of the Company shall be present during any discussions with the Company’s independent public accountants.
6.09    Compliance with ERISA.  Do, and cause each of its ERISA Affiliates to do, each of the following: (a) maintain each Plan in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state law; (b) cause each Plan which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code to maintain such qualification; and (c) make all required contributions to any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, except in each case where the failure to comply with this Section 6.09 could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.10    Use of Proceeds.  Use the proceeds of the Credit Facilities for working capital, capital expenditures, Acquisitions, share repurchases, refinancing of senior and/or pari passu indebtedness, repayment of intercompany obligations to or among Danaher and/or its subsidiaries, the Danaher Payment and for any other lawful corporate purposes of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
6.11    Anti-Corruption Laws.  Maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance in all material respects with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and other applicable anti-corruption legislation in other jurisdictions.
ARTICLE VII   NEGATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Company shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary (except that Section 7.02 shall apply to the Borrowers only) to, directly or indirectly (provided that, nothing in this Article VII shall be deemed to prohibit any aspect of the Separation Transactions or the Danaher Payment):
7.01    Liens.  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:
(a)    Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;
(b)    Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.01;
(c)    Liens for taxes not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted by the Company;
(d)    security interests on any property or assets of any Subsidiary to secure indebtedness owing by it to the Company or to another Subsidiary of the Company;
(e)    carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, laborer’s, landlord’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves, if any are so required by GAAP, with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

85


118711003_9


(f)    pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;
(g)    deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than for money borrowed), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including deposits to secure letters of credit issued to secure any such obligation);
(h)    easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
(i)    Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) or securing appeal or other surety bonds related to such judgments;
(j)    any interest or title of a lessor under any operating lease entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased;
(k)    licenses, operating leases or subleases permitted hereunder granted to other Persons in the ordinary course of business not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(l)    (i) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings with respect to operating leases or consignment arrangements entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Liens, if any, arising in respect of any factoring, assignments or sales of accounts receivable or similar arrangements;
(m)    Liens in favor of collecting banks arising by operation of law under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or, with respect to collecting banks located in the State of New York, under 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code and Liens in favor of banking institutions arising by operation of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) held by such banking institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
(n)    Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary or becomes a Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not created in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person so merged into or consolidated with the Company or such Subsidiary or acquired by the Company or such Subsidiary;
(o)    Liens encumbering the Company’s or any of its Subsidiary’s equity interests or other investments in any joint venture (i) securing obligations (other than Indebtedness) of the Company or such Subsidiary under the joint venture agreement for such joint venture or (ii) in the nature of customary voting, equity transfer, redemptive rights or similar terms (other than Liens securing Indebtedness) under any such agreement;
(p)    Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits, escrow arrangements or similar arrangements made by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement for any Acquisition or Investment;

86


118711003_9


(q)    (i) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure obligations to insurance carriers providing casualty, liability or other insurance to the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;
(r)    the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clause (b) or (m) above upon or in the same property theretofore subject thereto or the replacement, extension or renewal (without increase in the amount or change in any direct or contingent obligor) of the Indebtedness secured thereby; and
(s)    other Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03.
7.02    Fundamental Changes.  Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person (including, in each case pursuant to a Delaware LLC Division), except that, so long as no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, any Borrower may merge or consolidate with or into another Person if either (a) such Borrower is the surviving Person or (b) the Person formed by such consolidation or into which such Borrower is merged (any such Person, the “Successor”) shall be organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, in a writing executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent for delivery to each Lender, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which writing shall include, without limitation, a certification as to pro forma compliance with Section 7.06), the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on the Loans and the performance of the other Obligations under this Agreement (including, with respect to the Company, the Company Guaranty) and the other Loan Documents on the part of such Borrower to be performed or observed, as fully as if such Successor were originally named, with respect to the Company, as the initial Borrower in this Agreement, or with respect to any other Borrower, as a Designated Borrower in this Agreement.
7.03    Indebtedness.  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a)    Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;
(b)    Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof listed on Schedule 7.03 and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder;
(c)    (i)  Indebtedness (other than Guarantees) (A) of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries and (B) of any Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any other such Subsidiary; and (ii) Guarantees of the Company in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of any Subsidiary of the Company;
(d)    obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Company existing or arising under any Swap Contract; provided that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by the Company in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or changes in the value of securities issued by any such Person, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view;” and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;

87


118711003_9


(e)    Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business as an account party in respect of (i) letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments in an aggregate face amount not to exceed $25,000,000 or (ii) with respect to any surety bonds, performance bonds, customs bonds, statutory, appeal or similar bonds, completion guarantees or other obligations of a like nature;
(f)    (i)  Indebtedness of any Finance Subsidiary and (ii) the extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under clause (i) above to the extent such Indebtedness is at a Finance Subsidiary;
(g)    Indebtedness of the Company in the form of deferred purchase price of property, purchase price adjustments, earn-outs or other arrangements representing acquisition consideration incurred in connection with an acquisition permitted hereunder;
(h)    Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums or take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements that do not constitute Guarantees, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(i)    Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company after the Closing Date pursuant to a transaction permitted hereunder; provided that, (A) such Indebtedness was not incurred in anticipation of such acquisition, (B) no other Subsidiary (other than the acquired Subsidiaries) is an obligor with respect to such Indebtedness and (C) such Indebtedness is retired within thirty (30) days after the date such Subsidiary is acquired unless such Indebtedness is otherwise permitted by this Section 7.03;
(j)    Indebtedness in respect of Capital Leases and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets in an aggregate amount not to exceed, at any one time, $25,000,000;
(k)    Indebtedness incurred by the Company from time to time pursuant to any commercial paper supported by the Revolving Credit Facility; and
(l)    other Indebtedness not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.03 unless any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of incurring such Indebtedness or would result therefrom; provided that the sum, without duplication, of (i) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.01(s) (and not otherwise permitted under Sections 7.01(a) through (r)), (ii) any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (a “Subsidiary Non-Guarantor”) and that is not otherwise permitted under subsections (a) through (k) above (other than any Indebtedness incurred by any Designated Borrower under this Agreement), and (iii) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Designated Borrower that is Guaranteed by any Subsidiary Non-Guarantor, shall not exceed the Priority Debt Basket.
7.04    Restricted Payments.  Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except:
(a)    each Subsidiary of the Company may declare and make dividend payments in cash with respect to any class of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary to the then holders of such Equity Interests ratably according to their respective holdings;
(b)    the Company and each of its Subsidiaries may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the common stock or other common Equity Interests of such Person to the then holders of such Equity Interests ratably according to their respective holdings;

88


118711003_9


(c)    the Company may issue and sell (i) its common Equity Interests; provided that no Change of Control would result from such issuance and sale; and (ii) the Company may issue and sell its Equity Interest in connection with grants of such securities and stock options with respect to such securities pursuant to employment, benefit plans, service and severance arrangements with current and former officers, directors, consultants, advisors and employees of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, as determined in good faith by the board of directors or senior management of the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable;
(d)    the Company may make payments in respect of, or repurchases of its Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the “cashless exercise” of, stock options, stock purchase rights, stock exchange rights or other equity-based awards if such payment or Equity Interests represents a portion of the exercise price of such options or rights or withholding taxes, payroll taxes or other similar taxes due upon such exercise, purchase or exchange;
(e)    the Company may make the Danaher Payment; and
(f)    the Company and each of its Subsidiaries may declare and make Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.04; provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the declaration of such Restricted Payment or would result therefrom.
7.05    Use of Proceeds.  Use the proceeds of the Facilities, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, in each case, in a manner which violates or contravenes the Margin Regulations.
7.06    Financial Covenants.
(a)    Maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio.  Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Company to be greater than 3.75:1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, not more than two times after the Closing Date, the Company shall be permitted to increase the maximum permitted Consolidated Leverage Ratio to 4.25:1 in connection with any permitted Acquisition occurring after the Closing Date with aggregate consideration (including, without duplication, the assumption or incurrence of Indebtedness in connection with such Acquisition) equal to or in excess of $100,000,000, which such increase shall be applicable for the fiscal quarter in which such Acquisition is consummated and the three consecutive test periods thereafter; provided that, there shall be at least one full fiscal quarter following the cessation of each such increase during which no such increase shall then be in effect.
(b)    Minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio.  Permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Company to be less than 3.00:1.
7.07    Sanctions.  To the Company’s knowledge, use the proceeds of any Loan to fund any business with any individual or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the target of Sanctions, unless otherwise licensed by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Treasury or the U.S. Department of State or otherwise authorized under Applicable Law, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any party to any Loan Document (including any Lender, Arranger, Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, or otherwise) of Sanctions.
7.08    Anti-Corruption Laws.  To the Company’s knowledge, use the proceeds of any Loan for any purpose which would result in a material violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and other applicable anti-corruption legislation in other jurisdictions.

89


118711003_9


ARTICLE VIII   EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
8.01    Events of Default.  Any of the following shall constitute an event of default (each, an “Event of Default”); provided, that for the avoidance of doubt no aspect of the Separation Transactions shall be deemed to give rise to an Event of Default:
(a)    Non-Payment.  Any Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, and in the currency required hereunder, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or (ii) within three (3) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any L/C Obligation or any commitment, facility, utilization or other fee due hereunder, or (iii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or
(b)    Specific Covenants.  The Company fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.03(a), 6.05 (with respect to any Borrower) or 6.10 or Article VII or any Guarantor fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any Guaranty; or
(c)    Other Defaults.  Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after any Lender shall have given written notice thereof to the Company (through the Administrative Agent and in accordance with Section 11.02(a)(i)) or any Responsible Officer of the Company shall have otherwise become aware of such default; or
(d)    Representations and Warranties.  Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Company or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
(e)    Cross-Default.  (i)  The Company or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment of principal or interest when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise but after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate outstanding principal amount (including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event of default occurs under the terms of (and as defined in) any such instrument or agreement, in each case the effect of which failure or other event of default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, the acceleration of the maturity thereof, with the giving of notice if required, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any required repurchase, repayment or redemption of (or offer to repurchase, repay or redeem) any Indebtedness that was incurred for the specified purpose of financing all or a portion of the consideration for a merger or acquisition; provided that such repurchase, repayment or redemption (or offer to repurchase, repay or redeem) results solely from the failure of such merger or acquisition to be consummated); or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Company or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (or equivalent term, as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract

90


118711003_9


as to which the Company or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Company or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount, and in the case of any Early Termination Date resulting from such a Termination Event, such Early Termination Date is not rescinded or such Swap Termination Value is not paid within 5 Business Days following such Early Termination Date; or
(f)    Insolvency Proceedings, Etc.  Any Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
(g)    Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment.  (i)  Any Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 60 days after its issue or levy; or
(h)    Judgments.  There is entered against any Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary a final and non-appealable judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance or other reasonably creditworthy indemnitor as to which the insurer or such indemnitor does not dispute coverage) and (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, and (B) there is a period of 30 consecutive days during which such judgment is not satisfied or discharged or a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or
(i)    ERISA.  (i)  An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Company under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or
(j)    Invalidity of Loan Documents.  Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party (or any other Person with respect to any material provision of any Loan Document) contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document; or
(k)    Change of Control.  There occurs any Change of Control with respect to the Company.

91


118711003_9


8.02    Remedies Upon Event of Default.  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:
(a)    declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
(b)    declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers;
(c)    require that the Borrowers Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the Minimum Collateral Amount with respect thereto); and
(d)    exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under the Loan Documents;
provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any event specified in subsection (f) of Section 8.01, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrowers to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case, without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
8.03    Application of Funds.  (a)  After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received by the Administrative Agent on account of the Obligations shall, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.17 and 2.18, be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including Attorney Costs and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;
Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest, Letter of Credit Fees, facility fees and utilization fees) payable to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including Attorney Costs and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees, facility fees, and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings and Obligations then owing under Secured Hedge Agreements, ratably among the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Hedge Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

92


118711003_9


Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by the Borrowers pursuant to Sections 2.03 and 2.17; and
Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Company or as otherwise required by Law.
Subject to Sections 2.03 and 2.17, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.
(b)    For purposes of calculating the portion of any such amount received by the Administrative Agent in any currency to be applied as provided in Section 8.03(a), the Administrative Agent may designate the date of such receipt as a Revaluation Date for purposes of determining the Spot Rates of the currency in which such amount is denominated and the Spot Rates of any currencies in which any applicable Obligations are denominated. The Administrative Agent shall so apply any such amount by making payments denominated in the same currency as the amount so received by the Administrative Agent is denominated.
(c)    The obligation of each Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any such application in a currency (the “Application Currency”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “Agreement Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following the date of any such application by the Administrative Agent of any such amount in the Application Currency, (i) in the case of any such application to Obligations in respect of a Bid Loan made by a Bid Loan Lender, such Bid Loan Lender, or (ii) in the case of any such application to any other Obligations, the Administrative Agent, may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase the Agreement Currency with the Application Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the Obligations originally due to the Administrative Agent or any applicable Lender from any Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower acknowledges that the applicable Obligations shall remain outstanding to the extent of such difference. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or any applicable Lender in such currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under Applicable Law).
ARTICLE IX   ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
9.01    Appointment and Authority.  Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Except as expressly provided in Section 9.06, the provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and no Borrower shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any Applicable Law. Instead such

93


118711003_9


term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.
9.02    Rights as a Lender.  The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
9.03    Exculpatory Provisions.  The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:
(a)    shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b)    shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or Applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and
(c)    shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any of the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Company, a Lender or the L/C Issuer.
The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any

94


118711003_9


Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
9.04    Reliance by Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Company), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
9.05    Delegation of Duties.  The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct.
9.06    Resignation of Administrative Agent.
(a)    The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Company. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Company at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above, provided that in no event shall any such successor Administrative Agent be a Defaulting Lender. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.
(b)    If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, by notice in writing to the Company and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Company, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required

95


118711003_9


Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.
(c)    With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (1) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (2) except for any indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or removed) Administrative Agent (other than as provided in Section 3.07 and other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent as of the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date, as applicable), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Company to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Company and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 11.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them (i) while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent and (ii) after such resignation or removal for as long as any of them continues to act in any capacity hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, including in respect of any actions taken in connection with transferring the agency to any successor Administrative Agent.
(d)    Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender. If Bank of America resigns as the L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(f). If Bank of America resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(c). Upon the appointment by the Company of a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder (which successor shall in all cases be a Lender other than a Defaulting Lender), (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.
9.07    Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders.  Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other

96


118711003_9


Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
9.08    No Other Duties, Etc.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Bookrunners, Arrangers, syndication agents, documentation agents or other agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.
9.09    Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.  In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
(a)    to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(j) and (k), 2.10 and 11.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b)    to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.10 and 11.04.
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the L/C Issuer in any such proceeding.
9.10    Guaranty Matters.  At any such time as the Company determines in its sole discretion, the Company may notify the Administrative Agent of a Subsidiary that shall become a Guarantor, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within 30 days), shall cause such Subsidiary to (a) become a Guarantor by

97


118711003_9


executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a counterpart of the Guaranty or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably deem appropriate for such purpose, and (b) deliver to the Administrative Agent documents of the types referred to in clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 4.01(a) and Section 4.01(b) and favorable opinions of counsel to such Subsidiary (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (a)), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
Without limiting the provisions of Section 9.09, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents. In addition, promptly following the Company’s written request to release a Guarantor, the Administrative Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to) execute and deliver to the Company, at the Company’s expense, a release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, so long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result after giving effect to such release and (ii) the Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall be permitted under Section 7.03 immediately after giving effect to such release (and assuming that all of the Indebtedness of such former Guarantor outstanding on the date of the effectiveness of such release has been incurred by such former Guarantor on such date). In connection with any release pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may request that the Company deliver to it a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company to the effect that the requirements for such release set forth in this paragraph have been satisfied, and the Administrative Agent may rely on, and shall incur no liability for relying upon, any statements made in any such certificate. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this paragraph shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.
Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10.
9.11    Certain ERISA Matters.
(a)    Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, and each other Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Company or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:
(i)    such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans or the Commitments,
(ii)    the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement,

98


118711003_9


(iii)    (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or
(iv)    such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.
(b)    In addition, unless either (1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or (2) a Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, and each other Arranger and their respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Company or any other Loan Party, that none of the Administrative Agent, or any other Arranger or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto).
ARTICLE X   COMPANY GUARANTY
10.01    Guaranty.  The Company hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment when due, whether at scheduled maturity or on any date of a required prepayment or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of the Loan Parties now or hereafter existing under or in respect of the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments or renewals of any or all of the foregoing Obligations), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise (such Obligations being the “Guaranteed Obligations”), and agrees to pay any and all expenses (including, without limitation, Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party in enforcing any rights under this Company Guaranty or any other Loan Document. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by any Designated Borrower to any Lender Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law involving such Designated Borrower.
10.02    Guaranty Absolute.  The Company guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, regardless of any Law now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Lender Party with respect thereto. The Obligations of the Company under or in respect of this Company Guaranty are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Loan Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Company to

99


118711003_9


enforce this Company Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against any applicable Designated Borrower, any other Loan Party or whether such Designated Borrower, any other Loan Party is joined in any such action or actions. This Company Guaranty is an absolute and unconditional guaranty of payment when due, and not of collection, by the Company of the Guaranteed Obligations. The liability of the Company under this Company Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and the Company hereby irrevocably waives any setoffs, counterclaims or defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of the following:
(a)    any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;
(b)    any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Loan Party under or in respect of the Loan Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Loan Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise;
(c)    any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;
(d)    any manner of application of any collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents or any other assets of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;
(e)    any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting any applicable Designated Borrower, Loan Party or Subsidiary or its assets or any resulting release or discharge of any Guaranteed Obligation;
(f)    the existence of any claim, set-off or other right which the Company may have at any time against any Designated Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Person, whether in connection herewith or any unrelated transaction;
(g)    any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against any applicable Designated Borrower, Loan Party or Subsidiary for any reason of the whole or any provision of any Loan Document, or any provision of Applicable Law purporting to prohibit the payment or performance by any such person of the Guaranteed Obligations;
(h)    any failure of any Lender Party to disclose to any Loan Party any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Loan Party now or hereafter known to such Lender Party (the Company waiving any duty on the part of the Lender Parties to disclose such information);
(i)    the failure of any other Person to execute or deliver any other guaranty or agreement or the release or reduction of liability of any such other guarantor or surety with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; or

100


118711003_9


(j)    any other circumstance (including, without limitation, any statute of limitations) whatsoever (in any case, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory) or any existence of or reliance on any representation by any Lender Party that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable defense available to, or a discharge of, the Company, any other Loan Party or surety, other than a defense of payment and performance.
This Company Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any Lender Party or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization under any applicable Debtor Relief Law of any applicable Designated Borrower, Loan Party or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.
10.03    Waivers and Acknowledgments.  The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Company Guaranty and any requirement that any Lender Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Loan Party or any other Person or any collateral.
(i)    The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Company Guaranty and acknowledges that this Company Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.
(ii)    The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives (i) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any Lender Party that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of the Company or other rights of the Company to proceed against any of the other Loan Parties, any Subsidiary or any other Person or any collateral and (ii) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the Obligations of the Company under this Company Guaranty.
(iii)    The Company acknowledges that the Administrative Agent may, without notice to or demand upon the Company and without affecting the liability of the Company under this Company Guaranty, foreclose under any mortgage as may secure any Obligation by nonjudicial sale, and the Company hereby waives any defense to the recovery by the Administrative Agent and the other Lender Parties against the Company of any deficiency after such nonjudicial sale and any defense or benefits that may be afforded by Applicable Law.
(iv)    The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any duty on the part of any Lender Party to disclose to the Company any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any other Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter known by such Lender Party.
(v)    The Company acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Loan Documents and that the waivers set forth in Section 10.02 and this Section 10.03 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
10.04    Subrogation.  The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against any applicable Designated Borrower, Loan

101


118711003_9


Party, or any other insider guarantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Obligations under or in respect of this Company Guaranty or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Lender Party against such Designated Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other insider guarantor or any collateral for the Obligations, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from such Designated Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other insider guarantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until the date (the “Termination Date”) which is the later of (a) the date of the termination of the latest Availability Period and (b) the date of the indefeasible payment in full of all the Obligations in cash (other than unasserted indemnification, tax gross up, expense reimbursement or yield protection obligations, in each case, for which no claim has been made). If any amount shall be paid to the Company in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to the Termination Date, such amount shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Lender Parties, shall be segregated from other property and funds of the Company and shall forthwith be paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Company Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, or to be held as collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Company Guaranty thereafter arising. If the Termination Date shall have occurred, the Administrative Agent will, at the Company’s request and expense, execute and deliver to the Company appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to the Company of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from such payment made by the Company pursuant to this Company Guaranty.
ARTICLE XI   MISCELLANEOUS
11.01    Amendments, Etc.  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Company or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders (except to the extent not required under any of clauses (a) through (j) below) and the Company or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall (subject to Section 2.18 and as further provided below with respect to any Defaulting Lender):
(a)    waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01(a) without the written consent of each Lender;
(b)    extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent of such Lender (which extension or increase or reinstatement shall not also require the vote of Required Lenders), and it being understood and agreed that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 or of any Default or a mandatory reduction in Commitments, if any, is not considered an extension or increase in Commitments of any Lender;
(c)    postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (which extension shall not also require the vote of Required Lenders);

102


118711003_9


(d)    reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or (subject to clause (iv) of the second proviso to this Section 11.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (which reduction shall not also require the vote of Required Lenders); provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of any Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate;
(e)    change (i) Section 8.03 or (ii) the order of application of any reduction in the Commitments or any prepayment of Loans among the Facilities from the application thereof set forth in the applicable provisions of Section 2.06(a), in any manner that materially and adversely affects the Lenders under a Facility without the written consent of (i) if such Facility is the USD Term Facility, the Required USD Term Lenders, (ii) if such Facility is the EUR Term Facility, the Required EUR Term Lenders, and (iii) if such Facility is the Revolving Credit Facility, the Required Revolving Lenders;
(f)    amend Section 1.07 or the definition of “Alternative Currency” without the written consent of each Revolving Credit Lender;
(g)    change (i) any provision of this Section 11.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder (other than the definitions specified in clause (ii) of this Section 11.01(g)), without the written consent of each Lender or (ii) the definition of “Required Revolving Lenders”, “Required USD Term Lenders” or “Required EUR Term Lenders” without the written consent of each Lender under the applicable Facility;
(h)    release the Company from the Company Guaranty without the written consent of each Lender;
(i)    impose any greater restriction on the ability of any Lender under a Facility to assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the written consent of (i) if such Facility is the USD Term Facility, the Required USD Term Lenders, (ii) if such Facility is the EUR Term Facility, the Required EUR Term Lenders, and (iii) if such Facility is the Revolving Credit Facility, the Required Revolving Lenders; or
(j)    release any Guarantor from the Guaranty without the written consent of each Lender, except to the extent the release of any Guarantor is permitted pursuant to Section 9.10 (in which case such release may be made by the Administrative Agent acting alone);
and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iii) Section 11.07(g) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; and (iv) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or

103


118711003_9


disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended or the maturity of any of its Loans may not be extended, the rate of interest on any of its Loans may not be reduced and the principal amount of any of its Loans may not be forgiven, in each case without the consent of such Defaulting Lender, (y) Section 8.03 may not be changed in any manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the consent of such Lender and (z) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender which affects such Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other Lenders or affected Lenders, as the case may be, shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.
Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in addition to any amendment authorized by Section 2.16, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Required Revolving Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Company (i) to add one or more additional revolving credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit and all related obligations and liabilities arising in connection therewith from time to time outstanding to share ratably (or on a basis subordinated to the existing facilities hereunder) in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the obligations and liabilities from time to time outstanding in respect of the existing facilities hereunder, and (ii) in connection with the foregoing, to permit, as deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Required Revolving Lenders, the Revolving Credit Lenders providing such additional revolving credit facilities to participate in any required vote or action required to be approved by the Required Revolving Lenders or by any other number, percentage or class of Lenders hereunder.
Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Administrative Agent and the Company acting together identify any ambiguity, omission, mistake, typographical error or other defect in any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including the schedules and exhibits thereto), then the Administrative Agent and the Company shall be permitted to amend, modify or supplement such provision to cure such ambiguity, omission, mistake, typographical error or other defect, and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement.
11.02    Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies.  (a)  General.  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or (subject to subsection (c) below) electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
(i)    if to the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 11.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and
(ii)    if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Company, the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender.

104


118711003_9


All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (A) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (B) (1) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (2) if delivered by mail, four Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (3) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (4) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below), when delivered as provided in subsection (b) below; provided, however, that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Article II shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voicemail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.
(b)    Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e‑mail, FpML messaging and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender, the L/C Issuer and the Company may each, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.
(c)    The Platform.  THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).
(d)    Change of Address, Etc.  Each of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other

105


118711003_9


communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Company, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and Applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Company or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.
(e)    Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders.  The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic notices, Revolving Credit Loan Notices, Letter of Credit Applications and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of any Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Company shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person, the L/C Issuer and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of any Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
11.03    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.  No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 11.09 (subject to the terms of Section 2.14), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided, further, that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.14, any Lender may,

106


118711003_9


with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
11.04    Costs and Expenses.  The Company agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs, (b) to pay or reimburse the L/C Issuer for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with the issuance, amendment, extension, reinstatement or renewal of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (c) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and each Lender for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any “workout” or restructuring in respect of the Obligations and during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), including all Attorney Costs. The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all search, filing, recording, title insurance and appraisal charges and fees and recording, documentary and similar taxes related thereto, and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and the cost of independent public accountants and other outside experts retained by the Administrative Agent or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 11.04 shall be paid promptly and, in any case under clause (b) of this Section 11.04, within 20 Business Days after written demand therefor. The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations.
11.05    Indemnification by the Company.
(a)    Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person, each Lender, the L/C Issuer, each Arranger and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (collectively the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (b) any Commitment, Letter of Credit or Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), or (c) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto and whether or not such claim is brought by the Company or any third party (all the foregoing, collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from (i) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (ii) a material breach by such Indemnitee of its express obligations under the applicable Loan Document or (y) result from claims of any Indemnitee solely

107


118711003_9


against one or more other Indemnitees (and not by one or more Indemnitees against the Administrative Agent or any Arrangers in such capacity) that have not resulted from the action, inaction, participation or contribution of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers, directors, stockholders, partners, members, employees, agents, representatives or advisors. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee have any liability to any party hereto or its Affiliates for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of such Indemnitee’s activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.01, this Section 11.05 shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim. All amounts due under this Section 11.05 shall be payable within 20 Business Days after written demand therefor. The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, any Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
(b)    To the extent that the Company for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a)  of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally, and not jointly, agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share of the Total Credit Exposure at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender), such payment to be made severally among them based on such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought), provided further that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or any Swing Line Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (b) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.13(e).
11.06    Payments Set Aside.  To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrowers is made to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and the L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, in the applicable currency of such recovery or payment. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

108


118711003_9


11.07    Successors and Assigns.
(a)    Successors and Assigns Generally.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section, or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of subsection (g) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b)    Assignments by Lenders.  Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that (in each case with respect to any Facility) any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i)    Minimum Amounts.
(A)    in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment under any Facility and/or the Loans at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to any Facility) or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds that equal at least the amount specified in subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section in the aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
(B)    in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the applicable Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $10,000,000 and in $5,000,000 increments in excess thereof (or, in the case of the EUR Term Facility, €10,000,000 and in €5,000,000 increments in excess thereof) unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met.

109


118711003_9


(ii)    Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Swing Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans;
(iii)    Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
(A)    the consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that it shall not be unreasonable for the Company to refuse consent to any Public Lender or to any Person that is not engaged in the making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund (so long as such Lender, Affiliate of a Lender or Approved Fund is not a Public Lender); provided that the Company shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received written notice (sent in accordance with Section 11.02(a)(i)) of such proposed assignment;
(B)    the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and
(C)    the consent of the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility.
(iv)    Assignment and Assumption.  The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
(v)    No Assignment to Certain Persons.  No such assignment shall be made (A) to the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B), or (C) to a natural Person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of one or more natural Persons).
(vi)    Certain Additional Payments.  In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding,

110


118711003_9


with the consent of the Company and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations Letters of Credit and in Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under Applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.
(vii)    No Assignment Resulting in Additional Taxes.  No such assignment shall be made to any Person that, through its Lending Offices, is not capable of lending the applicable Alternative Currencies to the relevant Borrowers without the imposition of any additional Taxes.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be (A) entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, and 11.03 and 11.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment and (B) subject to obligations in Section 3.01(e) and (f); provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Upon request, each Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section. An Eligible Assignee of a Lender shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.01 or 3.04 than such Lender would have been entitled to receive as of the date such Eligible Assignee became a party to this Agreement; provided, however, that this limitation shall not apply to any Eligible Assignee designated by the Company pursuant to Section 11.16; and provided, further, that this limitation shall also not apply with respect to Loans to Borrowers not a party to this Agreement as of the date such Eligible Assignee became a party to this Agreement.
(c)    Register.  The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall maintain on the Register information regarding the designation, and revocation of designation, of any Lender as a Defaulting Lender. The Register shall be available for

111


118711003_9


inspection by each of the Borrowers and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(d)    Participations.  Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, any Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Swing Line Lender, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural Person or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of one or more natural Persons, a Defaulting Lender, or the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 11.05(b) without regard to the existence of any participation. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of any Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 11.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, each Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.09 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.14 as though it were a Lender.
(e)    Limitations upon Participant Rights.  A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Company’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Company is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrowers, to comply with Section 11.15 as though it were a Lender.

112


118711003_9


(f)    Certain Pledges.  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note(s), if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(g)    Special Purpose Funding Vehicles. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Company (an “SPC”) the option to provide all or any part of any Revolving Credit Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Revolving Credit Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Revolving Credit Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Revolving Credit Loan pursuant to the terms hereof or, if it fails to do so, to make such payment to the Administrative Agent as is required under Section 2.13(c)(ii). Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 3.01 and Section 3.04), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Revolving Credit Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Revolving Credit Loan were made by such Granting Lender. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior debt of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Company and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee in the amount of $3,500 (which processing fee may be waived by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Revolving Credit Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Revolving Credit Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.
(h)    Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender after Assignment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time the L/C Issuer/Swing Line Lender assigns all of its Revolving Credit Commitment and Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to clause (b) above, such L/C Issuer/Swing Line Lender may, (i) upon 30 days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, the Company and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon 30 days’ notice to the Company, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Company shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Company to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of the L/C Issuer/Swing Line Lender as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If the L/C Issuer resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit issued by it and outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(f)). If the Swing Line Lender resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect

113


118711003_9


to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(c). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.
(i)    Designated Affiliates.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Granting Lender may grant to an Affiliate of such Granting Lender identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Company (a “Designated Affiliate”) the option to provide all or any part of any Revolving Credit Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to a Designated Borrower not organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that if a Designated Affiliate elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Revolving Credit Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Revolving Credit Loan pursuant to the terms hereof or, if it fails to do so, to make such payment to the Administrative Agent as is required under Section 2.13(c)(ii). Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any Designated Affiliate nor the exercise by any Designated Affiliate of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement (including its obligations under Sections 3.01 and 3.04), (ii) no Designated Affiliate shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes (other than the funding of Revolving Credit Loans to such Designated Borrower), including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Revolving Credit Loan by a Designated Affiliate hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Revolving Credit Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Designated Affiliate may with notice to, but without prior consent of the Company and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Revolving Credit Loan to the Granting Lender.
11.08    Confidentiality.  Each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives who need to know such information for the purposes set forth in this Section 11.08 and who have been advised of and have acknowledged their obligation to keep such information confidential in accordance with this Section 11.08, (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it or its Affiliates (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by Applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 11.08, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap, derivative or similar transaction relating to a Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the prior written consent of the Company, (A) to any rating agency when required by it and (B) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other

114


118711003_9


than as a result of a breach of this Section 11.08 or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Company; provided, however, that the source of such information was not known by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Affiliate, as the case may be, to be bound by a confidentiality agreement or other legal or contractual obligation of confidentiality with respect to such information.
For purposes of this Section 11.08, “Information” means all information received from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or their businesses, other than any such information that is publicly available or otherwise available to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, as the case may be, on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any Loan Party; provided, however, that the source of such information was not known by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, to be bound by a confidentiality agreement or other legal or contractual obligation of confidentiality with respect to such information. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. Each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Company or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with Applicable Law, including Federal and state securities Laws. Each Person who receives Information pursuant to this Agreement shall use such Information solely for the purpose of fulfilling such Person’s obligations or exercising such Person’s rights under this Agreement.
11.09    Set-off.  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and the L/C Issuer is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Company or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Company (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party) to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held by, and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender, or the L/C Issuer to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or indebtedness or are owed to a branch or office of or such Lender or L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided, that (i)(a) the obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries that become Designated Borrowers are several and not joint, and (b) no Lender shall exercise any rights under this Section 11.09 with respect to any assets of any Foreign Subsidiary other than with respect to the direct obligations of such Foreign Subsidiary to the Lenders, and (ii) in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.18 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section 11.09 are in addition to their other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that such Lender, the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees promptly to notify

115


118711003_9


the Company and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.
11.10    Interest Rate Limitation.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by Applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Company. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
11.11    Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or electronic (pdf.) transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
11.12    Integration.  This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.
11.13    Survival of Representations and Warranties.  All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than unasserted indemnification, tax gross up, expense reimbursement or yield protection obligations, in each case, for which no claim has been made) or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.
11.14    Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of

116


118711003_9


this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.14, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.
11.15    Tax Forms.  (a)  (i)  Each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, prior to receipt of any payment subject to withholding under the Code (or upon accepting an assignment of an interest herein), two duly signed completed copies of either IRS Form W-8BEN-E or W-8BEN, if applicable, or any successor thereto (relating to such Foreign Lender and entitling it to an exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax on all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement) or IRS Form W-8ECI or any successor thereto (relating to all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement) or such other evidence satisfactory to the Company and the Administrative Agent that such Foreign Lender is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. withholding tax, including any exemption pursuant to Section 881(c) of the Code. Thereafter and from time to time, each such Foreign Lender shall (A) promptly submit to the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one of such forms (or such successor forms as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may then be available under then current United States laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is satisfactory to the Company and the Administrative Agent of any available exemption from or reduction of, United States withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement, (B) promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (C) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of Applicable Laws that any Borrower make any deduction or withholding for taxes from amounts payable to such Foreign Lender.
(ii)    Each Foreign Lender, to the extent it does not act or ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any sums paid or payable to such Lender under any of the Loan Documents (for example, in the case of a typical participation by such Lender), shall deliver to the Administrative Agent on the date when such Foreign Lender ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any such sums paid or payable, and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of the Administrative Agent (in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (A) two duly signed completed copies of the forms or statements required to be provided by such Lender as set forth above, to establish the portion of any such sums paid or payable with respect to which such Lender acts for its own account that is not subject to U.S. withholding tax, and (B) two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto), together with any information such Lender chooses to transmit with such form, and any other certificate or statement of exemption required under the Code, to establish that such Lender is not acting for its own account with respect to a portion of any such sums payable to such Lender.
(iii)    No Borrower shall be required to indemnify any Foreign Lender or to pay any additional amount to any Foreign Lender under Section 3.01, (A) with respect to any Taxes required to be deducted or withheld on the basis of the information, certificates or statements of exemption

117


118711003_9


such Lender transmits with an IRS Form W-8IMY pursuant to this Section 11.15(a), (B) if such Lender shall have failed to satisfy the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.15(a); provided that if such Lender shall have satisfied the requirement of this Section 11.15(a) on the date such Lender became a Lender and any date such Lender has ceased to act for its own account with respect to any payment under any of the Loan Documents, nothing in this Section 11.15(a) shall relieve any Borrower of its obligation to pay any amounts pursuant to Section 3.01 in the event that, as a result of any Change in Law, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Lender or other Person for the account of which such Lender receives any sums payable under any of the Loan Documents is not subject to withholding or is subject to withholding at a reduced rate, (C) if the obligation to withhold or to pay such additional amounts existed under the Laws of the United States on the date such Foreign Lender became a party to this Agreement, (D) if the obligation to withhold or to pay such additional amounts is imposed under FATCA, (E) with respect to any SPC, to the extent provided in Section 11.07(g), (F) with respect to any Participant, to the extent provided in Section 11.07(e), (G) with respect to any Eligible Assignee, to the extent provided in Section 11.07(b), (H) with respect to any Designated Affiliate, to the extent provided in Section 11.07(i), or (I) if the obligation to indemnify or pay such additional amounts arose after the date such Foreign Lender became a party to this Agreement and is in respect of any payment under this Agreement made by the Company (or any other Borrower which is a Domestic Subsidiary and which became a party to this Agreement prior to the date such Foreign Lender became a party to this Agreement), for any reason other than any Change in Law.
(iv)    The Administrative Agent may, without reduction, withhold any Taxes required to be deducted and withheld from any payment under any of the Loan Documents with respect to which any Borrower is not required to pay additional amounts under Section 3.01 or this Section 11.15(a).
(b)    Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, each Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Administrative Agent two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is not subject to back-up withholding. If such Lender fails to deliver such forms, then the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable back-up withholding tax imposed by the Code, without reduction.
(c)    If any Governmental Authority asserts that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold or backup withhold, as the case may be, any tax or other amount from payments made to or for the account of any Lender, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent therefor, including all penalties and interest, any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Administrative Agent under this Section, and costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) of the Administrative Agent. The obligation of the Lenders under this Section shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.
(d)    The Administrative Agent shall provide the Company with a copy of any forms or other documents provided by any Lender to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 3.01(e) and this Section 11.15.
11.16    Replacement of Lenders.  If the Company is entitled to replace a Lender pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.06, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender or if any

118


118711003_9


other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Company the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Company may, at its sole expense, and with the efforts of the Company and the Administrative Agent, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 11.07), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 3.01 and 3.04) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:
(a)    the Company shall have paid (or caused a Designated Borrower to pay) to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 11.07(b);
(b)    such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Company or applicable Designated Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
(c)    in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;
(d)    such assignment does not conflict with Applicable Laws; and
(e)    in the case of an assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.
A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Company to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
Each party hereto agrees that (a) an assignment required pursuant to this Section 11.16 may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Company, the Administrative Agent and the assignee and (b) the Lender required to make such assignment need not be a party thereto in order for such assignment to be effective and shall be deemed to have consented to an be bound by the terms thereof; provided that, following the effectiveness of any such assignment, the other parties to such assignment agree to execute and deliver such documents necessary to evidence such assignment as reasonably requested by the applicable Lender; provided, further that any such documents shall be without recourse to or warranty by the parties thereto.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, (i) the Lender that acts as the L/C Issuer may not be replaced hereunder at any time it has any Letter of Credit outstanding hereunder unless arrangements satisfactory to such Lender (including the furnishing of a backstop standby letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer, reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer or the depositing of cash collateral into a cash collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer) have been made with respect to such outstanding Letter of Credit and (ii) the Lender that acts as the Administrative Agent may not be replaced hereunder except in accordance with the terms of Section 9.06.

119


118711003_9


11.17    Governing Law.  (a)  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE; PROVIDED THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.
(b)    ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY, BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE BORROWERS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LENDERS CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO. EACH BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY THE LAW OF SUCH STATE.
11.18    Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury.  EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
11.19    Judgment Currency.  If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary for any Lender Party to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures such Lender Party could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of each Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to such Lender Party hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than the Agreement Currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender Party of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, such Lender Party may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Lender Party from any Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Lender Party against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to such Lender Party in such currency, such Lender Party agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under Applicable Law).
11.20    No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.  In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the credit facility provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection

120


118711003_9


with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrowers and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Arrangers, on the other hand, and each Borrower is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Arranger each is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) except as expressly set forth in Section 11.07(c), neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender or Arrangers has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrowers with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders or Arrangers has advised or is currently advising any Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates on other matters) and neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender or Arrangers has any obligation to any Borrower or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (iv) the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrowers and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender or Arrangers has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Arrangers have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and each Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. Each Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Arrangers with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency (except for any breach of the express terms of Section 11.07(c)) or fiduciary duty. Each Borrower agrees that it will not claim that any of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or Arrangers has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to such Borrower, in connection with any transactions contemplated hereby.
11.21    USA PATRIOT Act Notice.  Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrowers, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Borrower in accordance with the Act.
11.22    Margin Stock.  Each Lender hereby confirms that it has not relied upon any Margin Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as collateral in extending or maintaining its Commitment hereunder.
11.23    Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents.  The words “execute,” “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation Assignment and Assumptions, amendments or other modifications, Loan Notices, Swing Line Loan Notices, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent,

121


118711003_9


or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any Applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it.
11.24    Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender or the L/C Issuer that is an EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:
(a)    the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender or L/C Issuer that is an EEA Financial Institution; and
(b)    the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:
(i)    a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;
(ii)    a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or
(iii)    the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.
11.25    Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs.  To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for any agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support”, and each such QFC, a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):
(a)    In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a

122


118711003_9


state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.
(b)    As used in this Section 11.25, the following terms have the following meanings:
BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.
Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).
Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.
QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).
[Signature pages follow.]


123


118711003_9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
ENVISTA HOLDINGS CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

Envista Holdings Corporation
Credit Agreement
Signature Page


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

Envista Holdings Corporation
Credit Agreement
Signature Page


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender and a Swing Line Lender
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

Envista Holdings Corporation
Credit Agreement
Signature Page


[________________]1 














































__________________________________________ 
1 To be completed.

Envista Holdings Corporation
Credit Agreement
Signature Page
Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated May 20, 2019, with respect to the combined financial statements and schedule of the Dental Segment of Danaher Corporation included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Envista Holdings Corporation for the registration of shares of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Tysons, Virginia
September 4, 2019

1
Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated May 20, 2019, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Envista Holdings Corporation for the registration of shares of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Tysons, Virginia
September 4, 2019

1